is^sii "^^^^ Ji^ ' ' ' '** in 2009 with funding from Ontario Council of University Libraries http://www.archive.org/details/caesardebellogalOOrobe CAIUS JULIUS C^SAR. (From a Bust in the Paris Louvre.) : ^h^ (M. J. ©age Co.'e ^)iQh C^SAR, DE BELLO GALLICO BOOKS V. AND VI. Introductiox, Notes, Maps and Illustrations, Appendices WITH Hints and Exercises on Translation at Sighl AND ON Re-Translation into Latin, and a Complete Vocabulary to Caesar. BY J. C. ROBEETSON, B.A., Principal, Toronto Junction High School. TORONTO TUB W. J. GAGE CO'Y (i.td.) 1894. Entavad according' to Act of Parliament of Canada, in the oflSce of tlie Minister of Aj^riculture, bv Thk W. J. Gagk Company (Ltr), in the year one thousand eiglit liundrccl and ninety-four. PREFACE. This present edition follows in the main the lines of the edition of Books III. and IV. To quote from the preface to that book : ' ' In the editor's opinion, the first aim of a teacher of Latin is to enable the student to read Latin with accuracy, appreci- ation and speed, as the only means of reaching the higher ideals of classical studj'. In this edition therefore the con- stant aim has been to further the intelligent translation of the text into idiomatic English, and to build up a sound knowledge of Latin as a language to be read. "In the annotations of the earlier chapters, the editor has recognized the fact that the the student of Latin meets his greatest difficulties when he comes for the first time to read a Latin author. In later chapters the amount of help given is gradualU" reduced. TSTiile unnecessary help has be«u avoided, no difficulty has been left without an explanation as simple as could be framed ; and in estimating difficulties the standpoint of the young student, not of the advanced scholar, has been taken." It will be observed that, even where the notes are fullest, the student is left to do the real work of ti'anslation himself. To render passage after passage for the stu analysis of the story in the notes ; and an entirely new, and it is believed, full and accurate vocabulary to the whole of Caesar's Bellum Gallicum. The notes of a more advanced character added to each chapter have been continued, at much cost of time and labor, in the belief that the close study, bj^ teachers or advanced uuiDils. of the Latinity of even a portion of a single author is a great help to the ready and full appreciation of the meaning and style of all other Latin authors. Toronto, April 12, 1894 ' '^/f ry^ji'^ff"^ ' -• „<^' jr»>A'' •'.>: ff^ioV -; ? y^. 4>-J 1^ I Caesars rddzii^e X5Umis T.Clir I 696 58 "-(VX .-IS a: H 697 57 638 56 m ''<;^ IV 699 S£ --St^dli, V 700 54 \I 701 S3 Tit 702 S2' u. Vm 703 -51 C a 1 t 1 I 3 1 n It s s GALLIA. to illiisti a+e The CnminEnl:ariE5 or Caesar (From KranEr 5 editiDn] 1 * jOir^c/i i*un^ ^ ii^troductio:n^. § I. Life of Cesar. § II. Gaul, and the Gauls. § III. Cesar's Campaigns in Gaul. § IV. The Commentaries of Cesar. S V. The Army and Methods of Warfare. I.—LIFE OF CESAE. At the time of Caesar's bixth Rome had become mistress of all the lands bordering on the Mediterranean, so that foreign wars of conquest had virtually ceased, and during his boyhood commenced that struggle for supremacj' in the State called the civil wars. This was at first a contest between the aristocratic and the popular party, but, as time went on, it became practi- cally a struggle between individuals for personal supremacy. Caius Julius Caesar was bom in 100 B.C. (or, as the historian IV INTRODUCTION. Momnisen holds, in 102 B.C. ), of oiin of the oldest of the patri- cian or aristocratic families of E,ome. The family was, how- ever, closely connected by maiTiage with the great popular leader Marius, and Ctesar himself in 83 married the daughter of Cinna, Marius' leading supporter. His sympathies were thus from the first with the popular party, and on the defeat of that party by Sulla in 82, he barely escaped with his life. For seA'eral 3'ears after this Caesar served in the Koman army in Asia Minor, returning to Rome after Sulla's death in 78. At first he devoted himself to public oratorj^ in the law courts, and in 76 went to Rhodes to study rhetoric under the famous teacher Molo. For several years after his return to E.ome in 74 he busied himself in strengthening his position with his party, and soon came to be looked on as one of its leaders. The senatorial party was at this time supreme, and Caesar had to win his way to power gradually. He went through the various grades of office by which Roman citizens rose to the rank of Consul, being in succession Quaestor, Curule Aedile, and Praetor. In 63 he was elected Pontifex Maximus, becoming technically the head of the Roman religion. This success over the aristocratic party showed clearly that its power was wan- ing, and that Caesar was now one of the leaders of the Roman state. In 61, immediately after his Praetorship, he went to Spain as Propi'aetor or Military Governor. Here, in his first com- mand, he at once showed his ability as a general, in quelling the rebellious native tribes. His manner of living at Rome (for he was not only one of the ablest but one of the most dis- solute of men dux'ing the earlier period of his manhood), and the means by which he had obtained office and ingratiated himself with the people, had plunged him heavily into debt. But the Governor of a Roman province had plenty of opportunities for enriching himself at the expense of the provincials, and one year in Spain freed him from all his debts, as well as making him known as a brilliant commander. INTKODUCTION. V Tti no he returned to the city and was elected Consul for 59, vith a, colleague of the aristocratic party, who was, however, t<)o ^^ eak and insignificant to be able to thwart his measures. The three leading men of Kome at this time were Pompey, representing the nobles ; Caesar, the leader of the popular influence was to his party ; and Crassus, whose largely due immense wealth. Caesar persuaded the other two to form a coalition with him, and thus get the practical supremacy of the state in their own hands. In the end this bargain proved to be entirely to Caesar's advantage, as it prevented any active opposition to him during the next few years while he was absent from Rome securing for himself experience, prestige, and a veteran army to assist him when the final struggle for supremacy came. For one of the results of the coalition was that Caesar was appointed for five years (58 to 54) governor of Illyricum and the two Gauls, Cisalpine and Transalpine, (the former being the northern part of Italy above the peninsula proper, and the latter the southern part of Fi'ance). In 55 this command was extended for another period of five years, by an agreement with Pompey and Crassus, who were consuls that year. For eight years (58 to 51) he was engaged in the conquest of GauL At the end of that time the whole of Gaul, from the E-hine to the Pyrenees, had been subjugated and made part of the Jtoman empire, and Caesar had an army of experienced and devoted veterans, such as the Roman state had never before witnessed. Crassus had fallen in battle in the far East, and Caesar and Pompey remained to compete for absolute suprem- acy in Rome, Pompey liaving the somewhat lukewarm support of the Senate and the aristocratical party. Civil war soon arose from the jealousy between these two rivals, and in 49 Caesar advanced with his legions into Italy. Pompey was not ready to oppose him, and crossed to Greece where the Senatorial party gathered its forces. Meanwhile Caesar hastened to Spain, where Pompey had strong supi^orters, — — VI INTRODUCTION. anrl quickly reduced them to submission. Returning t<^) Komc he was made Consul for 48 and then crossed over to Greece. After a short summer campaign Pompey was decisively defeated at Pharsalia, and fleeing to Egypt was assassinated there After short campaigns in S^-ria and Asia Minor (47) and Africa (46), in which all remaining opposition was crushed, Caesar returned to Eome and occupied himself in securing his power and settling affairs of state, surprising many by the clemency he showed to those who had lately opposed him. Pompey's sons meanwhile had raised a revolt in Spain, but this was speedily crushed in the spring of 45. Csesar was now practically (though not nominally) supreme ruler of the Roman world, and it seemed as though under the absolute rule of so brilliant an administrator there would now be lasting peace and prosperity. But a conspiracy to assassin- ate him was formed by a number of eminent Romans, actu- ated some by jealousy, others by an honest but short-sighted desire to bring back republican freedom, and in 44 B. C. , on the loth (the Ides) of March, he fell, pierced with the daggers of his murderers, at the base of Pompey's statue The result was that the struggle for supremacy was soon renewed, and terminated only when, fourteen years later, Caesar's nephew (Octavianus, or Augustus) became sole ruler of the Roman world and established the empii-e of the Caesars. ' ' In person, Caesar was tall and slenderly built, his face rather long and thin, his eyes black, vivacious, and keen, his nose prominent, of the Roman type, his head somewhat bald in later life. " Allen and Greenough. "His powers and genius were simply astonishing, a brilliant leader, a skilful engineer, a profound jiu-ist, a scientific astro- nomer, an eloquent orator and accomplished poet—there was no region, practical or theoretical, in which he did not travel with the greatest success. " Walpole, INTRODUCTION. VU II. -GAUL AND THE GAULS. Long before Caesar's time the Gauls had come into collision with the Eomans. Before Rome's power extended over more than the immediate neighborhood of the city, large numbers of Gauls had crossed the Alps and occupied the whole of the northern portion of Italy. By the beginning of the fourth century B. C. they had made their way down into Central Italy, and in 390 laid Rome in ashes. For more than a cen- tury Home was almost constantly engaged in wars with the neighboring tribes and states of Italy, and in many of these wars the Gauls of Central and Northern Italy, either alone or in alliance with the Etruscans and Samnites, were opposed to Roma In 283 a crushing defeat was inflicted on the Gauls, and until 225 there was no more trouble with them. By that time Rome had gained secure possession of the whole peninsula. By the end of 224 she had conquered the country of the Gauls south of the river Po, and in two years more had extended her power to the Alps. The district extending from the Alps to the peninsula was formed into a province called Gallia Citerior, or Cisalpina, being politically quite distinct from the peninsula, Italy proper. The first steps towards the conquest of Transalpine Gaul were taken in 154, when a Roman army crossed the Alps to repel an attack by the Gauls on two coast-settlements subject to Massilia (Marseilles), a city which had been founded near the mouth of the Rhone by Greek traders, and which had formed an alliance with Rome. In 125 these attacks were again renewed, and again the Romans interfered, and after several years fighting, in which the Romans defeated the lead- ing tribes of the southern part of Gaul, they became masters of the whole territory extending from the eastern end of the Pyrenees to the Alps, with the exception of Jlassilia, which still remained independent but in alliance with the Romans. Colonies were planted and the disti-ict organized into a pro- VIU INTRODUCTION. vince, —the 'Provincia' of Caesar —called Gallia Transalpina, or at a later period Gallia Narbonensis. Until CiBsar's time no further extension of territory was made by the Romans. The rest of Gaul was inhabited by a large number of independent tribes of similar origin and lan- guage, with the exception of the south-western pai't inhabited by the Aquitani, who Avere of a different race and akin to the Spaniards, and the north-eastern portion belonging to the Belgae, who were largely of German extraction. In 113 an invading host of Cimbri entered Gaul from the east. These fierce warriors s\\ept everything before them in Gaul, and in 109 came in collision with the Romans, completely defeating their forces under the Consul Silanus. A portion of the Helvetians, called the Tigurini, pressed southward to j(jin the invasion, and in 107 defeated the Consul Lucius Cassius, and in 105 a thii-d defeat was sustained by the Consul Mallius. There was great alarm in Rome, for the barbarian hordes were threatening Italy, and another host, of Teutoni, had also appeared on the scene These latter were, however, defeated in 102 by Marius in the province, and the next year the Cimbri, who had crossed the Alps into Cisalpine Gaul, were comjjletely routed by Catulus. This invasion of Gaul by the Cimbri and Teutoni seems to have paved the way for Caesar's conquest, by weakening the tribes and breaking up the strong confederacies that had existed. For some years the only disturbance that arose in Gaul was the revolt, quickly suppressed, of the Allobroges, a tribe in the north of the province. This was in 61, and about that time there came other disquieting news. The independent tribes of Gauls, Ijdng to the north of the province, were divided into two leagues, headed, the one by the ^dui, the other by the Arverni and Sequani. The former were in alliance s\'ith Rome, and to offset this the Arverni and Sequani had a few years before invoked the aid of some of the German tribes Living just across the Rhine. These \^ere only too ready INTRODUCTION. IX to get a footing in Gaul, and soon the Sequani found that their new allies were fast becoming their masters. Further, in GO the Helvetii, living in what is now known as Switzerland, began to prepare for a wholesale emigration into the more pleasant country of south-western GauL The Eomans' experience of the Gauls in Italy, and the more recent terror caused by the invasion of the Cimbri and Teutoni made them feel alarm at these extensive and threatening move- ments of population. The Helvetians' route would lie close to the province, and it was hazardous to allow the Germans to become firmly established in Gaul. The Romans did not at once, however, respond to the ^Edui's request for aid, but seem to have preferred to keep on good terms with Ariovistus, the German leader, till the moment for action came. Matters were in this position when Caesar in 58 assumed the governorshiiD of the three Eoman provinces, Gallia Cisalpina, Gallia Transalpina (or Provincia as he generally calls it), and lUyricum. Of these he depended mainly on the first for troops and sup- plies. It was practically part of Italy, as poi^ulous and nearly as •w'ealthy and prosperous as the peninsula to the south. Gallia Transalpina had not yet been so thoroughly assimilated, and, with the exception of the neighborhood of the colonies and trading cities on the coasts, doubtless differed little from ' ' Fi-ee Gaul " to the north and west ' • The Gauls were an intellectual and prosperous people, far more civilized than either Germans or Britons. The country, though extensively covered with forests, especially towards tlie north, was well provided with roads and bridges. The entire population has been reckoned at about seven millions. The jieoi^le of the Gallic race were tall, fair-complexioned, of restless sanguine temperament, and addicted to fighting, but skillwl in many arts They had numerous flourishing cities, which, however, had no political or corporate character like those of — X INTRODUCTION. Greece and Italy, but -were merely places of residence and trade. "The Gauls ^vere not a nation, but a group of nations or tribes, about sixty in number, . . . the smaller ones often main- taining onlj'- a nominal independence under the protection of some larger one. They were for the most part ruled by a tur- bulent and oppressive aristocracy, sometimes with an elected chief magistrate, while sometimes an ambitious leader suc- ceeded in establishing for a time a kingly power. ' The Britons "vvere, like the Gauls, of Celtic race, and resem- bling them in every respect, except that living further from the civilized world, they were ruder, freer, and more warlike. "The Germans, less advanced in civilization than the Gauls, were still far from being savages. They appear to have been just emerging from what is known as the barbarous state, — beginning to acquire fixed habitations, and to cultivate the " ground ; they had no cities. Allen and Greenough. IIL-C.ESAE'S CAMPAIGNS IN GAUL.* I. —B. C. 58. Caesar, hearing in E,ome that the Helvetii are on the eve of setting out on their projected emigration (see page ix), hastens to Transalpine Gaul and there takes meas- ures to prevent them from going through the province. They at first ask his pennission to take this route, but failing to get it, try to force their way over the Rhone into the pro%'inca Caesar repels them and they decide to take a more northerly and more difficult routa Caesar at once obtains five legions from Cisalpine Gaul (there was but one in the Province), and follows them up on the ground that they were likely in their new home to prove dangerous neighbors to the provinca He surprised and overcame one of their four divisions at the river * On the large map of Gaul, the route taken in each campaign is indi- cated by a line marked with the numbers I, II, etc INTRODUCTION. CAESAR GALLIC WAR. Xr INTRODUCTION. Arar, and soon after noar P.ihrafto inflicts a cnishing defeat on tlio remainder, and orders tlie survivors to return to the homos tlioy had abandoned. The presence of so large a body of troops and so successful a commander causes the leading men of several of the Gallic tribes to ask his assistance against Ariovistus and his German followers (see page viii. ) Ca3sar undertakes the task, and at first tries argument and diplomacy, but in vain. The Roman soldiers are afraid to venture into unkno\\'n lands against so formidable an enemy as the Germans were rei)orted to be, but Cyesar calms their fears, and as soon as he can come to a deci- sive engagement with Ariovistus, completely'' routs the Ger- mans and drives them back across the Ehine. By this campaign the Roman influence was extended over the territory to the north of the province as far as the Treveri II. —B.C. 57. Caesar advances into the territory of the Belgae, who, with the exception of the Remi (who form an alliance with the Romans), combine to resist any attack on their country. The combined forces meeting a repulse disband and Csesar advances farther into the countr}'. Here he is sui'prised by the Nervii with some other tribes, and after a most desperate engagement, in which "Caesar's inspiriting example alone rallies the troops, the Nervii are driven back with immense loss. After the siege of an important to-mi in this neighborhood, which capitulates when the enemy perceive the efficiency of the Romans' siege artillerj^, several other tribes submit, and as a result of this second campaign Caesar's power extended from the Province northward to the English Channel and along the whole northern coast of Gaul as far as the Veneti. III.—B.C. 56. During the winter Ctesar sends one of his lieutenants to open up a new route between Italy and Gaul over the Alps, near the northern part of the Province, but the hill tribes offer such a resistance that the Romans are forced to retira The tribes on the north-west coast of Gaul, headed INTRODUCTION. XUl by the Veneti, combine to i-ecover their liberty. The campaign is carried on along the coast, both by land and sea, and the Romans at last conquer the Veneti in a sea fight by a com- oination of ingenuity and good fortune. Meanwhile Sabinus, a lieutenant of Caesar, succeeded ii quelling the revolt among the Venelli, and about the same time another lieutenant, Crassus, advanced southward into Aquitania, and after a hard fight against overwhelming odds came off victorious, and the different tribes of the Aquitani submitted to the Eomans. This campaign secured the results of the second year's work in the north-west of Gaul, while by the conquest of Aquitania the entire south from the Atlantic to the Alps acknowledged the Roman sway. IV. —B.C. 55. For some time the growing power of tlie Suebi, a German tribe, had been oppressing the neighboring tribes, and at last the Usipetes and Tencteri resolve to cross the Rhine into Gaul. Caesar advances to the Rhine, and after several conferences fights two battles with the invading Ger- mans and repulses them. To prevent any further inroad, Caesar builds a bridge across the Rhine, lays waste the lands of the Germans, and thus at once punishes and intimidates them. He then resolves on making an expedition to Britain, which had close relations with the Belgae, and for this purpose col- lects a fleet and sets sail in the early autumn. In the face of a stubborn resistance he effects a landing, and receives the submission of a few states. Heavy losses to the Roman fleet, caused by a storm and liigh tides, encourage these states to revolt again. A Roman legion is sui-prised, but the attack is repelled and soon after, owing the lateness of the season, Caesar returns to Gaul without having ventured inland- On his return he puts down a rising of the Morini. No new territory was added by this campaign, but the north-east of Gaul was rendered secui'e from Gennan invasion and the sphere of Roman influence was extended to Britain. XIV INTRODUCTION. V. —B.C. 51, With a larger fleet and stronger army than before, Caesar again invades Britain and advances into the interior -a little beyond the Thames. The native tribes com- bine against him, but are defeated and compelled to promiso tribute. In the autumn Caesar returns to Gaul, having made a display of his power and enterprise, but without adding any new territory. On account of a drought and consequent scarcity of supplies in CJaul, the forces are divided for the winter into several portions and quartered among various tribes. 'J'he Gauls, who had been beaten but not subdued, take advantage of this to attack three of the camj^s. The garrison (a legion and a half) of one is lured from the camj), falls into an ambush and is annihilated. Another camp is besieged by the Nervii, but when reduced to the last extremity relieved by Caesar. A third is attacked by the Treveri, who are however beaten back with severe loss. Affairs are in so desperate a condition that for the first time Caesar spends the winter in Gaul instead of Italy. VI. —B.C. 53. Caesar, with three additional legions, sets about crushing out all resistance in Northern and North- eastern Gaul. A brief expedition is made across the Rhine into Germany to stojj all interference with GauL The extreme north-east, where the legion and a half had been cut off the year before, is completely devastated and an invasion by the Sugambri (a German tribe) is repelled. This portion, at least, of Gaul has been now pretty ef3fectually subdued. VII. —B.C. 52. A general uprising of the central tribes of Gaul, joined'even by the hitherto faithful ^dui, is headed by Vercingetorix, who on several occasions gains some advantage over Caesar but is in the end overcoma The greater part of the fighting (including three noteworthy sieges) takes place in the country of the Ai-verni and the ^dui and the districts to the nortli. After the defeat and capture of Vercingetorix the different tribes are speedily reduced to submission. INTRODUCTION. XV VIII. —B.C. 51. (The story of this campaign is told by Aulus Hii'tius). A few risings in various parts of Gaul are quelled, and Caesar, having by the middle of 50 comijleted the conquest of Gaul, proceeds soon after to Italy and becomes engaged in civil war with Pompey. IV.—THE COMMENTAEIES OF C^SAR. Commentarii means sketches, jottings, memoirs, and 'Caesar's Commentaries are memoirs written by himself, descrijitive of his diffei'ent campaigns, in which he treats of himself in the thii'd person, and tells his stor^^ as it might have been told by some accompanying scribe or secretar^^ ' That Caesar himself was the author, is amply proved by the fact that his contem- poraries ascribed it to him. It is uncertain whether it was written as the "\\ar went on and issued book by book, or whether it was composed towards the end of the war. Each book contains the history of a single year's campaign. There are seven books in all, the history of the eighth year's operations having been composed after Caesar's death by Aulus Hirtius, Casar being doubtless too busy preparing for the coming war with Pompey to find time for literary work. As for the literary style of the Commentaries, the best judges among Caesar's contemporaries praised it for its purity of diction and its business-like directness of expression. Cicero, the best literary critic of his day, writes of Caesar's Commen- ' taries, ' I pronounce them to be, in fact, entirely commend- able : for they are simple, straightforward, of a charming " elegance, stripped of all rhetorical adornments ; and while speaking of them as intended not for a history but as materials for a history, saj-s that their jjurity, brilliance and conciseness are such as to deter any man in his senses from attempting a history based on these materials. Hirtius also bears witness to the ease and speed with which Caesar wrote these books. It should be borne in mind that Caesar was one of the most ' XVI INTRODUCTION. eloquent and polished orators of his day, and that he also gave attention to the rhetorical study of langua,ge, having written a work on the Latin language, from which Gellius quotes the ad\dce, 'to shun an uncommon or out of the way word as a ship w'ould a rock. An eminent modern writer says, " To us who love to make our language clear b^' the number of words used, and A\'ho in writing rarely give ourselves time for condensati The only other work of Caesar which has survived to us is a history of the war between him and Pompey, Commentarii de Bello C'ivili, in three books. v.—THE AEMY AND METHODS OF WAEFAEE (a) The Kouiau Forces. Caesar's army consisted of (a) several legions of ]R(jman soldiers, mostly enlisted in Gallia Cisalpina, (b) light-armed troops (slingers and archers), levied in some of the Roman provinces (Numidia, Crete and the Balearic islands are mentioned), and {<) auxiliary cavalry furnished by or levied from the native tribes in alliance with the Romans. The legion (legio) consisted nominally of 5,000 or 6,000 men, in reality of about 3,000 or 4,000. Losses incurred in a cami^aign were not made up by adding recruits to the legion, thus impairing its efficiency, but when necessary, new legions were levied. Each legion was made up of ten cohorts (cohors), each cohort of three maniples or companies [manipulus), each maniple of two centuries (centuria or ordo), but the division into cohorts is the important one in Caesar's time, the cohort being thus the unit of his army. The cavalry were divided INTRODUCTION. into squadrons (turma) and decuriae, each, of uncertain size, the latter being the smaller. (b) Arms and Equipments, The heavy armed soldier of the legion (miles legionarius), was equipped as follows : Defensive armor. 1. The helmet (galea), of leather, to which were attached crests (insignia) to distinguish the soldiers of the different legions. 2. The cuirass (lorica), of leather with a small iron breast-plate. 3. The shield (scutum), oblong, 4 feet by 2^, and half cylindrical, of wood covered with leather, with metal rims at the top and bottom. [N.B. —The round shield (rlipeus) shown in the pre- ceding cut had long before Caesar's time been dis- ' ^1 carded for the oblong scutum shown in the ^^ 1 accompanying cut.]* ' At an earlier time greaves (ncreae) had been worn, but they seem not ^ 1,..,.,, 1,,...... ^jjj jn Cpcsar'a time. INTKODKTION. Offensive armor. 1. Tliw sword (gladius), about two feet long, straight and two- edged, for thnisting not for cutting doAvn. It hung in a sheath (vagina) by a bult (baUeua) on the right side, that the shield might not interfere with its being drawn. 2. The javelin {jjilum), always used as a missile, not f (c) Officers of the Army. 1. The Commander-in-chief (imperator), who Avas at the same time gOA'ernor of the proA'ince Avhich formed the army's headquarters. 2. The staff officers, adjutants or lieutenants (legatus), appointed by the Boman senate, but practically chosen by the commander. Caesar had ten legati, Avho were often assigned to the tempor- ary command of troops either in an engagement, in A\'inter- quartei's, or on expeditions sent out by him. 3. The pa\'- master-general (quaestor), Avho managed the finances of the province, and in Avar the payment of the soldiers and the sale of booty and prisoners of war. There was but one quaestor AA^th the commander-in-chief, and he Avas now and then entrusted with a command. 4. The tribunes of the soldiers (trihunus militum), of whom there were six belonging to each legion. They Avere chosen probably by Csesar himself (though at an earlier period elected by the people) from young men of good birth (they belonged to the equestrian order), but gen- erally of little military ability or experience. As a conse- quence they do not occu]3y a prominent j^osition in the cam- INTRODUCTION. XIX paign, being entrusted with, the occasional command of small detachments or with some administrative duties. 5. The prefects or commanders [praefedus) were also of equestrian rank and were placed in command of the allied troops, for as a general thing the cavalry contributed by the native tribes was oflRcered bj^ Komans. 6. The centurions (cen<2 of a wall or ramjDart {vallum) , and outside of this a trench or moat [fossa) ^ from which much of the material for the wall was obtained. The tents {tentoria) of the soldiers were of skins [pelles). The camp had four gates [porta), those at the side being a little forward of the centre, and those in front {i. e. facing the enemy) and rear in the centre.f Before each gate * Tho name w:is irivon at an earlier periofl when tho arinv was divirled into maniple.'? railier tlian coliorts.and into three ranks ili'ishifi, priuriju's and triarii, the last heintr the vetiM'an.s. ) Kach maniple had two cent in'ir>ns (senior and junior, /(/-/ocand iHisferior) and the chief centurion w;i.s the senior centiirion of the fir.st maniple of the triarii. The name pilus was given to a maniple of the triarii. t Tliis last inentioned aratc, on the side most remote from the enemy, was called the pvrta decumana. INTRODUCTION. a picket or outpost {utatio) was placed to guard against surj)rise. J (e) Baggage and Standards. The heavy baggage {im- pedimenta), including the tents, hand mills for grinding corn and engines of war, were carried in wagons or on beasts of burden. Besides this each soldier had his pack (sarcinae) to carry. Besides his heavy armor (of which the helmet for con- venience was hung round his neck) he car- ried provisions for two or tliree weeks, a vessel for cooking his grain when ground into iTieal, and some of the implements used in throwing up entrenchments—such as stakes, saws, spades, hatchets, and baskets. w;« *- This pack he would carry upon one of the X) « a B UBI i Jjs^^.wf, pj!*j stakes over his left shoulder, the left am? bearing the shield and the right grasping his javelin. The weight of the pack would be as much as 45 t Other names given to these guards by Cfesar are excubitores (night guards), and custodiae, or custodes (watches). INTRODUCTION. XXI pounds. Hence the soldier in this heavy marching order is called imped it us, when freed from his pack and in light marching order, expeditus. The standards of the army included (1) the eagle (aquila), one to each legion, borne by the standard bearer of the legion {aquillfer) who was under the immediate command of the first centurion of the legion the standard or ensign ; (2) (signum), of which each manipulus had one, borne by a sijnifer, of different devices, to enable the soldier to distinguish his own place ; and (3) the banner (vexillum), a square piece of colored cloth attached by a crosspiece to a pole, and serving as the standard for the cavalry and perhaps also for the auxiliaries, being also used for detachments of legionary soldiers sent out for special duties. A red vexiUum was displayed from the general's quarters as a signal for battle. For this same purpose, as well as for other signals, a straight trumpet (tuba) was also used. (/) Tlie Army on the March and in Action. The army on the march (agmen) advanced in a single column, with the baggage of each legion immediately behind it. When near the enemy, the baggage of all the legions was thrown together along -with the jiacks of the soldiers, who thus marched in fighting order. The vanguard is called primum agmen, the rear novisximum aginen. When drawn up in line of battle (acies), each legion was generally arranged in three lines {triplex acies), four cohorts (the pick of the legion) in the first line, and thi'ee in each of the others. These were stationed something like the following order, so that the second line could come into action without interfering with the first. The men stood 10 deep in the XX 11 INTRODUCTION. cohort. Occasionally other arrangements are mentioned —the single line, the double line (acies duplex) the wedge-shaped {cuneus), and the square {orbis). The right ving is called dextrum cornu, the left sinidrum cornii, the centre viedla acies. The cavalry and light-armed troops were stationed generally on the wings. The place for drawing up the line of battle was by i^refer- ence sloping ground, that the soldiers might have the advan- tage in making the charge and might throw their weapons dowTi, not up. In attacking a town three methods were emplo3-ed. If weakly fortified, it might be taken by a sudden rush, the trench being filled up, the gates broken in, the walls undermined or torn down, and scaling ladders [scalae) brought up to the walls. At other times it was completely surrounded and the gan'ison stan^ed out. The third method is the regular siege, canned on by means of certain siege works and engines (the artillery of the Romans). Of these siege works the chief one is the mound {ajf/er), raised near the town and gradually growing higher and nearer the wall until it was on a level with it. The side remote from the town formed an inclined slope up which towers {til rress) could be rolled, from the shelter of which missiles were hurled at the defenders until men working beneath could undermine or batter down the walls, or others could place bridges fi'om the mound to the wall and rush across. To protect those who were building the mound or battering down the wall various devices were used —the screen (plideits), the shed or mantlet (testiulo § lit. tortoise shell, viiiea lit. vine- arbor. ) The battering ram (aries) was a huge beam tipped with iron, suspended from above, and set in motion from behind by pulling I The term testitdn was also used to describe a peculiar shelter formed by a body of soldiers holdinsr their shields over their heads, thus forming' a continuous cover, sloping- towarils the rear, so as to shed all missiles hurled down at the soldiers beneath. INTUODUCTIOIf. XXIU it back, and then letting it swing forward with all the impetus it could be given. Engines {tormenta) for hurling huge stones or darts were also emjaloyed. (g) Roman Vessels. Those used in war were of two kinds, the ship of war or galley (navis longa) and the transport {tiavis oneraria). The former were long and naii'ow, rigged with sails, but at the same time equii^iDsd \\ith rowers. A sjoecial feature was the beak {rosfriim), a sharp projection at the bow covered with metal for running do\^'n an enemy's shi}). We also read of to^\•ers being built on the decks fi-om which missiles could be hurled on the enemy. . C. JIJLTI C^SAEIS COMMENTARII DE BELLO GALLICO. LIBER QUINTUS. 1. L. Do.MiTio. Ap. Claudio consulibus discedens abi hibernis Caesar iu Italiam, ut quotannis facgi^ coiisuerat, legatis imperat, q uds legionibus praefecerat, uti quam plurimas possent bienie naves aedificandas veteresque reficiendas cui^arent. Earum modum formamque demon- > strat. Ad celeritatem "t)nerandi subduct ionesque i)aulo facit humiliores, quam quibus in nostro mari ut] consue- vimus, atijue id eo magis, quod propter crebras conimuta- tiones aestuum minus magnos ibi fluctus fieri cognoverat, ad onera ac multitudinem jumentorum transportandam paulo latiores, quam quibus in reliquis utimur maribus. ' Has omnes actuarias imperat fieri, quam ad rem humilitass - « multum adjuvat. Ea", quae sunt vism ad armandas naves, ., 4 , ex Hispania apportari jubet. Ipse conventibus Galliaer. Anw-^^ i^d^ citerioris peractis in Illj-ricum proficiscitur, quod a Pirustis finitimam partgni provinciae incursionibus vastari j aue^^ /a^j^^i" audiebat. Eo cum venisset, civitatibus ' milites imperat 6 inx.4^£tx'L certumque in locum convenire jubet. Qua re nuntiataj Pirustae legates ad eum mittunt, qui doceant nihil earum C'^.-* -( ..f^ . 2 UK I!KI,I,() (lALMC.O, rerum imLlico factum cousilio, seseque paratos esse demon- sstrant omnibus rationibus de injuriis satisfacere. Pei'cepta jj oratione eoriim Caesar obsides imjierat eosQiig ad^certam^/Jto^ L Hte.!ihe, i^ diemdiem' adduci jubet ; rugi ita fecerint, sese Cello civitatem I !i pei'secuturum demonstrat. lis ad diem adductis ut im- ' \i peraverat, arbitros inter civitates dat, qui litem aestiment poenauKjue const ituant. 1 2. His confectis i-ebus conventibusqvie peractis in citeri- orem Galliam revertitur atque inde ad exercitum prolicis- ^'>»,._ acitur. Eo CiuB venisset, circuitis omnibus hibeiMiis sini?"- lari militum studio in summa omnium rerum inopia circiter sescentas ejus p:eneris, c\\]nji. supra demonstravimus.'r''''^ naves et longas viginti octo invenit^iistijictas neque multuiu C^cA::^^4^ ^ aJieaaeLalL£D, guin paucis diebus, deduci pog.^int. Collau- /-ft" ' 'jL J^,,it datis militibus atque iis, qui negotio praefuerant, guid fied.^ h '^'** ostendit, convenire/' vAT^j ', Ygll^' atque omnes ad portum Itium "^"^ jiibe£, quo ex portu commodissimum in Britanniam trajec- i tum esse cognoverat, circiter millium passuum triginta a continenti ^iiQ_r_eL qviod satis esse vistjm e^ militum , ; 4reliquit. Ips6' cum Ifegionibus expeditis quattuor et equiti- bus octingentis in fines Treverorum pvoficiscitur, quod hi neque ad concilia veniebant neque imperio parebant Ger- - manosque Transrhenanos sollicitare dicebantur. 1 S. Haec civitas longe plurimum totius_0_alliae equitatu valet magnasque habet copias i^editum, Rhenumque, ut 2 supra demonstravimus, tangit. In ea civitate duo de principatu inter se contendebant, Indutiomarus et Cinge- 3 torix ; e quibus alter, simul atque de Caesaris legionumque adventu cognitum est, ad eum venit, se suosque omnes in officio futuros neque ab amicitia populi Romani defecturos LIBER QUlNTUS. 6 ^' confirmavit qiiaeque in Ti'everis gererentur ostendit. Ai4 ^,, Indutiomarus equitatum peditatumque cogere iisque, qui pel' aetateni in armis esse ngn poterant, in silvam Arduen- nam abditis, quae ingenti magnitudine yjer medios fines '^^^.^.-^ Treverorum a flumine Rlieno ad initiuni Remoruni pertinet, MXUt^d^ bellum parare institiyt, sed posteaci^ua|n nonnuUi principes 5 k>(Aa^ ii^'- ex ea civitate et familiaritate Cingetorigis ad|,diicti et fcdventu nostri exercitns perterriti ad Caesarein veneruiit et de suis privatini rebus ab eo petere coeperunt, quoniam civitati consulere non j^ossent, veritus, ne ab omnibus desereretur, [Indutiomarus] legates ad Caesarem mittit : Ses|e idcirco ab suis discedere atqac ad eum venire noluisse^ ' "' itaque esse civitatem in sua potestate, seseque, si Caesar? , ^ permitteret, ad eum in castra venturum, suas civitatisque fort Unas ejus fidei permissurum. 4. Caesar, etsi intellegebat, qua de causa ea. dicerentur, i quaeque eum res ab instituto consilio deterreret, tamen, ne aestatem in Treveris consumere cogeretur omnibus ad Britannicum bellum rebus comparatis, Indutiomarum ad se cum ducentis obsidibi;s venire jussit. His adductis, in 2 iis filio propinquisqne ejus omnibus, quos nominatim evocaverat, consolatus Indutiomarum liortatusque est, uti in officio maneret ; n^liilo tamen secius principibuss Treverorum ad se convocatis lios singillatim Cingetorigi conciliavit^*^q^a''|iUfl^nierito ejus a se fieri intellegel)at, \ jum magni interessc arbitrabatur ejus auctoritatem inter I \ suos quam plurimum valere, cujus tam egrcgianx in se 1 ^**^ '^ voluntatem perspexisset. Id tulit factum graviter Indii- ij '^ tiomarus, suam gratiam inter suos minui, et qui jam ante | *^AA^ X 4 1)K J5ELLO (iALLICO. Iiiiimic.o in Jios animo fuisset, miilto gravius liqc^skAore exarsit. Cui:!L4f'^ >vvu^ *>x^T<, \n^ • 1 5. His x-ebiis constitntis Caesar ad portnnn Itinm ctim 2 Jegionibus pervenit. Ibi cognoscit sexaginta naves, quae in Meldis factae erant, tempestate rejectas cursum tenere non potuisse atque eodem, unde erant profectae, revert issc ; reliquas paratas ad navigandnm atqiie omnibus rebus .! iiisfructas invenit. Eodem eijuitatus totius Galliae con-/, vcnit numero millium quattuor principesque ex omnilnis 4 fiivjtatibus ; ex quibus perpaucos, quorum in se fidcin perspexerat, relinquere in Gallia, reliquos obsidum loco> secum ducere decreverat, quod, cum ipse abesset, motum Galliae verebatur. X^ fe^OAj ri i ante Q_^j^^^ 6. Erat ana cum ceteris Dumnorix Aeduus, de quo ab nobis dictum est, Hunc secum habere in prim is constituerat, quod eum cupidum rerum novarum, cupidum imperii, magni anirai, magnae inter Gallos auctoritatis 2cognoverat. Accedebat hue, quod in concilio Aeduorum l^e. Dnmndrix dixerat sibi^ a Caesare regnum civitatis deferi'I ;: _ quod dLctum Aedui graviter ferebant, neque recusandi aut '*->\i-.^t deprecandi causa legatos ad Caesarem mittere audebant. 'i Id factum ex suis hospitibus Caesar cognoverat. Ille omnibus primo precibus petere contendit, ut in Gallia relinqueretur, partim qtxod insuetus navigandi nuire timeret, partim qviod religionibus impediri sese diceret. iPosteaquam id obstinate sibi negari vidit, omni spe impetrandi adempta principes Galliae sollicitare, sevocare singulos hortariqixe coepit, uti in continent! remanerent : 5 metu territare : non sine causa fieri, ut Gallia omni nobilitate spoliaretur ; id esse consilium Caesaris, ut, quos ill conspectu Galliae interficere vereretur, bos omnes in LIBER QUINTUS. 5 Britanniam traductos necaret ; fidem reliquis interponere, 6 , jusjurandum poscere, tit, quod esse ex_tigu. Galliae Intel- j^ lexissent, communi consilio administrarent. Haec a coij^LlDluribus ad Caesarem deferebantur. 74 Qua re cognita Caesar, quod tantum civitati Aeduae i dignitatis tribuebat, coercendura atque deteiTendum, nuibuscumque rebnpjt p(j)p;set . Duinnorigeni statuebat quod 2 ; longius ejus amentiam progredi videbat, prpsx)iciendum, i^»»nT,«/i/-» t- ^oAt^^ qjiid sibi ac reipviblicae nocere posset. Itaque dies 3 'r-t-:t ventusnavigationemimpediebat^ qui magnam partem omnis • 64x . ,. '*' temporis in his locis flare consuevit, dabat ^eram. ut in ^i • officio Dumnorigem contineret, nibilo tamen secius omnia ejus consilia cognosceret : tandem idoneam nactus tern- 4 pestatem milites equitesque conscendere in naves jiibet. At omnium impeditis animis Dumnorix cum equitibus 5 Aeduorum a castris insciente Caesare domum discedere coepit. Qua re nuntiata Caesar intermissa profectione 6 atque omnibus rebus postpositis magnam partem equitatus ud eum insequeudum mittit retrahiqiie imi)erat ; si vim? fuciivt neque parent, interfici jubet, nihil hunc se_ absente pro sauo facturum arbitratus, ^qvii"rpraesentis imperium : neglexisset. II le enim revocatu's resistere ac se manu 8 defcndere suorumque fidem implorare coepit saepe clamitans " " liberum se liberaeque esse civitatis. Illi, ut erat imperatum 9 circumsistunt hominem atque interficiunt : at equites Aedui ad Caesarem omnes revertuntur. 8. His rebus gestis Labieiio in continente cum tribusl '^"6'** legionibus et equitum millibus duobus relicto, ut portus tueretur et rem frumentariam provideret, quaeque in Gallia gererentur cognosceret consiliumque pro tempore et pro re ' 6 ])K HKIAA) (lALLICO. 2caperet, ipse cum quinqne legionibus et pari mimero eqiiituin, qiiem in coiitinenti reliiiuerat, ad solis occasum naves solvit et leni Africo i)rovectus ineilia circiter nocte vento interniisso cursnm non tenuit et longius delatus aestu ox'ta luce sub sinistra Britanniani rclictam^consiioxit. 3 Turn rursus aestus commutationcm secutus reniis conten- dit, ut earn partem insulae caperet, qua optimum esse 4egressum superiove aesrate cognoverat. Qi^ in re admo- dum fuit militura virtus laudanda, qvii vector iis graj^I- '^ blisane navjgiis non intermisso reniigandi laLorc longarum t^.r f, navium cursum adaeqviarunt. Accessum e^t ad Britan- '" niam omnibus navibus meridiano fere tempore, n_£iiiie in eeo loco liQstis est visus ; sed^, ut postea Caesar ex captivis ^ cognovit ctiiiT- hiagnae manus eo convenissent, multitudine navium perterritae, quae cum annotinis privatisque, quas '*^"-;^ui quisque commodi fecerat, amplius octingeiitae uno erant visae tempore, a litore discesserant ac se in superiora loca abdiderant. ,3, .^J^^,,,i^^^^Aj. ;*, v ^ .. v v (' 1 9, Caesar exposito exercitu et loco castris idoneo capto, ubi ex captivis cognovit, quo in loco liostium copiae cousedissent, cohortibus decem ad mare relict is et equitibus trecentis, qui praesidio navibus essent, de tertia vigilia ad litore bostes contendit ^o mmus veritus navibus, quod in ^^^^ molli atque ajierio deligatas ad ancoram relinquebat, et prae-/^ ^ ^. a sidio navibusque Quintum Atrium praefecit. Ipse noctu progressus millia passuum circiter duodecim bostium scopias conspicatus est. Illi, '^piitatu atque essetlis ad flumen progressi, ex loco superiore nostros probibere et 4 proelium committere coeperunt. Repulsi ab equitatu se in <- silvas abdiderunt loci^m naptfT'egregie et natura et opere . jnunitum, quem domestic! belli, ut videbantur, causa jam 2 CM^-L^ JLiBER QUINTUS. . 7 ante praeparaverant ; nam crebris Arbor ibus succisis onines5 / introitus erant praeclusi I] s: 3x silvisraripropugnabante ^'<^^^-''%^, nostvosqiie intra muuitiones ingredi prohibebant. Ati^ili^s? c^S^'" - «^'. ,. leg'ionis septimae testudine facta et aggere ad munitiones ^y r, ' V " adjecto locum ceperunt eosqne ex silvis expulerunt paucis ' '" vulneribus acceptis. Sed eos f ugientes longius Caesar 8 l^rosequi vettiit^ q^ quod loci naturam ignorabat, at quod magna parte diei consumpta munitioni castrorum tempus relinqui volebat. '« "< "•' 10. Postridie ejus diei mane tripertito milites equitesque i i in expeditionem misit, ut eos, qui fugerant^ j^ersequerentur. , - * His aliquantum itineris progressis, cum jam extremi 2 essent in prospectu, equites a Quinto Atrio adCaesarem venerunt, qui nuntiarent superiore nocte maxima coorta tempestate prope omnes naves afflictas atque in litore ejectas esse, quod neqne ancoi:ae funesque subsisterent, -^ oji^S^^^ neijue nautae gubernatoresque vim tempestatis pati pos- sent : itarpie ex eo concursu navium, magnum esse incom- 3 modum acceptum. .11. If is rebus cognitis Caesar legiones equitatumque i revocari' atque itinere desistere jubet, ipse ad naves revertitur ; eadem fere, quae ex nuntiis litterisque cogno- verat, coraip. perspicit, sic lit amissis circiter quadraginta navijbus reliquae tamen refici posse magno negotio videren- u^-vJex***-^ ^ tur.'' Itaque ex legionibus fabros deligit et ex continenti alios 3 arcessi jubet; Labieno scribit, ut, quam plurimas jiosset, 4 " / , iis legionibus, quae sunt apud eum, naves instituat. Ipse, 5 " '^ etsi res erat multae operae ac laboris, tamen cominodis- simiim esse statuit omnes naves subd^ici et cum castris una munitione conjungi. In his rebus circiter dies decern « consumit ne nocturnis quidem temporibus ad laborem 8 DE HELLO GALLICO. 7 militiun iiitermissis. Subductis navibus castrisque e^^regie uuuiitis easdem coi)ias, quas ante, praesidio navibus 8reli(iuit ; ipse eodem, vuide redierat, proficiscitur. Eo cum venisset, majores jam undique in eura locum copiae Britannorum convenerant summa imperii bellique admini- strandi communi consilio permissa Cassivellauno ; cujus fines a maritimis civitatibus flumen dividit, quod appel- latur Tamesis, a mari circiter millia passuum octoginta. 9 Huic superiore tempore cum reliquis civitatibus continentia "'^".' bella intercesserant ; sed nostro adventu permoti Britanni hunc toti bello imperioque praefecerant. 1 12. Britanniae pars interior ab iis incolitur, tiuos n5itas_, sin insula ipsi niemoria proditnm.dicunt, maritima pars ab iis, qui praedae ac belli inferendi causa ex Belgio trans- ierunt (qui omnes fere iis nominibus civitatum appel- lantur, quibus orti ex civitatibus eo jDervenerunt) et bello illatO/ i))i ^ pprmanserunt atque agros colere coeperunt. 3 Hoiriinum est' iiifinita multicudo creberrimaque aedificia fere Gallicis consiniilia, pecoruin niagnus numerus. ' .v^ H 4Utuntur [aut aere] ant nuramo aureo aut taleis ferreis ^ '^ ^ 'Scertum pondus examinatis i)ro niunmo. Nascitur ibi plumbum album in mediterraneis regionibus, in maritimis ferrum, sed ejus exigua est copia ; aere utuntur importato. Materia cujusque generis, ut in Gallia, est praeter fagum 6 atque abietem. ijeporeniet gallinam et anserem gustare fas non putant ; haec tamen alunt animi volui)tatisque causa. Loca sunt temperatiora quam in Gallia remissiori- bus frigoribus. 1 13. Insula natura triquetra, cujus unum latus est contra Galliam. ILiJus lateris alter angulus, qui est ad Cantium, quo fere omnes ex Gallia iiaves appelluntur, ad orientem 4i QUINTU!^. » ,, LIBER solem, inferior ad meridiem spectat. Hoc pertinet circiter millia passuum quingenta. Alteram vergit ad Hispaniam i , atque occidentem solem; qua ex parte est Hibernia, ' _/ -/, dimidio minor, ut aestimatur, quam Britannia, sed pari spatio transmissus atque ex Gallia est in Britanniam. In 3 'hoc medio cursu est insula, quae appellatur Mona : com- existimantur plures praeterea minores subiectae insulae ; de qnibus insulis nonnuUi scripserunt dies cpntinuos trigin- ta sub bruma esse noctem. Jigs nihil de ep'-pei'contationibus 4 reperiebamus, nisi cert is ex aqua mensuris breviores esse ". quam in continenti noctes videbamus. Hujus est longi- ,./ fi Tertium est contra septentriones ; cui parti nulla est objecta terra, sed ejus angulus lateris niaxime ad Germaniani spectat. Hoc millia passuum octingenta in longitudinem esse existimatur. Ita omnis insula est in circuitu vicies 7 centum millium passuum. 14. Ex his omnibus h)nge sunt humanissimi, qui Can- tium iiicolunt, quae regio est maritima omnis, neque inultum a Gallica differunt consuetudine. Interiores:> plerique frumenta non serunt, sed lacte et carne vivunt pellibusque vestiti. se vitro sunt Omnes vero Britanni , inficiunt (jUod caei'uleum efficit colorem, atque jioc horri- ' rMJt*^*v^% diores sunt in pugna aspectu ; capilloque sunt promisso, 3 atque omni parte corporis rasa praeter caput et labrum sui^erius. Uxores habent deni duodenique) inter se com- munes et inaxime fratres cum fratribus parentesque cum liberis ; sed si qui sunt ex his nati, eorum habentur liberi, 5 quo primum virgo quaeque deducta est. 15. Equites hostiuin essedariique acriter proelio cumi (f^nA^ifV. equitatu uostro in itinere couflixerunt, tanien ut nostri "'> '^^L'tAj *'»^ 10 DE BELI.cj (iALLICO. omnilais partibus superiores fuerint atque eos in silva,s 2 collesciue compulerint ; seel compluribus interfectis cui^idius sinsecuti nonnullos ex suis amiserunt. At illi intermisso in. . spatio imprudeiitilnis Bostris atque occupatis in munitione castrorum subito se ex silvis ejecerunt impetuque in eos facto, qui erant in statione pro castris collocati, acriter 1 pugnaverunt, duabus(iue missis subsidio cohortibus a Caesare atqvie his primis legionum duarum, Ccum hae perexigtio intermisso loci spatio inter se constitissent,; novo genere pugnae perterritis nostris per niedios andacis- r. sime perruperunt seque inde incohimcs receperunt. Eo die Q. Laberius Durus, tribnnus militum, interficitur. , Illi pluribus siibmissis cohortibus repelluntur. ^' 1 Hu Toto hoc in genere pugnae cjjm sub oculis omnium ac pro castris, diniicaretui\ intellectum est nostros propter -.' gravitatem armferum, quod neriue msequiisedentes po.ssent ^ .^^L neque ab signis discedere auderent, minns'ajjfos esse ad ahujus generis hostem, equites autera magno cum pericnlo proelio dimicare, pyoptqrea quod, illi etiam ^ jicusuLtxx * plfijuimqj^ cederent efj^cfurnpaxrhiin. ab legionibus nostros reraovisseilt, ex essedis desilirent et jaedibus disj^ari proelio 3 contenderent. Equestris autem proelii ratio et cedentibns U*^ w et ^.insequentibus par atc^ue idem periculum infei'ebat. *" 4\ccedebat hue, ut numquam conferti, sed rari magnisque intervallis proeliarentur stationesque d^spp^itas, haberent, atque alios alii deincei^s exciperent, integrique et recentes defatigatis succederent. 1 17. Postero die procul a castris hostes in collibus constiterunt rarique se ostendere et lenius quara j^ridie 2 nostros equites proelio lacessere coepernnt. Sed meridie cum Caesar pabulandi causa tres legiones atque oraneux LIBKR QUINTUS. 11 equitatum cum Gaio Trebonio legato misisset, repente ex omnibus partibus ad pabulatores advolaverunt, sic uti ab absisterent. sigiiis legionibusque non Nostri acriter in 3 . ^ ' ' eos impetu facto reppulerunt neque finem sequendi fecerunt, • ' j'j ''yuif^ quoad subsidio confisi/ eqiiites, cum post se legiones viderent, ijraecipites hostes egerunt, , magnoque ^eorum 4 numero interfecto neque sui cdnigeridi Beque consisfendi aut ex essedis desiliendi facultatem dederunt. Ex hac5 fuga protinus, quae undique convenerant, auxilia disces- -^^'^^i^'*^ serunt, neque post id tempos umquam summis nobiscum copiis hostes contenderunt. 18. Caesar cognito consilio eorum ad fliim^u Tamesimi in fines Cassivellauni exercitum duxit ; cjuod flumen uno ,- , . omnino loco pedibus, atque hoc aegre, transiri potest. Eo > '^'''' '^' cum venisset, ajaiinum' advertit ad alteram fluminis ripam u^ magnas esse ( op'as hostium instnxctas. Ripa autem erat 3 l*-^' • acutis sudibus praefixis munita, ejusdemque generis sub - aqua define sudes flumine tegebantur. His rebus cognitis \ a captivis perfugisque Caesar praemisso equitatu confestim legiones subsequi jussit. Sed^ celeritate atque" eo impetus milites ierunt, cum capite solo ex aqua exstarent, ut hostes impetum legionum atque equitum sustinere non possent ripasque dimitterent ac se fugae mandarent. 19. Cassivellavmus, ut supra demonstravimus, omnii deposita spe contentionis dimissis amplioribus copiis miUibus circiter quattuor essedariorum relictis, itinera nostra , servabat paulumque ex via excedebat locisque'*" unpe^tis ac silvestribus sese occultabat atque lis regioni- bus, quibus nos iter facturos cognoverat, pecora atque homines ex agris in silvas compellcbat et. ciun equitatus2 •>^,, noster liberius praedaudi vastandique causa se in agros itvlWr 12 DE JiEIJ-O GAI-LICO, ejecerat, omnibus viis semitisque esseclarios ex silvis >'- -,' emittebat et magno cuiji, periculo^nostrorum equitum cum _i/ lis cpnfligebat atque Tipc*mSt^u la'tiu^ 'v^arip^^ 3 Kelinquebarur, ut neque longius ab agmine legionum discedi Caesar pateretur, et tantum'iij agris vastandis inccn- diis(iue faciendis hostibus nocere^irV quarifum labore atqnc itinere legionarii milites efficere poterant. 1 20. Interim Trinobantes, propc firmissima earum regio- ura cLvjtas, (ex qua Mandubracius adulescens Caesaris oem seclitns ad eum in continentem Galliam vencrat, cujus pater in ea civitate regnum obtinuerat interfectusquc 2erat a Cassivellauno, ipse fuga mortem vitaverat, legates ad Caesaremmittunt pollicenturque sese ei dedituros at(iue 3 facturos petunt, ut Mandubracium ab injuria imperata ; Cassivellauni defendat atque.in civitatem mittat, qui .il)raesit imperiumque obtineat. ' jHi^ Caesar imperat obsides j(i/v^ quadraginta frumentumque exercitui Mandubraciumque ••''> ' ' ad eos mittit. Illi imperata celeriter fecerunt, obsides ad luimerum frumentumque niiserunt. 1 21. Trinobantibus defensis atque ab onnii militum J , iiv[uria prpbi.liiri's Cenimagni, Segontiaci, Ancalites, a-<>C •*'v jt I Bibroci, Cassi legation ibus missis sese Caesari dedunt. 2 Ab liis cognoscit non longe ex eo loco oppi^im Cassivel- launi abesse silvis paludibusque munitum, quo satis UUr 3 magnus hominum pecprisque numerus conveneri t. Oppi- dum autem Britanni vocant, cum silvas imj^editas vallo atque fossa munierunt, quo incursionis liostium vitandae 4 causa convenire consuerunt. Eo proficiscitur cum legioni- bus : locum reperit egregie natura atque opere munitum : tamen liunc duabus ex partibus oppugnare contendit. 5 Hostes paulisper morati militum nostrorum impetum non AjJ- / d^.A c-i-^ LIBEll QUINTUS. 13 tulerunt seseque alia ex parte oppidi ejecerunt, Magnus 6 ibi numerus pecoris repertus Inultique in fnga sunt com- prehensi atque interfecti. 22. Dum haec in his locis geruntur, Cassivellaunus adi Cantium, quod esse ad mare supra demonstravimus, quibus regionibus quattuor reges praeerant, Cingetorix, Carvilius, Taximagulus, Segovax, nuntios mittit atque his imperat, iiti coactis omnibus copiis castra navalia de improvise adoriantur atque oppugnent. li cum. ad castra venissent, 2 nostri eruptione facta multis eorum interfectis, capto etiam nobili duce Lugotorige suos incokimes reduxerunt. Cassi- 3 vellaunus hoc proelio nuntiato, tot detrimentis acceptis, vastatis finibus, maxiitie etiam permotus defectione civi- tatum, legates per Atrebatem Commium de deditione ad Caesarem mittit. Caesar cum constitui^sgt hiemare in 4 continenti propter repehtinds Galliae Inotiis, neque multum aestatis superesset, atque. id facUe extrahi posse intelle- .vA^y geret, obsides imperat et qmd in annos singulos vectigalis populo Romano Britannia penderet, constituit ; interdicits atque imperat Cassivellauno, ne Mandubracio neu Trino- bantibus noceat. 23, Obsidibus acceptis exercitum reducit ad mare, naves i invenit refectasT" His deductis, quod et captivorum mag- 2 num numerum habebat, et nonnullaetempestatedeperierant naves, duobus commeatibus exercitum reportare instituit. Ac sic accidit, uti ex tauto navium numero tot naviga-3 tionibus neque hoc neque superipre anno ulla omnino w*-*- navis, quae railites portaret, desiderafetur ; at ex iis, 4 'u^U quae inanes ex continenti ad eum remitterentur et prioris -'^'^^ t"* coraraeatus expositis militibus et quas postea Labienus '^^-^^^C^u faciendas curaverat numero sexaginta perpaucae locum 14 DE BELLO GALLICO. scapei'ent, reliqiiae fere omnes rejicerentur. Qv).as cum aliquamdiu Caesar frustra exspectasset, ne anni tempore a'" navigatione excludei'etur, quod aequinoctium suberat, necessario angustius milites collocavlt ac summa tranquil- c. litate consecuta, secunda inita cum solvisset vigilia, prima 1 2'4, Subductis iiavibus concilioque Gallorum Samaro- f ^ _ • ^yy^r-^binvae peracto, quod eo anno frumentum in Gallia ])rojiter (fyf*"^"^ siccitates angustius provenerat, coactus est aliter ac superioribus annis exercitum in liibernis collocare legio- 2nesque in plures civitates distribuei'e. Ex quibus iinxim in Merinos ducendam C. Fabio legato dedit, alteram in Nervios Ciceroni, tertiara in Esubios L. Roscio quar- Q. ; tam in Eemis cum T. Labieno in confinio Treverorum shiemare jussit ; tres in Bellovacis collocavit ; his JVL^"' Crassum quaestorem et L. Munatium Plancum et Gf)^ 4Trebonium legatos praefecit.' TJnam legionem, quam proxiipae trans Padum conscripserat, et, cohortes quinque in Eburones, quorum pars maxima gst inter Mosam ac Rhenum, qui sub imperio Ambiorigis et Catuvolci erant, 5 misit. His militibus Q. Titurium Sabinum et L. Aurun- c. culeium Cottam legatos jiraeesse jussit. "^Ad tunc modum distributis legionibus faciUime inopiae frumentariae sese 7 mederi posse existimavit. Atque harum tamen omnium legionura hiberna, praeter eam, quam L. Roscio in ' __jt pacatissimam et quietissimam partem ducendam dederat, i P ^ V 8 millibus passuum centum continebantur. Ipse interea, ^ quoad legiones collocatas munitaque biberna cognovisset, in Gallia morari constituit. 1 25. Erat in Carn^tibus summo loco nfius Tasgetius, 2 cujus majores in sua civitate regnum obtinuerant. Huic LIBER QUINTUS. 15 Caesar pro ejus virtiite atque inse^benevolentia, quod in '_ , , - omnibus bellis singulari ejus o^er^ fuerat ijsus, inajorum A^^ •^a/^-^ ' tP ' ' locum restituerat. Tertium jam tunc annum regnantems ; - ly^ inlmici multis palam ex civitate auctoribus interfecerunt. -i Defertur ea res ad Caesarem. Ille. veritus, quod ad 4 .,-i..j^M /\\ - ^ ^» plures pertinebat, jae civitas eorum impulsu deficeret, L. -^v- Plancum cum legions ex Belgio celeriter in Carnvite,^ pro- ficisci jubet ibique hiemare, quorumque opera cognoverat Tagetium interfectuni, lios/comprebensos\ad se mittere. . ^.>^ Interim ab omnibus [legatis quaestoreque], quibus legiones5 / ^ tradiderat, ^ertiqr factus _est in hiberna perventum ', locunique [liibernis] esse munitum. '' 26. Diebus circiter quindecim, quibus in hiberna ventum i est, initium repentini tumultus ac defectionis ortum est — '^ ab Ambiorige et Catuvolco qvii, cum ad fines ; regni sui2 <5r. a^a.C'»>v4 Sabine Cottaeque praesto f uissent frumentumque in hiberna « e^ comportavissent, Indutiomari Treveri nuntiis impulsi suos f^ C/ concitaverunt subitoque oppressis lignacoribus magna manu ad castra oppugnatum venerunt. Ciiin celeriter 3 nostri arma cepissent vallumque ascendissent atque vina ex parte Hispanis.equitibusemissis equestri proelio superi- ores fuisseut, desperata re hostes suos ab oppugnatione reduxerunt. Tum sue more conclamaverunt, uti aliqui4 ex nostris ad colloquium prodiret : habei'e sese, quae de re communi dicere vellent, quibus rebus controversias minui posse sperarent. ' l/"^ - '•'"' 27. Mittitur ad eos colloquendi causa C. Arpineius, i e([ues Romanus, familiaris Q. Titurii, et O. Junius ex Hispania quidam, qui jam ante missuVilliJaesaris ad Ambiorigem vent it ^re consuerat-^ apud quos A^biorix ad hunc modum locutus est : Sese pro Caesaris in se bene- 2 16 DK IJKLLO GALLICO. iiciis lilui'imum ej, confiteri "^debere, quod ejus opera stipendio liberatus esset, quod Aduatucis, finitirais suis, pendere consuesset, quodque ei_ et filius et fratris filius ab Caesai'e remissi essent, quos' Aduatuci 9bsidum nnn^ero SS^/" SniigsQS apud se in servitute et catenis teuuissent j neque id, quod fecerit de oppugnatione castrorum, aut judicio aut voluutate sua fecisse, sed coiictu civitatis, suaque esse ejusmodi imi^eria, ut non minus haberet iiiris in se mj^i- 4 tudo, quam ipse in inultitudinem. Civitati porro banc fuisse belli causam, cjuod repentiuae Galloruin conjura- ^tioni resistere non potuerit. Id se fapile ex huinilitate sua probare posse, quod non adeo sit" irnfperitus rfirum, ut suis copiis populuni Roinanuin superari jwsse confidat, •> Sed esse Galliae commune consilium : omnibus hibernis Caesaris oppugnandis bunc esse dictum diem, ne qua legio 6 alterae legioni subsidio venire posset. Kon facile Gallos Gallis negare potuisse, praesertim^ ciun de recuperanda Tcommuni libertate consilium initum(\videretur. ^ Quibus quoniam pro j^ietate satisfecerit, habere nuiic se ratioiiem olHcii pro beneficiis Caesaris r.-jmonere, orare Titurium pro sliospitio, ut suae ac niilitum saluti consid.at. Magnam manum Germanorum conductam Elieuum transisse ; bauc / ''affore biduo. Ipsorum esse^ q6nsU,iuin, yelintne priiiiv- . ?'' qiiajji finitimi sentiant^ eductos ex hibernis milites aut ad i Ciceronem aut ad Labierium deducere, g uoriyna^er millia passaum circiter quinquaginta, alter paulo amplivis ab iis lOabsit. Illud se polliceri et jurejurando confirmare^ tutuni niter per fiues datiiruin. Quod cum faciat, et civitati sese consulere^ quod hibernis levetiu', et Caesari pro ejus meritis gratiam referre^. Hac oratione habita discedit Ambiorix.^ -^^^^v' '-• <^^^'(U 6 LIBEK QUINTUS. 17 28. Arpineins et Junius, quae audierunt, ad legates de-i ferunt. Illi repent ina re perturbati, etsi ab lioste ea dice- uLy bantur, tamen non neglegenda existimabant, niaximeque hac re perraovebantur, quod civitatem ignobilem atque humilgjn Eburonum sua sponte populo Romano belluna facere ausam vix erat credendum. Itaque ad consilium 2 rem deferunt, magnaque inter eos exsistit controversia. L, Aurunculeius compluresque tribuni militum et pri-3 morum ordinum ceuturiones nihil temere agendum neque ex hibernis injussu Caesaris discedendum existima- bant : quantasvis copias etiam Germanorum sustiueri4 posse munitis hibernis docebant 1 rem esse- testimonio quod primum hostium impetum niultis tiltro vulneribus /- 'Ai- -' illatis fortissime sustinueririt : re frumentaria non premj ; 5 interea et ex i)roximis hibernis et a Caesare conventura subsidia : postremo quid esse levins aut turpius, quam" auctore hoste d§ summis I'ebus capere consilium ? *^' . > , y 2y. Contra ea Titurius sero facturos clamitabat, cum 1 ^sX4**"*"*^*'^' adjunctis I majores manus hostium Germanis convenissent, \J aut cum aliquid calamitatis in proximis hibernis esset 2 acceptum, Brevem consulendi esse occasion^m. . Caesarem arbitrari profectum in Italiam ; neque aliter Carnutes interficiendi Tasgetii consilium fuisse capturos, neque Eburones, si ille adesset, tanta contempt ione nostri ad castra ventures esse. Non hostem auctorem, sed rem 3 JX')specta're : subesse Rhenum : magno esse Germanis dolori Ariovisti mortem et superiores nostras victorias ; ardere-i Galliam tot contumeliis accei)tis sub populi Romani im- perium redactam, superiore gloria rei militaris exstincta. Postremo quis hoc'sibi pcrsuadoret, sine..certa re Ambi-5 origem ad ejusmodi consilium descendisse? Suam sen- 18 DE BELLO GALLICO. tentiam in iitramque partem esse tutani ; si nihil esset durius, niillo cum periculo ad ]jix5'x1ni'am legionom j^erven- ^' turos ; si Gallia omnis cum Germanis consent iret, unam 7 esse in celeritate positam salutem. Cottae quidem atque eorum, qui dissentirent, consilium q'ueiii l^^borc exitum? in quo si non jH'aesens pericumm, at certe lo'i^Kinqua obsi- XJ dione fames esset timenda. 1 30. Hac in utramque partem disputatione babita, cypi a Cotta primisque ordinilms acriter resisteretur : 'Vincite,' inquit, 'si ita vultis,' Sabinus, et id clariore voce, ut 2 magna pars militum exaudiret ; 'neque is sum,' inquit, 'qui gravissime ex vobis mortis jiericulo terreai: ; hi 3 sapient ; si gr'aviu^ quid acciderit, abs te rationern repos- cent, qui, si per te liceat, perendino die ctim proximis hibernis conjunct! comniunem cum reLiqijis bejli cagjim sustineant, non rejecti et relegati longe ab ceteceteris aut ferro aiit fame intereant. 1 31. Consurgitur ex consilio ; comprehendunt utrumque et orant, ne sua dissensione et pertinacj^ rem in summum 2periculum deducant : facilem esse rem. sou maneant, seu proficiscantiir, si niodo unum omnes sentiant ac jirobent ; r, contra in dissensione nullam se salutem perspicere. Res di sputatione ad niediam noctem i^erducitur. Tandem dat 4 Cotta permotus m^mus : superat senteijtia Sabini. Pro- nuntiatur prima luce ituros. Consumitur vigiliis reliiiuo pars noctis, cum sua quisque miles circumspicei-et, quid secum portare posset, quid ex instrumento hibernorum srelinquere cogeretur.!' Omma excogitantur, quare nec'sine periculo maneatur et languore militum et vigiliis periculum 6 augeatur.-^ Prima luce §ic ex castris proficiscuntur, ut quibus esset persuasum. non ab hoste, sed ab homine LIBER QUINTUS. 19 amicissimo [Ambiorige] consilium datum, longissimo ag- mine maximisque impedimentis. 32. At hostes, posteaquam ex noctiu-no fremitu vigiliis-i . profectione eorum senserunt, collocatis insidiis que de , l)ipartito in silvis opportuno atqiie occulto loco a_ millibus . passuum circiter duobus Romanorum adventum exspecta- bant, et cum se majoi- pars agminis in magnam convallem^ dqmisissetp ex utraque parte ejus vallis subito se osten- derunt novissimosque premere et primes prohibere ascensu atque iniquissimo nostris loco proelium committere 33. Turn demum Titurius, qui nihil ante providisset, i ^ trepidare et concursare cohortesque dis|ponere^liaec tamen ipsa timide atque uteum omnia deficer6 viderentur qubd ; pleiTimque iis accidere consueyit, qui in ipso negotio con- silium capere coguntur. At Cotta, qui cogitasset haec2 posse in itinere accidere atqixe ob eam causam profectionis auctor non fuisset, nulla in re cominuni saluti deerat, et in appellandis cohortandisque militibus imperatoris et in pugna militis officia praestabat. Cum propter longitu-3 dinem agminis minus facile omnia per se obire ^, quid quoque loco faciendum esset, providere possent, jusserunt pronuntiare, ut impedimenta relii:^uerent atque in orbem consisterent. Quod consilium etsi in ejusmodi casu repre-4 hendendum non est, tamen incommode accidit : nam et 5 nostris jmU.tibu.s spem minuit et hostes ad pugnam alacriores effecit, quod non sine summo timore et despe- ratione id .factum videbatur. Praeterea accidit, quod fieri 6 necesse erat. ut vulgo milites ab signis discedei-ont, quae qviisqile eorum carissima haberet, ab impedimentis peters V-niX*- 20 1>I0 liKF,I,0 GALLICO. at(jue arripere jiroporaret, claniore et fletu omnia comple- rentur. 1 •$+. At barbaris consilium iion clefujt. Nam duces eorum tota acie prommtiare jusserunt.ftue quis ab loco discecleret : illorum esse praedam atque illis reservari, quaecumque Romani reliquissent : jDroinde omnia in -'victoria positaAexistimarentA Erant et virtvite et studio pugnandi pares nostri ; tametsi ab duce et a fortuna dese- rebantur, tamen oninem spem salutis in virtute ponebant, et ( |Uotift^ quHe(|ue coliors procurrerat, ab ea parte magnus Snumerus bostiuni cadebat, , Qua re animadversa Ambiorix pronuntiari jubet, But procul tela conjiciant neu propius ' 4accedant et, quarn'Mn partem Romani impetum fecerint, cedant (levitate armorum et cotidiana exer^itatione nibil lis noceri jiosse), rursus se ad signa reci_pientes inse- quantur. I a \^ 1 35. Quo praecepto ab iis diligent issime observato, cum quaepiam cobors ex orbe e,xce^serat atque impetum fecevat, shostes velocissime rejhjgiel^ant. Interim earn partem s nudari necesse erat et ab latere aperto tela recipi. Rursu.s, cum in eum locum, unde erant egressi^ reverti coeperant, et ab iis, qui cesserant, . et ab iis, qui proximi steterant. 4 circumveniebantur ; sin (aufem locum tenere vellent, nee virtMiti locus relinquebatur, neque ab tanta multitudine 5 conjecta tela conferti vitare poterant, Tamen tot incom- modis conflictati, multis vulnei;ibus acceptis resistebant, et magna parte diei consumpta, 'cur^' af)rima luce ad horam ,- Co ^/ octavam pugnaretur, nibil, quod Jpsjs esset indignum, Ay_,^ 6 committebant. Tum T. Balventio,, qui superiore annc auctoritatis, \ jprimum pihim duxerat, viro forti et magnae 7 utrumque femur^ tragnla trajicitur ; Q. Lucanius, ejus- •2 we-tv^.'.-c^, LIBER QUIN'TUS. 21 dem ordinis, fortissime puguans, dum circumvento filio subvenit, interficitur ; L. Cotta legatus omnes cohortes 8 ordinesque adhortans in adversum. os funda vulneratur. > .*>6. His rebus permotus Q. Titnrius, cum proculi Ambiorigem suos cohortantem cqnspexisset, interpretem suum. Cn,. Pompeium, ad eura mittit rogatum, ut sibi luilitibusque parcat. Ille appellatus respondit : Si vellt.2 rT secuni colloqui, licere j sperare a multitudine impetrari posse, quod ad militum salutem pertineat ; ipsi vero nihil nocitom iri, inque earn rem se suam fidem interponere. Ille cum Cotta saucio communicat, si videatnr, pugna ut 3 excedant et cum. Ambiorige una colloquantur : sperare ab eo de sua ac militum salute impetrari posse. Cotta sei ad armatum hostem iturum uegat atque in eo perseverat. 37. Sabinus quos in i^raesentia tribunos militum circumi se liabebat et "primorum ordinum centuriones se sequi jubet et, cum propius Ambiorigem accessisset, jussus arma abjicere imperatum facit suisque, ut idem faciant, imperat. Interim, dum de condicionibus inter se agunt longiorquerJ consul.to ab Ambiorige instituitur serrao, paulatiin circum - --ventus interticitur. Tum vero suo more victoriam con-:! .. clamant atque ululatum tollunt impetuque in nostros facto oi'dines perturbant. Ibi Lu(;ius Cotta pugnans interficitur 4 cum maxima parte militum. Reliqui se in castra r. recipiunt, unde erant egressi. Ex quibus L. Petrosidius aquQifer, cum magna multitudine hostium premeretur, aquilam intra vallum projecit, ipse ,pro castris fortis- sime pugnans occiditur. Illi aegre aA noctem oppugna-c tionem sustinont ; noctu ad unmflLQmnes desperata salute se ipsi iuterficiunt. Pauci ex proelio elapsi incertisT ; 22 DE BELLO c;allico. itineribus per silvas ad T. Labienum legatuni in hiberna perveniunt atque eum de rebus gestis certiorem faciunt. 1 38. Hac victoria sublatus Ambiorix statim cum equitatu in Aduatucos, qui erant ejus regn^ finitinii^ proliciscitur nG((ue noctcm neque diem inte'rmittit i^editatumque sese L' subsequi jubet. Re demonstrata Aduatucisque concitatis postero die in Nervios pervenit bortatm-que, ne §ui in perpetuum liberandi atque ulcisc'endi Romanos wo lis , 3quas acceperint, injuriis occasionem diinittanta interfectos esse legates duos niagnanKiue partem exercitus interisse ffStj . 4d(nnonstrat ; niliil esse negotii subito oppr^aajn legionem, f'i'p ^ ' ((uae cum Cicerone hiemet, interfici ; se ad earn rem piofitetur adjutorem.V Facile bac oratione Nerviis per- suadet. f 3 o,9. Itaque confestim dimissis nuntiis ad Ceutrones, Grudios, Levacos, Pleumoxios, Geidumnos, qui oumes sub eorum imperio sunt, quam maximas manus possunt cogunt et de improviso ad Ciceronis hiberna advobxnt, . . fama de Tifurii morte perlataji^- Huic , snondum ad eum " quoq'ue accidit, q'tibd fuit necesse, ut nonnulli niilites, (jiu, lignationis niunitionisque causa in silvas discessissent, srepentino equitum adventu interciperentur. His circum- ventis/ magna manu Eburones, Nervii, Aduatuci atqne borum omnium socii et clientes legionem opjnignare incipiunt. Nostri celeriter ad arma concurrunt, vallum 4 conscendunt. Aegre is dies sustentatur, quod omnem spem bostes in celeritate ponebant atque banc ^epti vic- toriam in perpetuum se fore victores confidebant. 1 40. Mittuntur ad Caesarem confestim ab Ciceror litteraemagnispropositispraemiis, si pertulissent : obsess 37 LIBER OTINTUS. 23 omnibus viis missi intercipiuntur. Noctu ex materia, 2 quam munitionis causa comportaverant, turres adtaodum centum viginti excitantuitincredibili celeritate quae deessc ; pperi videbantur, perficiuntur. Hostes postero die multoa majoribus coactis copiis castra oppugnant, fossam com- plent. Eadem ratione, qua pridie, ab nostris resistitur.4. Hoc idem reliquis deinceps fit diebus. Kulla pars nocturnio I I temporis ad laboi-em intei'mittitur ; non aegris, iion vul- - neratis facultas quietis datur. Quaecumque ad proximio diei oppugnationem opus sunt, noctu comparantur ; niultae praeustae sudes, magnus muralium pilorum numerus instituitur : tui-res contabulantur, pinnae loricaeque ex _ cratibus attexuntur. Ipse Cicero, cum tenuissima vale- tudine esset, ne nocturnum quideni sibi temiaus ad quietem relinquebat, ut ultrp militum concursu ac vocibus sibi parcare cogeretur. . \/ 4:1. Tunc duces principesque Nerviorum, qui aliquemi sermonis aditum causamque amicitiae cum Cicerone habe- bant, colloqui sese velle dicunt. Facta potestate, eadem 2 quae Ambiorix cum Titurio egerat, commemorant_:| omnem esse in armis Galliam ; Germanos Rhenum transisse 1 Caesaris reliquorumque hiberna oppugnari, ; Addunt.etiam 4 de Sabmi morte : Ambiorigem ostentant fidei faciundae causa. lErrare eos dicunt, si quicquam ab his praesidiio sperent, qui suis rebus diifidant ; sese tamen hoc esse in Ciceronem popukimque Romanum animb, ut nihil nisi hiberna recusent atque banc inveterascere consuetudinem nolint : licere illis incolumibus j^er se ex hibernis discedere g et, quascumque in partes velint, sine .^metu proficisci.i Cicero ad haec uuum rnodo respondit : pion esse consue-7 tudinem populi Romani accipere ab hoste armato condi- 24 DE BELLO OALLICO. scioiKMn: si ab arniis discedere velint, se adjutore iitantur leyalosque ad Capsarem mitta«t ; sperare pro ejus justitia, quae petiennt, impetraturos. |l ..i^ 1 42. Ab hae spe repulsi Nervii vallo pedum novem et fossa 2 pedum quindecim hiberna cingiint. Haec et superiorum aiuiorum consuetudine ab nobis cognoverant et, quos do ."! exercitu habebant captivos, ab iis docebantur ; sed nulla ferramentorum copiS, quae esset ad hunc usura idonea, gladiis cespites circumcidere, manibus, sagulisque terram 4exliaurire nitebantur. Qua quidem ex re hominum multi- 5tudo cognosci potuit : nam niinvis horis tribus milliiuu passiuim quindecim in circuitu munitionem perfecei'unt, reliquisque diebus turres ad altitudinem valli, falces testu- dinesque, quas idem captivi docuerant, parare ac facere coeperunt. 1 43, Septimo oppugnationis die maximo coorto vento ferventes fusili ex argilla glandes fundis et fervefacta jacula in casas, quae more Gallico stramentis erant tecta L>jacere coeperunt. Hae celeriter ignem comiDrehenderun et venti magnitudine in omnem locum casti'orum distule isrunt. Hostes maximo clamore sicuti i^arta jam atque explorata victoria turres testudinesque agere et scalis 4 vallum ascendere coeperunt.-^ A^ ,tanta militum virtus atqvie (^^ praesentia animi fuit, ut. cum uiidique flamma torre- rentur maximaque telorum multitudine premerentur suaque ^*U*^/H. omnia impedimenta atque omnes fortunas conflagrare intellegerent, non modo demigrandi causa de vallo decederet nemo, sed paene i^ respiceret qiijjjem quisquam, 5ac turn omnes acerrime fortissimeque jjugiiarent. Hie dies nostris longe gravissimus fuit ; sed tamen hunc habuit eventum, nt eo die maximus numerus hostium / i^ LIBER QUINTUS. ^ 25 /' viilneraretur atqiie interficeretur, lit se sub ipso vallo constipaverant recessumque primis nltimi non dabant. Paulum quidem intermissa flamma et quodam loco turrifi adacta et contingente vallum tertiae cohortis ceuturiones ex eo, quo stabant, loco recesserunt suosque omnes remo- verunt, iiutu vocibusque hostes, si introire vellent, vocave coeperunt quorum progredi ausus est nemo. Turn ex omni 7 ; parte lapidibus conjectis deturbati, turrisque succensa est. 44. Erant in ea legions fortissimi viri, centuriones, i ,^ui primis ordinibus appropinquarent, T. Pulio et L. ^ Vorenus. Hi perpetuas inter se controversias habebant, 2 WiM>qtimam anteferretur, omnibusqpe annis de locis summjs simultatibus contendebant. Ex liis Pulio, cum acerrimes ad"^ munitiones pugnaretur, ' Quid dubitas/ inquit, lAnuA 'Vorene? aut quern locum tuae probanaae vLrtutis exspec- tas? hie dies de nostris controversiis judicabit.' Haec4 cum dixisset, procedit extra munitiones, quaT^ue i^ars hostium confertissima est visa^y trrumpit. j i Ne Vorenuj 5 >- i^ quidem sese vallo continet, sed omnium verilus existima- tionem subsequitur. Turn mediocri spatio relicto Pulio g pilum in hostes immittit atque unum ex^imilt itudine pro- trajicit qnp et exanimato hunc scut is currentem ; percusso protegunt, in hostem tela universi conjiciunt neque dant regrediendi facultatem. Transfigitur scutum Pulioni et 7 / verutum in balteo defigitur. Avertit hie casus vaginam 8 -J^*"f« et gladiumglacuum educere conantjconantj, dextram moratur nianum, im- >*^^A PtTJ circumsistunt. Succurrit inimicvis illi ii peditumque hostes \ Vorenus et laboranti subvenit. Ad hunc se confestim a 10 Pulione omnis multitudo convertit : ilium veruto arbi- trantur occisum. Gladio comminus rem gerit Vorenus n atque uno interfecto reliquos i)aulum propellit ; dum cupi- 12 26 DR BKI.LO (JAI.hlCO. 13 dius instat, in locum dcjectus infciioreni concidit. Iluio rnrsus ch'cumvento fert subsidium Pulio, atqiie anibo incolumes coinpluribus interfectis summa cum laude sese 14 intra munitiones recipiunt. Sic fortuna in contentione et certamine ntriimque versavit, lit alter alteri inimicus auxilio saluti(iue esset neqne dijudicari jjosset, nter i;tr) virtute anteferendus videretur. .', (,... '.c-,- .1 -•• 1 45. Quanto erat in dies 'gravior atque asperior oppng. natio, et maxime quod magna parte militum confecta vulneribus res ad paucitatem defensorum pervenerat, tanto crebr lores litterae nuntiique ad Caesarera mittebantur ; quorum pars depreliensa in conspectu nostrorum militum 2 cum cruciatu necabatur. Erat unus intus Nervius nomine Vertico, loco natus honesto, qui a prima obsidione ad 3 Ciceronem jierfugerat suamque ei fidem praestiterat. Hie servo spe libertatis magnisqne peisuadet praemiis, ut •I litteras ad Caesarem deferat. Has ille in jaculo illigatas effort et Gallus inter Gallos sine ulla suspicione versatus f» ad Caesarem pervenit. Ab eo de periculis Ciceronis legionisque cognoscit'iir. 1 46. Caesar acceptis litteris liora circiter undecima diei statim nuntium in Bellovacos ad M. Crassum quaestorem mittit, cujus hiberna aberant ab eo millia passuum viginti 2quinque; jubet media nocte legionera proficisci celeriterque , 3 ad se venire. Exit cum nuntip Crassus. Alteram ad C. , Fabium legatum mittit, ut in Atrebatum fines legionem "^^'V 4adducat, qua sibi scit iter faciendum. Scribit Labieno, si reipublicae commodo facere posset, cum legione ad fines Nerviorum veniat. Reliquam partem exercitus, quod paulo aberat longius, non putat exspectandam ; equites circiter quadringentos ex jiroximis hibernis colligit. LIBEU QUIN'TUS. 27 47. Hora circiter tertia ab antecursoribus de Crassii adventu certior factus, eo die millia passuum viginti procedit, Crassuiii Samarobrivae praeficit legionemqiie 2 attribuit, quod ibi impedimenta exercitus, obsides civita- tum, litteras publicas frumentumque onine, quod eo tole- randae hiemis causa devexerat, relinquebat. Fabius, ut 3 imperatum erat, non ita multum. moratus, in itinera cum legione occurrit, Labienus interitu Sabini et caede4 cohortium cognita* cum omnes ad eum Trevei'oi'um copiae venissent, Veritus' si ex hibernis fugae similem profec- tionera fecisset, ut hostium impetum sustinere posset, praesertim. quos recenti victoria efferri sciret,* litteras 5 Caesari remittit, quanto cvim periculo legionem ex hibernis educturus esset, rem gestam in Eburonibus perscribit, docet omnes equitatus peditatusque copias Treverorura cria millia passuum longe ab suis castris consedisse. 48, Caesar consili© ejus probato, etsi opinione triumi - legionum dejectus ad duas redierat, tamen unum com- munis salutis auxilium in celeritate ponebat. Venit2 inagnis itineribus in Nerviorum fines. Ibi ex captivis cognoscit, quae apud Ciceronem gerantur quantoque in jjericulo res sit. Tum cuidam ex equitibus Gallis magnis 5 l)raemiis persuadet, uti .'id Ciceronenr epistolam deferat. Hanc Graecis conscriptam litteris mittit, ne interceuta 4 epistola nostra ab liostibus consilia cognoscantur. J^Si 5 adire non possit, monet, ut tragulam cum epistola ad amentum deligata intra munitionem castrorum abjiciat.j In litteris sc'ribitl se cum legionibus profectum celenterf, afEore ; liortatur, ut pristinam virtutem retineatj Galliis 7 periculum veritus, ut erat praeoeptum, tragulam mittit. Haec casu ad turrira adhaesit neqwe ab nostris biduos 28 1)K 1!ELI,0 flAI.LKX). animadversa tertio die a quodam milite conspicitur, '•> dempta ad Ciceronem defertur. Ille i)eilectam in conventvi lOmilitum recitat maximaque omiies laetitia afficit. Turn prociil videbaiitur fumi incendioruin ; quae res omnem dubitationem adventus legionum expnlit. 1 49. Galli re cognita per exploratores obsidionem relin- quunt, ad Caesarem omnibus copiis contendunt, Haec 2 erant armata circiter millia sexaginta. Cicero data facul- tate Galium ab eodem Verticone, quera supra demonstravi- mus, repetit, qui litteras ad Caesarem deferat ; hunc ad- 3 monet, iter caute diligenterque f aciat : perscribit in litteris hostes ab se discessisse omnemque ad eum multitudinem 4 convertisse. Quibus litteris circiter media nocte Caesar allatis saos facit certiores eosque ad dimicandum animo 5 confirmat. Postero die luce prima movet castra et circiter millia i)assuum quattuor progressus_trans vallem et rivum 6 multitudinem hostiuin conspicatur, Erat magni periculi res tantulis copiis iniquo loco dimicare ; / Irjm quOniam obsidione liberatum Ciceronem sciebat, aequo animo remittendum cle celeritate existimabat : consedit et, quam 7 aequissimo loco potest, castra communit atque haec, etsi erant exigua per se, vix hominum millium septem praesertim nullis cum impedimentis, tamen angustiis viarum, quam maxime potest, contraliit, eo consilio, ut in 8 summam contemptionem hostibus veniat. Interim specu- latoribus in omnes partes dimissis explorat, quo commo- dissime itinere valles transiri possit. 1 50. Eo die parvulis equestribus proeliis ad aquam factis 2 utrique sese suo loco continent ; Galli, quod ampliores 3 copias, quae nondum convenerant, exspectabant ; Caesar, si forte timoris simialatione hostes in suum locum elicere LIBER QUINTUS. 29 posset, ut citra vallem pro castris proelio contenderet ; si id efificere non posset, ut exploratis itineribus minore cum periculo vallem rivumque transiret. Prima luce hostium4 equitatus ad castra accedit proeliumque cum nostris equitibus committit. Caesar consulto equites cedere seque5 in castra recipere jubet ; simul ex omnibus i^artibus castra altiore vallo muniri portasque obstrui atque in his admin- istrandis rebus quam maxime coxacursari et cum simula- tione agi timoris jubet. 51. Quibus omnibus rebus hostes invitati copias tra-i ducunt acieinque iniquo loco constituunt, nostris vero etiams de vallo deductis propius accedunt et tela intra munitionem ex omnibus partibus conjiciunt praeconibusque circum-3 missis pronuntiari jubentlseu quis Gallus sen Romanus velit ante horam tertiam ad se transira, sine periculo licere post id tempus non fore potestatemi ac sic nostros4 ; contempserunt, ut obstructis in speciem portis singulis ordiiiibus cespitum, quod ea non posse introrumpere vide- 1)antur, alii vallum manu scindere, alii fossas complere inciperent. Tum Caesar omnibus portis eruptione facta 5 equitatuque emisso celeriter hostes in fugam dat, sic uti omnino pugnandi causa resisteret nemo, magnumque ex eis numerum occidit atque omnes armis exuit. 52. Longius prosequi veritus, quod silvae paludesquei ?'intercedebant^neque etiam parvulo detrimento illorum locuni_relinqui videbatj omnibus suis incolumibus copiis eodem die ad CTcerbnem pevvenit. Institutas turres, testudines munitionestiue hostium admiratur ; legione producta cognoscit non decimum quemque esse reliquimi militem sine vulnere : ex his omnibus judicat rebus, s quanto cum periculo et quanta cum virtute res sintad 30 DE BELLO GAI.LICO. 4ministratae : Ciceronem pro ejus merito legionemque collaudat : centuriones siugiliatiin tribunosqne militum appellat, quorum egregiam fuisse virtutem testimoiiio Ciceronis cognoverat. De casu Sabini et Cottae certius 5 ex captivis cognoscit. Postero die contione habita rem egestam proponit, milites consolatur et confirmat ;|quo(l C detriinentum culpa et temeritate legati sit acceptum, hoc ) aequiore animo ferendum docet, qv;od beneficio deoruni 1 immortalium et virtute eorum expiato incommodo neciue / hostibus diutina laetatio neque ipsis longior dolor relin- quatur.j 1 53. Interim ad Labienum pfer Remos incredibili celeri- tate de victoria Caesaris fama perfertur, utJcum ab hibernis Ciceronis millia passuum abesset circiter sfixa^inta, eoque post horam nonam diei Caesar pervenisset) ante mediam nocteni ad portas castrorum clamor oreretur, quo clamoi'e significatio victoriae gratulatioque ab Reniis 2Labieno fieret. Hac fama ad Treveros perlata Indutio- marus, qui postero die castra Labieni oppngnare decre- verat, noctu profugit copiasque om.nes in Treveros reducit. 3 Caesar Fabium cum sua legione remittit in hiberna, ipse cum tribus legionibus circum Samarobrivamjbrinis liibernig hiemare constituit et, quod tanti motus Galliae exsti- terant, totam liiemem ipse ad exercitum manere decrevit. 4 Nam illo incommodo de Sab;ni>morte perlato omnes fere Galliae civitates de bello consultabant, nuntios legatio- nesque in omnes partes dimittebant et, quid reliqui consilii caperent atque unde initium belli fieret, explorabant Snocturnaque- in locis desertis concilia habebant. Neqtie ullum fere totius liiemis tempus sine sollicitudine Caesaris intercessit, quin aliquem de consiliis ac motu Gallorum LIBER QUINTUS. 31 nuntium acciperet. In his aL L. Roscio, quern legionic. tertiaedecimae praefecerat, certior factus est magnas Gallorum copias earnm civitatum, quae Aremoricae appel- lantur, oppugnandi sui causa convenisse neque longius 7 millia passuum octo ab hibernis suis afuisse, sed nuntio allato de victoria Caesaris discessisse adeo ut fugae similis discessus videretur. ^ / 54. At Caesar principibus cujusque civitatis ad sei «vocatis alias territando, cum se scii'e, quae fierent; denun- tiaret, alias coliortando magnam partem Galliae in officio tenuit. Tamen Senones, quae est civitas imprimis firma2 et magnae inter Gallos auctoritatis, Cavarinum, queni Caesar apud eos regem constituerat, cujus frater Moritas- gus adventu in G-alliam Caesaris cujusque majores regnuin obtinueiant, interficere publico consilio conati) cum illes praesensisset ac profugisset, usque ad fines insecuti regno ^ domoque expulerunt et, missis ad Caesarem satisfaciendi y^ causa legatis, cum is omnem ad se senatum venn-e ' jnssisset, dicto audientes non fuerunt. Tantum apud 4 homines barbaros valuit, esse aliquos repertos principes inferendi belli, tantamque omnibus voluntatum commuta- tionem attulit, ut jiraeter Aeduos et Remos, quos prae- cipuo semper honors Caesar habuit, alteros pro vetej-e ac perpetua erga populum Romanum fide, alteros pro recen- tibus Gallici belli officiis, nulla fere civitas fuerit non suspecta nobis. Idque adeo baud scio mirandumne sit. 5 cum cpmpluribus aliis de causis, tum maxime, quod ei, qui virtute belli omnibus gentibus praeferebantur, tantum se ejus opinionis deperdidisse, ut a populo Romano imperia perferrent, gravissime dolebant. 32 1>E IJELLO GALLICO. 1 5.). Treveri vero atqne Indutiomarus totius hiemis nullum tempus intermiserunt, quia trans Rlienum legates mitterent, civitates sollicitareut, pecunias pollicerentur, magna jDarte exercitus nostri interfecta multo minorem 2superesse dicerent partem. Neque tamen ulli civitati Germanorum persuader! potuit, ut Rhenum transiret, cum se bis expertos dicerent, Ariovisti bello et Tencterorum 3 transitu: non esse amplius fortunam temptaturos. Hac spe lapsus Indutiomarus nihilo minus copias cogere, exer- cere, a finitimis equos parare, exsules damnatosque tota 4 Gallia magnis praemiis ad se allicere coepit. Ac tantam sibi jam his rebus in Gallia auctoritatem comparaverat, ut undiqne ad eum legationes concurrerent, gratiam atque amicitiam publice privatimque peterent. 1 56. Ubi intellexit ultro ad se veniri, altera ex parte Senones Carnutesque conscientia facinoris instigari, altera Nervios Aduatucosque bellum Romanis parare, neque sibi voluntariorum copias defore, si ex finibus suis progredi 2coepisset, armatum concilium indicit. Hoc more Gallorum est initium belli : quo lege communi omnes puberes armati convenire consuerunt : qui ex lis novissimus convenit, in conspectu multitudinis omnibus cruciatibus affectus anecatur. In eo concilio Cingetorigem, alterius principem factionis, generum suum, quem supra demonstravimus Caesaris secutum fidem ab eo non discessisse. hostem 4Judicat bonaque ejus publicat. His rebus confectis in concilio pronuntiat arcessitum se a Senonibus et Carnuti- 5bus aliisque compluribus Galliae civitatibus : hue iturum per fines Remorura eorumque agros populaturum ac, priusquam id faciat, castra Labieni oppugnaturum. Quae fieri velit, praecipit. : 6 LIBER QUINTUS. 33 57. Labienus, cum et loci natura et manu munitissimis l castris sese teneret, de suo ac legionis periculo nihil timebat ; ne quam occasionem rei bene gerendae dimit- teret, cogitabat. Itaque a Cingetorige atque ejus pro- 2 pinquis oratione Indutiomari cognita, quam in concilio habuerat, nuntios mittit ad finitimas civitates equitesque undique evocat.j his certum diem conveniendi dicit. Interim prope cotidie cum omni equitatu Indutiomaruss sub castris ejus vagabatur, alias ut situm castrorum cognosceret, alias colloquendi aut territandi causa : equites plerumque omnes tela intra vallum conjiciebant. Labienus 4 suos intra munitionem continebat timorisque opimojiem, jic- quibuscumque poterat rebus, augebat. 58. Cum majore in dies contemptione Indutiomarus adi castra accederet, nocte una intromissis equitibus omnium finitimarum civitatum, quos arcessendos curaverat, tanta diligentia omnes suos custodiis intra castra continuit, ut nulla ratione ea res enuntiari aut ad Treveros perferri posset. Interim ex consuetudine cotidiana Indutiomarus 2 ad castra accedit atque ibi magnam partem diei consumit equites tela conjiciunt et magna cum contumelia verborum nostros ad pugnam evocant. NuUo ab nostris dato re- 3 sponso, ubi visum est, sub vesperum dispersi ac dissipati discedunt. Subito Labienus duabus portis omnem equita- 4 tum emittit : jn-aecipit atque interdicit, proterritis hostibus atque in fugam conjectis (quod fore, sicut accidit, videbat) unum omnes peterent Indutiomarum, neu quis quem prius vvilneret, quam ilium interfectum viderit, quod moi'a reliquorum siDatiHra nactum ilium effugere nolebat magna proponit iis, qui occiderint, praemia ; submittit5 cohortes equitibus subsidio. Comprobat hominis con- *i^^^u:. 34 DE BELLO OALLICO. silium fortuna, et cum unum omnes peterent, in ipso fluminis vado depreliensus ludutiomarus interficitur, ca- quos putque ejus refertur in castra ; redeuntes equites, Tpossunt, consectantur atque occidunt. Hac re cognita omnes Ebui'onum et Nerviorum, quae convenerant, copiae discedunt, pauloijue liabuit post id factum Caesar quie- tiorem Galliam. ^ /^y /r/XtA>w^. O. JULir C^ESAEIS COMMENTARII DE BELLO GALLICO. LIBER SEXTUS. 1. MuLTis de causis Caesar inajorem Galliae motumi exspectans per M. Silanum, C. Antistiuni Ref^inum, T. Sextium legates delectum habere instjtijjii : simul ab Cn. 2 Ponipeio proconsule petit, qnoniam ipse ad iirbein cum imperio reipublicae causa reraaneret, quos ex Cisaljiina Gallia consulis sacramento rogavisset, ad signa convenire et ad se proficisci juberet, magni interesse etiam in reli-.'3 quum tempus ad opinionem. Galliae existimans tantas . videri Italiae facultates, ut, si quid esset in bello detri- ment! acceptiTm, non modo id brevi tempoi-e resarciri, sed etiam majoribus augeri copiis i^osset. Quod cum Pom- ' peius et reipublicae et amicitiae tribuisset, celeriter con- fecto per suos delectu tribus ante exactara hiemem et constitutis et adductis legionibus duplicatoquo earum cohortium numero, quas cum Q. Titurio amiserat, et celeritate et copiis docuit, quid populi Romani disciplina atque opiis possent. "j^rx^'.^'Vy' 2. Interfecto Indutiomaro. ut docuinms, ad ejus pro-i pinquos a Treveris imperiuiu defertur. Illi finitimos 36 I)E HEI.LO (lAlJACO. Germanos soUicitai-e et pecuniam polliceri non desistunt, 2 Cum ab pioxiniis imi^etrare non possent, ulteriores temptant. Invent is nonnuUis civitatibus jurejurando inter se confirmant obsidibusqne de pecunia cavent : Amljiori- 3 gem sibi societate et foedere adjungunt. Quibns rebus cognitis Caesar cum undique bellum parari videret, Nervios Aduatucos, [ac] Menapios adjunctis Cisrhenanis omnibus Germanis esse in armis, Senones ad imperatiim ^ non venire et cum Carnutibus finitimisque civitatibus Cr C^t'tCt/iZlvief consilia communicare, a Treveris Germanos crebris lega- f tionibus sollicitari, maturius sibi de bello cogitandum putavit. 1 3. Itaque nondum hieme confecta proximis quattuor coactis legionibus de improvise in fines Nerviorum con- 2 tendit et, priusquam illi aut convenire aut profugero possent^ magno pecoris atqvie hominum numero capto atque ea praeda militibus concessa vastatisque agris in 8 deditionem venire atque obsides sibi dare coegit. Eo celeriter confecto negotio rursus in hiberna legiones - 4reduxit. Concilio Galliae primo vere, ut instituerat, , .. .> nr ?#^?yt#twr jj^(jj(,(.Q^ (^^^Yo. reliqui praeter Senones, Carnutes Trever- oeque venissent, initium belli ac defectionis hoc esse arbi- tratus, nt omnia postponere videretur, concilium Lutetiam 5 Parisiorum transfert. Confines erant hi Senonibus civi- tatemque patrum memoria conjunxerant, sed ab hoc 6 consilio afuisse existimabantur. Hac re pro suggestu pronuntiata eodem die cum legionibus in Senones proficis- citur magnisque itineribus eo pervenit. 1 4. Cognito ejus adventu Acco, qui princeps ejus consilii jj- fuerat, jubet in oppida multitudinem convenire. Conan- / tibas, priusquam id effici possetj adesse Romanos nuntiatur, 4 LIBEll SEXTUS. 37 Necessario sententia desistunt legatosque deprecandia j''- causa ad Caesai-em mittunt : adeunt per Aediios, quorum -r-^. • antiquitus erat in fide civitas. Libenter Caesar petentibus 3^''''^ ' Aeduis dat veniam excusationemque accipit, quod aestivum tempus instantis belli, non quaestionis esse arbitratur. i-^- Obsidibus imperatis centum hos Aeduis custodiendos4 tradit. Eodem Carnutes legates obsidesque mittunt usi5 deprecatoribus Eemis, quorum erant in clientela : eadem ferunt responsa. Peragit concilium Caesar equitesquee imperat civitatibus. 5. Hac parte Galliae pacata totus et mente et animo ini bellum Treverorum et Ambiorigis insistit. Cayarinum 2 cum equitatu Senonum secum proficisci jubet, n'^'quis aut '•''- ''"-' ex hujus iracundia aut ex eo. quod nieruerat, odio civitatis '-'-"A "~^ motus exsistat. His rebus constitutis, quod pi'O explorato 3/^ ^- habebat Ambiorigem proelio non esse concertaturum, "' reliqua ejus consilia animo circunisj^iciebat. Erant Me- napii propinqui Eburonum finibus, perpetuis paludibus silvisque muniti, qui uni ex Gallia de pace ad Caesarem legatos numquam miserant. Cum his esse hospitium Ambiorigi sciebat ; item per Trevero^j^'enisse Germ an is in araicitiam cognoverat. Haec priu.s illi detrahendas :/' auxilia existimabat qiiain ipsum bello lacesseret, ne '' •- desperata salute aut se in Menapios abderet aut cum , Transrhenanis congredi cogeretur. Hoc inito consilioG ' ' totius exercitus impedimenta ad Labienum in Treveros mitt it duasque legiones ad eum proficisci jubet ; ipse cum (•^^•"^*^ legionibus e xpedit is quinque in Menapios proficiscitiu*. yj^-,'^.s.- Illi nulla coacta manu loci praesidio freti in silvas palu-7 desque confugiunt suaque eodem conferunt. (). Caesar partitis copiis cum C. Fabio legato et M. X 38 I)E nKlAA) GAI.LICO. Crasso quaestore foloritoniue effectis iiontibns adit triper- tito, aedificia vicosqiie inceiidit, maf;no pecoris atque 2liominnin numero potitur. Qiiibus reljus coacti Menajiii slei^atos ad earn pacis petendae causa mittiiiit. Ille oLsidi- bus acceptis hostium se habitiirum numero confiimat, si aut Ambiorigem aut ejus legates finibus suis recepissent. 4His confirmatis rebus Commium Atrebatem cum equitatu custodis loco in Menapiis relinquit ; ipse in Treveros proficiscitur. 1 7. Dum haec a Caesare geinintur, Treveri magnis coactis peditatus equitatusque copiis Labienum cum una legione, quae in eoi-um finibus hieniaverat, adoriri parabant, 2Jamque ab eo non longius bidui via aberant, cum duas svenisse legiones missu Caesaris cognoscunt. Positis castris a millibus jiassuum quindecim auxilia Germanorum 4exspectai'e constituunt. Labienus hostium cognito con- silio sperans tenieritate eorum fore aliquam dimicandi facultatem, praesidio quinque coliortium impediuientis relicto, cum viginti quinque cohortibus magnoque equitatu contra hostem proficiscitur et mille passuum intermisso 5spatio castra communit. Erat inter Labienum atque hostem difficili transitu flumen ripisqne praeruptis. Hoc neque ipse transire habebat in animo neque hostes transi- (itui'os existimabat. Augebatur auxiliorum cotidie spes. Loquitur in concilio palam, quoniam Germani appropin- quare dicantur, sese suas exercitusque fortunas in dubium non devocatnvum et postero die prima luce castra Tmoturum. Celeriter haec ad hostes deferuntur, ut ex magno Gallorum equitum numero nonnullos Gallicis rebus 8 favere natura cogebat. Labienus noctu tribunis militum primisque ordinibus convocatis, quid sui sit consilii, :l SoLDIKKS OF TllK LEGION. 1. Slingku. •I. Cavaluy. 2. light-akmkd soluiek. i^IBER SEXTljS. 39 proponit et, quo facilius host^'bus timoris det suspicioneni, majore strepitu et tumultu, niam popiili Romani fert consuetudo, castra moveri jubet. His rebus fugae similem 9 profectionem effecit. Haec quoque per exploratores ante lucem ill tanta propiuquitate castrorum ad bostes defe- runtur. '- 8. Yix agraen novissimum extra munitiones processerat, i j 'f- cuin GiUi cohortati inter se, ne speratam praedam ex manibus dimitterent : longum esse perterritis Romanis Germanoruin auxilium exspectare, neque suam pati digni- tatem, ut tantis copiis tam exiguam manum praesertim fugientem atque impeditani adoriri non audeant, llumen transirc et iniquo loco committere proeliuni non dubitant. as- Quae fcti'e suspicatus Labienus, ut omnes citra fiumen i eliceret, eadeni usus simulatione itineris placide progre- diebatur. Turn praemissis paulum impedimentis atque ins tumulo quodaiu collocatis, 'Hal)eti.s.' inquit. 'milites. 4 quam petistis, facultateni : bo.steni inipedito atque iniquo loco tenet is: praestate eandem nobis ducibus virtutem, quam saepenumero imperatori praestitistis, atque ilium adesse et baec coram, cernere existimate.' Simul signa ad 5 hostem convert i aciemijue dirigi jubet et paucis turmis praesidio ad impedimenta dimissis reliquos equites ad latera disponit. Celeriter nostri clamore sublato pila in i; bostes immittunt. Illi, ubi praeter sjiem quos fugere credebant infestis signis ad se ire viderunt, imjietum mode fei're non potuerunt ac prime conciu-su in fugam conjecti proximas silvas petierunt. Quos Labienus equitatu con- 7 sectatus niagno numero interfecto, compluribus captis paucis ])0st diebus civitatem recepit. Nam Germani, qui auxilio veuiebant, percepta Treverorum fuga sese domum 40 DE liKLLO GALLICO. srecepei'uiit. Cum liis propiiiqui Imlutiomari, qvii defec- tion is auctores fuerant, comitati eos ex civitate exces- sserant. Cingetorigi, quern ab initio permansisse in officio demonstravimus, principatus atque imperivxm est traditum. 1 9. Caesar, postquam ex Menapiis in Treveros venit, 2 duabus causis de Rhenum. transire constituit ; quarum una erat, quod auxilia contra se Treveris miserant, altera, 3 ne ad eos Ambiorix receptum haberet. His constitutis rebus pauhini supra eum locum, quo ante exercitum 4 traduxerat, facere pontem instituit. Nota atque instituta ratione niagno militum studio paucis diebus opus efficitur. "> Firmo in Treveris ad pontem praesidis relicto, ne quis ab his subito motus oreretur, reliquas copias equitatumque fitraducit. TJbii, qui ante ol)sides dederant atque in de- ditionem venerant, purgandi sui causa ad eum legates mittunt, qui doceant ncque auxilia ex sua civitate in -Treveros missa neque ab se fidem laesam : petunt atque orant, ut sibi parcat, ne communi odio Germanorum inno- centes pro nocentibus poenas pentlaiit ; si ayaipluis _ol)ijidum 83^elletj (|§/re pollicentur. Cognita Caesar causa rejjerit ab Suebis auxilia missa esse ; IJbiorum satisfactionem uccipit aditus viasque in Suebos perquirit. 1 10. Interim paucis post diebus fit ab Ubiis certior Suebos omnes in unum locum cojjias cogere atque lis nationibus, quae sub eoruni sint imperio, denuntiare, ut 2 auxilia peditatus equitatusque mittant. His cognitis rebus rem frumentariam providct, castris idoneum locum deligit ; Ubiis imperat, ut pccora deducant suaque omnia ex agris in oppida conferant, sperans barbaros atque imperitos homines inopia cibarioriun adductos ad iniquam s pugnandi condicionem posse deduci ; mandat, vit crebros 2 LIBER SEXTUS. 41 exploratores in Suebos mittant quaeque apud eos gerantur > cognoscant. Illi iniperata faciunt et paucis diebus inter- 4 missis referunt : Suebos omnes, posteaquam certiores nuntii de exercitu Romanonim venerint, cum omnibus suis sociorumque cojiiis, quas coegissent, penitvis ad ex- tremos fines se recepisse : silvam esse ibi iniinita magni- 5 tudine, qiiae appellatur Bacenis ; hanc longe introrsus y^AJUi^^ pertinere et pro nativo muro objectam Cheruscos ab Suebis Suebosque ab Cheruscis injuriis incursionibusqne pro- liibere : ad ejus initium silvae Suebos adventum Romano- rum exspectare constituisse. "^ 1 1 . Quoniam ad hunc locum pei'ventum est, non alienum i esse videtur de Galliae Germaniaeque moribus et, cluo .'?^t^ differant hae nationes inter sese, proponere. In Gallia non solum in omnibus civitatibus atque in omnibus pagis partibusque, sed paene etiam in singulis domibus factiones sunt, earumque factionum principes sunt, qui summams auctoritatem eorum judicio habere existimantur, quorum ad arbitrium judiciumque summa omnium rerum consilio- i,' rumque redeat. Itaque ejus rei causa antiquitus institu- 4 ^Mt^"*^ turn videtur, ne quis ex plebe contra potentjorem auxilii egej6t : suos ,,enan quisq\ie opprimi et circumvenu-i non patitur, neque, aliter si faciat, ulJ^am inter suos habet auctori^tatem. Haec eadem ratio est in summa totius-") Galliae ; namque omnes civitates in partes divisae sunt duas. ^ 12, Cum Caesar in Galliara venit, alterius factionisi yn'incipes erant Aedui, alterius Sequani. Hi cum per se2 minus valerent, quod summa auctoritas antiquitus erat in Aedui s magnaeque eorum erant clicntelae, Germanos atque Ariovistum sibi adjunxerant eosque ad so magnis jacturis 42 DE BELLO GALI.ICO. 3 poUicitationibusqne perduxerant. Pioeli is vero compluribus factis secundis atqiie omni nobilitate Aednorum interfecta 4tantum potentia antecesserant, ut magnam partem clien- tium ab Aeduis ad se traducerent obsidesqvie ab iis princi- pum filios acciperent et publice jurare cogerent, nihil se contra Sequanos consilii initnros et partem finitimi agri per vim occupatam j^ossiderent Galliaeque totius princi- .ipatum obtinerent. Qua necessitate adductus Divitiacus anxilii petendi causa Romam ad senatum profectus imjier- fecta re redierat. Adventu Caesaris facta commutatione rerum, obsidibus Aeduis redditis, veteribus clientelis restitutis, novis per Caesarem comparatis, quod hi, qui se ad eorum amicitiara aggregaverant, meliore condicione atque aequiore imperio se uti videbant, reliquis rebus eorum gratia dignitateque amplificata, Sequani jwincipatum 7 dimiserant. In eorum locum Remi successerant : quos quod adaequare apud. Caesarem gratia intellegebatur, ii, qui propter veteres inimicitias nullo modo cum Aeduis 8 conjungi iwterant, se Remis in clientelam dicabant. Hos illi diligenter tuebantur : ita et novam et repente collectam 9 auctoritatem tenebant. Eo tum statu I'es erat, ut longe principes baberentur Aedui, secundum locum dignitatis Remi obtinerent. 1 13. In omni Gallia eorum hominum, qui aliquo sunt numero atque honore, genera sunt duo. Nam plebes paene servorum habetur loco, quae nihil audet per se, 2 nullo adhibetur consilio. Plerique, cum aut aere alieno aut magnitudine tributorum. aut injuria potentiorum premuntui-, sese in servitutem dicant nobilibus, quibus in 3 hos eadem omnia sunt jura, quae dominis in servos. Sed de his duobus generibus alterum est druidum, alterura LIBER SEXTUS. 43 equitum. Illi rebus divinis intersiint, sacrificia publican ac privata prociirant, religioues interpretantur : ad eos magnus adulescentium nunierus disciplinae causa con- currit, magnoque hi sunt apud eos honore. Nam fere de5 praemia poenasque constituunt ; si qui aut privatus aut c populus eoiaim decreto non stetit, sacrificiis interdicunt. Haec poena apud eos est gravissima. Quibus ita est 7 interdictum, lii numero impiorum ac sceleratoriun haben- tur, his omnes decedunt, aditum sermonemque defugiunt, ne quid ex contagions incommodi accipiant, neque his petentibus jus redditur neque honos ulkis communicatur. His autem omnibus druidibus praeest unus, qui summam 8 inter eos habet auctoritatem. Hoc moi:tuo aut si qui ex 9 reliquis excellit dignitate, succedit, aut, si stmt pkires pares, suffragio druidum, nonnumquam etiam armis de principatu contendunt. Hi certo anni tempore in finibus 10 Carnutum, quae regio totius Galliae media habetur, con- sidunt in loco consecrato. Hiic omnes undique, qui con- troversias habent, conveniunt eorumque decretis judiciisque parent. Disciplina in Britannia reperta atque inde inn Galliam translata esse existimatur, et nunc, qui diligentius 12 earn rem cognoscere vokxnt, plerumque illo discendi causa ilui^tf proficiscuntur. 14. Di'uides a bello abesse consuenmt neque tributa unai cum reliquis pendunt, militiae vacationem omniumque rerum habent immunitatem. Tantis excitati praemiis et 2 sua sponte multi in disciplinam conveniunt et a parentibus propinquisque mittuntur. Magnum ibi numerum versuum 3 44 DE HELLO fiALLICO. ediscere dicuntur. Itaque annos nonnuUi vicenos iii dis- ciplina i^ermanent. Neque fas esse existimant ea litteris Mnandare, cum in reliqnis fere rebus, publiris privatisque 4rationibus, Graecis litteris utaiitur. Id mibi duabus de causis instituisse videntur, quod neque in vnlgum disci- jilinam efferri velint neque eos, qui discunt, litteris confisos minus memoriae stiidere ; quod fere plerisque accidit, ut praesidio litterarum diligentiam in perdiscendo 5ac memoriam remittant. Imprimis hoc volunt persua- dere, non interire animas, sed ab aliis post mortem transire ad alios, atque hoc maxime ad virtutem excitari 1 15. Alterum genus est equitum. Hi, cum est usus atque aliquod bellum incidit (quod fere ante Caesaris ad- ventum quotannis accidere solebat, nti aut ipsi injurias inferrent aut illatas propulsarent), omnes in bello ver- i'santur, atqiie eorum ut quisque est genere co^iiisque amplissimus, ita plurimos circum se ambactos clientesque habet, Hanc unam gratiam potentiamque noverunt. 1 16. Natio est omnis Gallorum admodum dedita re- i'ligiouibus, atque ob earn caixsam qui sunt affecti graviori- bus morbis quique in proeliis j^ericulisque versantur, avit pro victimis homines immolaut aut se immolaturos vovent administrisque ad ea sacrificia driiidibus utun- 3tur, quod^ pro vita hominis nisi hominis vita reddatur, non posse deorum immortalium numen placari arbi- trantur, jiubliceque ejusdem generis habent instituta 4 sacrificia. Alii immani magnitudine simulacra habent, 1. -• SoLDiEU Standard Bearer C'aptai.n of a Gallic Trooi- OF Gaul. of Gaul. (Arausio). [A.D.-H.] From the Triumphal Arch in range LIBER SEXTUS. 45 quorum contexta viminibus membra vivis hominibus complent quibus succensis circumventi flamma exani- ; raantur homines. Supplicia eorum, qui in furto aut in 5 latrociuio aut aliqua noxa sint comprebensi, gratiora dis immortalibus esse arbitrantur ; sed cum ejus generis copia defecit, etiam ad innocentium supplicia descendunt. 17. Deum maxime Mercurium colunt : liujus sunti plurima simulacra ; buiic omnium inventorem artium ferunt, hunc viarum atcjue itinerum ducem, hunc ad quaestus pecuniae mercaturasque habere vim maximam ai-bitrantur. Post hunc Apollinem et Martem et Joveni2 et Minervam.. De his eandem fere, quam reliquae gentes habent opi'nionem : Apollinem morbos depellere, Minervam operum atque artificiorum initia tradere, Jovem imperium caelestium tenere, Martem bella regere. Huic, cum 3 proelio dimicare constituerunt, ea, quae belle ceperint, plerumcjue devovent : cum superaverunt, animalia capta immolant reliquasque res in unum locum conferunt. Multis in civitatibus harum rerum exstructos tumulos i locis consecratis conspicari licet ; neque saepe accidit, 5 ut neglecta quispiam religione aut capta apud se occultare aut posita tollere auderet, gravissimumque ei rei suppli- cium cum cruciatu constitutum est. IS. Galli se omnes ab Dite patre prognatos praedicanti idque ab dniidilnis i)roditum dicunt. Ob earn causam 2 -«-tt. spatia omnis temporis iion numero dierum, sed noctium ..finiunt : dies natales et mensium et annorum initia sicflj^ observant, ut noctem dies subsequatur. In reliquis vitaea institutis hoc fei'e ab reliipiis differunt, quod suos liberos, nisi cum adoleverunt, ut luunus militiae sustinere possint, 4G DE 13ELLO (iALLICO. palam ad se adire non patiuntur filiumque puerili aetate in publice in conspectu pati-is assistere turpe ducunt. 1 19. Viri, quantas pecunias ab uxoribus dotis nomine acceperunt, tantas ex suis bonis aestimatione facta cum 2dotibus communicant. Hujus omnis pecuniae conjunctini ratio habetur fructusque scrvantur : nter eoruni vita superavit, ad eum pars utriusque cum fructibus superi- 3 orum temporuni pervenit. Viri in vixores, sicuti in liberos, vitae necis(jue habent potestatem ; et cum paterfamiliae illustriore loco natus decessit, ejus propinqni conveniunt et, de morte si res in suspicionem venit, de uxoribus in servilem niodum quaestionera habent et, si compertum est, igni atque omnibus tormentis excruciatas interficiunt. 4Funera sunt pro cultu Gallorum magnifica et sumptuosa ; omniaque, quae vivis cordi fuisse arbitrantur, in ignem inferunt, etiam animalia ; ac paulo supra banc memoriam servi et clientes, qnos ab iis dilectos esse coristabat, justis funeribus confectis una cremabantur. 1 20. Quae civitates commodius suam rem pub],icani administrare existimantur, habent legibus sanctum, si quis quid de re publica a finitimis rumore aut fama 2 acceperit, uti ad magistratum deferat neve cum quo alio communicet, quod saepe homines temerarios atqiie imperi-" tos falsis rumoribus terreri et ad facinus impelli et de Ssummis rebus consilium capere cogniium est. Magis-, tratus quae visa sunt occultant, quaeque esse '^ex usu • judicaverunt, niultitudini i^rodunt. De re publica nisi per concilium loqui non 6onceditur. 1 21. Germani multum ab hac consuefcudine diffei'unt. Nam neque druides habent, qui rebus divinis praesint LIBER SEXTUS. 47 uefiue sacrificiis student. Deorum numero eos solos 2 cruc'unt,' quos cerniint et quorum aperte opibus juvantur, Solem et Vulcanum et Lunam ; reliquos ne fama qviidem acceperunt. Vita omnis in venationibus atque in stvidiis 3 rei inilitaris cons'stit : ab parvulis labori ac duritiae student. Qui diutissiine impuberes permanserunt, maxi-4 naam inter suos ferunt laudem : hoc ali staturam, ali vires a/*^ iiervosque confirmari putant. Intra annum vero vicesi- 5 mum feminae notitiam habuisse in turpissimis habent rebus ; cujus rei nulla est occultatio, quod et promiscue in iiuminibus perluuntur et pellibus aut parvis rhenonum tegimentis utuntur, magna corporis jsarte nuda. 21. Agriculturae non student, majorque pars eorumi victus in lacte, caseo, carne consistit. Neque quisquam2 agri modum certum aut fines habefc proprios ; sed niagi^- tratus ac princijies in annos singulos gentibus cognationi- busque hominum, qui una coierunt. quantum et quo loco visum est agri attribuunt atque anno post alio transire cogunt. Ejus rei multas afferunt causas : ne assidua 3 consuetucUne capti studium belli gerendi agricultura com- /v.- mutent ; ne latos fi^nes jiarare studeant, potent ioresque huiuil lores possessionibus expellant ; ne accuratius ad frigora atque aestus vitandos aedificent ; ne qua oriatur pecuniae cupiditas, qua ex re factiones dissensionesque nascuutur ut plebem contineant, cum 4 ; animi aequitate suas quisque o^jes cum potentissimis aequari videat. 23. Civitatibus maxima laus est quam latissime ciixumi se vastatis fiuibus soLtudines habere. Hoc propriuma virtutis existiniant, expulsos ain:j^ finitimos cedere, neque (luemquam prope audere consiste't-e ; sinuil hoc se fores tutiores arbitrantur, repentinao inciirsionis timore sublato. 48 DE HELLO GALLICO. 4 Cum bellum civitas ant illatum defendit aut infert, magis- tratus, qui ei bello praesint, ut vitae necisque habeant 5potestatem, deliguntur. In pace nullus est communis magistratus, sed principes regionum atque pagorum inter f.suos jus dicunt controversiasque minuunt. Latrocinia uullam habent infamiam, quae extra fines cujusque civi- tatis fiunt, atque ea juveijtutis exercendae ac desidiae" 7 minuendae causa fieri praedicant. Atque ubi quis ex principibus in concilio dixit seducem fore, qui sequivelint, pi'ofiteantur, consurgunt ii^ qui et causam et hominoiii probant, suumque auxilium pollicentur atque ab miilt!- studine coUaudantur : qui ex bis secuti non sunt, in deser- torum ac proditoruni numero ducuntiir, omniiimque his orerum postea fides derogatur. Hosi)iteiu violare fas non putant ; qui quaque de causa ad eos venerunt, ab injuria prohibent, sanctos habent, bisque omnium domus jiatent victusque communicatur. 1 24:. Ac fuit antea temi")us, cum Germanos Galli virtute superarent, ultro bella inferrent, propter hominum multi- tudinem agrique inoxuam trans Rheniim colonias mitterent. t'ltaqueea, quae fertilissima Gernianiae sunt, loca circum Hercyniam silvam, quam Eratostheni et quibusdam Graecis fama notam esse video, quam illi Orcyniam appel- lant, Volcae Tectosages occupaverunt atque ibi consede- 3 runt quae gens ad hoc tempus his sedibus sese continet ; summamque habet justitiae et bellicae laudis opinionem. 4 Nunc, quod in eadem inopia, egestate patientiaque Germani permanent, eodem victu et cultu corporis 5 utuutur, Gallis autem provinciarum propinquitas et trans- marinarum rerum notitia multa ad copiam atque usus LIBER SEXTUS. 49 largitur, paulatim assuefacti superari multisque victie proeliis ne se quidem ipsi cum illis virtute comparant. 25. Hiijus Hercyniae silvae, quae supra demonstrata l est, latitude novem dierum iter expedite patet : non enim aliter finiri potest, neque mensuras itineruni noverunt. Oritur ab Helvetlorum et Nemetum et Rauricorum finibiis 2 rectaque flvuiiinis Danuvii regione pertinet ad fines Dacorum et Anartiuni ; liinc se ilectit sinistrorsus diversis3 ab fluuiine regionibus multaruinque gentium fines propter magnitudinem attingit ; neque quisquam est bu jus 4 Germaniae, qui se aut adisse ad initium ejus silvae dicat, cum dierum iter sexaginta processerit, aut, quo ex loco oriatur, acceperit ; multaque in ea genera ferarum nasci 5 constat, quae reliquis in locis visa non sint ; ex quibus quae maxime differant ab ceteris et memoriae i^rodenda videantur, haec sunt. 26. Est bos cervi figura, cujus a media fronte inter 1 aures unum cornu exsistit excelsius magisque directum liis, quae nobis nota sunt, cornibus : ab ejus summo sicut2 palmae ramique late diffunduntur. Eadeni est feminaea uiarisque natura, eadem forma magnitudoque cornuum. 27. Sunt item, quae appellantur alces. Haruni est 1 consimilis capris figura et varietas pellium, sed inagni- tudine paulo antecedunt mutilaeque sunt cornibus et crura sine nodis articulisque habent, neque quietis causa pro- cumbunt, neque, si quo afflictae casu conciderunt, erigerc2 sese aut sublevare possunt. His sunt arboi-es pro cubili- 3 bus : ad eas se applicant atqiie ita paulum modo reclinatae quietem capiunt. Quarum ex vestigiis cum est aniinad-4 versum a venatoribus, quo se rccipere consuerint, omnes 50 DE HELLO GALLICO. eo loco avit ab radicibus subi'uunt ant accidunt arbores, tantnm ut summa species earum stantium relinquatur. 5 Hue cum se consuetudine reclinaverunt, infirmas arbores pondere affligunt atque una ipsae concidunt. 1 28. Tertium est genus eoriira, qui uri appellantur. Hi sunt magnitudine paulo infra elephantos, specie et colore 2 et figura tauri. Magna vis eorum est et magna velocitas, neque homini neque ferae, quam conspexerunt, parcunt. 3 Hos studiose foveis captos interficiunt ; hoc se labore durant adulescentes atque hoc genere venationis exercent, et qui plurimos ex his interfecerunt, relatis in publicum cornibus quae sint testimonio, magnam ferunt laudem. 4 Sed assuescere ad homines et mansuefieri ne parvuli 5 quidem excepti possunt. Amplitudo cornuum et figura et 6 species multum a nostrorum boiim cornibus differt. Haec studiose conquisita ab labris argento circumcludunt atque in amplissimis ejwlis pro poculis utuntur 1 29. Caesar, postquam per Ubios exp^oratores comperit Suebos sese in silvas recepisse, inopiam frumenti veritus, quod, nt supra demonstravimus, minime omnes Germani 2 agriculturae student, constituit non progredi longius ; sed ne oranino metum reditus sui bai-baris tolleret atque ut eorum auxilia tavdaret, reducto exercitu partem ultimam pontis, quae ripas Ubioinim contingebat. in longitudinem 3 pedum ducentorum rescindit, atque in extreme ponte turrim tabulatorum quattuor constituit praesidiumque cohort ium duodecim pontis tuendi causa ponit magnisqne eum locum munitionibus firmat. Ei loco praesidioque 4 C. Volcatium Tullum adulescentem praefecit. Ipse, cum maturescere frumenta inciperent, ad bellum Ambiorigis 2 LIBER SEXTUS. 51 profectus per Arduennam silvam, quae est totius Galliae maxima atque ab ripis Rlieni finibusqae Treverorum ad Nervios pertinet millibusque amplius quingentis in longi- tudinem. patet, L. Minucium Basilum cum omni equitatu praemittit, si quid celeritate itineris atque opportvinitate temporis proficere posset, monet, \xt ignes in castris fieri 5 prohibeat, ne qua ejus adventus procul significatio fiat ; sese confestim subsequi dicit. 30. Basilus, ut imperatum est, facit. Celeriter con-i traque omnium opinionem confecto itinera multos in agris inopinantes deprehendit ; eorum indicio ad ipsum Am- biorigem contendit, quo in loco cum paucis equitibus esse dicebatur. Multum cum in omnibus rebus, turn in re militari jwtest fortuna. Nam sicut magno accidit casu, ut in ipsuin incautum etiam atque imparatum incideret, l)rlusque ejus adventus ab omnibus videretur, quam fama ac nuntius afferretur, sic magnae fuit fortunae omni mili- tari instrumento, quod circum se liabebat, erepto, red is equisque comprehensis ipsum eiTugere mortem. Sed hoes quoque factum est, quod aedificio circumdato silva, ut sunt fere domicilia Gallorum, qui vitandi aestus causa plerumque silvarum ac fluminum petunt propinquitates, comites familiaresque ejus angusto in loco paulisi)er equitum nostrorum vim sustinuerunt. His pugnantibus 4 ilium in equum quidam ex suis intulit ; fugientem silvae texerunt. Sic et ad subeundum periculum et ad vitandum multum fortuna valuit. 31. Ambiorix copias suas judicione non conduxerit, i quod proelio dimicandum non existimarit, an tempore exclusus et repentino eciuitum adventu prohibitus, cum roliquum exercitum subsequi crederet, dubium est; sed 52 IjK HKLIA) (lAI.LICO. certe dimissis per agros mint i is sibi quemqvie consulere jussit. Quorum pars in Arduennam silvam, pars in 3continentes paludes profugit : qui i>roximi Oceano fuerunt, hi insulis sese occultaverunt, quas aestus efficere con- 4 suerunt : multi ex suis finibus egressi se suaque omnia .'^•alicnissimis crodiderunt. Catuvolcus, rex dimidiae partis Eburonum, qui una cum Ambiorige consilium inierat, aetata jam confectus cum laborem belli aut fugae ferre non posset, omnibus precibus detestatus Ambiorigem. rjui ejus consilii auctor fuisset, taxo, cujus magna in Oallia Germaniaque copia est, se exanimavit. 1 32. Segni Condrusique ex gente et numero Germanorum, qui sunt inter Eburones Treverosque, legatos ad Caesarem miserunt oratum, ne se in hostlum numero duceret neve omnium Germanorum, qui essent citra Rhenum, unam esse causam judicaret ; nihil se de bello cogitasse, nulla 2 Ambiorigi auxilia misisse. Caesar explorata re quaestione captivorum, si qui ad eos Eburones ex fuga convenissent, ad se ut reducerentur, imperavit : si ita fecissent, fines seorum se violaturum negavit. Tum cojiiis in tres partes distributis impedimenta omnium legionum Aduatucam 4 contulit. Id castelli nomen est. Hoc fere est in mediis Eburonum finibus, ubi Titurius atque Aurunculeius 5hiemandi causa consederant. Hunc cum reliquis rebus locum probarat, tum quod superioris anni munitiones integrae manebant, ut militum laborem sublevaret. Prae- sidio impedimentis legionem quartamdecimam reliquit, unam ex his tribus, quas proxime conscriptas ex Italia r>traduxerat. Ei legioni castrisque Q. Tullium Ciceronem praeficit ducentosque equites attribuit. LIBER SEXTUS. 53 33. Partito exei'citu T. Labienum cnm lej^ionibus tribus i ad Oceanum versus in eas partes, quae Menapios attin- gvint, proficisci jubet ; C. Trebonium cum pari legionum2 numero ad earn regionem, quae ad Aduatucos adjacet, depopulandaia mittit ; ipse cum reliquis tribus ad flumen 3 Scaldem, quod influit in Mosam, extremasque Arduennae partes ire constituit, quo cum paucis equitibus profectuni Ambiorigem audiebat. Discedens post diem 4 septimum sese reversurum confirmat: quam ad diem ei legioni, quae in praesidio relinquebatur, deberi frumentum sciebat. Labienum Treboniumque hortatur, si reipublicae 5 commodo facere possint, ad eum diem revertantur, ut rursus communicato consilio exploratisque hostium rationibus aliud initium belli capere i^ossint. 34. Erat, ut supra demonstravimus, manus certa nulla, 1 non oppidum, non j^raesidium, quod se arm is defenderet, sed in omnes partes dispersa multitude. Ubi cuique aut 2 vallis abdita aut locus silvestris aut palus impedita spem praesidii aut salutis aliquam offerebat, consederat. Haecs loca vicinitatibus erant nota, magnamque res diligentiam requirebat non in summa exercitus tuenda (nullum eiiim poterat universis ab perterritis ac dispersis periculum accidere), in singulis quae sed militibus conservandis ; tamen ex parte res ad salutem exercitus pertinebat. Nam 4 et praedae cupiditas multos longius evocabat, et silvae incertis occultisque itineribus confertos adire proliibebant. Si negotium confici stirpemque liominum sceleratorum 5 interfici vollot, dimittendae plures manus diducendique erant milites : si continere ad signa manipulos vellet, utc instituta ratio et consuetude exercitus Romani postulabat, locus ipse erat praesidio barbaris, neque ex occulto insidi- : 54 DE JiELLO GALLICO. andi et disperses circumveniendi singulis deerat audacia. i Ut in ejusmodi difficultatibus, quantum diliftentia pro- vider! poterat, providebatur, ut potius in nocendo aliqviid praetermitteretur^ etsi omnium, animi ad ulciscendum ardebant^ quam cum aliquo militum detrimento noceretur. sDimittit ad finitimas civitates nuntios Caesar: omnes evocat spe praedae ad diripiendos Eburones, ut potius in silvis Gallorum vita quam legionarius miles pexiclitetur, simul ut magna multitudine circumfusa pro tali facinore gstirps ac nonien civitatis toll^ur. . Magnus undique numerus celeriter convenit. / 1 35. Haec in omnibus Eburonum partibus gerebantur, diesque appetebat septimus, quem ad diem Caesar ad 2 inapedimenta legionemque reverti constituerat. Hie, quantum in bello fortuna possit et quantos afferat casus, 3 cognosci potuit. Dissipatis ac perterritis hostibus, ut demonstravimus, manus erat nulla, quae parvam modo 4causam timoris affen-et. Trans Rhenum ad Germanos pervenit fama, diripi Eburones atque ultro omnes ad 6 praedam evocari. Cogunt equitum duo millia Sugambri, qui sunt proximi Rbeno, a quibus receptop ex fuga cTencteros atque Usipetes supra docuimus. Transeunt Rhenum iiavibus ratibusque triginta millibus passuum infra eum locum, ubi pons erat perfectus praesidiumque ab Caesar relictum : primos Eburonum fines adeunt multos ex fuga disperses excipiunt, magno pecoris numero, 1 cujus sunt cupidissimi barbari, potiuntur. Invitati praeda longius procedunt. Non hos palus in bello latrociniisque natos, non silvae morantur. Quibus in locis sit Caesar, quaerunt profectum longius re})eriunt omnem- ex captivis ; 8 que exercitum discessisse cognoscunt. Atque unus ex 1 LIBER SEXTUS. 55 ' captivis : 'Quid vo.s,' inquit, hauc miseram ac tenuem sectamini praedani, quibus licet jam esse fortunatissiniis ? Tribus boris Aduatucam venire potest^s : hue omnes suas fortunas exercitus Romanorum contulit : praesidii tantum 9 est. lit ne munis quidem cingi possit^ neque quisquara egredi extra munitiones audeat.' Oblata spe Germaniio quam nacti eraut praedam in occulto relinquunt ; ipsi Aduatucam contendunt usi eodem duce, cujus haec indicio cognoverant. 3G. Cicero^ qui omnes superiores dies praeceptis Caesai'is i summa diligentia milites in castris continuisset ac ne calonem quidem quemquam extra munitionem egredi passus esset, septimo die diffidens de numero dieriim- Caesarem fidem serraturum. quod longius progressnm audiebat neque uUa de reditu ejus fama afferebatur, simul 2 eorum permotus vocibus, qui illius patientiam paene obsessionem appellabant, siquidem ex castris egredi non liceret, nullum ejusmodi casum exspectans, qvio novem oppositis legionibus maximoque equitatu dispersis ac paene deletis hostibus in niillibus passuura tribus offendi posset, quinque cohortes frumentatum in proximas segetes mittit. quas inter et castra unus omnino coUis intei'erat. r. Complures eraut ex legionibus aegri relicti ; ex quibus fiui hoc spatio dierum. convaluerant, circiter trecenti sub vexillo una mittuntur ; magna praeterea multitude calonum, magna vis jumentorum, quae in castris subse- derant, facta jiotestate sequitin*. 37. Hoc ipso tempore et casu Germani equites inter- veniunt protinusque eodem illo, quo venerant, cursu ab decumana porta in castra irrumpere conantur, nee prius2 56 DE UEIvLO GALLICO. sunt visi objectis ab ea parte silvis, quam castris appro- pinquarent, vxsque eo, ut qui sub vallo teiTderent merca- 3 tores recipiendi sui facultatem non haberent. Inopinantes nostri re nova perturbantur, ac vix primum. impetum 4cohors in statione sustinet. Circumfiindnntur ex relifiuis •'ihostes imrtibus, si quern aditum rei)erire posseut. Aegre portas nostri tuentur, reliquos aditus locus ipse per se munitioque defendit. Totis trepidatur castris, atque alius ex alio causam tumultus quaerit ; neque quo signa feran- tur, neque quam in partem quisque conveniat, provident. 'Alius jam castra capta pi'onuntiat, alius deleto exercitu venisse contendit atque imperatore victores barbaros ; splerique novas sibi ex loco religiones fingunt Cottaeque et Titurii calamitatem, qui in eodem occiderint castello, ante 9oculos ponunt. Tali timore omnibus perterritis confirma- tur opinio barbaris, ut ex captivo audierant, nullum essv ointus praesidium. Perrumpere nituntur segue ipsi adhor- tantur, ne tantam fortunam ex manibus dimittant. I 38. Erat aeger cum praesidio re^ ictus P. Sextius Baculus, qui primum pilum ad Caesarei duxerat, cujus mentionem superioribus proeliis fecimus, ac diem jam squintum cibo caruerat. Hie diffisus suae atque omnium saluti inermis ex tabernaculo prodit : videt imminere hostes atque in summo esse rem discrimine : capit arma a sproximis atque in porta consistit. Consequuntur hunc centuriones ejus cohortis, quae in statione erat : paulisper luna proelium sustinent. Relinquit animus Sextium gravi- bus acceptis vulneribus : aegre per manus tractus servatur. sHoc spatio intei'posito reliqui seso confirmant tantum, ut in munitionibus consistere audeant speciemque defensor^.im praebeant. 7. TUBICEX. 1. imperator. 4. LKTf)R. 8. VEXII.I.IM. 2. Legatus. r,. SlGNIFKHr. 9. AQL'ILA. 3. Centurio. f,. niCINAlol!. 4 LIBEU SEXTUS. 57 39. Interim confecta frumentatione milites nostri cla-i morem exaudiunt : praeciirrunt equites quanto res sit in ; periculo cognoscunt. Hie vero nulla munitio est, quaes lierterritos recipiat : modo conscript! atque usus militaris imperiti ad tribunum. militum centurionesque ora con- vertunt : quid ab liis praecipiatur exspectant. Nemo est 3 tarn fortis, quin rei novitate perturbetur. Barbari signal procul conspicati oppugnatione desistunt : redisse primo legiones credunt, quas longius discessisse ex captivis cog- noverant : postea despecta paucitate ex omnibus partibvis iinpetum faciunt. 40. Calones in jiroximum tumulum procurrunt. Hinci celeriter dejecti se in signa manipulosque conjiciunt ; eo magis timidos i^erterrent milites. Alii, cuneo facto ut2 celeriter perrumjiant, censent, quoniam tarn propinqua sint castra, et si pars aliqua circumventa ceciderit, at reliquos servari posse confidunt ; alii, ut in jugo consistants atque eundem omnes ferant casum. Hoc veteres non pro- bant milites, quos sub vexillo una profectos docuimus. Itaque inter se cohortati duce C. Trebonio. equite Romano, qui eis erat praepositus, per medios hostes perrumpunt incolumesque ad unum omnes in castra perveniunt. Hos5 subsecuti calones equitesque eodem impetu militum virtute servantur. At ii, qui in jugo constiterant, nullo etiami". nunc usu rei militaris percepto n^eque in eo, quod pro- baverant, consilio permanere, ut se loco superiore defen- derent, neque earn quam prodesse aliis vim celeritatemque viderant imitari potuerunt, sed se in castra recipere conati iniquum in locum demiserunt. Centuriones, quorum? nonnulli ex inferioribus ordinibus reliquarum legionum virtutis causa in superiores erant ordines hujus legionis 58 DE BELLO OALLICO. traducti, ne ante partam rei militaris laiulem amitterent, 8 fortissime pui^nuntes concideruiit. Militum pars horuni virtute submotis hostibus praeter spem incoluinis in castra pervenit, pars a barbaris circuinventa jperiit. 1 41. Germani desperata expugnatione castrorum, quod nostros jam constitisse in munitionibus videbant, cum. ea praeda, quam in silvis deposuerant, trans Rbenum sese 2 recei;)erunt. Ac tantus fuit etiam post discessum hostium terror, ut ea nocte, cum C. Volusenus missus cum equitatu ad castra venisset, fidem non faceret adesse cum incolumi 3 Caesarem exercitu. Sic omnino animos timor praeoccu- paverat, ut paene alienata mente deletis omnibus cojiiis equitatum se ex fuga recepisse dicerent neque incolumi exercitu Germanos castra oppugnaturos fuisse conten- 4 derent. Quem timorem Caesaris adventus sustulit. 1 42. Reversus ille eventus belli non ignorans unum, quod cohortes ex statione et praesidio essent emissae, questus—ne minimo quidem casu locum relinqui debuisse —multum fortunam in repentino hostium adventu potuisse 2 judicavit, multo etiam amplius, quod paene ab ipso vallo 3 portisque castrorum barbaros avertisset. Quarum omnium rerum maxime admii'andum videbatur, quod Germani, qui eo consilio Rhenum transierant, ut Ambiorigis fines depopularentur, ad castra Romanonam delati optatissimum Ambiorigi beneficium obtulerunt. 1 43. Caesar rursus ad vexandos liostes profectus magno coacto numero ex finitimis civitatibus in omnes partes 2 dimittit. Omnes vici atque omnia aedificia, quae quisque conspexerat, omnibus 3 incendebantur ; praeda ex locis agebatur ; frvxmenta non solum a tanta multitudine LIBER SEXTUS. 59 jaraentorum atque hominum consumebantur, sed etiam anni tempore atque imbribus procubuerant, ut, si qui etiam in praesentia se occultassent, tamen his deducto exercitu rerum omnium inopia pereundum videretur. Ac 4 saepe in eum locum ventum est tanto in omnes partes diviso equitatu, ut modo visum ab se Ambiorigem in fuga circumspicerent captivi nee plane etiam abisse ex con- spectu contenderent, ut spe consequendi illata atque 5 infinite labore suscepto, qui se summam ab Caesare gratiam iiiituros putarent, paene naturam studio vincerent^ semperque i^aulum ad summam felicitatem defuisse videre- tur, atque ille latebris aut saltibus se eripei-et et noctus occultatus alias regiones partesque peteret non majore equitum praesidio quam quattuor, quibus solis vitam suam committere audebat. 44. Tali modo vastatis region ibus exercitum Caesar i duarum cohortium damno Durocortorum Remorum redu- cit, concilioque in eum locum Galliae indicto de conjura- tione Senonum et Carnutum quaestionem habere instituit, et de Accone, qui princei^s ejus consilii fuerat, graviore2 sententia pronuntiata more majorum supplicium sumpsit. NonnuUi judicium veriti profugerunt. Quibus cum aquas atque igni interdixisset, duas legiones ad fines Treverorum, duas in Lingonibus, sex reliquas in Senonum finibus Agedinci in hibernis collocavit frumentoque exercitui l)roviso, ut jnstituerat, in Italiam ad conventus agendos profectus est. : 60 DE BELLO GALLICO. IN THE NOTES THE FOLLOWING ABBREVIATIONS ARE USED App. —The sections of Appendix I. followinpthe Vocabulary and entitled ' Hints and Sugg'estions for tlic Translation of Caesar's Latin.' RC.—The sections of Part III. of Robertson and Garruthers' Primary Latin Book. BA.—Bradley's Arnold's Latin Prose Composition. HF.—The pages and sections of Henderson aud Fletcher's First Latin Book. H.—Harkness' Standard Latin Grammar. AG.—Allen and Greenoug-h's Latin Grammar (Revised Edition), c. —Chapter (of the same took unless otherwise stated). trans.—translate or translation, lit.?—where a free rendering has been given, to call attention to the literal translation, fn. —footnote, p.—page, cf. —compare. "Where Caesar's style or usage is referred to, the De Bella Gallico alone is meant. NOTES ON BOOK V. For the events described in the four preceding books, see Introduction, III. x. § , p. Chai). 1-23.—Caes.ir's second expedition to Britain. 1. Caesar orders vessels to Jte hn.Ut ; he then spends the winter in attending to the affairs of his provinces of Cisalpine Gaul and of Illyricum. CAP. I. * 1. L. Domitio. . .consulibus,— freely, 'in the consulship of . . . ' ; lit. ? App. 5. a. N. (RC. p. 133. 50. HF. 102. 3. N. ) The Romans regularly indicated the year by the names of the chief magistrates. Caesar left Gaul late in B. C. 55, and these were the consuls for B.C- 5:4j.but the calendar was so deranged that the official year began some weeks before the solar year. discedens,—App.38. hibernis,—at the end of the fourth campaign ' Caesar establislied winter cami^s for all the legions, among the Belgae. ' Italiani,—by this is meant the province of Gallia Cisalpina, in which Caesar spent each winter, attend- ing to its administration. See Introduction, p. ix. consne- ratj— iox consiieverat. (RC. <)6. ) Note that consuevi = I have become (hence 1 am ) accustomed. imperat . . uti . . cnrarent,—App. 29. b. (RC. 99. a. 2. HF. 181. 3.) qiiam plurinias possent,— 'as many as possible or as * This cliaptcr is giver in ;i .sini])lific'(l form in App. III., witli notes of a more elementary nature than tliose given above. 62 DE BELl.0 GALL/CO. thoy could'; for mood of possent sou RO. !»().*'. HF.20fi. 4. liieine, —time within which. acdilicaiulas. . .oiinireut,— have built.' (RC.104.C. HF.173.7.) Eanun,— referring only to the new vessels. 2. A«l,— 'for. ' oiicraiidi,—App.39 : trans, gen. b^- 'in,' App.2.r. qiiaili (juibns,— ' than those which,' supplying eas before quibus. nostro liiai'i,—the name Mediterranean was not — given till a much later time, id <'0 ina^^is, ' all the more so,' lit. '(he does) that the more because of this.' miiiiis iiiag- nos,— 'smaller.' Caesars statement seems incorrect, unless ' he has in mind the choppy ' waves of the channel ; he seems too to confound the tides with the conflicting currents from the Atlantic and the German Ocean. ad. . .transportandam,—App. 40, the gerundive construc- tion. (RC. lOl.i. HF. 170.3. ) Connect onera as well as mnlti- tudinem with transportandam. reliqilis luaribus, — the various parts of the Mediterranean, each having its own name among the Romans. 3. actnarias, —swift gallej's, impelled by oars as well as by sails ; the ships usually built by the Gauls had sails only. qiiam ad rem,— 'for which.' Iiumilitas adjii vat,—because of the greater ease in rowing. 4. Ea qnao,—App.l2. 6. usui,—trans, dat. by 'of; (RC. 82.r. HF. 134. 1. ) ad armaildas, — like ad transportandam, §'2. Hispailia,— Spain was rich in iron and in material for ropes. 5. Ip.se,—App. 17; Caesar's movements are contrasted with the doings of the legati. conventibllS,—the governor of a province acted also as its .iudge. (lialliae citerioris, Illyri- see Clim, —two of the three provinces in Caesar's jurisdiction ; Introduction, p.ix. , and the map on p. xi. iinitiinaiu,— next, that is. to the Piriixtae, who lived on the borders of lUyricum. aiidie1;at,— 'he heard'; the imperfect shows that the news came to him more than once. J ' NOTES ON BOOK V. 63 6. Eo,—adverb; i.e. to Illyricum. enin Tenisset,— — App. 31; trans, 'oncoming.' imperat, ' demands, requires. ' with dat. of jDerson of whom the demand is made (i.e. to whom the order is given),— ace. of that which is demanded. — 7. (^ua re, 'this. ' App. 11.6. qui doceant, 'to inform (him).' App.ll.c; for subjunctive see EC.99.«.l. HF.1811. nihil,— 'none,' lit.? eariim rerum,— i.e. the raids, publico consilio,—implying that the raids were the work of irrespon- — sible individuals. seseqiie. . .deinoiistrant, que couples mittunt (not doceant) and devionstranf ; i.e. the Pirustae, by their ambassadors, state, etc.: for sese,—App. 14. r. omnibus rationibus,— 'in every way,' lit.? 8. eorum,—App. 12. 6.; the ambassadors; eos,—the host- ages, — "by.' fecerint,— 'the3^ do'; perf. subj. perf. ad, ; because their failure would precede their punishment ; for the subj. see EC. 99. /i. iii. HF.206.4. civitatem,— as if the state would be held responsible, in spite of the explanation in § 7, nihil . . .consilio. '• 9. ad diem,— at the (appointed) day. ' inter,— 'between. dat,— 'appoints.' qui aestiment. . .eonstituant,—compare on qui doceant. § 7. N.B.—Choice ot opening: words of each section. [Generally in Caesar, the first words of a sentence form a connecting link, by beginning the new sentence with something known to ns from the preceding one. Methodof dating years among the Romans. Caesar's jurisdiction and duties. Various uses of impevo vaxdjiibeo. fNote especially the infin. w. impero in § .1. This in Caesar and Cicero is found only w. the pass, or dcixjn. infin. J Qmim 2}ossum w. the supi'i-lative. [In this idiom possum is as often omitted by Caesar as expressed.] Syntax of euro and gerundive. The various uses of the rehitive. [In § 1 the relative clause is farther from the ante- cedent tlian usual. Omission of antecedent, §i', but not § 4. Co-onli- nating relative, § 7. With subjunctive of purpose, §§ 7 and i».] Use of c) anticii)ating a qiind clause, § 2. [So hoc. This is found chiefly with conipar.-itives or words implying a comparison ; it seems in such cases to be an abl. of measure of difference, ajjproaching, if not finally identical with, the abl. of cause.] I'n nit us w. Uifin. 47. (Less connnon than with ad and gerund or gerundive. Cacsa.r ; 64 DE BELLO GALLICO. has it also w. ut and subj.] Maribiis, § 2. [This form is nowhere else found except from via.<<.\ Ut w. indie. Ailitl eanim rerum, where nullum niifjrht have been expected. [Probably due to the habi- tual use in Latin of the neuter = ?•«« (especially in noni. and ace.)] DifK, feminine, S ^. Various uses of ad. Afn'cemcnt of attri- bute with words of different jrender and numher, transjiortandavi. § 2 [RC.p.ll8.c.l. HF.p.2.53.X.4.J 2-5. The fleet and the army are gathei'ed for the passage. Caesar goes to the country of the Treveri and iirevents a revolt hy Indutiomarzis and his party. CAP II. 1. coiifectis, peraetis,—App. 5.«. ad oxercitum,—in the country of the Belgae. proflciscitur,— This was in the spring. 2. circuitis,—trans, as in App.o.a.iii., 'he visits ... and finds.' studio,—belongs to instrucfas ; trans, after invenit, which is pres. not perf. in siimiiia iiiopia, — '(although) amidst, etc. ,'or freely 'although there was.' sesceiltas,— with naves, which is to be repeated with longas. Clljus, — 'which.' ignoring the case, for which see N. B. below. neqiie iniiltum, etc. , — lit. ' and that it is not far from this , point that they cannot, etc. ' there being a redundant nega- ' ' tive ; freely and that they are almost ready to be launched for abesse see App. Si. a. dielnis,— time within which. 3. Collaudatis,—more emphatic than laudatis ; to be taken alsow. iis. praefnerant,—from jjraes? ' what he wishes done,' lit. 'to be done.' For quid fieri see App.34.a; for velit (from w/o) App. 31. (EC.99.rf. HF. 176.2.-; Oiunes,—understand naves. portuiu Itium,—the exaci locality is unknown probably it was Boulogna quo ex ; — portu,— App. 1 1. d. ii. esse, ' that; there was, ' App. 34. mil- ' lium passuuin,— lit. thousands of paces ; the words are not ' in agreement, App. 2. J. couiinenti,— abl. (EC. p. 41. note.) NOTES ON BOOK V. 65 huic rei,— 'for this purpose.' i.e. for ensuring the safe- bringing of the fleet to the appointed place, quod inilitnm,— ' what force, ' lit. ? App.2. d. 4. neque. . -Teuiebaut,— 'did not come.' concilia,—from several passages it seems that Caesar regularly established these councils or assemblies among the conquered tribes, whom he thus kept in official relations with himself, imperio,— A pp. 3. 6. >'.B.—Various ways of rendering the abl. absol. The syntax of ciijus, § 2. [Two explanations are given : one that it is for quod, but attracted by the case of the antecedent generis ; the other, the more likely, that there is an ellipse of generis naves. Attraction of the case of a relative is very rare in Latin, and is found nowhere else in Caesar.] The phrase neque vudttnn abesse ab eo quin, § 2. [The chief peculiarity of the phrase is the repetition of the negative idea. The phrase, without ab eo. occurs also in Bk. III. 18.4, and is not uncommon in Latin ; but the addition of a6 eo makes the useof gm'n, not %d. seem unusually irregular.] Repetition ot portu in §3. [.A. sacrifice of elegance to clearness. RC.ft3.vi.] Partitive gen. with nav^tevs, passuum,milituin,%Z. [RC.81.6. BA.294.] Geni- tive of characteristic, generis § 2, milUum § 3. Use of tenses. [Historical present throughout, inteiTupted by perfect reliquit, § 3. Imperfect for hal)itual action, § 4.] Difference in the nature and syntax of the two clauses, quid velit, quod visum est, § 3. [RC.90.d.e. BA.176. H.529.II.5.1.] CAP. III. 1. Haec,— ie. of the Treveri, just mentioned, pliiriiniim, adverb, ('((ilitatu,— E,C.8.5.fZ. supra,—Bk.IIL ILL speaks of the ' Treveri, who are next to the river Rhine. ' The last words of c. 2. show why this closeness to the Rhine was of importance. — 2. inter 8e, ' with each other,' lit. ? 3. e,— App.n. alter,—freely 'the latter,' lit.? Cingetorix was his rival's son-in-law. cogrnituni est,— de...a(lventu — 'the approach. . .was learned,' lit. ? A])p.21. se futures, ' App.34.a.c. ; so defecturos. in ofticio,— true to their ) ' — .' 66 DE BELLO (iALLlCO. allegiance,' lit.? niiiioitia, etc. — 'friendship with' not 'of.' qiiaoqiie,— two words; 5«ae= ' what,' lit.? gcrcroiitur, App.ai. (RC.99.(Z. HF.17r,.2.) 4. cohere,—depending on inntituit, and connected by -rjiie — •with pa rare, per, ' by reason of. ' in,— 'in,' lit.? lis al>- (litis,— App.5. a. ingenti niagnitudiiie,— '(was) of vast extent (and)'; (EC. 85 .c. HF.131.9.) medios,—trans, by ' midst of. 5. ex,—see on e, § 3. et. .et,— 'both, .and,' or 'partly. . . partl3'. ' familiaritate,—compare on awjiVtVia, §3. de siiis rebus petere, — 'seek their own advantage,' lit.? privatiiii, — the position makes it almost equal to the adj. pvivalis. civitati,—trans, by 'for'; opposed to suis privatim rehits. pos.seut,—App. 31. (EC. 99. g. i. veritllS,-' fearing,' App.37.a. end. lie. . .desereretur,- ' ' lest he should, ' or that he might, ' etc. (EC. II. 154. HF. 185. 3.4.) ' 6. Sese, — with noluisse ; App. 34. Suiipl}' saying ' or ' 'who say before these words, idcirco,— explained hy quo. . . laberetnr. quo,— 'that,' w. clause of purpose, App. 29. a. (EC. II. 20. HF. 183. 5. ) discesSH,— on the dcpartui'e. ' Abl. of time wla-n (with causal idea also), ne. .laberetur, — 'lest, .should, etc. 7. si....permitteret,— App.32. (EC.99./(.iii. HF.209.2.) venturuin, perinissuruiu, — App.34.c. snas, oiritatis,— both modify /ort«Has. ejus, —App. 12.6. N.B. fldei,— dat. JS.B.—Abl. of specification, § 1, .and of characteristic, § 4. Use of ea; for partitive g:eu. S§ 3..5. Slmul atque and posteaquam w. perf. indie. Abilere with in and accus. [Tlie accus. is due to tlie im- plied idea of motion towards (in order to liide).] Quoniam and subj. [Tlie reason is regarded as one exi.stingin the minds of the leading- men.] Subj. of purpose, w. ne, quo, and verbs of fearing, §§ 5.(). Abrupt introduction of indirect naiTation, § 6. [It is felt that sufficient indication is given by lefjatos mittit.'\ Indirect narra- tion, §§ i;.?. [Use of se, siius and is : direct form of si ijermitteret . . venturttm ; compare conditional clauses in c.l§8.] Inelegant repetition of permitteret. .permissurum with different meanings, § 7. ' ' ) .' NOTES ON BOOK V. 67 CAP. IV. 1. qua (le causa,— for what reason.' dicerentnr,—App. 31. (EC.99.c7. HF.176.2.), so deterreret. (jua^que,—two words, quae agreeing with res. instituto,— 'original,' lit.? COinparatis, — w. preceding clause ; App.5.«. ; trans, by ' when. 2. in lis, — 'among them.' fllio, — in apposition with his. tTOCaverat,— i.e. Caesar, coiisolatus (e>it). — because of the enforced exile (as hostages) of himself and his kinsmen, uti iiianeret,—App. 29. b. (RC. 99. a. 2. HF. 181. 3. 3. hos, — «'. e. the principihus, who had previously favored Indutiomarus. quod, — conj. ciiUl. . .tuiu,— 'not only. . — but also. ' luerilo. . .lieri, ' that he fCaesar) was doing as he (Cingetorix) deserved,' lit. ' that it was being done by him according to his desert. ' masrni intoresse,— that it was of great importance. ' ejus ' . . . cujus,— of one whose ; trans, relative clause immediately ' after ejus. suos,— referring to ejus, not to se. auctorita- (eni valere,— ' that the influence should be great,' an infin. clause subject of interesse. taui,—better omitted in trans., lit.? perspexisset,-App.31. (EC.99.^.iiL Hr.198.4.) 4. Id factum,— explained by «Ma7)t. .7Hi72Mz, ' that ... should be lessened. ' qui fsiisset, — 'whereas (or while) he had been. (EC.99./7.iii. HF. 198.1.) animo,—trans, by 'of.' (RC.85.C. HF.131.9. ) hoc dolore,— 'at this grievance.' (EC.85.m. HF.71.3.) Bf.B.—Position of the word Caesar. [The choice of introductory words is in Caesar determined by principles of clearness and continuity ratlier than of enijjliasis. Wlien tliere is a diang-e of subject, tlie reader is made aware of it from the first, even if the verb comes quite lat(^ in the sentence.] Position of abl. absol. clause. [Generally these precede as in §§2and 3 ; the arrangement in § 1, nmnihun. .com- 2>ara(is is very rare. ] Use of Vfis in § 1. [Omnihus n-hus is the reg- ular abl. of omnitt ; quae res for neut. quae seems intended for s'reater clearness after qua cle causa.] Various phrases witli in officio, [w. vianere § 1, continere c.S. §G, esse c.y. §3; also permanere, VI.8.9.J ' ' 68 DE BELLO GALLICO. The abl. absol. and the acous. in the same sentence referring to the same persons, §3. [This rare construction is not to t)c imi- tated in prose composition (RC.II.na.c. BA.122.').), althoiitrii it occurs not in frcfiuently in Caesar ; cf.c.4-l.ti, VI.1.1. and Ki.l. Often added empliasis is j^ained by tliis construction.] Use of cnm. . . turn, = 'Ijotii. ..and,' or 'not only. ..but also.' [In this usag'e cttm has no effect on the mood of the verl).] Impersonal use of verlts, Jiet-i, interesse, g 3. Use of pronouns in § 3, [fsjiecially auos rc-ferrins to ejus.] Gen. of price, mayni. [Tlie Ken. is used only where the value is given generally, the abl. where it is specified ; tlie gen. al.so is used more freely with verbs of valuing than with verljs of buying, etc.] Substantival use of infin. [valere % ^, mitivi i^ 4.] Quam Xilnriimim. [See n.b. to c.l.] Causal relative clauses. \t>ers2^ex- isset % ^,fi(iH, CAP. V. 2. rejectas,—trans, as if it were rejectas esse et, see App. 37. N.B. atque,—in Eng. 'but' miglit be used, lit? eodeill,— adverb; so in § 3. erant ^rof(^Qiae = profectae erant. ad,— 'for'; App.39.«. omnibus rebus,— 'in all respects,' lit. ' with all things. ' 8. niimero,—abl.. in number. ' (EC.8.5.(Z. ) niillium qiiat- tlior,—depending on eqiiitatus ; trans, as if in agreement; (EC.Sl.e. HF. 130.8. ) principes,—subject of convenerunt understood. 4. relinquere,—with decreverat. obsidinn Ick'O,— ' as hostages,' lit.? cum abesset, — 'Avhile he was absent,' or 'in ' his absence ; lit. when he should be absent. ' IS.B.—The indie, in relative clauses dependent on ace. and infin. [factae erant, erant profecfae, § 2 ; these are explanatory adciitions of the writer, not given as part of the information obtained bj- Caesar.] Asyndeton with rcliqni, §§ 2.4. [This is quite common in cases of contrast]. Loco and gen. to e.xpress capacity or character or purpose. [The dat. of purpose has a ver^^ similar force, but is used with semi-abstract nouns (chiefly in sing.) not with personal nouns. Numero, 7wmme, modo, with the gen. are also used in much the same way.] Imperf. subj. used of futui-e time viewed from the past, q,besset § 4, — ? NOTES ON BOOK V. 69 6, 7. Dumnorix, a disaffected and ambitious Gaul, re/uses to accompany Caesar to Britain, and tries to keep other Gauls from going. Failing in this, he leaves the camp secretly, but is overtaken and slain. CAP. YI. 1. Erat,—App.l. N.B. ante, — in Bk.I. c.3. and 16-20. Dumnorix had four ^-ears before aroused hostility to Caesar among the Aedui. but had been pardoned for his brother's sake. He had however been warned to avoid all suspicion for the future and had been since carefulh' watched by Caesar's agents. dictum est, —impersonal use, ' mention has been ' made ' ; or freely we have spoken.' eum,—supply esse, depending on cognoverat ; App. 34. aniiui,— 'of iride'; (RC.Sl.e. HF.130.7.8.) 2. Accedehat hue quod,— -besides this' ; lit. 'to this there came also (was added) the fact that'; (EC. 109. i. HF.181.2.) ' sil)i,— on him. ' deferri,—notice the tense ; App. 34. d. quod dictum,— "this statement.' App. 11. J. neque,— "but 3-et. . .not.' recusaiidi. . .causa,— A^jp. 39. 3. Id,—both the statement of Dumnorix and its effect upon the Aedui. factum,— supply esse. i. — Ille,— i.e. Dumnorix ; for trans, see App. IS. omuibus, ' • all manner of. ' petere coutondit,— sought earnestly,' lit. ' ut . . .relinqueretur,- App. 29. i. insuetus,— being unac- customed to, etc' timeret, diceret,—App.31. (RC.99 6r.i. HF. 19S. 2. ) sese, —subject of impediri. 4. id, — his request sibi, — 'him,' indirect obj. spe ' adempta,—trans, by clause with as. ' uli . . • remauerent,— App. 29. 6. 5. territare, the historical infin. ; App. 36. (EC.lOl.fZ. HF. 216. 3. N. 2 ) fieri,— depending on the idea of saying impli. d 'n\ vietu territare, ?,o esse ; \n \rQ.i\?: supply 'saying.' liobili- tate,—trans, abl. by 'of.' (EC.85./t. HF.158.2.) ut...spo- ! iaretur,—App. 30. q. — 70 i>K i5i;i,ixj (JALLico. quos . . . vcreretur,— to be rendered after the clause begin- ning with /tos, to which (inoa refers ; forsubj. seeRC.nit.e. HF. 20n.4. ut. . .tradiu'tos nccaret,— 'to carry over. . .and kill'; lit.? (EC. II. 52. c. HF.210.2.«.e.) 6. reliqiii.i,~t.e. all others but himself. iiiterponere, "). poscere,—historical infin. ; see on territare § qiiod,—reL pron. ut. .admiiiistrarpiit,— App.29.i. iiitellexissent, App.31. N.B.—Repetition in cliina.\, cupidnm and magni § 1. Position of in primis % 1. [It evidently modifies constituerat not hiaic or tlie quod clause.] The impersonal use of accedehut. [Virtually accedo is the passive of addo. Its subject is the quod clause following. J Use of ille to indicate a change of subject, § 3. Relative and quod clauses in indirect or virtual indirect narrations, S§ 3. .5.6. [The subj. diceret is very peculiar; see RC.II.21fi. and 220.b. BA.148.J Various uses of iiitin. in 5S i-^. [The historical infin. which generally describes rapid or excited movements, is here quite proper in view of the vehement energy of Dumnorix ; generally' several such infinitives occur together. For the infin. esse auA fieri, cf. n.b. to c.3. § 6.] Litotes or understatement in non sine causa. § .5. [Two negatives are often more forcible than a single affirmative.] The circumlocution fieri ut sjMliaretur. [This differs somewhat from spoliari in that it refers more directly to the way in which events were shaping.] Explanatory vt clause, itt..necaret, § 5. Position of relative clause f>. quos. . .hos omnes, § [The relative clause usually precedes in simi- lar cases, where emphasis is desired.] Vereor w. infin. [In c.3. § 5. nevr. subj. is used. Notice the difference of meaning.] Clause with ut and subj., after jusjurand u7n poscere. [The subj. not the ace. and infin. is used, because the writer has in view that this is a demand for a pledge, not the statement of a pledge.] Tense of deferehantur. [He was not merely informed from different sources, but was given this information repeatedly.] CAP. YII. 1. tantum dignitatis, — Aiip.2.(?. Aeduae, — adj. with civUati. coerceiidiiin,— supply- e6»e ; App.41. rcbllS,— trans. ' 'by. . .means. posset,—App.31 ; the subject is Caesar. For the mood see EC. 99. e. HF. 203. i. 2. longius,— ' still farther,' i.e. that had yet appeared. ' ' NOTES ON BOOK V. 71 ejus,— App.l'2.i. N.B. ; referring to Dumnorix. prospicien- dlllll,—dei^ending on statuebat, understood ; here used imper- sonally, see App.2J:. quid uocere,— 'do anj^ harm'; for accus. quid, see IlC.83.e. sibi,—refers to Caesar; posset,— the subj. is Dumnorix (or possibly amentia) ; for the mood ?ee EC. 99. a. HF.183.2. 3. comuioratus,— 'while vaitmg,' or 'as he was waiting. partem,— App.4.c. ut coutiueret,— App. 29.5; so cor/noscerel. 4 liiilites, —here meaning the infantrj' alone. — 5. impeditis, —' while ... were occupied'; (EC.85.0. ) in- sciente Caisare, ' without Caesar's knowledge,' lit? App.5. O.N. domum,— '(for)home'; for ace. see EC. II. 93. a. HF.85.1. 6. onmilms rebus,— 'everything (else)' ; lit.? iusequen- duiil, —App.40; trans, by Eng. infin. 7. faeiat, — 'offers,' or 'should offer.' nihil, —object ot factururii ; liunc,— 'he,' subj. oifacturum. se absente,— 'in his {i.e. Caesars) absence.' For construction see App..5.o.N. qui, — 'seeing that he'; compare on perspexisset, c.4 § 3. praesentis,— 'in his presence,' lit., '(of him) while being pre- sent, ' depending on imperium. — ' ' ' 8. llle,— as in C.6. § 3. euiiu, ' now, or in f act. mauu, —i.e. with the weapon in his hand. liberum liberaeque civilatis,—two predicates to se esse ; with the gen. n^ay be sup])lied in trans. ' a citizen. 9. ut,— 'as. ' erat imperatuin,— imijersonall}-, App. 21. omnes,—predicatively, 'all together,' 'in a body.' N.R.— Tantum, used, like passive, IprosjncicMum § 2, erat imperattim § 9.] The use of the indefinite quis [§ >, liere in the atlverhial acous.] Perf. partic. of certain deponent verbs vrith the force of a i)resent partic; [arbitra- tus § 7 is very common and may jierhaps he held to have a true per- fect force ; commoratus § 3 is a niucli more peculiar example. See RC.l(i2.c.vi.J \]HQ.oimilites in sunsa of I'edites. [Exercitus awd legiones are used in the same way. The ahl. ahsol. coiistruetion. (Witli an adj. § Tj ; witli the pres. part. § 7 ; in § tJ an abl. absol. is ' ' ; ' DE BELLO GALLICO. separated by the subject of tlie sentence, C'aesur, from two other abl. absol. jthrasos wliich are co-ordinate with each other, but which form tlic l)etrinniii(^ of the set of consequences flowintr from tlie tirst clause. Tills passage illustrates too the custom in Latin of expres- sing the first of a series of actions by participial jjhrases, only the last of the series being expressed by principal verbs.] Impero vr. infin.; [see n.b. to c.l.J Pres. subj. in indirect narration for fut. ind. of direct conditional clause, § 7. Qtii and causal subjunctive [see N.n. to persx>exisset, c.4. § .".] Force of frequentative, clami- tans § 8. [The addition of saepe shows that it is not alwaj-s oft- repeated action that is expressed by a frequentative ; here as in c.O. § '4, territare, it is vehement action.] Predicative partitive gen. civitatis, § 8. Use otUle : [see n.b. to c.O.] Statuo and gerundive. [This is rather commoner in Caesar than the inlin.; «-ith co}if:tituo however the infin. is almost invariably used.] Com- parative with standard of comparison to be supplied from the con- text ; [loitgius § 2; farther (than had yet been the case).] 8. The passage to Britain and the landing CAP. VIII. 1. LabieiiO, — Labienus, Caesars chief officer, was chosen because of the dangerous condition of affairs in Gaul. lit tneretiir,—App.29.6. quae«iiie,— two words, pro tempore et pro re,— 'as time and circumstances suggested,' lit. 'in accordance with, etc. — 2. ipse,—as opposed to Labienus. pari. . .qiieiii, 'the — same ... as. ' ad, ' about. provectus,—trans, as if provectus est. supplj'ing 'but' before the next clause. iiiteriuisso, — ' having fallen. loiigiiis, — 'too far.' orta luce,— 'at sunrise.' lit.? sub siuistra,— 'on the left hand.' He set out with a light S. W. wind, but a current from the N. E. changed his course to the N. W. When the wind died the current had also changed to one setting N.R, so that in the night the ships drifted out of the Channel into the Korlh Sea. 3. aestus, etc. , — in the mornmg the current shifted to the ) J NOTES ON BOOK V. ?3 S. W. Caesar took advantage of this, and as the tide -would not carrj- him quite to his landing place, he had the sailors take to the oars as well. qua,—adverb, siiperlore aestate,— with co^7iot>erai. This landing place is described in Bk. lY. 23. as on a clear and open shore. — 4 (^tia, —App. ll.f. ; with re. laiidauda, ' deser^-ing of praise'; (E-C.104. HF.172.2.) yectoriis,—an adj. with?i«L-j- u'lis; abl. of mepn^ gravibxisqiie,— ' and that too {or and besides) heavily-laden ; transports would always be slow, ' the but more so -w-hen heavily laden. lion iiiterinisso,— freely, 'without relaxing'; App.o.a.end. a(laequaruiit,=«r7rtegi 5. Accessum esf.~.Tna\'nMis,—freely, ' the ships drew near (or reached)'; lit.? App.24. liavibus,—abl. of means. nieridiauo tempore,—express by one word in English, iie- »iue hostis, — 'but no enemj-. ' loco, —refening to earn par- tem insulae, § 3. est visilS, — 'was in sight' ; so in § G. 6. ut,— 'as.' cum,— 'although.' (EC.99.z.iiL HF.204.5.) perterritao. .discesserant,— trans, as in App.37. x. b. quae cum auuotiuis,— 'of which, including those of the previous year' ; annotinis (navibus) are the same as those called veteres in c.l. is §1 ; quae really nomin. quisqiie,— 'each,' probabl3- restricted to rich officers and Gallic nobles. siii comutodi, — 'for his own convenience.' (EC. II. 117. c.) ampliuH,— 'more than.' in loca,—see on c. 3. § 1. X.B.—Two successive al>l. al)SoI. phrases unconnected, § 1. [This is the rejrular arranjrenient wliere the phrases refer to different times. Contrast c.TSjiJ.] Variation in form of abl. of coittinens, §§ 1.2. [Elsewhere Caesar has always -i.] Par qtti=idem qiii,%2. [The usual construction is with atque, as in c.l3. §2. Intensive -que [^and that too, §1.] Impersonal passive construction, [ticcessum es^ S '>. HC.iin.b. HA. 217.218.] Ci()« concessive. The phrase suns quinque. (This is the rejrular order; cf.c.31.§4.] Tlie phrase svi commodi. [Tlie gen. in tlie sense of as regards, with 74 UE IJELLO OALLICO. regard to, is conimoii ciioufrli witli nouns, but tlie use with a verl>, as here, is very irrcfrular. Sniiic wlitioiis liavc causa also, but it must not ))( su])p supplied.] The use of (nii])liiifi with numerals, fS ">. RC.II.123.C.2. BA.3l8.Obs. H.4l7.N.ii. AG.aiT.c. So plus, minus, and longius are used.] 9-11. Caesar advancing into the interior captures a strong- hold of the Britons^ but is compelled to return to the coast by the neu's of the serious damage caused to his fleet by a storm. After making necessary arrangements, he once more sets out against the enemy. CAP. IX. — 1. castris, ' for the camp. ' ubi. .cognovit,—freely, 'and learning.' quo in loco,— trans, by one word, consedissent, —EC.99.(L HF. 176.2. coliortibns deccm,—doubtless chosen from different legions. relictis, — trans, by principal verb. — App.S.a.iii. qni..essent, ' to protect the ships,' lit.? App. 3. c. (EC. 82. c. HF. 134. 1. ) For the subjunctive see EC. 99. a. I HF.184. 1. de tertia vig'ilia,— 'early in the third watch,' i.e. soon after midnight ; de imj^lies that a part of the watch has passed. CO minus,— 'the less.' navibus,— 'for, etc.,' (RC.82.b.) molli,— 'easy'; some think this means 'shingl}-,' others ' gently rising. ' relinquebat,—trans, the tense accurately*. praesidio navibusque,— dat. of interest ; see on navibus above, praefecit,—connected by et -with contendit not with relinquebat ; trans, as if it were a new sentence, omitting et. 3. Illi,—App.18.6. equitatu,— 'with, etc.'; (EC.85.e.i.) ex loco Superiore,— giving their position and belonging to the whole clause, not with prohibere. The north bank of the river was higher than the south, and this gave the Britons an advantae;& — ) ——'' NOTES UM ROOK Y. 75 — 4. eg^re^ie,— with munitum. et....et, ' both. .. .and. — mniiitiim, ' fortified,'— used as an adj. with locuin. lit videbantiir, ' as it seemed,' lit.? 6. ingredi,— ' from entering. ' lit. ? proliibebaiit,—note the tense; App.26.cZ. (RC.97.6.ii. HF.2ir,.H.N.l. 7. testiidine, —the testudo was formed by the shields being held above the soldiers' heads so as to overlap and form a con- tinuous cover which received its name from its resemblance to a tortoise shell. In this case the testudo was formed to enable the materials for a mound to be brought under shelter, — up ad, 'by or close to.' paucis, 'but afew, ' emphatic from position. 8. ooSj i.e. the soldiers, object of vet ait. fiigrieiites, object of prosequi; freely, 'the fugitives,' lit. ' those fleeing. long^iiis,—as in c.8. §2. et. . .et,— as in § 4. miiuitioni,— trans, dat. by 'for.' See Introd.p.xix.d. N.B.—The dative of purpose, [alone §§ 1.8., and with the dat. of interest, § 1.] Uhi and perf. indie. =c? all.] Position of relictis, % 1. [It is seldom that Caesar, as here, places a partic. agreeinf;: with two nouns between them.] Eo minus quod. [See n.b. to c.l. on eo magis quod.] Omission of cum with equitatu. § 3. [So generally only when a march (or similar movement) is mentioned, and when, as is not the case here, there is an adjectival modifier.] The personal construction with videor. [The Romans prefer in the pres. tenses to use this verb personally, where iwssible, though in many cases English would use the impersonal verb. EC. 11.14. BA.43.] Construction of verbs ivith prohibeo. [Caesar has only the infin.] Conative imperfect, pi'oliibehant, § .3. Position of abl. absol. [Like all participial phrases, the abl. absol. is usually at the beginning of a clause, expressing preliminary and generally subordinate ideas. The arrangement at the end of § 7 is unusual.] Pai«ci=only a few, §7. [Prtifct is regularly contrasted with multi.] The substan- tival use of the pres. partic, fuf/ieute-i, § 8. [Latin does not in such cases use is with the partic, as the English equivalent might sug- gest. RC.II.ll8.ft. BA. 7:5.74.] Comparative with standard of comparison to ))e supplied from the context; [loiigius, § 8 = farther (tli.an was needed to ensure their being driven off or perliaps than was prudent) ; so longius, c.8. § 2. = farther (than was desirable.)] 76 DK liELLO OALLICO. CAP. X. 1. Postridie ejus diei,— 'on the very next (la\-,' lit. 'on the morrow of that day. ' (RC.Sl.i.) in exDcditionein,— 'on (lit. for) an expedition'; strictly, ara]iid march of troops in light marching order, ut pcrsoKjucrentiir, — App.29.J. 2. His progressis,— trans, liy • when ' clause, replacing emu of next clause— by 'and.' ali<(nantnni itiiieris,— App. 2.^/. extremi, ' (onl3') the last,' i.e. of the troops sent out, not of the enemy. The cum clause simply defines more exactly the previous abl. absol. clause. qui niiiitiareiit,— App.29.6. coorta,—trans. asinApp.5. CT.iii. ueqiie. . .iieque,— 'not. . .and not,' lit. 'neither... nor.' subsist ereut, possent, — App.31. (KC.99.5r.i. HF. 198.2.) 3. eo COUCUrso,— 'the collision thus resulting,' lit. 'that collision' ; eo refers to Avhat is implied in the words neque. . . }}ossent. iiicoiniuoduni,— a somewhat mild word is used, as is often the case where Caesar is speaking of Eoman reverses. A'.B.—The redund.ant phrase, postridie ejus diet. Milites in sense of pedites, [cf.c.7. §4.] The clause eos qui fugeraiit compared with /ugientes, c.9. § 8. [An ilhistration of one effect of the absence of a p&rf. partic. act. in Latin.] Partitive gen. with neuter, [aliqutiti turn, § 2. RC.81.6.1. BA.2ltf.] Restrictive force of adjectives in emphatic position, [extremi, S 2; ci'. j)auci, cS).% 7.] Qui with subj. of purpose. Quod with subj. of reported speech. CAP. XI. 1. in itinere resistere,— 'to halt on their march. ' Thej- wei'e to give up the pursuit, but were not to retui'n to the camp. [Another reading is itinere desist ere. ] 2. quae,— 'as,' lit.? coram,— fi-eely, 'with his own eyes.' sic,— 'of such a sort,' summing up the idea of the previous words, eadem, etc. ' ' NOTES ON BOOK V. 77 amissis,— 'with the loss of, etc.'; lit? reliqiiae posse viderentiir,— 'it seemed that the rest could,' lit. 'the rest seemed to be able. 3. fabros,—doubtless such skilled men as might happen to have'enlisted into the legions. 4 ut instituat,—App.29.6. qnam plurimas posset,—see on c. 1. § 1. iis leg'ionibus,— 'by means of,' or 'with the aid of, ' etc. 5. laboris,—stronger than operae, as ac shows. For the case see EC. 8 I.e. HF. 130. 7. coiiiiiiodissiinuin, — 'the best thing. ' naves, — ace. subject of suhduci and conjungi ; trans, by 'for.' Aiiji. 35.a. 6. lie iiocturnis qiiideiii, etc., —lit. 'not even the night- time being given up for, etc.'; freelj^ 'not allowing the labor to be given up even in the night-time. 7. quas,— 'as.' praesidio iiavibiis,—as inc.n. §1. eodem, —adv. ; for the place meant see § 1. 8. snmiiia,— a noun in abl. absoL vfith. permissa. siimina imperii, etc., — 'the chief command and oversight of the war,' ' lit. the chief part of the command ' ; administrandi goes with belli only, adiiiiiiistraiidi, — App.40. lilies, —ace, obj. of divldif, whose subj. is flumen; trans, by change of voice, see App. '23. a iiiari,— i.e. from the place where Caesar had landed. 9. Huic euiii reliquis,etc., —freely, 'between this man and the other states there had arisen, etc. ; lit.? for case of huic see RC.82.6. huuc,— 'him'; App. 13. bello,—dat. (EC. II. 69. HF. 120.1.) N.B.—Usp of legiones=pedites, § 1 ; [cf. milites, c.7. § 4. and c.lO. § 1.] Diffcrc'iifc between revncari and resistcre. [The former implies tiiat tliey were to cease pursuing' tlic enemy, the latter that they were to remain where they were instead of returning to the shore. Another common reading is itinere deyhtere, the abl. of separation.] Revertor and redeo. [The distinction commonly made is certainly not observed in §§ 1. and 7.] Use of i2>8e, § 1. [The contrast is peculiar as being between the subject of one clause and the object of ; 78 DPJ JIELLO GALLICO. another which has the same subject ; so often, as in c.l. §5., c.2. §4. or Notice also the ggynfletoii, alisence of connectives, common with i2)se.] Personal construction with viderentur,% 2. [SeeN.B. to c.9. §4.] A))l. absol. with concessive force, amissis, S 2. Sub- itistitnat, junctive of substantival clause of purpose, § 4 ; [a rare con- struction with scribo. UCi)'J.a.2. HF.181.:3. H.4liH.i. AG.3:n.J Abl. of means, leyionibit.i, [rare with personal nouns.] Mood and tense oi sunt, S4. [The mood shows that the words are not conceived as part of the instructions quoled; the tense is due to the influence of the historical present, with which often, as here, both primary and secondary sequence are found comt)ined.] Predicate f;en. of characteristic, § 5. Intensive force of ac, S o, introducing a a stronger word. Substantival use of infin. , with sulyect accus. [The infin. when so used in Eng. has uo such subject.] Use of ne quidem, and position of tha emphasized word. Position of imperium in SS 8 and 9. [In S 8 it precedes, in S 9 it follows a more general term. The effect thus is, in § 8, 'the command and in gen- eral the oversight, etc.' ; in S 9, 'the whole war and in particular the command.'] Agreement of relative quod, § 8. [As a rule the relative agrees in gender with a predicate noun rather thac with its antecedent. I 12-14. Description of Britain and its inhabitants. CAP. XII. 1. ab iis quos. . .dicuiit,—' by those of whom they them- selves state there is a tradition that they were bom, etc. ,'or ' who were born, etc. , as they themselves state is the tradition' quos is the subject of natos(esse) depending on i^roditum (esse), which is impersonal and depends on dicunt. App.34. [An- other reading for ij^si is ipsa, agreeing with insula. ] memo- ria,— abl. of means. 2. maritima pars,— subj. of hicoHtur understood; so in English, praedae,:—with caMsa. infereiidi,—App.40. qui omiies,— 'all of whom ' ; lit.? ii.s,— trans, as if it were eariim, agreeing with civitatum, qiilbns ex ciYitatlbus,— the noun may be omitted in trans, ortij—trans, part, as in App.37. N.B. NOTES ON BOOK V. 79 3. est,—App.l. N. B. croberrima,—supply sunt from est. (rallicis, —sxxTpTply aedifciis ; 'those of the Gauls.' All that Caesar tells us elsewhere of these is that they were thatched and generally closely surrounded by trees. — ' 4. aut . . . ant, ' partly . . . partly, ' lit. either . . or. ' taleis, —these were doubtless used as small changa For the abl. see KC.IL65. HF.116. ad,— 'to' or ' according to. ' pro,— 'as.' 7i^^.^^^ -jM 5. plumbum album,—the tin mines of Cornwall, which had been worked long before Caesar's time, are here referred to. Caesar, whose geographical statements are often astray, seems to have mistaken the distant west, of which he heard, for an inland district, ferrum,— iron was from an early time mined in the south (f England, though now chiefl^^ in the north. ejus, —referring to ferrum. Iron, the hardest metal to work, has always been the last to be mined. importato,—the emphatic word of the clause. cujusque,—from quisque ; freely, 'every.' praeter, — ' ex- cept. ' Caesar's statement here seems to be quite incorrect. To obviate this, some trans, praeter 'besides,' which seems unnatural. neut. plur., referring 6. fas,—supply esse, liaec,— 'these,'— to the animals just mentioned, auiml, ' amusement. ' Loca, —freely, 'the climate.' remissioribus,-abl. absol. App. 5. a. N. N.B.—Order of con-espoiidinp: phrases, imrs interior, maritima jiars, § 1. [Tliis inverted order or eliiasnius is common in case of contrast, RC.llO./c, though Caesar's simple style has few examples of rhetori- cal devices.] Difference bewteen Latin and English usage in p.-xrenthetieal clauses like 'as they say.' [Latin avoids these. RC. II. 1«. BA.3L'.f).] Participle carrying chief weight of sentence, [orti, § 2. This is quite unusual in Caesar's prose. The peculiarity consists cliiffly in the relative being closely connected with the l)articiple rather than with the main verb. It seems due to the Roman habit of expressing preliminary actions by the partic] The phrase hdlo illato. [It is only by inference that this case can ' phrase be held to mean after the war was finished ' ; the refers directly to belli inj'erendi and nivst have a similar meaning.] ' ' ; 80 r>E BELLO GAI>LICO. OrdiT of aere utinitur importato. [Ijiitiii lias piich frocdom of arraiif^umciit by reason of its inflections tlial llie order in wliieii it is desirable to introduce ideas, has not as in Enf.'lisli any liearinjr npon the syntactical form of expression. K('.ll(i.«. Tlie effect here is ' the lironze tliey used is imported.'] Qtiisqiie^omnis, S .5. [It is used with thi.s force in this connection only. Elsewhere it regT.ilarly means 'each by himself, each taken .separately.'] Neuter used to refer to nouns of diiferent gender, [haec, S I!. This is common enoufrh in tlie case of things without life, Imt here it is peculiarly used of living things.] -Que explanatory, [animi vohiptatisqtie ; where the first word is used in a rare sense and is made more definite by the addition by means of -que. Animi caiixa alone occurs in Bk. VII.77.10.] Repetition of antecedent in relative clause, [quibnx ex civitatibus, § 2. Cf.c.2. § 3. and c.l3. S 3. This repetition, which is most frequent with pars, res, locus and dies, is due to a desire for clearness, even at the expense of elegance.] CAP. XIII. — 1. iiatnra, ' in shape, ' lit. 'by nature.' Iriquetra,— with — ' insula ; supply est. ciljus, ' and . . of it, ' lit. of which. alter,— 'one,' corresponding to inferior, and subject of spectat. ad,— 'at. ' appelluiitur,— 'land,' 'put in, 'lit. 'are brought to land. 2. Alterum,—supply lahLs, 'the second (side)'; referring — to iinum latus of § 1. occideiitem solein, 'the west ' Taci- tus, a century and a half later, actually states that Britain is between Gaul and Spain. qua ex parte,— ' in this (lit. which) direction. ' dimidio,— etc.,— lit. 'of 'by half.' (EC. 85. fir. HF.58.G. ) pari spatio, the same interval of crossing as (the crossing) is from Gaul to ' ; freely, at the same distance as the passage from Britain ' Gaul to Britain. ' Spatio, for the abl. see EC.85. c. HF. 131. f) transmissus is gen. depending on spatio. Supply transmissus as subj. of est. — 3. hoc medio cursu, ' the middle of this passage,' referring to pari svatio transmissus. Moiia,— jarobably the Isle of Man is meant, although the name afterwards was given to Anglesea. ' — NOTES OX BOOK V. '81 subjectae,—supply es.se; 'to lie close by.' The reference may be to the Hebrides, or to the Orkney islands. non- nnlli,—though Caesar was the first Roman to visit Britain, it — had been visited by Greeks, sul), ' at the time of. ' esse, the subject is noctem not dies. 4. ^os,—contrasted with nonnulli, § 3. de eo,— 'about that matter,' viz. the statement just made. nisi,— 'except that. ' ex aqua,— 'by water, ' i.e. with a water-clock or cfejMji- dra, the only exact means of measuring time mechanically that the Romans had. It was on the principle of the hour glass. 5. lit fert, etc., — 'as their belief goes'; freely, 'as they believe'; illorum, which is emj^hatic, refers to nonnulli, §3. inilliiim, — 'miles'; jmssuum is understood; omit 'of in trans. (RC.Sl.e.ii HF. 130.7.) B. Tertium,—supply latm ; see § 2. est objecta,— ' lies opposite.' aiitriiliis, — the same as the allej- angidus of § 1. ill loii^itiuliuem,— 'in length. 7. vicies centum,— 'two thousand' ; lit.? N.K.—The Geo5?raphy of Britain according to Caesar. Prepositional adjectives phrases, rare in Latin. \Ex Gallia naves, § 1 ; ex aqua menauris, § 4. Nouns are joined to each otlier ))y prepositions very seldom in Latin, and, as a rule, only when the word on which the prepositional phrase depends Is of verbal origin.] The names of the points of the compass, §§1.2.6. Two uses of alter. Is 1.2. {Alter ; means generally 'one of two ' but it is also used, as in § 2, of the 'second' of a series, as here umim, altertim, tertium.] Abla- tive of characteristic, specification, measure of difference. Par atque. [See x.n. to c.8. § 2.] Predicate nomiii. § 3, and predicate gen. of characteristic, §S .5.7. Nos emphatic. § 1; [in contrast witii nonnulli ; its position gives It further force. RC.Hii.i. BA.ll.a.b. H.UIJ. AG.liH.a.] Imperfect tense in § 4; [implying 'during the whole stay,' hence with a continuous force which is concealed hy the negative.] Kiisi = nin qiioil, § 4. The syntax of mille and the phrase millia jxixmnnn. [The word passuum is seldom omitted hy Caesar in this phrase, e.\cept after the geu. millium.] ' ' ) ? — 82 DE BELLO GALLICO. CAP. XIV. 1. qui,— 'those who,' App.ll.cZ.i. ; this relative clause is the subject of unnf. oiliiiis, — 'entirely, ' lit. 2. Iiit«^riores ])lt'rl 3. capillo 8iint..atque onmi parte,— freel}^ 'they have,' ' etc., lit. they are of long hair,' etc. ; for the abl. see RC.8.5. c. HF.131.9. 4. Uxores communes,—accus. , object of habent. (Iciii dnodeiiique,— 'in groups of ten or twelve,' lit. ' ten and (in other cases) twelve. 5. si qui,— 'if any,' theindefin. pron, Iiabcntur liberi, ' are regarded as children ; liberi, jn-edicate nomin. they the ' ' quo, —adverb ; to whom, ' referring to eorum. N.B.—Emphatic po.?ition of omnis, § 1. [Cf. Gallia est omnis divisa in jxirtes tres, Bk.I.c.l.] Abl. of means, S 2, cliaracteri.stlc, § 3. » Use of distributive numerals. Tl;e phrase i^i^er *e. [This is the Latin substitute for a reciprocal pronoun. Generally, as here, inter se= 'one another ' ^\-ith some preposition ; cf.c.3. § 2.] Qiiis indefi- nite. [So in Caesar only after si and ne, (which include sen and nen), except that twice it follows ?/6t=whenever.] Use of relative = adverbs in place of a relative pronoun with a preposition ; [qi(o, § 5 ad qiios ; so C.13. §1. and c.21. §§ 2..S.; cf. qua, c.S. S 3 = ?h qua, unde, c,35. § 3. =ex quo.] Force of quisque in § 5. [Here, as in c.S. §G, the per.sons referred to are tacitly limited to a certain number sufc- g'ested by the context, i.e. quisqite =eixch (of the persons concerned in the matter) not each (of all). J 1.5-17. In spite of many losses in slight enfja/jcinents, the Romans advance inland, and, at last inflict such a defeat on the Britons that a large part of them disband. NOTES ON BOOK V. 83 CAP. XV. 1. lit,—liere = z7a ut, 'in such a way that,' or 'so that.' omnibus partibus,— 'everywhere,' lit.? (EC. 85. fc. ii. ) fue- rint,— perf. subj ; App.30.«. 2. compluribus,— i.e. of the Britons, cupidi us,—trans. ' ' ' their (comrades) ; App. 15. c. by too. ex suis,— of ' 3. illi,—App.18. t; the Britons. interniisso spatio,— ' after an interval had clasped. ' imprudcntibus,—render by ' while ' clause, castrorum,—A camp was made at the end ' of each day's march, eos . . .qui,— those. . . who. ' eraiit,— closely with coUocati. forming pluperfect. , ' — 4. duabusque, etc. —trans, by when ' clause, subsidio, dat. 'to their aid.' (EC. 82. c. HF. 134.1.) atque his,— 'and these too. ' From this it would appear that the first cohort of a legion was its best. cum,— ' although. ' intermisso, — trans, by 'leaving.' inter se,—to be taken with intermisso. nOYO,—shows that these cohorts did not form part of the expedition the year ' ' ' before, perterritis,— trans, by as or while ' clause. per medios, — 'through the interval,' 'between them.' perruperunt,—the subj. of the leading verbs is the same throughout the sentence, iiide rei'epprunt,— the last words of the chapter are against taking this as meaning 'got away,' but seein rather to imply that the enemy was bold enough to charge back through the open space. 5. Illi,-as in § 3. ^.fl,— Ut=ita ut, § 1. fit is very rarely that Caesar uses tit consecutive sul).j. in clause of result, without some introductory word. J Perf. § 1. [This is far rarer tlian the iniix-rf. and is used cliiefly to call attention to the independent fact rr.thcr than to dwell on the relation ofcause and result. (KC.II.S!). BA.ll.'i. AO.iST.cit.)] Ciipklius- too eagerly. [Cf. N.it. to c.ii.] Time-relation of participial phr.ases, § 2. [Generally where two quite unconnected p.artii'iples are close tof^cther tliey express a sn<-ecssi(>n of events; sometimes these events are related as cause and result as here, in which case ' and ' 84 1)R RELLO GALLICO. so' 3ii:iy iit'tcii lie iisfd ill traiislatiiif?; soinotimcs tlioy nre incrcly details of acts liaviiif^' a common beariiifr.] Use of ilia indicating' a diaiifre of subject, (§S 3.."). Tins is especially common with illh- tlie enemy. In all such cases of course the jxtsoiis meant haxe already been mentioned. RC.iii'.f.] Dative of i)nriK)Se, § 1. Atqiie, intensive, S 1. Heaj)inp up of ))articiples and dependent clauses in §§ .".4. [The number of princi])al clauses will averafre f.ir higher in F.i!Lrlisli than in Ij.itiii. Hence come obvious rules for translation IVoiii citlirr lanti'ua}.''e to the other.] CAP. XYI. 1. sub oculis. . .pro castris,—referring to the engagement described in c. 15. §§ 8-5. dimioaretiir,— 'they were fighting'; impersonal pass. ; App. 24. ilitellt't'tiim est,— on this depends all the rest of the sentence in §§ 1 and 2, through the two infinitive clauses nosti^os. . .esse and equites. . .dimicare. nos- troa,— as the contrasted equites, § 2, shoAvs, this refers to the Roman legionaries, armoruili,— see Introd. p. xvii. cedentes,— ace. , object of insequi ; for trans, see App. 38. posseiitj—for subj. see EC.99.i/.i. Hr.20G.4. ; so auderent a.nd § 3 cederent, desUirent, contenderenf. aildereiit,—they vere to fighting in solid ranks onl}-, and this was here ineffec- used — tive, minus, ' not well. ' ad,— 'for.' 2. auteiii,— 'while,' or 'on the other hand.' illi,—as in c. 16. § 3. ; App. 18. 5. ciiin, — 'whenever.' iiostros,—here the cavahy. dispari proelio,—the inequality was not in armor (for the cavalry was composed of Gauls who were probably armed much like the Britons), but from the manner of fighting from chariots, as described more fully in Bk. IV. c. 33. The chario- teers dismounted and fought on foot among the cavalry ; the chariots withdi'ew a little and, if the Britons were hard pressed, furnished them with a speedy and sure means of retreat. ' ' Thus, ' Caesar saj-s, they display in battle the quickness of cavahy and the steadiness of infantr3'. ' ' NOTES ON BOOK V. 85 3. Equestris,—genitive, ratio,— 'regular method.' ce- dentibus,— as in § 1. Here probablj^ dat, referring to the Komans. The previous words described the danger when the Romans were in pursuit ; we are now told that there was as great danger (from the enemy's chariots and cavalry) when tlie Komans were withdrawing or retreating as when thej' — were pursuing, inferebat, ' brought. 4. Aecedebat hue iit, — 'besides this'; cf. on c.6. §2. All depend on ut, (EC. 99. 5. HF.187. the following subjunctives — 1.) stationes,— 'outposts, ' 'relays.' alios alii, ' one another. iiitegrique,— 'and so unwearied (men).' S.K.—Quod andipropterea quod. Substantival use of pres. and perf. partifiples, SS 1.3.4. Cuiistruction of cedentibus et insequentibus, § 3. [A different explanation from tliat driven aljove is preferred by some editors, viz. that tliese word.s refer to tlie Britons, and are in the al)l. ab.sol. (one member of the clause beinj? omitted) ; i.e. ' whether the enemy retreated or advanced. '] Construction with aptuH. [It is generally stated that with persons aptus always takes the dat.; here however is an exception.] Use oiilli, § 2. [Here a sense construction, for it refers to the preceding singular liostem.] Cum, iterative ( = wtienever), in | 2. [The pluperf. indie, is the rule in classical Latin, the subj. here being due to the dependence on iittellectiim est.] The phrase aecedebat hue ut. [Cf. N.B. to c.fi. where q^lod not id is used.] Difference between dispositas habere and disposuisse. [Such phrases as the former (from which arose the use of the modern auxiliary 'have ') call special attention to the continuance of an act already past ; they mark an accom- plished condition not the act of attainment.] The idiom alios alii. [A less common substitute for a reciprocal pronoun than inter se, as in c.l4. •; 4.] CAP. XVII. 1. rari,— 'here and there'; lit.? osteiidore,—with coepe- runt. loniiis,— 'with less vigor'; referring to acriter con- tli.nriiiif. c. 15. i} 1. proelio,— abl. of means. 2. ]»abiilaiuli causa,- App. 89. i. tr<'s Icsriones, -an un- usually largo force, showing what respect Caesar had for the enemy, cum,— freely, 'under.' aii, — 'upon.' ' ';. 86 DE BELLO GALLICO. sic uti, etc., — 'so as to attack even the standards and legions, 'lit 'so that they did not keep away from, etc' The enemy ^vas not afraid to attack even the main body. 3. neque,— 'and not. ' quoad,— 'until.' or freelj^ to bring out the idea more clearly, ' until at last. ' Bubsidio,—trans, ' 7ios 4. neqiie. . .neqiie. . .aut. . .facultatem,— 'no opportunitj- either. . .or. . .or. ' siii colli^endi,— 'of rallying,' lit. 'of col- lecting themselves. 5. Ex,— 'after. ' quae,—the antecedent is oMa;i7io, by which are meant the allied forces spoken of in c. 11. §§B. 9. disccsse- — runt,— 'disbanded. ' sunimis copiis, ' with their full force. N.B.—The translation of sic tdi.. .absisterent. [Another reading is sicubi ab sif/nis legionibusque absisterent, wherever they [i.e. the foragers) left the standards and legions, implying that they were afraid to attack the legions themselves.] Quoad with the indie. [Elsewhere in Caesar quoad=^ until ' has the suhj. of the end in view here the Indic. excludes this idea. Of course the other meaning of quoad, as long as, is out of the question here. It may be noticed that sequendl refers rather to pressing close on an enemy which was being forced to give way than to pursuing one in full retreat.] The local abl. [literally, partibus, c.l5. § 1 ; figuratively, snbsidio, §4. RC.85.fc. H.425. AG.2.o8./.] Expressions like swi coi/uyeHrf*. [Nothing like siii coUigendorttm ever occurs. RC. 11.134. BA.399. Obs.l. H.54lM.n.1. AG.298.rt.] The combination neque. . .neqiie. . aut, % 4. [There are really but two members of the clause, both introduced by neqiie; aut merely adds a further detail of the second of these.] jE;a;=after, § 5. The relative clause preceding its antecedent. JS'eqiie. . .vmquam. [Latin prefers neque followed by an aflHrmativc to et or atqiie followed bj' a negative.] 18-20. Caesar forces a jjassar/e across the Thames into the country/ of Oassivellauiius. The Trinohantes suhmit to him. CAP. xyiii. 1. consilio,— this, as we maj' gather from c. 17. § 5, was to avoid a pitched battle. It is set forth in detail in c.l9. § 1. . NOTES ON BOOK V. 87 Tamesim,—accus. quod,— Api^.ll.i. hoc, — 'in this'; agreeing with loco understood. 2. Eo cum veiiisset,—as in c. 1. 6. aniiuum advertit,— § — trans, as if it were the comjwund animadvert if. ad, ' on.' 3. praefixiSj^driven into the bank, deflxae, driven into the bed of the stream, erat. .muuita,— to be taken together. tegebautur,— 'were covered.' 4. praemis.so, — trans, as in App.5.«.iii. confestim,— with subsequi.— 5. ea, eo, 'such.' emu,— ' although. ' capite. . .exsta- reut,— 'only their heads were above the water,' lit.? This explains the statement of § 1, atque hoc aegre, for a ford is not now regarded practicable for infantry when the depth is greater than tln-ee feet. possent,— for mood see EC. 99. 6. HF. 187. 2. N.B.—Tlie accus. in -im. fRC.49.c.] Atque, intensive, § 1. Atiimum adverto-=aniiiiarlveHo. [The latter, which practically represents the common pronunciation of the fonner, is the spelling almost always found in Caesar and Cicero.] The tenses of § 3. [The variation from pluperf. to imperf. is peculiar ; the former refers to the act, the latter to the condition resulting from a similar act.] Position of Caesar between two unconnected abl. absol. clauses, § -1. [The main part of the sentence really begins at Caesar, as much so as if we had Caesar praemisit etjussit ; cf.c.7. § (>.] Force of sed, S .'>. [It may mean that the speed of the soldiers even exceeded that called for by Caesar, or possibly there may be implied the thought, 'that was to be sui-e a difficult thing to do. '] /s=such, with clause of result. [A fairly common usage. Cum, with concessive subj. Case oi capite, § 5. [This illustrates how the abl. of means becomes a measure of difference.] CAP. XIX. 1. ut. . .demonstravimus,—belongs to the clause omni. . spe. 8ii])ra, — referring to the last words of c. 17 ; contentionis is probably suggested l)y rontenderunt there, diinissis.^niay well be rendered by a principal clau-se. aniplioribus copiis^ 88 DE BELI.O GALLICO. — ' the greater part of, etc.,' lit.? It is explained by the fol- lowing abl. absol. clause. StTVabat,—for the trans, of this and the other imperfects in this chapter see A pp. 26. c. locis, rcg'ioiiibHS,—trans, by 'in.' quibiH,— 'where,' or more lit. ' through whicL ' nos factu- ros,— App.34:. 2. cum,— 'whenever. ' liberius,—Avith ejecera^ ; trans, by ' — too ; so latins and longiiis below, viis, 'by,' etc. ' — ' periciilo cqiiitum, ' danger to cavalry ; for gen. see App. 2.r. (RC.Sl.f/. ) iis, — i.e. the cavahy. hoc mctii, — 'through fear of this,' lit? vag'ari prohibcbat,—trans, as in c. 9. § B. 3. Reliiiquebatur ut, etc. , — 'the onlj^ course left was for Caesar not to allow, etc.,' lit. there was left (or remained) that Caesar should, etc' disced! pateretur,— 'allow his men to ' depart ; lit. allow that there be departing ' ; for the imper- ' sonal passive (iiscecZi see App. 24, so noccretur ; for the subj. ' EC. 99. h. HF. 187. 2. taiilum . . iioceretur,— freely, to do as much harm. ' vastaiidis,— App. 40. N.B.—Relation of the three al)l. absol. clauses in § 1. [The first g-ivcs the reason for the other two, between which we have tlie asyndeton common in adversative clauses.] Use of the imperf. tense of habitual or repeated action. Abl. of place where, and of the route by which. [The latter is strictly instrumental.] Cum, fi'equentative = ' whenever,' with pluperf. indie. Comparative witli standard of comparison omitted, [Uberius, latins, § 'J, longius, § 3. See N.B. to e.9.] Gerund and gerundive construction, §§ 2.3. The idiom hoc metu. [Cf. hoc dolore, c.4. §4. It is Latin usage to put a demonst. or rel. pron. referring to some previous noun or clause in agreement wJth a noun instead of in the objective genitive. As Eng. has practically the same idiom, the literal trans, is gener- ally not harsh.] Clause of result with reliiiquebatur. [RC.II. 208.II.a. HF.187.2. BA.125. H.501.1.J The impersonal use of the passive of intransitive verbs, [discedi, noceretur, § 3. RC.Sni.b; 11.57. HF.161.1.2. BA.5.217. H. 301.1. AG.146.C.] The combination nequc.et, § 3. Hendiadys in labore atque itinere, §3. [This seems to be equivalent to ' laborious marching ' as opposed to the easy dashing raids of the cavalry.] ' ; NOTES ON BOOK V. 89 CAP. XX. . eariim reglonum,— i.e. of those banded together under Cassivellaunus. ex qua. .vitaverat, — This part is parenthe- tic and is best translated after § 2, which gives the pi'edicate of Trinobantes. Break up the parenthesis at cujus pater, making thus three sentences in all : The Trinobantes send, etc. ; From this state, etc. ; His father, etc. lidem secutus,— 'attaching himself to,' 'embracing the alliance.' coiitineiitem dialliaiu, — 'the mainland of Gaul ' lit. in aj^position. obtiiilierat, —be careful not to trans, by — 'obtain. ' ipse, ' (while) he himself.' 2. sese (leditiiros, —supply se and esse, App. 34 'to sur- render' : sese is object not subject of the infin. 3. petuut lit (lefeiidat,— 'the}' ask him to,' etc., (EC. II. 27, HF.18i.3.) qui praesit,— ' (some one) to lead it.' (EC. II. 26. HF. 184.1. ) Mandubracius is of course the one meant. 4. iinperat,—as in c. 1. §6. exe'"3itui, —trans, by 'for.' Illi,— i.e. the Trinobates. imperata,— 'what he demanded,' ' — his bidding. ' ad iiumeruin, ' to the (required) number. W.B.—Apposition in Latin where Enj?. uses 'of.' [Continentem Gal- liam.'\ Use of ipse, § 1. [As is tlie rule in Caesai-, we have asynde- ton with ipse ; in English the sentence would be more closely con- nected with the preceding by a repetition of the relative (in tlie nom. of course).] Construction with verbs of promising. [The omission of the subject is here practically unavoidable on account of the necessity for expressing the object sese.] The subjunctive of purpose in substantival and relative clauses, § .S. Difference between praesit and imperium ohtineat. [Tlie former is not incon- sistent with suborduiation to the controlling power of another ase.tf. Cassivellaunus; cf. praeera?!^, c.2i'. SI.] The construction of exercitui. [Tbis condensed expression for quod daretur e-rercifui, or something of tlie sort, is quite unusual.] Tlie phrase ad iiiimerum. [Cf. ad diem, c.l. § !(. and ad fempus, Bk.IV.c.23. §5.] Bis, e09 9,nd illi of the same persons, § 4. — ' —— 90 DE BELLO flALLICO. 21. Many other tribes noir nuhniit and Caesar takes the toion of Cassivellaunus. CAP. XXI. — 1. (lefeiisis, i.e. against Cassivellaunus. niilitiiiii, ' nn the part of, or at the hands of the soldiers ' : subjective gen. (EC.81.C.) missis, —trans, as in Apjo.S.a.iii. 2. his,—the /e^ra^i implied in legationihiis. OX CO loco, the place where the embassies met him. iiiiniitiilll,— 'pro- tected'; partic. -with oppidum. €(U0, —adverb, satis iiiaar- iiiis,— 'a considerable or very larga' convouerit,— 'had ' been gathered, ' lit. has come together. ' For the mood see EC.99.e. HF.206.4. 3. Oppidiim VOCant,— 'call (it) a town.' The Gauls had regular towns in which they dwelt ; the Britons resorted to these strongholds only when danger was threatened, cum, 'when or whenever.' silvas iinpeditas,— 'a piece of woods difficult of access.' Yitaudae,—App.40. cousuerimt,—see on c. 1 § 1. 4. liuuc,— 'it, 'lit. 'this (place).' ex,—trans, by 'on. — 5. morati, ' after holding out. ' tuleruut,—from/ero. 6. repertus,—supply est fi-om following sunt. muiti, 'many (of the enemy),' as the gender clearly shows in Latin. N.B.—Force of atque. [The hitensive force is clear in §§ 1 and 4 and 0, but not In § 3. RC.109.a.J Cum, frequentative =wlienever, with per f. indie. [Cf.c.19. §2 with pluperf. Here the principal verb is pres., there it was imperfect. 1 Asyndeton in § 4, to secure rapidity. Difference between Eng. and Latin usage in tlie posi- tion of a veilj or auxiliary common to two parallel clauses. [Sunt, § 6, from which est is to be supplied with repertus and simt with compreliensi. In Eng. such a word is placed -with the first clause and understood with the second ; in Latin repeatedly, if not gener- ally, placed with the second, the sense of the first being held in suspense until both can be completed at once-J ' — ' NOTES ON BOOK V. 91 22, 23. A surprise on the camp h)/ the sea is repulsed and Cassivellaunus asks for peace. The Romans return to the mainla7id. CAP. XXII. 1. ad Caiitiiim,—with nuntios mittit. quod esse,—App. 34 trans, freely ' which as have shown was by the sea, ; we lit.? supra,—c. 14. §1. reg'ionibus,—for dat. see EC.82.e.ii. HF. 120. 2. The word suggests that Kent was divided into regular military districts. his,— the four re«7es. uti. .adoriautur,—App.29. J. coac- tis, — trans, by infin. coordinate with adoriantur, as in App. B.a.iii. castra navalia,—see ell. § 5. 2. li,— the reges ; trans, after cum. iiiterfectis,—trans, by principal clause, App. 5.a.iiL iucolumes,—ace. w. smos, for which see App.lo.c. 3. nuutiato,—avoid translating all these abl. abs. clauses ' ' alike, acceptis, — trans, by as clause ; so vastatis and ^Jer- — motus. per, ' through the mediation of. 4. repeutiuos iiiotus,— In Bk. III.8.3. we are told that the plans of the Gauls were formed rapidly and unexpectedly, and Caesar repeatedly sjjeaks of their fickleness, iieque niultuin, — 'and as little or and as not much.' id, i.e. the neque multum aestatis. in aunos siuarulos,— 'yearly,' lit. 'for the years one by one.' quid vectig'alis,—App. 2.(/. penderet,— 'should pay.' 5. iuterdicit atque imperat,— the repetition has the effect ' of he emphatically forbids. ' ue UOCeat,—App. 29. 6., 'not to,' etc. (EC.99.a.2. HF.181.3.) N.B.—i>?nH with pres. tense. [The time is thought of rehitively to the main verli ; I'f. the use of the pres. i);irtie.] Al)sence of connec- tive before tl)e .second rehUive, quilnis, s 1. [This is because the two relative chuiscs are not of tlie same vahie, the lirst beinjo; purely par- enthetic. Siniilarly in Eiik'.] Various ways of transhitiufr the abl. absol. SS 1.2.3. [Es))ccialiy wlicre fjroups of absohite jjhrases occur, tile pupil should try all possible devices until he "•quires skill ' '; 92 DE BELLO GALLICO. in rendering these neatly into Entr.] Subject of a cum clause preceding the conjunction. [Repeatedly in Latin an important word (such as a connecting link with the previous sentence, or the sul)- ject of the clause, where the jirevious clause had a different subject, or a word to l)e emphasized hy contrast) is i)laced before the con- junction introducing the clause to which this word l)elongs. This of course we cannot imitate in Eng.] Asyndeton in abl. absol. clauses, §§ 2.3; [cf. n.b. to c.l9. §1.] Neqne and 7ieii as connec- tives, §§ 4.,5. [With neither word is it necessary that the clause pre- ceding have a negative ; for tieu see RC.II.30. HF.lKfi.G. BA.103.] The partitive genitive w. neuters, mitltiim, quid, § 4. The imperf. sul)j. representing pres. subj. (deliberative) of direct, pen- deret, § 4. CAP. XXIII. 1. iiaveSj-seecll. §§2.3. 2. quodj^giving the reason for duobus. . .inntituit, not for deductis. et..et,— 'both.. and,' omit 'both' or trans, 'both because . . and because. 3. sic accidit,^' it so happened. ' tauto lunuero,—in the previous year he had about 100 ; for this year's numbers see C.2. §2. tot naTi£;'atioiiil)lls,— abl. absol. ; 'although there were so many trips' ; App.o.a. N. portaret,— 'had on board, lit.? iiti. .desideraretiir,— App.30.a. ; for the mood see EC. 99. i. HF. 182.4. 4. ex iis,— 'of those'; understand navibus. et...ct,— 'both (those) of, etc. . .and (those) which, etc' He divides the ships coming empty from Gaul into two classes, those which he had had with him and which were now returning for their second load, and those which he had ordered to be built, c. 11. § 4. Strictly remitterentur is inapplicable to the latter class, commeatus,— forgen. see EC.Sl.e. HF.130.7. postea,— t.e. after he had set out for Britain with the fleet built during the winter. curaverat,~ct on c.l. § 1. imniero,— is not dat. cf.c.5. §8. sexaginta,— ace. agreeing w. quas. lociiin,— 'their destination.' capereiit, rejicerentur,— like desideraretiir, depending on accidit titi, § 3. NOTES ON BOOK V. 93 o. exspeetasset=ea;sjjec<«ui's6'e? ; (E,C.6G) ; cf. consnerat. c. 1. § I. suberat,—from sub.ium. The quod clause is explanatory of ne. .exducle'*-etur. iiecessario,—adv. w. collo- cavit 6. conseciita, —App. 5. «. cum,— 'although.' (E,C. 99. i. iii. HF.204.5.) inita viarilia, — 'at the beginning of, etc.,' lit. 'the watch having been begun, (entered upon).' App.5. a. About what hour would this be ? Caesar had been in Britain for nearly three months, having set out towards the end of June (or according to the incorrect calendar then in vogue the end of July) and returning towards the end of September. \,B,—Abl. abs. without participle, tot navigatiottibtis, § 3. Subjunc- tive by attraction, [porturet, § 3; reinitterentur, § 4. (RC.99.fc. H. .520.11. and x.l. AG.342.) Here, as regularlj', tlie relative clauses form an essential part of the tliought. On the other hand the clause quas . .curmerat.w'tiiQ'h is not so necessary to the sense has the indie. This construction frare in Caesar) is sometimes difficult to distin- guish from the subj. of virtual indirect narration, or (as here) the relative clause of characteristic] Use of connectives in enumera- ' tion. [Eng. usually has and ' between the two last of a series, Latin as in § 2 {iitiam, alteram, tertiam) generally omits even this, or else gives the effect of checking oif by inserting et between each two, as in § 3. Soc.l2.§6; c.li).§2; c.l9.§§1.2. See however N.B. to c.52.] Zeugma in remitterentur, [not due here to desire for forcible con- densation ; the number of ships to which the word is inapplicable is SI) small that they are overlooked.] Syncopated forms of the verb. fRC.fiO. H.235. AG.li'S.rt.!.] Comparative \nt\\ standard of comparison omitted; [uikjuMus, § h, more closely (than was usual).] Abl. absol. of perf part, of deponent verb, [cniiseciita, § G. This is seldom foiuid.] Transitive use of ««eo. [So always in Caesar in time phrases, e.g. inita aestate ; but Cicero uses it intransitively, inennte aestate.] ' ') 94 DE BELLO OALLICO. Chap. 24-37.-Tlie revolt <»f the Eburonos and the de- struction of lifteen cohorts under Sahinus and Cotta. 24. Distribution of the Jioman legions in various winter camps in north-eastern Gaul. CAP. XXIV. ' 1. ooncilio,—see on c.2. § 4. Samarobrivae,— at S.' ; for case see E.C. 86. , II. 1 25. a. 1. HF.8:j 3. (juod, etc. ,— explana- tory of coactus est, etc. siccitates,—Eng. would use the sing. ang'ustius,— 'more sparingly (than usual).' aliter ac,—freelj^, ' in a different Avay from that adopted, ' lit. otherwise than ; this different way is explained b^- ' legionesque . .distribuere. 2. ducendam,— 'to lead,' or more lit. 'to be led.' alter- — ' am,— as in c. 13. § 2. cum, ' with, ' or freely under. 4. proxime,— 'most recently. ' The last mention of a levy was in Bk. II. 2. 1., two and a half years before, at the begin- ning of the second campaign ; some think however that a legion had been raised in the spring of this 3-ear ; if so it is the only case wliere Caesar omits to tell us of a levy. Caesar seems by mentioning this fact, to imply that the legion in question had not the experience of the others, trans Padum, — the term is to be understood from the standpoint of Home. 6. Ad,— 'in,' lit. 'according to.' distributis,—trans. ' freely by distributing, etc. ' Inopiae,—for dat. with medeor see EC. II. .55. HF.105.9. 7. tamen,—i.e. in spite of the yAAe distribution, eam,— understanding legionem. COntinebantur,— -were contained in, etc.'; that is to say, the camps were in a territory- 100 miles in radius. ' 8. quoad . . eog-novisset,— until he learned. ' (E,C. 99./. iii. coUooatas mun itaque,—App. 34. c. N6TES ON BOOK V. ) ) 96 DE BELLO GALLICO. N.IS.—The locative case. Tlie plural of an abstract noun, [siccitates, § 1. Here, as often in Latin, the plural of an abstract noun is used referrinf? to the various instances or cases where the ((uality is mani- fested. C{.frigora,c.V2.%G.] Aliter ac, %1. fCaesar has ac or atque{ — as or than) with aliter, alius, idem, par and siiiiilis.] Tlie gerundive expressing the purywse or tlie object to be brought about, [ducenrlam, §§ 2.7. Cf. w. euro, c.1.^1. and c. 2.3. § 4. RC.104.C. HF. 173.7. BA.IOO. H..T-14.N.2. AG.294.f7.] AI)))reviations for personal names in Latin. [The significance is fixed in Latin.] Absence ' of connective before qui, § 4. [The quornm clause is added to define more exactly who are meant by the Ehtirones, and the second rel. clause refers to the whole phrase Eburones quorum . . .Rhenum. Cf. N.B. to C.22. §1.1 Tlie tense of exintimavit. [Verbs of thinking have in Latin the imperf. not the perf. for our simple past tense, except when expressing a decision to which one has come : cf. App. 26.a.l.J Quoad = \xnt\\, with subj. [The usual construction ; see however the indie. c.l7. § 3. J 25. Murder of Tasgetius, a dependant of Caesar, who orders the murderers to be seized. CAP. XXV. 1. Suiumo loco liatus,— '(a man) of high birth," lit. 'borii of the highest rank. ' (RC.8.~). /. i. HF. 15(i. 4. 2. Huic, — 'to him,' w. restituerat. pro,— 'in vieAV of.' ejus, se,—App. 12. , 14. a. fnerat usus,— plui^erf., almost equal to usus erat. (EC. 97. ^r. ill. 3. huiic,— i.e. Tasgetius. tertiuiii, etc., — 'when he was now in the third 5'eir of his reign, ' lit.? iiiiuiici, —these were his personal or private enemies ; midtis ex civitate refers to political opponents. nmlti-S. .auctorilms,—lit. many 'being openly instigators, ' App. 5. a. N. ; freely, 'at the open instiga- tion of, ' etc. 4. quod, .pertinebat,—the subj. is ea res ; 'because it con- cerned more ' (or perhaps 'many'); freely, ' because more were ' plures seems to mean that more than the inimici implicated ; were involved, namely the multis aurtoribus, otherwise there would be no danger of revolt. ' . NOTES ON BOOK V. 97 qiioruin,—trans, the rel. clause after the antecedent hos. . viittere. opera,— abl. COgliOVcrat,— z.e. Caesar not Plancus. comprehensos mittere,—trans, by two infinitives as in App. 37. N. B. 5. in hiberna perventlllll,— supply esse ; impersonal pass., App. 24. hibei'iiis,— dat. of purpose if retained, but the repe- tition is awkward. N.B.—Abl. of source. Reference of suvs, se and ejus, l§ 1.2. [Notice that s^ia, S 1, refers to majores not to Tasgetiiis.] Prepositional phrase with noun, [in se benevolentia, S 2. Cf. n.b. to c.l3.] The force oifuerat usng. [Gencrallj' the pluperf. formed hy fiieram does not differ appreciably from tliat formed by eram. Here it may be used Ijccause the time referred to is prior to that of anotlier pluperf. restitiierat .] The arrangement of words in Tertium . .regnantem. [Caesar not infrequently has combinations (sometimes confusing) of words in the same case with different force ; e.g. Bk.I.10..5; III.6.3; VII. 73.2.] Position of the relative clause quorum, etc., | 4. [Cf. N.B. to c.i). § 0.] The mood of cognoverat. [This clause is not part of Caesar's order, in which the persons meant must have been more definitely described. Tlie sul)j. cogtiovisset (or cognoverit after the the pres. jubet) would be used if Plancus were commissioned to investigate and then act.] The use of the partic. comprehensos. [A good instance of the Latin fondness for using participles to express all the preliminary details of an action, or all but the last of a scries of actions. RC.II.l48.rt. and 238.] The passive of intransitive verbs used imper.sonally, [jierventitm esse, § 5. RC.72./t. and N.B. HF.li)4.2. BA.217.0b.s. H. 301.1. AG.U6.C.] 26, 27. The Eburones revolt and their king Ambiorix, under the pretext offriendliness, tries to induce Sabinus and Cotta to abandon their winter-camp. CAP. XXVI. , — 1. I)iebu9 qiiindecim, etc. ' within fifteen da3's after their coming, etc.,' lit. 'within the fifteen daj's, within which.' veiltum est,—App.24. ; of. perventuvi esse, c.25. §5. ortum — ' est ab, ' arose with, ' lit. from. — ' 98 DE BELLO GALLICO. 2. cum,— 'although. ' ad,— 'at.' Sabino Cottaeque,—for case see App.B.6. pracsto fiiisseiit, i.e. in order to welcome them offioially. Induliomari,— see c.4 for his grievance against Caesar. Trevori, — gen. sing. w. Indutiomari. suos,—App.lac. oppressis,— 'falling upon.' mami,— ' with a band. ' oppugnatuni,—the supine ; trans, by Eng. infin. supplying 'it'asobj.; (RC.lOS.a. HF.1743.) 8. una ex parte,— 'on one side,' i.e. of the camp; to be taken with emissis. Hispaiiis,—Caesar does not elsewhere mention any but Gallic cavalry, desperata re,— 'despairing of the attempt, ' lit.? Ai:)p. o.a. liostes,—nom. case. 4. suo more,— the usual method would have been to send envo3-s. iiti, etc., — 'for some one to come, etc' habere sese, etc. , — 'they had (something) which, ' etc. ; for infin. App. ' 34. It might be well to insert they said ' after ' something. quibus rebus,— 'by which, ' referring to quae. N.B.—Tlie phrase diebits quindecim qtnhiis. The two events mentioned come vjithin the same period, at tlie lieginninj? and end respectively.] Pleonasm in inUiiim ortum e.si, [doubtless for emphasis' sake.) Use of supine in -um, § 2. fXotice that here, as often with the supine, an object is to lie supplied in thought from other words in the clause] All actions but last of a series expressed by suliordi- nate clauses, § 3. [RC.II.238.] Despero used as a transitive verb, § 3. [So by Caesar in the abl. absol. only.] Uostes suos, g 3. [Notice that hostes and suos are exactly the same body of men; similar but more peculiar is nostri. .suos recTuxerunt, c.'22. § 2.] .4ri<;i(e used subs,tantively for aliqiiis. [Caesar does not have either word elsewhere in the masc. nom.] The abrupt transition to indirect statements in § 4, habere sese. [This follows upon a sub- stantival clause of purpose, which is practically an indirect com- mand or request. It is n_ot Latin usage to change the verb, as Eng. often does, according as a statement, question, request or command is to be introduced; any verb or phrase which virtually implies that something was said is sulHcient for introducing any or all kinds of reported utterance. Cf. n.b. to c.3. §6.] Relative clause of pur- pose w. habere. [In this Idiom the relative has no antecedent. Sperarent is an ordinary relative clause with sulj. because of the indirect form of narration.] Quibus rebus, abl. oi quae. Pres. infin. oi posse after spero, i 4. [This is the regular usage. RC.lOl.ft.ii. BA.37. N.B.J ' —' NOTES ON BOOK V. 99 CAP. XXVII. — 1. Mittitur, ' there is sent,' keeping as far as possible the Latin order in Eng. ex Hispauia.— freelj', 'a Spaniard'; lit.? inissu Caesaris, — 'being sent by C"; lit? trans, after the rest of the—sentence. apud cxnos, 'in their presence. ' ad hniic luodnm,^' thus. 2. Sese,—subj. of confiteri on which depends {ac) dehere. pro l)eiieflciis, —cf.c.25. §2. ei, ejus,— i.e. Caesar; ei below after quodque is however Ambiorix. quod,—the first and third quod are the conj. , between -which we have the rel. pron. referring to stipendio. stipeudio,— trans, by 'from,' (EC. 85. /t. HF. 158.2. ) consiiesset, — =co?jsMe«isse<. (EC. 66.) a^ d^f^ ei,—dat. obsidum iimiiero . — =obsidumloro, c.h.^\. mis- SOS,— 'when they were sent.' se,—the Aduatuci. 3. neqiie. .ant. .aut,—' and. .neither, .nor. ' id quod, App. 12. N. B. fecerit,—trans, the pert subjunctives in this speech as though they were pluperfects, (EC107. ii. ) de, 'in regard to.' coactu,— 'being compelled by, 'etc. . or liter- ally. — imperia, ' powers. ' minus juris,—App. 2. d ; trans, jiirh ' — authority. ' iu, ' over. ' ' 4. Civitatij— as for the state,' lit. to. ' liane,—exi)lained hy the quod clause. Id,—the statement just made, sit, — trans, the pres. sub- junctives in this speech as though they were imperfects. (EC. 107.iL) rernm,—EC.II.117.a. snis,— "his own. ' 5. Galliae, — emphatic, opposed to civl/ati. hiberuis — oppuarnandis,— dat. ; trans, by 'for.' App. 10. ne qua, 'thatncv; lit.? (EC. II. 29. HF. 18.3. 4.) alterae,^' another ;' — ' nu iiTegiilar form for dat. snbsidio, ' to aid, ' lit. for or as an aid.' (EC.82.C. HF. 134.1.) 6. — — negare, 'give a refusal.' ' deny a request. ' initum, supply esse ; App. 33. b. 7. (^nibns,— i.e. the other Gauls, pro pietatc,— "so far as 100 DB BEM.O GALLICO. patriotism was concerned,' or 'in respect of,' etc. habere., ' rntioiicin,— 'he could now consider.' pro, — 'in return for. moiiere, orare,— supply se as subj. pro,^'b3',' 'in view of.' suae,— 'his own,' referring to Titurius. saluti,—EC. 11.59. 8. coiidiU'tam,— 'had been hired and,' etc. ; App.37. N.B traiisisso,=i:ra9isit;is«e. (EC. 66.) affore,— fut. inf. 9. Ipsoriuii, etc., — 'it was for them themselves to decide whether,' referring to Sabiims and Cotta. ertiictos, —trans, as App.37. N.B. iis,— supply hihernis. — 10. Illud, ' this much,' refeiTing to tutum. .daturxim, with Avhich supply se. 11. <^iiod emu fneiat,— 'in doing this,' lit.? App. ll.i. levetur,—the subject is citjj7as understood ; in Eng. 'it.' N.B.— Position and numl>er of mittitvr, § 1. [The position is not so mucli for empliasis as for connection of thoujrlit ; we are tirst told tliat tlie request of tlie Ebiirones is granted, some one is sent ; then tliose chosen are naturally named next.] The phrase ex Higx^ama added directlj' to a noun, [ef. N.B. to c.l3.] The verbal noun derived from the supine ; [missii, § 1 ; coactn, § 3 ; impnlsn, c.25. § 4. The abl. case is the one most used in such nouns, and, as here, is often equivalent to a perf. part, phrase.] The uses of jjro, [§§ 2.7.11.J Omission of «e as subj. of infin. [!;§ 2..3.7.10.11. While the student should not copy this irregularity in his Latin composi- tion, it is by no means infrequent in Latin to omit se as also me, te, einn, eos (more rarely nos and vos) as subject of an intin. which has the same subj. as the verb of stating or thinking.] Abl. of separation -nith verbs of freeing, [§§2.11.] Repetition of quod with different forces, § 2. Ei, § 2, [where sibi would have been more regular. Notice on the other hand suae, § 7. (RC.9l.ii.iii.) Tlie dat., not ad etim, is used because the idea of restoi-ing (dat. of interest) predominates over that of sending to a place (limit of motion).] The phrase obmJiim numero. [See N.B. to c.a.] The perf. part, used where Eng. would have a separate clause; [missos, § 2; conductam, § 8; eductos, § 9. (RC.II.U.S.rt. and 238. HF.219.a. BA.406. H.549.4.5. AG.292.B.] The circumlocution if? quod...castrorum, § 3. [There are obvious reasons for Ambiorix making no more explicit statement.] The shifting of tenses in the subjunctives throughout the speech. [In several sections the ' — NOTES ON BOOK V. 101 pres. and perfect suVij. are formed instead of the more regular imperf. and pluperf. The tenses of the original speaker are thus kept for greater vividness. It will he noticed that these sections are those dealing not with Amliiorix's motives in the past, hut with the practical question of the present condition of affairs and the future course of action.] The connectives nequcant. .aid. [Cf. neque. .ucque. .ant, c.l7. §4.) The plur. imperia, [of the different relations or aspects his power might have. Sxia is not to he taken as refening to others than Ambiorix.] The position of civitati, § 4. [He lias now reached the second di%ision of his speech ; the first dealt ^^•^th his own position.] Dat. of gerundive, § 5. [A case rarely used with the gerundive construction.] Use and form of alterae, § .5. [Only two legions are thought of in each case, the one needing, the other one giving, aid. For the old form cf. nidlo, Bk. VI. 13.1.] AsjTideton in monere, orare, § 7, [expressive of his earn- estness.] -Ne with a single indirect question, § 9 ; [so c.M. § 5. Caesar does not use niim in this waj-; «e is especially common in Latin after verbs oi con side ring.] P riiisquam and subj. [mark- ing an end kept in view ; RC.99./.iv. HF.201..5. BA.442.] Jllud anticipating a clause, § 10. 28-31. Difference of opinion beticeen (he lieutenanta. After much discussion at a council of rear, Sabinus' view finally pre- vails, and the Hornaris leave the camp. CAP. XXYiri. 1. re,— 'news,' 'turn of events.' refemng to the contents of '27. — c. ab . . (lieehantur, ' the words were those of an enemy ' -, — lit.? re, 'consideration. ' popillo,— trans, by 'on.' (EC. 3-2.6.) aiisam, App. 34.0. oredeudiim,— -to be believed,' 'credible. 2. consilium,—the composition of a council of war is indi- cated by § 3. 3. coiiip'.ures, — to be taken with trihuni only, as would appear from c.30. §1. ag'enduin,— supply esse; App.41 ; ao disceilendum, which however is impersonal, App.24. ) 102 I)E UKIAA) (JAI.LICO. 4. etinni,— 'oven,' tho Cermans being more fonnidahle than the Gauls. iiiniiitis,— trans, by 'if' clause: App.S.a.iL rem esse teslinionio (|ii(;(l^ a in-oof of tliis was tho fact that,' lit. ' tho actual state of alTaii's (rem) was for (or as) a proof, namely that, etc' For d at. EC.S-i.c. HF. 131.1. — ' ultro, ' even, ' lit. further, ' i. e. than merely repelling the attack. — 5. re fruiuentaria, ' in respect to, ' etc. (EC. 85. c^. , 6. quid esse,— 'what was,' or 'what could be.' (ECU. 214. a. i. HF.'207.().) auctore lioste,— 'on the advice of an enemy ' ; lit. ? App. 5. a. N. N.K.—Tenses of verbs thi-oufrhoiit the chapter. [Aiidieniiit as prior to deferunt ; dicebantur peeuliar for dicta efant, i)rolial)ly because the advice is regarded as still Ijcinji: offered as lonf?- a.i it Is under con- sideration ; docebant, S i, of a statement repeated by several ; sus- timterint, see RC.107.ii. Elsewhere the historical pres. is used of actions, the iinpcrf. of their thoughts as they considered their situ- ation and their jilans.] Position and mood of quae audierunt. [For the latter contrast qtdd fieri velit, ostendit, c.2. S3.] The phrases with sponte and injussu. Primorum ordimim centur- iones. [The meaning of this phrase is uncertain ; it seems to mean either the si.\ centurions of tlie first cohort of a lef?ion, or more probably the first centurion in each of the ten cohorts, each of whom was practically in command of the whole cohort.] The passive periphrastic conjug. S 3. [Notice that discedendum is impersonal.] Abl. absol. ^conditional clause, § 4. Quod with explanatory clause, [in apposition with rem, % 4.] Tlie dat. of purpose esse testimonio. [Cf. n.b. to c. .5.] The difference between ex and a, § 5. The infin. in the indirect form of rhetorical questions, [esse, § 6. This is because such questions are really equivalent to state- ments. (RC.lI.214.a.i. HF.207.6. BA.521. H.523.II.2. AG.338.)] CAP. XXIX. 1. Contra ea,— 'in answer to this.' facturos,— 'they would act ; subj. and obj. liutli omitted, ' clamitabat, — trans, by 'kept. ' App. 26. c. adjuuctis,—freely, 'joined by the G.' '' ' ' );; NOTES ON BOOK V. 103 lit.? calnmitatisi,—App.2.cZ. coiisuleiidi,— trans, gen. by 'for.' App. 2. c. 2. arbitrari,— supply se as subj. Italiaiii,— as in c. 1. § 1. alitor,— i.e. if he had not gone, interficiendi,—App. 40. fuisse captures,— 'avouM have formed.' iiostri,— 'of us'; gen. plur. oi nos. (RC.GO.b.) 3. spectare,—supply se: hosteiii auctorem,— 'the fact ' that the advice was the enemj^'s, ' or the advice of the enemy '; lit. ' the enemy as adviser. ' rem,— 'the actual situation. (lolori,— App.S.r. (KC.82.C. HF. 134.1.) Ariovisti mor- tem,—the defeat only is mentioned by Caesar ; the death, it would seem, must have followed soon after. See Introd. p. xii. (Bk.I.), andp.xiii,(Bk.IV.) 4. tot. . .exstincta,— three reasons for ardere GalUavi trans, each by a similar clause, rei militaris, — 'in warfare.' 5. quis. .persiiaderet, — 'who could convince himself,' lit. ' make this credible to himself ; sibi does not refer to the ' speaker, sine certa re,— 'without good reason. 6. Siiam,—emphatic from jiosition ; so unam below. in — utramque partem, ' in either case,' explained by the two si clauses, tutam,— 'without risk. durius, — 'more serious,' in the way of further attacks, esse positam in,— 'depended on. 7. Cottae. . .consilium,— trans, by 'as for, etc.'; though really consilium is the subj. of habere. habere,— 'did it involve'; for infin. cf. esse, c. 28. §G. non praesens, — 'no immediate.' obsidione,—causal trans, by 'because of or from.' (E.C.85. m. HF. 71.3. tinieuda,— ' to be feared. N.B.— Form.ition and force of the frcQuentative verbs; [clamito ; cf. vent'do, v.Jl. § 1. ITcrc it expresses the excitement of Titurius as con- trasted with the calmer reasoninf< of Cotta, flucebant, c.-'8. S4. (RC. 75.III. HF..j. ofinlin. §§ 1.2.3. [cf. N.n. to C.27. I'crliaps it is a mark of excitement that tlie pron. is omitted here wlierever possil)le.] Tenses of chuises in indirect narration ; [conveniaaeid, esset acceptum for fut. i)erf. indie, of direct ; J'uisse 104 DE BELLO GALLICO. ra]7turo.'i for jjlupcrf. sulij. and vi'iittirns esse for iniporf. sulij.; adeii- set uiic-liaiifiod ; jierswuleret, essct (diirius ) and consentirent for pres. sulij. ; (Ussentireiit and esset timeiula for pres. indie] Gorund, poruiidive constr. and passive periphrastic conjug. §§1.2.7. Difference between noster, nostrum, nosiri, [;;§ '.'..'{. Caesar liappcns not to use nostrum. {RCJiO.b.)] Siibesse of place. §3. [In C.23. § 5. of time.] Dative of purpose, [tlolnri, § 3 ; of. esse testi- mo7iio, C.28. § 4, Avhere tliere is not also the dat. of interest generally found.] Relation of participial clauses in §4. [There is certainly asyndeton between the last two ; possibly al.so between the first two, or it may be that tot. ..accejitis refers to a prior state of affairs, i.e. practically because injury (expressed by the last two clauses) had been abided to former insults.] Questions in indirect narration. liabet, c.i'S <'> [For habere, representins- cf. n.b. to esse, S ; persiKiiteret represents qtiis jmrsuadeat of direct, the so called potential subj. (here used in a rhetorical question, RC.98.6.) Where in a rhetorical or deliberative question the subj. is used this mood is retained in indirect narration.] Force of quidem, § 7. [This word i.-< untranslatable here ; it merely expresses more clearly the emphasis which the word it is connected with already has from its p Tense of habere, § 7. [We mig-ht expect habiturnm es.'te, but the pres. expresses the opinion that this course of necessity involves or carries with it a terri1)le result.] Use of si nan, instead o{ nisi, § 7. [This is a regular usaf,'e where at follows.] Sulij. in rel. clause, in quo... esset timenda, § 7. [If this were merely an addi- tional statement, we should expect the infin. (RC.OO.e.ii.) ; but here it is necessary to the full understanding of the clause, and in the direct form we might even have had the causal subj. (RC.90.flr. ill.)] CAP. XXX. — 1. Hac, ' after tliis discussion on either side,' referring to c.28. §2. and the two opinions just advanced, priinis ordi- i\Wi\\%= primorum ordinum centurionibus, cf.c.28. §3. acri- ' tor, — stubborn!}-. ' resisteretiir, — impersonal passive. App.24. (RC.II.57. HF.1G4.1.) Vincite,—imperative, 'carry your point, if you will have it so.' et id,— 'and that too.' ut,— 'so that,' of result not purpose. ' 2. iieqiie is. . .terrear,— I am not the man to be the most deeply terrified among (or of) you, etc. ; for subj. see EC. II. ' — ' —' NOTES Oyi BOOK V. 105 B4. HF.188.4. hi sapient, — ' these (i.e. the soldiers in camp) will be wise. ' i.e. they will not judge as foolishly as 3'oiL 3. quid ^ravins, — 'anything serious'; ct si nihil esset (lurius, C.29. § G. abs te, etc., — 'they will call you to account ; lit. ? te of course is Cotta. ' — qui,— plur. ; 'for they.' si...liceat, 'if you would per- mit it, ' lit."? communem,— emphatic ; 'but the common, ' — only that shared by all. ' non , etc. , ' (and) would not, etc X.B.—The use and position of inquif. [The separation o{ inqiiit Sabinus is peculi.ar, but gives special force to si ita vultis ; cf.Bk. VII. 20.12.] Rel. clause of characteristic, [qui terrear, §2. (RC.II.34. HF. 188.4. BA..T06. H.'jOO.I. AG..320.)] £a; and abl.=partitix-e gen.; ex vobis=vestrum, § 2; here with the supei'l.] The form abs. [This is the only case where Caesar uses it.] Future conditional clauses. [Both classes (with fut. indie, and pres. suhj.) are found in § 3. The reason for the change is obvious ; the subj. presents Some- thing ideal, conceived by the imagination, the liidic. something treated logically by the mind ; the latter expresses what there is actual danger of, the other what is possible.] The phrase i>er te licet. [The absence of obstruction is regarded as assistance.] The use oicetcri. [Caesar prefers reliqui, using ceteri but six times in the seven Ixxiks ; cf.c.i;. n.] Asyndeton before non rejecti, etc., § 3. [In adding a negative clause in emphatic eontra.st, non not neqiie is used ; cf.Bk.I.14.7. and Bk.VI.4.3.] CAP. XXXI. 1. Consurgritnr, — 'they rise up,' or ' the council rises.' lit.? App. 2 k coniprehendunt, i e. by the hand ; the verb has for subject only Cotta and Sabinus. ne. . .dedueant,—App. 29. i. (EC. 99. a. 2. HF. 181.3.)— 2. facilem esse rem, ' there is no difficulty ; lit.? unuui, ' — 'one and the same'thiug. ' coutra, —adv.; 'on the other hand. :<. permotus,— 'deeply moved. 1. proiiiintiatiir,— impers. ; 'orders are given to maiVih,' lit.? vig-iliis,- freelj-, 'without sleep.' cireunispieeret, add in trans. ' to see ' before the quid clause. 106 I>E BEl-LO OALLICO. 5. Omnia, .qnare,— 'all manner of arguments are thought of to prove that, 'etc. ; lit? nec,— 'not.' maiieatur,— 'they cannot remain. ' App. '24. 6. sic, -explained by the rest of the section, ut qiiibiiS, etc, — 'as (men) who had been convinced that,' etc., (E.C.99.C. HF.188.4.) (latum,—supply c*«e. loiig'iKsiino, etc., —trans, by 'with.' (EC.85.e. HF.71.B. ) This long train of baggage of course only increased their danger. N.B.—The impersonal passive. [§§ I.4.5.G.; cf. also c.30. § 1.] The ehaiige from iiidiret-t request to indirect statements, S 1. fCf. N.B. to e.2G. §4.] Use of seti. . .sen. [Tlie subj. is due entirely to tlie indi- rect narration.] Sua quisque, [cf. n.ij. to c.8. § (;.] Nec. . .et = 'not only. . .but also,' § 5. Hendiadys, dissensione et pertinacia, §1; languore et vigiliis, § 5; agmine -que impedimentis. Rel. clause of cliaracteristic, § 6. Sequence of tenses after historical pros. [Where the hist. pros, precedes, the primary sequence may he used (as in §§ 1.2..5), or the secondary sequence (as in ?§ 4.15.) Where the hist. pres. follows, the secondary sequence is the rule (as in c.22. § 4 ; c.2.5. § 4.] The large number of short sentences in the chapter. [The hurry and excitement are expressed by the short clauses, the frequent cases of asyndeton, and the use of the hist, present. Cf.c.40.] 32-35. The retiring Romaim are attacked hy the Eburones from an ambush and surrounded. They make a desperate resistance, iriany officers being slain and Cotta wounded. CAP. XXXII. 1. CoUocatis,— trans, by finite verb. App.5.«.iil looo,— y/ith. collocatis. (EC.BS.i.ii. ; so loco, ) §2. a millibus,— 'at a distance of,' etc. ; with exspectabant. 2. se,—with demisisset. iiostris,— dat. of interest with iniquissimo. N.B.—-4= 'at a distance of,'§l. [Except once Caesar does not specify the place from which the distance is measured ; but the fact that this does occur (Bk.IV.22.4. with ex eo loco J shows that it caunot ' ' —) NOTES ON BOOK V. 107 be a case of hyperbaton ] Use of Romani in Caesar. [Very seldom in Caesar's own narrative, as in § 1 (nostri being used instead) ; generally in expressing the words or thoughts of the enemy, as in c.34. ?§ 1.4.] Connectives in latter part of § 2 ; {-que couples the two leading clauses ; of the three infinitives the first two (referring to two separate parts) are coupled by et, and those two joined to the third (and most significant) by atqiie.] The local abl. without prep, [loco, §§ 1.2.] CAP. XXXIII. ' ' 1. qui,— as he, ' seeing that he. ' (RC. 99. g. iii. HF. 198. 4 trepidare,—hist, infin. , App.36; trans, by 'beg^^.' haec ' ipsa, — understand/acieSai, he did. ' lit,— 'so that,' of result. omnia,— 'all his wits'; freely, 'he had completely lost his head. qiiod,— 'as,' lit. ' (a thing) which.' in ipso neg'Otio,— 'at the very moment of action. 2. qui, — as in § 1. auctor non fuisset, — 'had not approved'; lit? saliiti,— for dat. see EC. II. 104. HF. 120.4. et..ct,— 'both.. and'; before 'both' supply 'and' to con- nect the main clauses, appellandis,— App.40. imperatoris, —with officia praestabat. 3. — — minus facile, ' not very easily. ' quoque, ivora quit- que. possent, jusserunt,— the subj. is the two lieutenants. jusserunt pronuntiare,— 'they bade orders {or ordered instructions) to be given,' lit. 'they— ordered (their ofl&cers) to announce. ' in . . consisterent, ' form in, ' etc. 4 Quod,—pron. , App. 11.6. etsi,—trans, before quod con- silium. 5. — militibus,— trans, dat. by 'of.' (RC.82./. ) quod, conj. factum,—supply esie. 6. ' quod . . . erat,— as was unavoidable, ' lit.? quae,—App. ' ' 11. cZ. 1 before this clause add and in trans. ; so before clause ; — beginning c/a wore, habcrel, ' held or regarded. ' omnia, App. 8. ) —' 108 dp: hello gallico. N.B.—Causal relative clauses, SS 1.2. Historical inliii. Ilnif iTidlca- cativcofcxeitemcnt. Generally several are found tiv RC.lOl.rZ. HF.L'ir..3.N.2. H..'>.3f;.]. AG.l'7.-..] Passive of tWeo, SSI.."). [In § 1. it seems to ajiiiroximate to the ineaiiinti- 'was evidently' rather than 'was a]())arently. '] Omission of olijcct ofjungerunt, $ 3. [This is very connnon with this verb.] Dative of reference, [militibiis, § 5.] Af^reement of adjective witli nearer of two nouns of ditferent gender, [snmmo, § .5.] Quod summing up a clause, [S§ l.n. In the latter case tlie clause (ut.. .compierenUir) follows the qxiocl clause.] Asyndeton in § 0. CAP. XXXIV. 1. coiisililliii, — freely, 'resources.' acie, — trans, hy 'throughout.' (EC.8.5.t.ii.) promiiitiare,— cf.c.33. § 3. iie quis, etc., — 'that no one should,' etc., (EC.II.29. HF.1S3.4.) illorum, — 'theirs,' meaning the barhari. qnaeciiniqnc, neut. plur. reliquisset,— 'should leave,' lit.? existiiiia- reiit,— ' let them consider. ' (EC. II. 214. a. i. HF. 207. 5. 2. pugnandi,—App. 2. c. ; with s^McZio. a dnce, etc. ,— refer- ' ring to Sabinus. Trans, freely, their leader, etc. , was failing them. ' virtiite,—they fought bravely-, having no thought of saving themselves by flight or surrender. prociirrerat, trans, by Eng. simple past tense. (EC. II. 170.6. ) ab,— Apj). 6.C. cadebat,—trans, by 'would. ' App.2G.c. 8. lit coiijiciant,—App.29.6. neu. . .et,— 'and not. .but. qiiain,— 'whatever.' fecerint,— 'make,' lit. 'have made.' levitate, etc., — 'that because of, etc., no harm could be done'; for abl. see EC.85.7)i. HF.71.3; ijosse^ App.34; 7ioceri, EC. 9G.5.ii. HF. 164.1. se recipientes,— 'as they betook them- selves or returned'; recipientes, ace. object of insequantur. (EC.102.a. HF.100.4.) N.B.—Shifting of moods in indirect narration, |§ 1.4. [In each case an ace, and intin. clause comes between two subj. clauses. It can be seen from sueh examples how closely akin are the substantival clause of purpose and the subj. of indirect command.] Asyndeton, as always, \\'\X\\ proinde. Illorum and illis in indirect narration for vestra and vohis of direct, § 1. [RC.lOG.d. HF.209.1.3. BA.517.5. —);' NOTES ON BOOK V^. 109 H.p.299.fn.2.] Personification of fortiaia, § 2, [iis shown by the l)rep. a. The common \rorship of Fortuna as a goddess malvcs this personification very easj'.] Frequentative clauses, mood and tense, [temporal, § 2, relative, § i. The subj. in the latter is entirely due to indirect narration. RC.II.202.204.a. BA.434.] The use of quoties. [It diff'ers from cian, in emphasizing' the idea 'every time that.'] Neic as a connective of negative final clauses, § 4. [Cf.c. 22. § 5. Here the position of the neu clause between two afflnnative clauses coupled by et is to be noticed.] The impersonal passive of verbs governing the dative, noceri, § 4 Se referring to others than the sulyect of the verb of the clause, [se recipientes, § 4. With conimon reflexive phrases such as se recipere this is very common cf.c.17. §4. RC.91.iii.] CAP. XXXV. 1. cum,— 'whenever. ' Trans, tenses here as in c.34. § 2. 2. earn ptirtem, —viz. where the cohort had advanced and left a gap. Trans, 'that part was unavoidabh-,' etc. ab latere,—ct ab parte, 0.34. § 2. The 'exposed flank ' was the right, which was unprotected by shields. 3. et..et,— 'both.. and.' qui proximi steterant,— 'who stood next, ' i. e. alongside of those "who were opposite the attack- ing cohort. The pluperf. is lit. ' had taken up their position. 4. sin auteiUj etc., — 'and moreover even if they wished,' etc. locuitt tenere,— i.e. not to leave the orbis. liec... locus,— 'no opportunity.' Tlrtuti,—trans, by 'for.' cou- ferti, — 'crowded (as they -were).' 5. coiiflictati, — 'though harassed.' cum. .pugruaretur, ' ' for the fight lasted ; App.24 esset,— ' was. ' (E,C.99.c. HF.188.4..5.) 6. Balventio. . .femur. . .trJijicitur,— 'Balventius has the thigh pierced,' lit. 'the thigh is pierced for B. ' (KC.82./.i. primum pilum duxerat,— i.e. had been chief centurion. He liad ]>robably now served his time and was one of the veterans (emeriti or evocati) who often volunteered again for service. 7. ejusdcm ordinis,— i.e. primipilus. circumvento, trans. asApp.37.c. ' 110 1)K HELLO GALLICO. 8. ordiiies,— i.e. the centuries, for which it is often ixsed. in adversum os,— 'full in the face, 'lit.? N.B.—AbL of agent in ubL absoL clause, § 1. [This occurs very seldom in Caesar, who generally leaves us to gather the actual agent from the context.] Force ot quaepium. [Wxmt = aliqua, not to be regarded as = qiiaeqiie, c.34. S :i, although in other respects the clauses are parallel. (RC.nO.ii. BA.:iiX).ii. H.l.i.5. AG.20:.'.a.)l Temporal frequentative clauses, §S 1.3. Xeccsae est w. inf.; [so always in Caesar.] Coeperunf, § 3 = true pluperf. [Tliough it is often .so stated, it would be hard to prove that coepi is a perf. with pres. force, like meminie.g.] Adj. with semi -adverbial iwne, proximi, § 3. The mood of relinquebatur, § 4. [The subj. combined with the indie, of apodosis is exceptional, though regular enough willi possum or equivalent phrases, as here locus relinquebatur. (ilC.II. 85. N.B. HF.193.2. BA.4G1. H..ill.N.3. AG.307.d.) The imperf. vellent represents the pres. subj. thrown back into past time, not something contrary to fact.] Causal and concessive use of participles, S§ 4..'i. Mood oiessct, % 5. [Rel. clause of characteristic. EC. II. .34.] Dative of reference, § 6. [Cf.c.44. §7.] Gen. of characteristic added directly to a proper noun, S 7. [Usually a more general term, e.g. vir, homo, intervenes.] Accus. with in after vulnero, [because of the suggested idea of the motion of the weai>on.] Pres. partic. and dum used side by side, § 7. 36, 37. Sahinus treats witk Anibiorix but is treacherously hilled. The rest of the army, icith Cotta, is slain, except a few ivho make their icay to Lahienus. CAP. XXXVI. 1. suos, —referring to Ambiorix, sinim and silii to Titurius. rog'atHin,— the supine, as in c.26. § 2. 2. velit, pertiiieat,—trans, as if imjoerf. ; the pres. here retains the tense of the actual -words, licere, — 'he might,' lit.? multitiidiiie,—referring to the statement made in c.27. — § 3. quodj ' what. ' ' ' ' NOTES ON BOOK V. Ill — 'no harm would be done to (Titurius) himself ipsi. .iri, ; nocitum iri. fut. inf. pass, used impersonally. 3. saucio,—add ' who was ' in trans, communicat,—after this, add in trans, 'suggesting.' si videatlir, etc., — 'that, if it seemed best, they should,' etc. sperare,—supply se. de — sua, etc., 'that their request in regard to their own. . .could be granted by him, ' lit. ' obtained from him. 4. se ituruiu iieg'at,— 'refuses to go,' lit.? X.B.— Shifting: of reference of s«« Ille in SS 2.:!. of different persons. [The use is in each case regular, j Primary sequence after perfect, relit, pcrtineat, § 2. [The tense of the speaker is more \ivid than the tense of tlie reporter.] Pres. inf. i^osse after S2)e.rare, [cf. n.b. to c.26.] The fut. inf. in -um iri. [A circumlocution hy means of the supine and the passive infin. of eo used impersonally ; this form is practically avoided by the Romans.] Position of -q^le in iiique. [It is very rare to find it added to a preposition.] Circumlocution with de. [Caesar has de and abl. instead of the object in ace. very frequently with such verbs as impetro, peto, postido, cognosco.] CAP. XXXVII. 1. quos. . .tribunos,— 'those tribunes who,' lit? App. 11. d.iy. jussus,-'on being ordered.' imperatuill, — 'as he is bidden, ' lit. ' what is ordered. 2. inter se agrnnt, — 'they are treating with each other.' loilg'ior, — 'long'; lit. 'longer (than Avould otherwise have been the case). ' 3. Turn vero,— 'then'; vero rendered only by increased emphasis on ' then. 4. maxima parte,—freely, 'most.' ' — 6. lUi,— the re/iqui of § o. ad,- till.' ad iiniim, ' to a man.' ipsi, — nom. ; not represented in trans. ' 7. perveuiunt,— make their way. ' rebus gestis,— ' what had been done or had occurred. ) ' 112 DE BELLO GALLICO. N.Il.— Inclusidii of antoccdciit in relative clause, \i/iiris trihinins, § 1. RC.DS.vii.] Shifting of tenses in eliapter. [The narrative is naturally for the nxjst part in tiie historic jiresent, but in § 5 the tense sliifts in the same sentence from past to i)rcs. Subordinate relative and cum clauses usually, as here, retain the past tenses, >§ 1.5; clauses of purpose, as § 1, are more apt to IblKnv the primary seciuence. See N.B. to c.31.] Pro^«M« with tlie accus. [The adverbial forms of this word are frequently used with the accus. like prepositions ; so sometimes the corresponding adjectives.] The comparative longior, § 2. The phrase victorium conclamant. Force of illi, § 6. [This differs somewhat from tlie common use in Caesar, in that tlie persons referred to have not been .so recently or prominently mentioned as is generally the case.] Tlie phrase ad uitum omnes. Transitive use of despero. [See N.B. to c.L'(5.] The phrase se ipsi interjicmnt. [Notice that ipse when added to se (or to suus) for emphasis modifies the subject rather than the reflexive.] Chap. 38-52.—The attack on Cicero's camp, iiiially relieved hy Caesar. 38-40. Ambiorix induces the Adtiatuci and Nervii to attack the cam}} of Cicero, who makes a vigorous defence. CAP. XXXVIII. — 1. ejus, 'his, ' referring to Ambioi'ix. iioctem,—object of intermittit, not accus. of time how long. 2. Re,— 'what had happened. ' siii liberandi,— 'of freeing — themselves.' iiSj 'the, ' App.l2.a. ; w. injuriis. 3. iiiterisse,—for interiisse. (EC 66. , — 4. nihil esse, etc. ' that there is no difficulty in surpising and killing,' etc.; or keeiiing the passive voice, 'that it is a matter of no difficulty for the legion to be surprised and killed. iiegotii,— App.2.(^. oppressam,—partic, App.37. n. b. hie- niet,— for mood see RC.99.e. HF.206.4. se adjutorem prolitetur,— 'he offers his assistance'; lit.? — NOTES ON BOOK V. 113 \.B,—Reference of e/i to C.17.] The gerund with an object in the accus., [ulcisceiidi, § 2. This is to avoid the jingle of endings whicli would have resulted from using the more common gerundive construction and which Caesar regularly avoids.] Chiastic arrangement, for emphasis, of §3. [BC.llO.fc. BA.Introd.107.1 CAP. XXXIX. 1. eorum,—referring to Xervus, c.38. §4. "qnaui. . .pos- suiit, cf. c. 1. § 1. iionduiu ad cum, etc., —may be trans- ' lated by a relative clause, to whom the report, ' etc. 2. Huic qiioque,—i.e. to Cicero, as had been the case with Sabinus and Cotta, c. 26. §2. quod,— trans, by 'as.' App. ll.'i.i. liiuiiitioiiis, — i.e. to get materials for completing the fortification, qui. .di.scessisseiit,— for the mood see KC.99. ir.iii. HF.198.4; trans, as App. 31. 3. magna lliauU)—with the latter i^art of the sentence, not with circumventis. 4. is dies sustentatur,—freely, 'they held out that day'; lit. 'that day is endured.' adepti,— 'if they gained,' or 'by gaining, ' lit. ? App. 37. \.1A.—Qu(hI referring to a clause, § 2. Causal subj. discessissent, § 2. [Cf. N.ij. toc.o3.] Connectives in § 3. [Atque couples the two members of the clause, tirst the Eburones, Nervll and Aduatuci, .second their allies and dependants. In the first half tliere Is asyn- deton, in the second et is used.] Asyndeton expressive of hurry, [concvrrunt, conscendunt,iZ. Cf. N.B. to c.21.] Tlie phrase ts dies sustentatur. [In Uk.II.6.1. we have aegre eo die sustentatum est.'] Conditional force of partic. adepti, S i. [Notice that while logically adejifi sliouldgo with tej'ore cictnres (and be in ace. case), grammatically it is placed with conjidebant.] ' ' ' ' ) ' 114 DK BKLI-0 GALLICO. CAP. XL. 1. pertiilissont, —the subject (messengers) is easily supplied from the context. luissi, — 'those — sent. 2. quue, ' what or whatever. ' operi, = mimitioiii ; trans. by 'for.' 3. IlUllto,—as adv. ; with majoribus, referring to magna ' manu, c. 39. § 3. complent,— try to fill. ' (RC. 97. a. iv. 4 qua,— 'as'; lit. 'in which.' resistilur, — App.24. reliquis deiuceps diebus,— 'on the remaining days that followed. 5. Nulla, .intermittitiir,—cf. onc.U. §0. noii. . . vuliie- ratis,— 'neither to the sick nor to the Avounded. G. opus,—here used as an indeclinable adj. =' necessary. luuralium pilornm,—heavier and larger than those they would use when fighting on the ground. pinnae loricaeque,— the former, notched or indented bat- tlements, the latter breastworks, ex cratibus,— with Joricae not attexuntur, telling the material. attexuntur,— i.e. to the top of the wall or of the towers. 7. cum,— 'although.' sibi relinquebat,— 'allowed him- self.' ut,— 'so that.' ultro, — 'even,' i.e. against his own wishes, in spite of himself ; with cogeretur. concursu,— 'the throng- ing round him. N.B.—Asyndeton thronghout the whole chapter. [This is indicative of the liurry with wliich everything was done. Notice non in place of the usual connective neque in § 5.] Position of mittuntur, § 1. [This is the most emphatic position a verb can have; here it indi- cates the promptness of the action taken.] Substantival use of participle, [mzssi, § 1; vidneratis, § 5. (RC.102.c.iv. BA.408.) The nom. is not so often used in this way as the oblique cases are.] Beessew. dat. of thing-, § 2. [This word generally has a dat. of the person concerned. ] Conative present, complent, §3. Opus with the nom. [practically as an indecl. adj. This is common when the subject of esse is a neuter pron. or adj. So also in Bk. 1.34.2 and II.22.1; (BA.2S(i. H.4i4.iv.N.4. AG.243.e.i{.)] Position of empha- sized word with tie quidem, § 7. [Cf.c.43. § 4 ; 44. § 5. J ' ) ' NOTES ON BOOK V. 115 41. The Gauls negotiate icith Cicero, hut fail to deceive him. CAP. XLI. 1. aliquem,— 'some. ' here about ='an3\' sermon is, etc., — access for conversation and grounds of friendship.' 2. Facta potestate, etc., — 'on permission being granted they state the same arguments as A. had used, 'etc. 3. oppnsriiari, —notice the tense. App.34cZ. 4. Sabiiii,—mentioned because his death (c.37. §2) more forcibly revealed the desperate state of affairs than did that of Cotta who fell in battle, osteiitaiit,— implying 'boastfully. Ambiorix had been accounted a friend of Caesar's, and the presence of him and his people would have been impossible unless some disaster had really befallen Sabinus and Cotta. facinndae,—the gerundive. (RC.66. 5. eos,— Cicero and those with him. his,—the Romans in the other winter-camps, suis rebus difWdant, — 'are despair- ing of their own condition oj' safety.' For dat. seeRC.II. 55. HF. 105. 9. hoc esse aniiiio,— 'had such feelings,' lit.? (EC. 85. c. HF.131.9. ) consiietudiiiem,— i.e. of wintering among the Gauls. •1. licere per se,—as in c.30. §3. incolumilms,—trans. Suftev discedere. For dat. see RC. II. 1G3.«. HF. 163. 6. ' 7. modo,—modifj'ing unum ; made but one answer.' — 8. ab arinis discedere, ' lay aside their arms. ' adjutore, — cf. on c. 38. §4. ntantur,— 'they should,' etc. (RC. 106.a. HF.207. .5. ) sperare,—supply se as subject ; so eos with impetraturos. pro,— 'in view of; or freely, 'such was his justice. N.B.—Force of aliquem, § 1. [It is just by the accident of tlie context that it may here be rendered by 'any (at all).'] The phrase addunt de. [Cf. N.ii. to c.3().] The jrerundive in -undits. [The reffular form, J'aciendus, ahso is used.] Si quicqiiam, § a. [More emphatic than si quid, as indicating? liow little hope there was of support. Qitisquam always supffests a ne^.itive. (RC.ity.vii. HF. 132.3. BA.358. HA:u. AG.2()2.c.] //hs for tob/s of direct narration. ' — — ; 1 16 DK BEI.I.O OAIJ.ICO. [Cf.c.31. §1.] Attrnt-tion <>{ pnd'wate, hicolumibus, § 0. [This attraction is the nih- witli licet and the iiitiii.; ef.Bk.VI.3.').H. The accus. also is found.] ilodo with unuin, § 7. [As a rule witli miinerals or similar words fe.g.ixnicij, such words as rnoeJo are not iH'cdod in Latin for 'hut' or 'only.' If any is used, it should lit iiuitlo, postpositive.] Shifthifi; of moods in indirect narration, §§ 7.8. [Of. N.B. to c..'5l.] Primary sequence after secondary tense, renpondit. [Cf. N.H. toc.Stl.] Omission of suhj. of intin. $ 8. [The omission after sperareia less common than after verhs of saying-.] 42, 43. After mani/ pre jmrat ions a second assault is made, irhidi after a hard day's fighting is repulsed. CAP. XLII. 1. pedum novein, i.e. in height ; freely, ' nine feet high ' with the trench it is the width that is thought of. For gen. see EC. 81. e. HF. 130.8. 2. consnetndine,— from the intercourse.' exercitu, i.e. of the Eomans. qnos eaptivos,— App. ll.rf.iv. 3. nulla oopia,— abl. ahsoL ; 'as there was. ' etc. quae esset,— 'such as would he. ' (EC. 90. o. HF. 188. 4. ) usuni,— ' purpose. 5. minus .tribns,— 'less than three.' quindecim,—many think there must be some mistake here, that Caesar wrote either quinque or some small numeral, not quindecim, or else pedum not x>o,sstnim. yalli,— e. e. of the Eoman camp. falces,—for tearing down the walls, testudines,—for ap- proaching the enemj' to undermine, etc., under shelter. idem,—nom. plur. =iidem. N.B.—Gen. of characteristic, § 1. Inclusion of antecedent in relative clause, § 2. [Cf. N.B. to C.37.] Tense of docebaiitur. Abl. absol. ^vithout partic. § 3. Rel. clause of characteristic, quae esset, § 3. Zeugma in case of exhaurire. [This is strictly appli- cable only to manibus ; with saguUs it suggests a different meaning.] The use of ininiis with numerals, S 5. [Cf. N.B. to c.S. The abl. horis is that of the time within which, not of comparison.'^ The form idem = iidem. [So isdem=iisdevi. (RC.61.end. H.p.7-l.fn.2. AG.lOl.c.)] — ' ' — NOTES ON BOOK V. 117 CAP. XLIII. 1. fiiudis,—w. jacere, and applying to glandes onlj-, not to jacida. 2. masrnitudine,— 'strength.' locum,— 'part.' distule- runt, hae and ignem are subj. and obj. respectively. B. parta. . .victoria,— abl. absol. ; trans, by clause 'as if., were gained, ' etc. 4. ea,—as inc. 18. §5. cum,—as in c.40. §7. decederet, respiceret, pug'narent,—with lU. demigrandi causa,—not superfluous, for a soldier might leave the wall for many reasons without thei'eby 'abandoning his post.' paene... quisquam,—-'no one scarcely even looked back,' lit.? aCj in Eng. we might use 'but.' tnm,— 'at that very moment.' 5. ut se. etc., —here w. indie, in the sense of ' as.' ipso, ' ver3' ; lit. ? ' n. qiiidem,—modifying pau/um; ' had fallen somewhat (at least.)' loco,—trans, by 'at.' (RC.So.k.) turri,—abl. (EC. r. — ' 49. end. HF. 40. ) quo, ' where, ' lit. in which. vellent,—for mood see EC.99.A.iii. HF.206.4. vocare, to challenge.' quorum,—w. nemo; in Eng. begin trans, with 'but. — 7. omui, 'every.' detnrbati,—supply sunt from est fol- 3. 6. low ing ; cf.c. 12. § and c. 21. § X.>i.— PreiMsitioual phrase denoting material added directly to a noun, [ex argilla, § 1. Cf. ex cratibtcs, c.lO. § r,.] Sictiti in the very rare sense of 'as W -tanquam or qiiani. [Elsewhere chiefly in Sal- lust. In Iik.III.18.8. Caesar lias iit erplorata r/c sense.] Emphatic p jmeiie when used with a verb nuMlilied by a negative, § .5. Ut \v. mdic. § .5. [Cf Bk.VI.7.7. Seemingly but not really causal.] — — — ) 118 ]jE hello C.AUACO. Non followinff -que, S 5. [The almost iiivarialile riili- is to connect two co-ordinate clauses or phrases, of which the second contains a negative, by negue, cf. n.b. to c.l7. Exceptions occur chiefly where the negative is closely connected with a single word (forming with it one idea), or where as here emphasis is gained ))y the use of iioii.] The abl. sing, of third declension in -i, and of jircs. participles, turri, conthigenfe, S G. (RC.W.c; 5(i.end.)] Virtual indirect narration and pregnant use oivocare, § (>. 44. A71 incident in the assault. The rivalrjj of tiro brave centurions. CAP. XLIV. 1. Eraiit,—as inc. 25. §1. App.l. n.b. primis ordiiil- 15. . . bus, see N. to C.28. § 3. qui . appropiiuiuarcnt,—trans, as App. 31 ; for the mood cf. c. 42. § 3. (RC. 99. c. HF. 188. 4. 2. quiiiaill,— 'which (of them)'; su| ply 'as to' before the clause, oiuiiibus aimis,— 'year after year,' lit. 'in all the years, 'i.e. that they were together, de locis,— 'about posi- tions,' i.e. the various honors they were ambitious to win. SUniniiSj—w. simultatibus, 3. piigiiaretur, App. 24. ad,— 'by.' <^iiid,—used adver- bially. (RC83.e. ) locum,— 'opportunity.' — 4. qnaqiie. . .irriimpit, 'and rushes forward where there ' etc. is ; seems to be, ; qua the adv. another reading is quaeque, the rel. quae agreeing with pars, as in App.ll.tZ. iv. That tho actual onset is not meant appears from § 6. — 5. Ne. .quidem, ' V. too does not, ' etc. yallo, abl. — 6. mediocri . .relicto, i. e. between himself and the enemy ; ' freely, when a short distance away. ' ex iniiltitildiiie,—w. procurrentem not w. urntvi. quo, etc., — 'as he is wounded,' etc. llOStem,— i.e. Pulio. 7. Fulioui,—trans, by Eng. possessive. (RC.82./.i) . ' NOTES ON BOOK V. 119 8. coiiauti,— 'as he attempts' lit. 'for him trying'; the dat. as Pulioni, § 7. 9. inimicus,— 'his rival.' 10. se convertit,— 'tui-ns'; lit.? ilium,— 'the other, or the latter,' i.e. Pulio. — 1 1 rem, ' the fight. 12. ill locum dejectus, etc., — 'he gets down into alow spot and falls,' lit.? — 13. circumvento, ' as he is surrounded,' w. huic. 14. Sic,— 'thus,' refei'ring to what precedes and further — explained by ut. .videretur. versavit, ' played with,' 'dealt alike with.' inimicus,— 'though a rival.' auxilio. . .esset,—trans, freely by two verbs ; for the dat. see EC.82.C. HF. 134 1. (lijiidicari posset,—impersonal, the real subject being the — following clause, liter. . videretur, ' which it seemed should .' be. .to the other. . \.B.—Relative clause of characteristic, § 1. [The subj. implies ' of sucli t:.'. bravery that tliey,'etc. Cf.c. S 3.] Use of qninam \ [unusual where only two are mentioned, t(ter being preferred. Qinnam is a more empliatic interrog. tiian qui».] The number of simidtati- hiin. S 2. [The plural indicates that the rivalry was mutual.] Tense of est visa, S 4. [Not the frequentative use as in c.34. § 4 ; but simply because of the relation in time of the two acts, the looking' for a danffcrous place and the rushing- towards it.] The abl. with se continere. [It is not certain whether this is an instrumental or a local abl. [RC.Hb.a.ii.g. and fn.)] The abl. absol. and accus. referring to the same per.son, [quo, liunc, § 6. Cf. n.b. to c.4. Here the strong antithesis between liunc and hosteni (or as others read, ilium) indicates a reason for the irregularity.] Dative of refer- ence, [Pulioni, S 7 ; coiuinti, § 8. Cf.c.S.'j. §G.] Difference between Jiostis and inimicus. (Well illustrated by §§ 6.9.14.] Emphatic position of verbs in §S 7.8.9. [In § 9 we have chiastic arrangement] Et explicative, § 14. [Certamine further delines and limits the meaning of conteutiotie.] The reciprocal use of alter alteri. [Cf. C.16. § 4. alios alii and n.b.J ' 120 DE JJELLO OALLICO. 45-18. Caesar CAP. XLV. 1. ()naiito jj^nivior,— 'the moro severe'; quanto answered hy tanto. (liC.8o./y. ii. HF.oS.r).) ct maxillic qiiod,— 'espe- — cially as.' ros pervcnorat, ' the work of defence had become confined.' crebi'ioros,—trans, freely by adv. <|ilornm,—the nwnlii only, of course. — 2. uinis, ' a single, ' 'one only.' looo natiiS,—cf.c.25.§l. a prima obsidioiie,— 'at the beginning of,' etc.; witli the — first verb only, lidoiii pracstiterat, ' had proved faithful, lit. 'had shown his faithfulness,' {i.e. b3'' his deeds.) 3. servo,—dat. w. persua tJalliis,— 'being a Caul.' inter. . .versatiis,— ' mingled with. .and. .' ad Caesarein,—as c.47.2. shows, Caesar's head- quarters were at Saniarobriva. 5. ab eo co^noscitur,— 'he (i.e. Caesar) learns': eo refer- ring to Caesarem just before : lit.? App.24. \,lll.—Quavto, tanto w. comparatives = Eng. the. . .the. . . [Cf. qno, hoc, Bk.IV.17.7. (RC.85.f/.ii. BA.4ii7. AG.i'oO.K.] The liiipcrf. tense ill S 1. Ahl. of manner w. cum and without a modiiier, [cum crii- ciatn,^l. (RC.8'..e.ii. BA.'.iG9. H.419.III. AG.218.K.)] Force of unus, S 2. [Not=5K(V7«);i, in which case we should have unus c.v Nerviis. The position of the word too is emphatic] The phrase a prima ohsidione. [For the force of the adj. see RC.88.fZ. BA.iX).] Juxtaposition of rehxted words, [Gallics inter Gallos, § 4. Cf. C.27. §6.] CAP. XLVI. 1. Crassiilli,—The movements should be carefully followed on the map. The object in sending for Crassus appears in c. -17. 2. media iiocte,-of the same night. cum jiiuitio,— not —'; NOTES ON BOOK V. 121 'in company with the messenger' which is without force, but a condensed expression for 'on the arrival of tlie messenger.' in c.l3. 3. Alteruin,—as §2. ut addiicat,—App.29.6. ; depending on the idea of ordering in nuntium mittit. qua scit, — 'by which route he knows,' etc. The subj. of scit is Caesar qua refers to Atrebat um Jinea. ; 4. reipuhlicae commodo, — ' without danger to public interests,' lit. 'in accordance -with, the advantage of public business. ' (E,C. 85. e. ) Labienus was in a peculiarly dangerous position, as the Treveri were both powerful and inclined to rebel. Cf.c.2. §4. Scribit. . .veiilat,— ' he writes, .to come. (K.C.99.a.2.i.) Reliquain partem,—viz. the two legions with Plancus and Koscius. proximis hibernis,—the cami) of Trebonius at or near Samarobriva. N.B.—The sul).junctives adducat, § 3, and veniat, § 4. [In neither case does the subj. depend upon one of the usual verbs of commanding- for legatum mittit, cf.c.3. §6, for scribit, cf.c.ll. §4. In the latter case scribit has ut, here the subj. alone, which may be classed as subj. of substantival clause of purpose with ut omitted (RC.09.rt.2.1. H.499.2. AG..331. R.), or as subj. of indirect command, that is repre- senting an imperative fsi poteris vent) of direct narration. (RC. 106.«. HF.207.5. BA.522. H.523.III. AG.339.) In reality the variation of usage illustrates the transition from the independent sulij. of wish or command to the dependent suly. of purpose. Cf. also c.49. § 2 and c.,^8. §4.] Mood o{ scit, § 3. [Evidently no part of Caesar's in.structions ; cf. cognoverat, cia. § 4. and n.b.] Tense of posset, §4. [Cf. N.B. to c.37.] CAP. XLVII. 1. procedit,— he set out before Crassus' arrival, leaving instructions for him : hence lyrocedit before praefieit. etc. 3. ut erat imperatum,—as in C.7. §9. noii. .uioratus,— ' without much delay, ' lit.? 4. cos^nita,—not of course from Caesar ; though agreeing with caede only, it applies to interitw also, ad, — 'against.' fu^ae. . .fecisset,— 'set out as if in flight'; lit.? ut, 122 DE BELLO OALLICO. ' ' II. 185. . . . ' that not. (RC. 151. HF. 3. ) qnos sciret,— as lie knew that they, ' etc. For the mood see RC. 99. g. iii. HF. 198. 1. 5, reinittitj—implying as an answer ; before the next clause add in trans, 'telling him.' quanto. . .essct, — 'how much danger there would be in leading, ' etc. ; lit. ? For mood seeRC.99.rf. HF.176.2. rem gostam,—cf.c.37. §7. millia, —for the case see RC. 83. c. HF. 69. 9. N.lt.—Agrecmout of co(/7«"ia, §4. [RC.II.9.C.3.] Construction ^\-ith verbs of fearing, § 4. [RC.II.154. HF.18.5..1 BA.138. H. liiH.III. AG. 331.y. Anotlicr reading here is ne non for ut.] Mood and tense of sifecisset, § 4. [Representing sifecero of direct] Causal relative clause, [quos.. sciret, § 4. Cf.c.4. §§ 3.4 ; c.31. § G ; C..33. §S 1.2.] Gen. of definition, [equitatus capias, §.5. RC. «!./(. BA.304. II. 396.vi. AG.214./. This particular phrase occurs several times in Caesar, with copiae, auxilia, praesidin.'\ The accus. of distance with longe, § 5. [This is a colloquialism, occurring also in Bk.VII. 10.1. Caesar has also w. consido the simi)lc ace. Bks 1.21.1. and VII. 66.3. and the simple ablative, Bks.I.48.1. and III. 17.5.] CAP. XLVIII. 1. opinioiie dejectlLS, —trans, by verb coordinate with ' redierat ; he had been disappointed in his expectation . . . and had been reduced,' i.e. had to content himself with, salutis ' means for ensuring safety- ; lit.? aiixiliuin,— ' 2. magiiis,— 'forced'; lit.? gerautur, 8it,—for mood see RC.99.c7. HF.176.2. 3. cuidaiu ex,— 'one of.' (iJallis,—here used as adj.; 'Gallic' 4. trl'aecis litteris,—uncertain whether in Greek charac- ters merely or in the Greek language. epistola,—abl. nostra,—w. consilia. 5. monet, —the object is the GauL 6. profectuiu,—trans, as if coordinate with affore. 7. ut erat—praeceptum, -cf . ut —erat hnperatum, c.47. §3. 8. iieque, ' and., not. ' biduo, ' for two daj-s. ' (RC.85, h.i. HF.82.2.) animadversa,—trans, as in App.37. n.b, ' ) NOTES ON BOOK V. 123 9. perleetam,—agreeing -with epistolam understood, the object of recitat; trans, freely, ' after reading it through, reads it out,' etc. oiunes atficit, — 'fills all with,' etc. ; the subj. is ilh. 10. fumi,—Eng. would use the sing, incendiorum,—the buildings and villages of the enemy were set on fire by the 3. advancing army ; cf. c. 19. § N.B.—Asyndeton, historical present and short sentences throughout the chapter. [Cf.c.31 and 10 for similar examples, expressive of rapid movements.] Galltts as an adj. § 3. [So regularly, not GaUicus, with personal nouns.] Position of nostra, § 4. The accus. of -i stems, turrim, § 8. [RC.49.C.] Abl. of time within which, [hiduo, § 8. Cf C.27. § 8. In negative clauses the distinction between this abl. and the ace. of time how long is verj- apt to be missed.] The tense of videbantur, § 10. [Contrast c.8. §§.5.r>. The perfect here would have been unsuitable.] The plural /«hu', § 10. [Somewhat similar to the use noticed in n.b. to c.24. §1. siccitates.] 49-51. The Gauls leave Cicero and (jo arjainst Caesar, who encamps, and having final/y enticed tJiem to attach the camj}, completely routs them. CAP. XLIX. — ' 1. Haec, etc., ' these were. . .armed men ; armata millia, lit. ' armed thousands. 2. (ijallum repetit,— 'again asks for a Gaul,' not the same one as in c.l5. §3. qui (lefcrat,— App.29.6. (RC.99.«.l. HF. 181. 1. ) facial,—trans, by infin. (RG. 99. a. 2. i. 3. lUllllitlulillCin,—obj. of convertisse, the subj. being hostes. 4. ad dimicaiKluin,—App.39. aiiiiuo, — 'in spirit.' (EC. 8a. d.) 5. traus valleni,— with conapicatur. ' '' 124 DE BELLO GALLICO. 6. magni periculi,— freely, 'very dangerous.' (RC.Sl.e. HF. 130. 7. ) tantuiis copiis,— ' when his forces were so small. App.o.a.N. turn,— 'further. ' obsidione,—KC.85./i. HF. 158.2.1. aequo aniino, etc., — 'he need not scruple to relax ' his speed, ' or might abate . . without hesitation, ' lit. ? remit- tendum,—supply esse. App. 24. 7. haec,— i.e. castra, with, contrahit. per se,— 'of itself.' vix. . .septem,— ' being for (lit. of) barely,' etc.; millium depends on Aaec. (RC.Bl.e. HF. 130.8.) an^listiis viarum,— 'by narrowing the streets,' i.e. the passages between the linos of tents, lit. 'by the narrowness of the streets.' quaiii— maxiine potest,— 'as much as possible. eo consillo ut, ' with the intention of incurring the enemy's utter contempt ; lit. ? hostibus,—for the case see EC. 82./. ' K.B.—The agreement oiliaec with the predicate, § 1. Annata millia for millia armatoriiin. [The former is preferred by Cae.sar.] The subjunctive fuciut. [Cf. N.B. to c.4(;. § 4.] Position of Caesar in abl. absol. phrase, § 4. [This seems to show the close relation in thou^lit] The various kinds of abl. [The chapter contains an unusually hirge number of examples of different uses of the abl.] Asyndeton with consedit, § 6, [emphasizing the conse- ' quence ; 'therefore nii.'jht he added in trans. Cf.Bk.I.23.1.] Qtiam potest and superlative, §§ 6.7. Dative of reference, [hosti- bzis, § 7. Cf C.33. § .5.] Emphatic position of commodissime, § 8. CAP. L. 1. ad,— 'by.' aquam,— is the rlvam of c.49. § 5. 2. Galli,— subject of continent understood, the verb being 3. omitted in Eng. also ; so Caesar in § 3. si depending on the lU clause, — 'favor- forte,— — sunm, able to himself, 'lit. ' his own. ' citra, ' on his side of. 5. consulto,—with cecZere. obstrui,—c.51. § -i. shows how this was done, adiuinistrandls,—App. 10. quaiu luaxime,— =quam maxime potest, c.49. §7 ; w^ concursari. OOllCUrsari et. .agi,— 'that they should run. .and act ; lit. ? Ajii^. 24. ' ' NOTES ON BOOK V. 125 N.B.—Two adjectives added without connective to a noun, and both preceding, § 1. [This as a rule is possible only where the adj. next the noun forms with it one idea, nifxlified by the remoter adj ; so also when both adj. follow, as Bk.1. 18.10.] The phrase situs locus, [§ 1 literally, § 3 in transferred meaning ; corresponding to the latter is alienus locus, ' unfavorable ground.'] Use of si non, [§3; cf.c.48. §5. In both cases 7ion is added to the verb and visi would have been impossible.] Tense of si possef. [Due entirely to dependence on an historic tense.] CAP. LI. 2. nostris etiam,— 'as our men. .even,' etc. ; an undoubted indication of extreme fear. 3. proniintiari,—as in c.3t. §8. sen. . .sen,— 'if . . .or. ante lioraiil tertiain,—what hour of the day would this be? — ' ; lit. ? licere, he may do so ' 4 obstructis,—trans, by 'as 'clause, in speciem,— 'as a pretence,' ' for appearance' saka ' siiig'ulis,— 'single'; lit. ' one at each (gate). ' ea,— adv. 'by that way. ' posse vide- — bailtur, ' they {i.e. the enemy) thought they could'; lit.? maiiu,—showing their utter contempt. 5. sic llti,—as in c.l7. §2. omniiio,—with nemo, which is emphatic by position. resisteret,— 'held his ground,' not 'resisted.' armis,—trans, by 'of.' (EC.85./t. HF.158.2.) The meaning is that they were obliged to throw away their arms in order to escape by flight, so hot was the pursuit X.B.—The use of seu ... seii. [See another rendering c.31.§2.] Ac intensive, § 4. Abl. of road by which, [jwrtis, § 5 ; so practically the adverbial ea, § 4.] Emphatic position of tiemo, § 5. [Cf.c.43. § 4.] 52. Caesar enters Cicero's canij) and commends the brave defenders. CAP. LII. ' 1. otiaiii . . illoruni,— for inflicting even a slight loss upon thoenom3-'; more lit. 'for even a slight loss on their part.' locum reliiiqui,—as inc. 35. § t; hi both cases with the dative. ' ;. 12G DE HELLO OALLICO. 2. producta,— i.e. for inspection, iioii dediniini (iiioiiuiiie illilitem,— 'not one soldier in ten,' lit.? 4. certiiis,— 'more definitely,' i.e. than Labienus" des- patches had informed him, c. 47. 5. rem g'estam,— cf.c.47. §5. — 6. quod detriiiientum, etc. , 'as for the loss that had ' been, ' etc. , lit. what loss had been. ' lioc, —may be ace. , subj. oi ferenduvi (esse), and antecedent of quod detrivienlum, or abl. modifying aequiore and anticipating quod. . .relinquatur, ' lit. the calmer for this, because. ' In the latter case the subj. for ferendum is to be supplied. beneflcio,—depending on exjnato. eorillll, —the soldiers. expiatOj—trans, by clause coordinate with relinquatur App. 5. a.iii longior,— 'too long. N.B.— Vei-eor w. infin. [Cf.c.6. § 5.] Xeque etiam instead of «< ne. . quidem, § 1. [Cf. N.B. to c.l7.] Objective gen., Ulorttm. i 1. The use, as in Eng., of a connective between the hist of a series of words, § 2. [This is not incorrect, as is often stated; cf.c.47. 2; Bk. VI. 3. 4. The connective in Caesar in such cases is -que.] The phrase decimiis qidsqite, § 2, [resembling the use of qiiisqite with the superlative, e.g. Bk.I.3l.l2. (RC. II.lf»2. n.b.)] Position of relative clause, §4. [Cf.c.l.§l. In both cases the jxisition implies that all are meant ; had the relative clause come immediately after the ante- cedent and thus before the main verb, it might have been clearly- restrictive.] The doubtful use of hoc, § fi. [See note above. For the omission o{ id with an incorporated antecedent, cf.c.37. §1.J Chap. 53-58.—The disaffection of the Senoiies and Tre- veri held in check by Labienus. 53. Caesar's victory prevents attacks on the camps of Lahienus and Bosciiis. He himself decides to spend the trinter in the disturbed district. ' — HOTES ON BOOK V. I2l CAP. LIII. 1. per Kemos,— 'through the country of the E. ' [It may also be 'by means of the E,. '] cnin,—as inc. 26. §2. eo, = i7i hiberna Ciceronis. quo clainore,— for repetition of noun, cf. App. ll.t?. ii. (EC. 93. vi.) Tictoriae, — with both significatio and gratulafio. — ' (lit. ; clause of lieret, might be given made) ' purpose (EC. 11.25. HF. 184.1.) 3. tribus le^ionibus,—probably including Cicero's legion, trinis,— -three.' (EC.58.C.3. HF.G9.8.e,) 4. (le. .morle,—explaining illo incommodo. reliqui,—in spite of its position is probably to be taken as nom. . meaning the other Gauls. quid coiisilii,—App.2.rf. — ' unde, ' by whom ' ; more lit. from whom. 5. \eque iillum, — 'and no.' siHe...quin, — 'without anxiety on C.—'s j^art and without his receiving, ' etc. G. lu his, 'among these, ' supph-ing nuntiis. earuni civitatum,—depending on Gallorum. sui,—sing, referring to Eoscius. loil^ius,— 'farther (than).' (ECU. 123. r. 2.) adeo ut,— 'so much so that,' or 'so quickly indeed that. ' fu2:ae,— cf. c. 47. § 4. N.B.—The foi'in oreretur, § 1; [of the third conjug., while the verb belongs to the fourth. (H.p.l3.5.fn.l.')] The emphatic position of sexaginta, § 1. The use of distributives with force of cardinals, trinis, § 3. (RC..t8.c.3. HF.09.8.C. H.174.2.3. AG.95.6.) Notice than in similar cases trini not terni is used. Trinis hihernis may be a mrxlal not a local abl.] The e-xpressive frequentative, § 4. Unde=a quibus, ^ i. [Cf. x.B. to c.ll.] The use of ^hjh. [Cf. N.B. to cf)").] The use of longius with numerals, § 7. [So amplius, plus waA minus are used, without affecting the case, in spite of the omission of (/«am. (nC.ll.VlXc.-i. BA.318.0bs. H.417.N.2. AG.247.C.)] 54. The Senones expel the kimj appointed hy Caesar. Except the Aediii and lievii, all the (iauls are under suspicion. ' ' ' — — 128 DE BELLO GALLICO. CAP. LIV. — 1. alias,—adv. cum, ' since or as. 2. Senoiies,— subj. of expuhrunt and fuerunt, § 3. Break up the sentence at cojiaii. App.37. N.B. CaYarinuiii, v>it\\ interficere. Clljus, etc., —supply regnum oblinuerat after Caesaris, and trans, the rest freely, ' as had his ancestors before him, ' lit ? adventu,— abl. of time when. 3. regno,—for abl. see EC. 85. A. HF. 158.2. senatum,— Caesar applies a Roman term to the ruling body of nobles in a — Gallic tribe, audieiitos lion fiieruiit, ' did not obe3' ; lit.? ' 4. Tautinn, taiitam,—answered bj^ ut... nobis, valuit,— the subj. is the clause esse. . .belli ; so of attulit. esse, etc., ' the news (or the fact) that some, ' etc. priucipes inf erendi, 'foremost in making. alteros. . .alteros,—the Aedui and the Eemi respectivelj-. belli,—trans, by 'in.' App.2.c. nulla fere,— 'scarcely any, ' lit? suspecta nobis,— 'an object of suspicion to us' ; dat of reference. (EC.82./. j 5. adeo,— with id, 'this in fact,' or with mirandiim, 'so much to be wondered at' baud scio -ne sit,— 'I suppose is not'; lit? EC. XL 43. HF.176.2. cum..tuni,—as inc. 4. §3. ei,— swh^. oidoJebant. belli,— freely, 'warlike.' tanluni opinionis,—App.2.d. ejus, 'that,' referring to virtute. . .praeferebantur. a,— 'of,' lit. ' from. N.B.—The phrases alias., .alias, § 1, and alteros. . .alteros, § 4. [The former, in classical authors, alwaj-s of time not place. For the plur. of the latter, cf. utriqiie, c.'JO. §1.] Attributive prepositional phrases, [inter Gallos, in Galliam, § 2, erga populum, § 4. Cf. N.n. to C.13. Notice the position of each phrase, which is the usual one in such cases.] Relation of relative clauses quern, cujus, cujusque, § 2. [Cf. N.B. to C.24.] Substantival infin. clause as subject, § 4. Gen.=in regard to, [withjirincipes and officiis, § 4, virtute, § 5.] Dative of reference or person concerned, [nobis, § 4. This occurs also in c.33. §.5; 3.5. §6; 44. §§ 7.8; 49. §7. (RC.S'J. BA.2.57. H.384.4.N.2. AG.235.)J The phrase hatid scio -ne; [so also hatid ' ' NOTES ON BOOK V. 129 scio an. Literally it expresses uncertainty, but only as a rhetorical means of expressing a positive opinion. In Cicero the meaning is always ' I rather think,' here as often in other writers 'I scarcely think.'] The reference ot a 2)opulo Romano, % 5. [This does not modify imperia, but the whole phrase imperia perferrent. For the plural imperia, cf. N.B. to c.27. § 3.] The phrases dicto audiens >nd honore habere. h 5-58. Indutiomariis tries to bring about a general revolt, but in overthroivn and slain by Labienus. CAP. LV. 1. totins. . .qnin, — cf.c.40.5. and 53. §5. Trans, quin ' without.'' pecunias,— 'sums of money. 2. Neque. . .ulli,— 'no,' lit.? civltati persuader!,—for pass. w. dat. see E.C.II.57. HF. 164.1. Ariovisti, Tenctero- rum,—see Introd. p. xii. Bk. I. and p.xiii. Bk. IV. 3. lapsus,—as dejectus, c 48. § 1. nillilo minus,—cf. nihilo secius, C.4. § 3. tota (jallia, —trans, as tola acie, c.34. § 1. 4. rebus,— 'means.' publice privatimque,— 'on behalf of their states and of themselves. N.B.—The use of qimi. [Cf.c,2. §2. and c.53. § 5. RC.99.6.i. BA.129.137. H..V»4.1. AG.S32.g.] Asyndeton in §§ 1.3.4. [Indicative of haste.] Dat. retained with pass, used impersonally, [civitati persuad^ri, § 2. RC.II..57. BA.217.] Local abl. with lotus, § 3; [cf. N.B. to c.,34.§l.J CAP. LVI. 1. ultro veniri,— 'that men were coming spontaneously or of their own accord. ' App.24. facinoris,—referring to c. 25. §§ l-l. and c. 54. §§2-5. altera,—supply ex parte, neque "* . . deiore,^' he would have no lack of, etc. , lit ? 2. — e. hoc, —i. the proclaiming of an armed council— ; subj. of est. quo, ' to it or to this council. ' qui ex lis, 'whoever of these ' qui for is perf., to ; qui. couveuit,— but translated by Eng. pres. — ' 130 DE BEI-LO OALMCO. 3. altcriiis factioiiis,—cf.c.B. §2. supra,— c. 3. § 3. secn> tnin lidciiij^as in c. 20. § 1. Trans, as in App.37. N. c. 0. hue,— "to those'; i.e. to the sta^^s just mentioned. — priiisquam id faciat, ' before doing so,' lit.? N.B. Te.n?,e of convenit, § 2. [A frequentative relative clause; cf.fece- rint, c.:!4. S4. and n.h. Notice tlie somewhat rare use of cnnvenio of a sin{?lo person coining- to a meeting ; cf.Bk.VI..37.0.J Use of 2)riusqitam and suhj. [Evidently the storming of Labiemis' camp is regarded as a means to furthering the other ends in view. Cf. n.b. to C.27. Notice too in this connection the force of ac] CAP. LVII. _. maim,—used as ojjere in c.9. §4. and c. 21. § 1. muni- tissimis,—bring out force of superl. by 'excellently.' nihil timebat,— 'had (or felt) no fear, ' lit.? for nihil see E,C.83.e.L ne. .dimitteret,— freely, 'how not to lose,' lit? 2. conveiiieiidi,—trans, by 'for.' 4. timoriB opinionem,—as Caesar had done, c.50.51. qiii- buscuinque. .rebus,—as in c.7. § 1. N.B.—Asyndeton in contrasted clauses, S 1. [Eng. would prohal)ly use 'but.'] Disposal of cavalry during the winter. [It would seem from Labienus' summoning the cavalry and from the small number Caesar obtained in c.46. §4. that the Gallic cavalry were as a rule sent to their homes for the winter.] The use of the imperfect throughout the chapter. CAP. LVIII. 1. majore in dies,— 'daily increasing'; lit.? una,— 'a single' ; that of the certum diem, c. 57. §2. diligentia,—abl. 2. magna, .verborum,— 'with much insulting language'; Ut? 3. ubi Tisum est,— 'when they thought fit,' referring to lit. what follows ; ? dispersi, etc., — the dis (so often repeated) implies * in different directions. ' ' ' ';' NOTES ON BOOK V. 131 4. praeeipit atque iiiterdicit,—the former referring to the words ovines peterent, and the latter to neu. .vulneret. It will be better Eng. not to trans, interdicit until just before the ' clause neu quis, etc. , forbids any one. ((uod. . .videbat,— 'which he saw would happen, as was actually the case'; quod referring to the abl absol. clause. a. 2. i. petereiit,— = ?<< jeterent. (EC. 99. ) quis quern,—the ' indef. pron. prius . qiiain,— until . mora reliquornin,—' through their delaying over the the delay caused by the others. (KG. others, 'or 'through — 81. c. ) nactuiu eflfug-ere, ' that he should gain . . and escape. Ai3p.37. N.B. 5. qui occideriiit,— 'wlio kill him' ; for mood see EC. 99. e. L HF.'207.7. 0. hominis,— 'his, ' lit. ' the man's. ' ipso,—as in c. 33. § 1 his escape, redeuntes, implying that he had nearly effected — — 'as they return,' nomin. quos possuut, ' all they can, lit.? 7. paulo,— w. quietiorem. post id factum,— 'after {or when) that was done,' lit.? factum^ participle, EC. 102 .c. ii. HF. 219. h. habuit,— ' found. i\.B.—Difference between in dies, § 1, and cotidie, c,57. §3=daily. [The former of daily change (increase or decrease), the latter of daily repetition (though sometimes also, in the best authors, of daily = change). Cf. cotidiana, % 2.] Force of m«ms. [In § 1 'a single,' as in c.4.5. §2 ; in § 4='alone.'] The agent expressed in abl. absol. clause, § 3. [Cf. N.B. to c,35.] Construction of subj. peterent, § 1. [Cf. N.I5. to c.40.] Use of 7teti, § 1. [Cf. x.n. to c.2l'.] Change of tense, jyeterent, vidneret, § 4. [Perhaps suggestive of greater stress put on the second part of their instructions.] Sul.j. w. priusijuam. [Cf.c.-J7. § 0. and c. .%.'>.] Mood and tense of occideriiit, §.5. [Virtual indirect narration, for fut. perf. of direct; projmnit implies the actuid jn-omise 'dabo,' etc. RC.ny.e.i. BA.lls. AG. 341. c] Homo used with force of pronoun is, i-eferring to a person already mentioned. [Soin c.7. S'.'.] Tlie phrase post id factum, § 7. fRC.II.23.'i. HF.L'l'J.b. BA.417.i, H.u4y.N.2. AG.2 NOTES ON BOOK VI. For the events described in the five jn-eceding books, see x. Introduction, § III. , p. riiap. 1-10.—The striiarg'le with disaffected tribes in >orth-Easteru (iaiil. 1. Caesar increases his forces by three new legions. CAP. I. 1. Multis de causis,—chief among these was the dangerous spirit of revolt shown by the desertion of Dumnorix, by the destruction of the fifteen cohorts under Cotta and Sabinus, and the rising of Indutioniarus. The expedition to Britain also had been barren of results, per, —imijlying that these officers were in charge of the levy. 2. Poinpeio,— for the relations between Pompey and Caesar see Introduction, p. v. procousule,—a consul, at the end of his year of oifice was generally entrusted with the control of a jtrovinca Pompey was now jDroconsul of Spain, but left the management of his province to his legally remaining in Italy to watch the course of events, though nominally on public business. ad iirbem, — 'near the city'; Rome of course is meant. A magistrate entrusted with the imperium or mili- tary command, could not enter the city without forfeiting it. reipublicae,—from respublica. qnoiiiam remaueret,— i|Uoting the reason given to Pomjic}-, viz. because he did not need them himself. ipse,—App. 17 ; in contrast with (eos) UliOS. ) ;'' 134 DE BELLO GALLICO. (jUOS,—sup))ly as antecedent eos object ot jnherel. ex... (jallin,— this was Caesar's province, but an arrangement had been made by which Caesar and Pompey could draw troojis from any source, coiisiilis. . .rotravisst't,— lit. 'liad asked (i.e. whether they would be bound to him) by the oath of a consul'; freely, 'had enlisted as consul.' se,—App.ll.ft. — juboret, ' to order, ' preceding the trans, of quos. .rogavisnel depending on petit, with the same force as itt juheret. (E,C. 99.a.2.i. ' 3. mniflli iiitorossc,—depending on exist imans ; that it was, 'etc. App.84. in reliqiiiim leniims,— 'for the future'; lit.? ad opiiiioueiu (jlalliae, — 'with a view to their reputa- tion in G. ' (E,C. 81. c. ) videri,—that . . should be seen (to be). detrimoiiti,— gen. w. quid 'anj''; App.2.rZ. e.sset accep- tiim,— Apji. 82. augeri,—grammatically referring to zVZ, i.e. 3'. the loss ; but the sense requires that it refer to Caesar's arm Trans, freely, 'that his strength could be increased,' etc. posset,—App.30. 4. ({nod,— App.11.6. tribuisset,— 'did for the sake of,' w. dat. The alliance between Caesar and Pompey had been greatl}' weakened, but they were still ostensibly friends. COiifecto,— App. 5. rt. SUOS,— 'his officers,' the legati of § 1. aiito exactam hiemeiUj— 'before the end of winter'; lit.? (EC.102.r.ii. Hr.219.i.) constitutis,— 'organized.' eariini cohortiuin,—fifteen, or a legion and a half. See Bk.V.c. — 24-37. et . . et,— ' both . . and. ' posseilt, 'could accomplish. (RC.99.d HF.176.2.) N.B.—The various uses of the subj. [Notice especially rematieret and rogavisset, subj. because quoted as part of Caesar's words in making the request, and Juberet depending' directly on petit. The latter subj. may be classed as subj. of substantival clause of purpose witU tit omitted (RC.'JO.a.i'.i. H.499.2. AG. 331. k.), or as sulij. of indirect command representing an imperative of the direct narration (RC. lOe.a. HF.207..->. BA.522. H.5l'3.III. AG.330.) In reality tbe variation of usage illustrates tbe tran-sition from the independent sulij. of wish or command to the dependent subj. of purpose.] The phrase — NOTES OX BOOK VI. 135 magni interest with a suljject intin. [§ 3. RC.II.fi.3. HF.166.3. BA. 310. H.408. AG.222.] Tbe subjective gen. [oxrinionem Galliae, % 3, =what Gaul thought] Tbe Zeugma in id., .resarciri. . .augeri, § 3. Relation and connection of ahsol. clauses in § 4. [Asyndeton between first two, the second and third being connected by que. The two latter are both consequences of tbe first, and this relation might ' of the perf. part, be expressed by inserting and so. '] The use instead of an abstract noun, [aitte exactam hiemem, § 4. (RC.102.c.ii. HF.219.6. BA.417. H..'i49.x.2. AG.2y2.«.)] The number of jjossew^ § 4. [Due to the plur. opes, rather than to the double subject.] 2. The disaffected states prepare for war. CAP. 11. 1. lit docilimus,—in Bk.V.c.58. Illi, —the propinqid; App.18.6. 2. ulteriores,— 'those more remote.' App.8. inter se ooliflriil.'iiitj— 'make a compact with one another.' obsidi- Ims,— abl. of means. Ambiorig'ein, — the leader of the Eburones, Bk.V.27.38. 3. Qiiibus, App. ll.i. adjunctis,—freely, 'joined by,' or ' with the addition of.' ad iinperatuiu iioii venire,—Bk.V. c.-"il:; ac? = 'at.' conimunioare,— 'were concerting. ' matn- rius,— ' earlier (than usual. ') sibi cogitanduni,—App.2-L 40. N.Il.—The substantival use of adj.; [proximi, ulteriores, § 1. The com- parative in the latter case because contrasted only mth the former.] The reciprocal use of inter se. Position of videret, § 3. [It comes after tlie first only of the dependent infinitives, for the reason that the others are but extensions of undiqiie bellum pai-ari.} The tense oipittavit. [AVith verbs of thinking the imperf. is com- monly used, except where a decision to which one has come is expressed. Cf.App.2i5.a.] 3-6. Caesar puts doion the rebellion aviong the Nervii, Senones, C'arntites and Menapii. — ) ) ' 136 DE BELLO GALLICO. CAP. III. 1. nondnin liiomo confecta,— 'even before the winter was over'; lit.? proxiiiiis,—doubtless the three at Samarobriva and that under Fabius (Bk.V. 53. 3. 2. priusqiiain. .posseiit,—for thesubj. seeEC.99./.iv. HF. 201. 5. capto,—trans, as in App. 5. a. iiL ea prapda . . . coii- — ' cessa, 'granting this as plunder ; ea ioriis, being attracted by jyraeda. in (leditionem venire,— 'to surrender' ; lit.? 4. primo vere,— 'at the beginning of spring,' lit.? (EC. — 88. r.) lit institiieratj 'according to the custom he had ' established {or introduced), ' lit. as he had established. ' By the comicils or assemblies which he regularly established among the conquered tribes, he was able to keep up official connection with them. Hence absence was regarded as a sign of revolt, initiiini,—the predicate of hoc esse. — ut. . videretur, ' that men might see he regarded (lit. that he might be seen to regard) everything (else) (as) of less importance, ' i. e. than the punishment of these tribes. Lute- tiani,— ' to L. ' (EC. 83. g. H F. 85. 1. 5. civitateni COiijunxerant,— 'had formed one state with them'; implj-ing not an alliance but a close political vmion. Usually cum and abl. also follows conjungo. nieniorla, — abl. of time within which. (EC.So.i. HF.82.2.) consilio,— i.e. to revolt, afuisse,—from absum. 6. Hac re,— probably the adjournment to Lutetia. silg- gestii, — the platform from which the soldiers were addressed and proclamations issued. uiagni$i,— 'forced. N.B. Priusquam with the subjunctive of purpose, § 2. [The end in view may be eitlier sometliin^ to be achieved or something to be prevented. (RC.9V-iv. HF.20l..'>. BA.442.)] £a, § 2, attracted by its appositive. Tlie plirase prima vere, § 4. [Tlie adj. is used in a partitive sense. Cf.c.8. §6. and Blv.V.45.2. (RC.II.114.6. BA.ai. H.440.N.1. and 2. AG.193.)] The use, as in Eng., of a connective between the last of a series of words, § 4. [This is not incorrect, as Is often stated; cf.Bk.V.4T.2. and 52.2. Tlie connective in Caesar in ' ' — NOTES ON BOOK VI. 137 Such cases is -qi(e.] The personal use of videor, § 4. [This is regularly preferred to the impersonal use. (BA.43.) Here, as in c.l. % 3, videor='he seen,' rather than 'seem.'] Various ways of renderinfj al>l. absol. clauses. [Especially where these occur In group.*, the idiomatic rendering should he made an object of study.] CAP. IV. 1. ejus,—App.l2.rt. and L priiioeps,— ' the leader in, ' etc. COnantibus,— 'as they are attempting (to do this)'; dat. with nuritiatur, lit. ' to them attempting. ' prlusquam. .posset, as in c. 3. § 2. 2. seiiteiitia,—tran. abl. by 'from.' (EC.85.7i. HF.158.2.) adouiit,— 'obtain an interview.' quorum in flde,— 'under whose protection.' 3. peleiitibus Aeduis,— 'at the request of the A.'; abl, — absol.; App. 5. a.N. belli. . .esse, ' was (the time) of or for war, ' etc. ; supply tempus as predicate after esse. quaes- tioiiis,—at the end of the summer campaign an investigation was held, c. 44. 4. custodieudos,— 'to guard,' lit. 'to be guarded.' (EC. 10 I.e. HF.173.7.) 5. deprecatoribus,— 'as intercessors,' in apposition with JRemis. feruut,— 'they receive. fi. eqnites,—see Introd.p.xvi. § V. civitatibus,—trans, dat. by ' of ' or ' from. \.K.—rrhisqxiam w. subj. § 1. [Cf. N.n. to c.3.] Construction of conaiitibus. [It is taken by some as not dat. but abl. absol. w. its omitted, a very rare usage, but found in Bk.IV.12.2, I'esistentibies.] Emphatic position of adesse, before its subject, § 1. Asyn- deton with non, § 3. [In adding a negative clause or phrase in enii)hatic contrast, n07i not nerpie is used; cf Bk.V.30.3.] The al)l. alisol. and accus. referring to the same jx'rson, [ohsidibttft, fios, § 1. Tliis rare construction is not to be imitated in prose composi- tion (RC.II..')i.c. BA.li-'.').), although it occurs not infrequently in Caesar; cf.Bk.V.4..3. and+l.fi. So practically c.43. §1. Often added cmjjhasisis gained by this construction.] The gerundive of purpose with trado. — '' 138 DE HELLO (iALLICO. CAP. V. 1. totus,— 'wholly'; really an adj. agreeing -w. Cacacr understood, et liioiite et aiiiino,— freeh-, 'heart and soui, lit? Treveroriini,— ti'ans. gen. by 'with.' 2. Cavarlnuin,—he had been made king of the Senones by Caesar, but had been driven by them from the kingdom. quis,— 'any' w. motus. hiijus iraciiiidia, i.e. the resent- ment he would be likely to feel at his expulsion : hujus = ' his, subjective genitive. eo..O(lio,—taken together; this implies that his rule had been harsh and his expulsion not undeserved. Civitatis, — may go with either odio or motus. 3. pro explorato habebat, — 'regarded it as certain.' ejus,—App. 12. 5. N. B. auimo circumspiciebat,— 'sought to discover, ' lit. ? 4. Eraiit,—App.l. N.B. uiii ex (rallia,— 'alone of the Gauls, 'lit.? cum his. . .Ambiori^i,—' between these and A.' lit.? veiiisse,—supply ewTJt as subj. Trans, 'he had formed , a friendship with the G. ' lit. ? — 5. illi, ' from him '; for dat. see EC. 82.6. i. (letraheiidai —supply esse. App. 41.34. prius. .quaiu,— 'before,' lit. 'at an earlier time than. ' ipsuiii,—App. 17. a. desperata salute, — 'despairing of safety'; lit? App.5.a. coiigredi, — 'to unite ' ; the subject is still Ambiorix. 7. Illi,—App. 18.6. coacta mauu,—trans, by principal ' clause as in App. 5. a. iii. , suppling but ' before the next clause. loci praesidio,—explained by silvas paludesque. sua,—App. 15. c. eodein,—adverb. Sf.B.—Adverbial force of totus, § 1. [RC.88. Qi«'s = an3', § 2. [Here quis is used as an adj. ; on the other hand in Bk.I.48.G. we find si qtti used substantively. (RC.62.a.)] Amblg-uous position of civitatis, § 2. Position of erant, § 4. [' ' Tliere were (he reflected) the M. ' rather than the M. were. '] Plural of «nj Germanis, § 4, and of interest with verbs of taking away, illi, § 5. — NOTES ON BOOK VI. 139 (RC.II.106; 69. BA.257. H.384.4; 385.II.2. AG.235; 229.) Mood of lacesseret ; [here due not to an idea of purpose as in c.S. and 4, but to the fact that it is dependent on existimabat. ] Despero used as a transitive verb, § 5. [So by Caesar in the abl. absol. only.] Difference between Eng. and Latin idiom in ad Labienuin in Tre- veros mittit, § 6. [RC.II.93.C. BA.315.] Local abl. xr.fretus, § 7. Use of the various pronouns in the chapter. The introduc- tory words in the various sections. CAP. VI. 1. partitis,—with passive force, though from a deponent verb. App. 5.a, quaestore,—see Introd. p.xviiL §c.3. pou- tibus,—over the marshes and streams, iiumero potitur, for the abl. see EC.85.a.ii.d. HF.116. 2. pacis petendae,—the gerundive construction. App.40. — 3. liabiturum, ' will regard, ' supply eos as object, hos- ' tiiim iiuinero,—may be translated freely by as ; so custodia ' loco, § i ; lit.? ' flnibus, —trans, by within. ' recepisseilt,— trans, by Eng. simple pres. (EC. 99./t. iii. HF. 209. 2. ) The direct form would be fut. perf . indie. 4 COnlirmatis,—here with the force of constitutis. N.B.—Deponent partior w. passive force, § 1. [So only in the partic, as alsoc.33. §1. (RC.6S.c.end. H.231.2. AG.13o.().jJ Asyndeton in § 1. [This is common in giving a series of actions following in rapid succession.] Use of ille to indicate a change of subject, § 3. [Cf.c.2. § 1 ; c.S. § 7. Similarly, but in a different position, c.3. § 2. and C.5. § 5. (RC.92.C.)] Numero and loco with the genitive to express capacity or character or purpose. [The dative of purpose has a simi- lar force, but is used with semi-abstr.act nouns (chiefly in the sing.), not with personal nouns. Nomine and viodo with the gen. are also used in much the s.ame way. Direct form of the conditional | sentence liabiturum si recepifisetit, § 3. [R('. 11.87. HF.loh.l'. The tense is due to tlic lii.storicalpres. being treated as a secondary tense.] Local a))l. fnibus, § 3. Asyndeton with ijjse, § 4. [This is the rule in Latin.] ' ' ' )'' 140 DE BELLO GALLICO. 7, 8. Labienus overcomes the Treveri. CAP. VII. 1. hiemaverat,— the pluperf. because the ^vintel• was over. 2. lion loiiiirius. . .via,— 'not more than two da3's' march.' (EC. II. 123. c. 2.) —For the gen. bidui see EGSl.e. HF.130.7. missu Caesaris, 'sent by C. ; lit.? — ' 3. a, ' at a distance of. 4. lemeritale,— trans, by 'through.' (RC.8.5. m. HF.71. 3. ' fore,—frecl}', he would have, ' supi)lying sibi ; lit.? inipedi- mentis,— trans, by 'for.' This includes the baggage refen-ed to in c. 5. §6. praesidio,—App.5.a.iii. iiia^iio,— here = 'numerous.' intermisso spatio,— 'at a distance of,' or more lit. ' leaving an interval 5. Erat,—cf.c5. §4. diffieili transitu,— 'difficult to cross'; lit.? fortheabl. reeEC.So.c. HF. 131.9; so ?'iyns prae- riiptis, to be translated by 'with.' liabebat in itiiiiuo,— ' intended ' ; lit. ? 6. spes,— 'the (enemy's) hope.' loquitur palam,—not implying in any formal address, but merelj^ so that it was overheard. This of course was intentional, and ' therefore might well be inserted at the beginning of this clausa dicaii- tur,—App.31. (KC.99.^.i.— HF.198.2.) suas exercitusque, ' his own and the army's. ' in dubium devocaturuui,— 'endanger or expose to risk'; lit.? et,— in Eng. we might use ' but. 7. ut,— lit. 'as'; freely, 'for.' Cialloruin,—as adj. ' Gallic. noiimillos. .cog'cbat,— 'some were naturally in favor of the interests of Gaul ; lit. ' nature {i.e. the natural love of coun- ' try and kinsmen) compelled— some, ' etc. 8. primis ordinibus, ' the centurions of the first ranks.' quid. . .cousilii,— 'what his plan is.' For gen. cf. App.2.fi. (KC.81.6.)— quo,— 'in order that.' (EC.II.'26. HF. 183.5.) det, ' may cause ; from do. ' ' —; NOTES ON BOOK VI. 141 — qiiam . . consuetiulo, ' than is the custom of the B. people ' lit. ' than custom—brings (with it) or goes. 9. His rebus, ' by this means. ' in tanta. .oastrorum,— ' seeing that the camps were so near,' lit. ? X.B.—Genitive of definition, \equitatus copiis, § 1. RC.81.7t. BA.304. H.39(j.vi. AG.214./. This particular phrase occurs several times in Caesar, witli copiae, auvilia, praesidia.} Cum with the indica- tive in what is lof^ically the main clause, [§ 2, jamque aberant cum crif/iioscinit. In this idiom the CM)ft clause always follows. (RC.II. ITO.c. BA.435. AG.325.5.) Cf.c.s. § 1.] The phrase non longius hidui via, § 2. [As usual with loiir/iu.s, amplius, plus and minus, qiiam is omitted: (RC.II.li'o.c.a. BA.318.0bs. H.417.N.2. AG.247.C.) Longius via may then stand either for longius quam viam (the abl. of com- parison, RC.85./. HF-.'in..^. H.417. AG. 247), or for longius quam via (the abl. of measure of difference, RC.8.5. to a pert", part, phrase.] Abl. and gen. of characteristic, [;S2.4..5. Notice that bidui, being a compound, is only apparently an exception to the rule that this construction is not used when the noun has no modifier.] Use of cotidie with augebatur, i G. [Generally in dies is used in cases of daily increase.] Ut w. indie. S 7. [Seemingly but not really causal. Cf.Bk.V.43.5. The clause is strictly relative, giving an illustrative assertion.] Difference between Gallicus and Gall us, S 7. [The former is never used by Caesar to modify per- sonal nouns.] The phrase primi ordines=primor\im ordinum centuriones. [The meaning of the phrase is uncertain ; it seems to mean either the six centurions of the first cohort of a legion, or more probably the first centurion in each of the ten cohorts, each of whom was practically in command of the whole cohort.] Quo with a comparative clause of purpose, § 8. .4 = at a distance of, S 3. [Except in one case, Caesar does not specify the place from which the distance is measured ; but the fact that this does occur (Bk.IV. 22.4. with ex eo loco) shows that it cannot be a case of hyperbaton.] In with abl. equivalent to a causal clause, $ 9. [This is one iti ' forui of the use of to give the circumstances under which. '] CAP. VIII. 1. (ifalli,—subj. of (luhitnnt. inter se,— 'one another'; lit.? ne. . .(limittereut,—A2ip.29.6. lougum. . .audeaut, ——' — '; 142 DB BELLO GALLICO. depending on idea of saying imi^lied in rohortati; in trans, supi.ly 'saj'ing. di^iiitatein,—subj. oi pati. lit., iioii aiuleant,— 'to lack the boldness ' ; lit. ? — 2. (^liae,—App.11.6. citra, ' to his side of/ lit. '^Aisside of. ' usus,—trans, as in Api5.37. N.B. 6. qiiodam, iron^ qnidam. 1. petistis, =p€tivistis. (EC.66. ) faoiiltatoin,— obj. of hahetis and antecedent of quam. praestate,—imperative. nobis duc'ibiis,— 'under one leadership ; lit.? App.5.a.N. ' 5. sigiia ooiiverti jiibet,— 'he orders them to wheel about. lit.? praesidio, —App. 3. c. ad, hetove ivipedivienta., 'by or near'; before ?a 6. qiios. . .credebant,— 'those whom they had believed to be fleeing' ; supply eon as subj. of ire. infestis sigllis,—freely 'ready to attack'; lit.? modo,— 'even, 'emphasizing impetum. 7. Qiios,—App. 11.6. consectatus,—trans, as in App. 87. N.B. post; — 'afterwards'; an adverb, recepit,— 'recovered, for Caesar had received its submission once before, Bk.V. 2-4. aiixilio,— App.3.c. spse. .recepernnt,— 'returned home' for domum see EC. II. 93. a. HF.85.1. 8. Cum his,—meaning at the same time, so that comilati eos is not superfluous, auctores fiierant, 'had instigated — ' lit.? • 9. qiieni . . permausisse . . denionstraviiiiiis,— freely, who, as we have stated, bad remained true'; lit? Ai3p.34. est traditiiui,—agreeing with the nearer of its two subjects. N.B.— C'«»i w. iiidic. dubitant, §1. [Cf. n.b. to c.7.] The shifting from tlie subj. to accus. w. infiii. constr. § 1. [The indirect narration here depends on cohortati. It is not Latin usage to change the lead- ing verb, as English often does, according as a statement, question, request or command is to be introduced ; any verb or plirase which virtually implies that something was said is sufficient for introduc- ing any or all forms of reported utterance.] Paiior with ut, S 1. [So only in negative clauses, and when the subject is a thing, not a person: usually with the iulin., as in cU. §4.} Change in ' ' NOTES ON BOOK VI. 143 sequence of tenses, § 1, [dimitterent, ancleant.'\ Force of atque, [§ 4 (twice) ; § 9. It introduces something dwelt on as of even greater importance.] Modo.. .non instead of 7ie. . .quidem, § 6. The phrsise 2yav.cis post diebus,[%T. RC.So.jr.i. BA.3l'2. H.423.N.2. AG.2.tO.] Inelegant repetition, with a different meaning, of recepit, receperunt, § 7. Cum his, g 8, of identity of time, not accompani- ment, [as the addition of comitati eos indicates.] 9, 10. Caesar crosses the Bliine into Germany. CAP. IX. 1. Caesar,— taking up the narrative where it was left at the end of c. 6. 2. quod,— ' because or that. ' se,—that is, Caesar, altera, — ' ' the other,' or the second. 3. supra,— 'above,' i.e. higher up the river. quo,— 'where,' 'at which.' ante,—two years before, as described in Bk. IV. 16-18. (i.e. 4. Nota. . .ratione,— 'as the method for building the bridge) was well known and settled,' implying that he followed the plan previously adopted, which had been well considered and successful, and was familiar to ahnost all his troops. 5. ad,— 'at or by.' 6. ante,—at the time of the former crossing, in deditioueni ' to venerant,—as in o. 3, § 2. pur^audi sui causa,—App. 89 ; clear themselves.' qui doceant,—App. 29. 6. (EC. 99. a. 1. HF. 181.1.) 7. ut parcat,—App.29.^>. sibi,—App.3.6. ne,— 'lest. odio, — ti'ans. by 'in or through'; Caesar's hatred is meant. comniuni,— with the same force as omnium w. Germanorum. auiplius obsidiini,—App. 2. d. 8. Cognita causa,— 'after investigating the casa N.B.— Position of Caesar, § 1. [When we have a change of subject, indication is clearly given by placing the new subject at the begin- ning of the clause. So f '6n', § i"., and Caesar, § 8. In the last case the subject is irregularly placed within an abl. absol. clause, which is — ' ?— " 144 DE BELLO GALLICO. however closely connected in thoupht with the main clause. Cf. Bk.V.49.4.] The use of se for enm or ipsum in an ordinary quod clause referring' to the subject of the principal verb, [§ 1. Contrast eorum, c.7. § 1. Had the subjunctive misisset occurred, this would be quite regular, as it would then be given as part of Caesar's thoughts. But in ordinary qt(od or relative clauses, se refers to the subject of its own clause. (RC.itl.ii.b.)] The acQus. jjatdnvi {or paulo, § 3. [The latter is more usual with words implying comparison.] Posi- tion of suhito, § 5. [This gives it practically the force of an attribu- tive adjective.] The expression stti j^urgaitdi causa, '^ fi. [Nothing like si(ii>i(>-(7aH CAP. X. 1. pancis post dielms,—as in c.8. §7. fit oertior,— 'is informed,' lit.? oiiilies,—w. copias. lliittnnt,—App.29.6. 2. castris,—trans, dat. by 'for. ' adiiilquam. . .dediiei, 'can be brought to fight under unfavorable conditions. ' lit. 3. quaeque,—two words, gerautur,—App.31. (KC.99.cZ. HF. 176.2.) 4. paueis diebus intennissis,—App. 5. a. ; ' after the lapse of a few days.' veiierlnt,—trans, as if pluperf. ; the actual tense of the report is retained, siiis sociorumque,—as in c. 7. § 6. peuitus,— 'completely or entirely. 5. maguitudine,—App.S.tZ. (EC.85.C. HF.131.9.) intror- — sus, i.e. to the eastward, pro, 'as.' objectam. . .prolii- berCj—lit. 'being interposed. . .protected' ; freely, 'was inter- — ' posed . . so that it protected. ' ab, ' on the part of, ' not from. injuriis,—EC.85.7t. HF.158.2. ejus,—w. silvae. Ji.B.—The phrase auxilia jieditatus, § 1. [Cf. x.b. to c.7.] The sub- stantival clause of puiTXJse -nith words of ordering, Sg 1.2.3. The indie, appellatur, i 5. [This is not part of the report, but an addition of the writer's. (RC.II.21.5.e. HF.207.4.N.2. BA.449. H.524.2. AG. ' in the direction of, ' § 5. 336.b. )] Ab meaning ) . NOTES ON BOOK VI. 145 Chap. 11-28.—A description of (a) the tlaiils (11-20), and (6) the Germans (21-28). 11, 12. Party divisions among the Gauls. CAP. XI. 1. perventum est,—App.2i. quo,— 'how,' lit. 'in what. — (EC.85.f?.) ' from each other ; lit.? inter sese, ' 2. partihus, — 'portions or divisions'; i.e. not oi t\\Q pagi, but of the civitates ; the pagi being one example of the partes. 3. qui,— 'those who.' ll.d.L — i.e. of the App. eorum, — . Gauls ; w. judicio ; App.12.6. N.B. quorum. .redeat, ' on whose pleasure . . . the decision . . . depends, ' referring to the per- sons just described in principes qui. . .existimantur. For the mood see EC. 99. e. HF. 188. 4. — 4. ejus ire causa, 'for this purpose,' explained by jie. . egeret. ne quis,— ' that none," lit.? auxilii,— (EC. 11.66. suos,—App.lo.c. qui.sque,-i.c. ea.ch. prince ps. opprimi, — ' ' to be oppressed. ' si faciat, ' if he should do. 5. est totius Oalliae, — 'exists for, or prevails in, the whole of Gaul, ' lit. 'is of. ' Galliae is thus predicative gen. with 7'atio est. iu suuima,— 'in general,' 'on the whole.' N.B.—The impersonal passive construction, lj)erventiim est, §1. RC. 96.6. HF.l(i4.2. BA.217.0bs. H.301.1. AG.14(;.c.] Circumlocution with fie, § 1. [Caesar has de and abl. instead of a direct object in the accus. very frequently with such verbs as cognosco, jyropono, inipe- tro, peto, postulo. With propono the direct object is the rule.] Tlie repetition of factiontnn, § 3, for clearness' sake. The relative clause of characteristic, [quorum . . redeat, § 3. This is really e !t!».c. HF.lss. I. H..">(H).I. AG.Sl'O.) As it is of a different nature from the previous rel. chuise, which is iu fact its antecedent, there is of course no connective.] The sen. with egeo, S 1. [The usual con- struetion is the al)l. The word occurs elsewhere but once in Caesar, In the jjartic. used substantively.] Qtiisqice. . .non patitur, § 4. [Not to 1)0 rejrarded as equivalent to Kemn patitnr. Cf. the Greek oiiK iav-] The irreirularity in the conditional clause, si faciat... liabet, § 1. The emphatic position of duas, § 5. — 146 DE BELLO GALLICO. CAP. XII. 2. Hi,— 'the latter.' minus,— 'not much or not very.* eraiit in,— 'belonged to.' quod. . .clientelae,— explanatory of rum. . vahrent. — 3. tantuni . . .antecesserant, ' they had so far outstripped them in power ; for the abl. see E.C. 85.(i. —' 4. obsides, ' as hostages, ' in apposition with ^/io«. pnb- lice,—be careful not to translate this ' publicly.' consilii, •with, nihil. App. 2. rt. occupatani,— 'which they had seized'; App. 37. r. possi- derent,— all the sulijunctives in this section depend on tantum antecesserant ut. (RC.99.6. HF. 187.2.) 5. profectus redierat,—trans, as in App. 37. n. u. , adding ' but ' in trans, imperfecta re,— 'without settling the mat- ter, ' lit. ? App. 5. «. N. 6. facta commutatione,—this, with all the following abso- lute clauses, should be rendered bj' principal verbs, adding ' so that' or 'and thus' before the principal clause Sequani dimi- serant. App.S.a.iiL Aediiis,—dative. eorum,—referring — to Aeduis. se uti, 'that they were enjo3ing. ' reliquis ' lit. rebus,— abl. of means. , in other respects, ' ? 7. quos. . .intellegebatur, — 'and as it was perceived that these had equal influence with Caesar' ; more lit. 'that these equalled (the Aedui) in influence. ' quos,—App. 11. 6.; subj. of adaeqiiare. to which Aeduos should be understood as the object, gratia,—EC. 85. (Z. Remis,—for dat seeEC.82./ 8. illi,—the Eemi. 9. Eo,— 'such,' with statu. tum,—at the time to which Caesar has brought his narrative. N.B.—The indicative with cum, purely temporal, § 1. [RC.II.lTO.a. HF.203.2. BA.433. AG.32.5. ] The imperfect tense in cousecutive clauses, § i. [The raver perfect would have dwelt more on the exist- ence of these conditions, and less on their being a result of tbe superior power of the Sequani.] The difference between Eng. and Latin idiom iu such phrases as Romam ad senatum=U> the — — NOTES ON BOOK VI. 147 senate at Rome. fCf.c.n. § 6. (RC.II.93.C. BA.315.)] The periodic sentence in Latin. [This occurs far more frequently in Latin narra- tive than in English, and is so essential that it should be carefully- studied, where as in § 6 striking- examples occur of the difference between the two languages. (RC.II.238.)] The impersonal use of intellegebatur, § 7. [This is rare with thig verb except in the per- ii qui have been fect tenses ; here qui quod. . .intellegehanUir, would objectionable, especially when referring to different persons.] Abl. of specification, [potentia, § 3, gratia, % 7.] Asyndeton and chiasmus in aiTangement of the consecutive clauses in § 9. [This puts in stronger relief the relations of the two tribes.] 13-15. The various classes or ranks in Gaul. CAP. XIII. 1. aliquo sunt nuiuero,— 'are held in some esteem,' 'are of some account. ' (KC.So.c. HF.131.9.) servoruiii loco,— as in c. 6. § i. nilllo,—an irregular form for the dat. nulli. 2. Plerique,— i.e. of the plebes. quibiis iu hos, etc., ' who have the same rights, without exception, over them as ' masters have over slaves ' ; lit. to whom there are. ' (EC.82.Druids ; so also and apud COS, the Gauls in general. 5. quod,— 'any,' adjectival w. facinus. ideiUj— =iidem, 'they also.' — 6. si qui aut privatus,— 'if any individual. ' non Stetit, 'does not abide by'; lit? sacrificiis,—trans, abl by 'from.' (RC.85./i. HF.158.2.) 7. gravissima,— 'most {not the most) severe.' Quibus, etc., — 'those who have been thus excluded'; quibus, the dat. with hi for antecedent. App.21. jiumero,— as in c.6. §3. his, for the abl. see EC 85. h. HF. 158. 2. incommodi,—with quid, App.2.fZ. his petentibus, —may be dat., indirect obj. of redditur, or abl. absol. llollOS,—an old form of honor. — —— 148 DE BELLO GALLICO. 9. aut si ((iii,— -if an}-,' lit. 'cither if an}-. ' snffragrio, with contend lint. 10. media liabeliir,— 'is regarded as the centre ' ; media is a predicate adj. 11. reperta esse,— 'to have originated,' lit.? 12. qui, — Api). U.r/.i. illo, — adverb; i.e. to Britain. Druidism Avas less subject to foreign influence in the remote island, and probabl}' existed there in a purer and more com- plete form than in Gaul, where the common people Avere beginning to assert their political rights. N.B.—Emphatic position of dtio, § 1. [Gf.c.ll. § .5.] Loco, § 1, and numero, § 7, =as. [Cf. n.b. to c.<;.] The old form 7inllo for 7ivUi, §1. [Ct. alterae, Bk.V.27.5. Such forms, whether revival-s of older Latin or not, are due to a desire for uiiiformity.J The indicative in frequentative clauses, with cum, § 2, with si, §§ 5.0.9. [For the indie, with cum see RC.II.170.6. HF.i'04.4. BA.i?A. The perf. or pluperf. tenses are usually found, according to the tense (primary or secondary) of tlie principal verb. Tlie present tense here is rather unusual.] llle, is and hie of the same persons, § 4. C'onstitiio with ace. and with <7e, § .0. fCf. n.b. to c.ll.] The form ideru = iidem. [Soisdem=iisdem. RC.iU.end. H.p.74.fn.2. AG.lOl.c] The substantival use of the indefinite pron. qui, § 9. fOn the other liand quis is used adjectively in c.9. § .">.] Translation of the adj. medius.] CAP. XIY. 1. COnsuerimt,—for consueverunt. (EC. 66.) Note that consuevi = I have become (hence / am) accustomed. lllia, adverb, inilitlae, rerum,—App.2.c. 2. in (liscipliiiam,— trans, by • for the purpose of ,' etc. 3. viceuos,— 'twenty, ' lit. 'twenty each.' (EC.oS.c. HF. e. 69. 8. ) ea, i. the contents of the verses ; trans, freel}', ' these doctrines. ' cum, -'although.' (EC. 99. i. iii. HF.204.5.) ratiouii)US,—explanatory of relicpiis rehiis ; 'business' or 'dealings,' lit. 'accounts.' Oraecis litteris,— the Greek characters only, not the Greek language. ' NOTES ON BOOK VI. 149 4. Id,— 'this. quod iieque. . .veliut iieque,— 'because the3'donot \vish...or.' For subj. see EC. II. 220. HF. 206.4 ' through ; lit. ? 37. a. confisos,— relying on ' App. * quod,— 'as, ' lit. which. ' ut,— 'namely that,' explanatory of quod. — 5. hoc persuadere, 'to inculcate this,' ' to convince men of this' : hocis explained by the clause following, al) aliis ad alios,— 'from one to another,' lit? hoc,— 'thus,' 'by this.' referring to the belief just mentioned, excitari,— 'men are roused ; App. 24. ' 6. disputaut,— 'they engage in discussion.' Multa— much terrarum, ' the world. Sf.B.— C'i phrase, rebus . .rationihus, § 3. The mood of velint, § 4. [Practi- cally res-arded as a sub-oblique clause, tliat is, a subordinate clause reiKirted in the indirect form. This, if due to videntur, might be ' brought out by rendering because they wish (as it seems) ; it ' or may be an example of the confusion of thought seen in Bk.V.i5..S. quod. . .diceret, And Bk.I.23.3. qiwd .. .exist imarent. RC.II.220. BA. 448.)] Personal use of videtitur, % 4. [BA.43.] Indicative in a relative clause dependent on ace. and inf., qtii discunt, § 4. [Cf. N.B. to c.lO. § .'). This is a periphrasis of the writer's and not represented as an integral part of the Druids' thoughts. The subjunctive how- ever would have been equally possible.] The semi-deponent coiifisos. The use of line in § 5. [In one case it looks forward, in the other backwards. In the former case illud also is very common.] CAP. XV. 1. est equituni,—supply ^renMs; 'is (that) of,' etc. cum — est usus, ' whenever there is need.' fere,—with quotannis. uti,— explanatory of quod, as in c. 14. § 4. 2. ut quisque est amplissimus, ita plurimos habet,— 'the more distinguished each is, the more. . .has he'; lit.? — Hanc uuaiii . . . noveruut, ' this is the only (form of). . which they know ; lit. ? ' ' — 150 DE IJELLO CiAl.LICO. K.K.— C'?/?)j = 'wliencvei-,' with indie. [Cf. N.n. to c.l.'i. Tlic vcr)) incidit is in the pcrf., as is usual in frequentative chiuscs in eoiiibination with a principal clause in the present. (RC.II.-'02. BA.IIil. H.471..'>. AG.279.6.)] Explanatory vt clause, (§ 1. Cf.c.ll. § 1. (RC.II.208. II. H.-OOLIII.)] Quisque and the superlative witli ut and ito, expressing proportion, S 2. [Equivalent to Eny. the. . .the with com- parative. (BA..'i7(;.ii ; tt)?. H.458.l>.)] 16-18. The religious customs and beliefs of the Gauls. CAP. XVI. 1. Oiiiiiis,— 'as a whole. 2. qui,—App. ll.cZ.i. gravioribus,— 'unusually severe,' i.e. more severe (than could be cured by the ordinary means). quiqne,— 'or who, ' lit. ? Iioiiiiiie.s, — object of both immolant and immolaluros. ndiuiiiislris, —m apposition with drtiidibus ; trans, by 'as.' 3. iiisi...re(l(latur,—App.32. (EC. 99. A. iii. HF.209.1.2.) — liabeut instituta, 'they have established. ' Caesar's descrip- tion reads as if from hearsay, and it seems probable that these human sacrifices had ceased in his day. This will explain the lack of clearness in the device described in § 4. 4. quorum,—with memSra. quibiis, App. 11.5. 5. Supplicia,—meaning 'the offering.' sint,—RC. 99.e, ' HF.206. 4. dis,—from detis, (RC. 9. ) cum . . dofccit,— when- ever, .fails '; lit.? N.B.—Comparative with standard of comparison omitted, i/ravioribus, § 2. Position of 7iisi, § 3. [By this position more emphasis is laid on the words preceding. Notice the chiasmus in the arrange- ments of the repeated words.] The ditference between habent instituta ci.ndi7istitiieriuit. [Such phrases as the former (from which arose tlie use of the modern auxiliary 'have') call special attention to the continuance of an act already past ; they mark an accom- plished condition or result, not the act of attainment. (RC.OT.flf.i.)] The omission of the preposition before aliqua noxa. [It is often so omitted, even at the end of a series with each of whose other members it is repeated, when the last member of the series is a general term.] Cum = whenever, w. pert", indie. § 5. [Cf. n.b. toc.l5.] — NOTES ON BOOK VI. 151 CAP. XVII. 1. Denm,— 'as a god.' It is not to be sujiposed that the gods of the Gauls had these names, but Caesar assigns to each the name of that Eoman god whose nature bears the closest resemblance. hunC)—supply esse ; App. 34. 2. Apollinem, etc. ,—supply colunt. quam,— ' as,' lit.? deppllore,—deijeuding on habent opinionevi. 3. Huic,— 'to this last.' cuiii, — 'whenever.' ea quae, App.l2.J. N.B. ceperiiit,—App.31. (RC.99.e.i. HF.206.4) reliquas res,— 'everything else.' 4. coiispieari licet,— 'one may see'; lit.? 5. accidit. .anderet,—trans, as if pres. tense neglecta,— App. 5. a. capta, po.sita,—neut. used substantively, object of ' — the verbs trans, by what has been,' etc. ' in his ; — apnd se, house. ' ei reij ' for doing so ; lit. ? ' X.B.—Repetition of luijus, 7iunc,%l. CMrre= whenever, w. indie. [Of. N.B. to C.I.5.] Subordinate clause in virtual indirect narra- tion, ceperint, § 3. [Devovent implies a promise, dabimits quaecepe- rimiis (fut. perf.) RC.II.216. BA.448. H.oL'S.l. AG..341.C.1 The use of licet. The force of qidspia m. The substantival u.se cl" participles, § .5. The secondary sequence offense, accidit... auderet, ? ri. [The past tense is due to the fact's being represented as a matter of experience.] CAP. XVIII. — 1. patre, ' as their father. ' This is another way of stating ' their claim to be autochthonous, ' i. e. to be the original inhabitants who had never innnigi-ated. — 2. 01), ' in accordance with ; meaning that they were ' as sprung from the god of the lower world, so the darkness is the l>areiit of the light of day. Cf. "and the evening and the morning were the first day," Gen. I. omuis,— Trans, as if it were ovinia Avith spaticd. ' ' — . ' 152 DE BELLO GALLICO. 3. fere al» rclHiiiis, — 'from most others.' qnod,— 'that'; lit. 'because.' ut possiiil,— App.BO.b. act ate,—EC.So.c. HF. 131.9. turpe,—supply esse, of which the clause //ium. assistere is subject ; App.35. N.B.— C'M»?i w. indie. § .'!. [Sec n.b. to c.l5.] Substantival use of the iiifin. [assistere, § 3.] 19, 20. Custovis connected loith family relations, funerac's, and the conduct of public affairs. CAP. XIX. — 1. (juaiitas. .taiitas, ' whatever sums of money . .as much,' or freely, inverting the clauses, 'as much mone}' . . . as. nomine,—trans, by 'as'; lit.? cum communicant,— 'add ' to, ' place with. 2. ratio liabetur,— 'an account is kept.' uter,— 'which- ever'; here a relative pron. vita superavitj— 'survives'; lit? 3. in,— 'over.' paterfamiliae,— 'the head of a house'; a compound, for the declension of which see EC. 9. res...vcnit,— 'suspicion has been aroused,' lit.? in ser- Tilem modum,— 'after the custom wdth slaves,' i.e. by torture in order to extort the truth. si compertuni est, i.e. that they have caused his death, excruciatas,—App. 37. N. B. 4. pro, — 'considering.' 'vivis,—supplying iis, 'to them while alive. ' hanc niemoriam,— 'our time'; lit? quos... constabat,— 'who, it was generally understood, had been,' etc. coufectis,—trans, by 'after, 'App. 5. a. ii. una,—adverb; supply ' with them. N.B.— Position of quantas clause, § 1. [Relative clauses precede their antecedents to gain emphasis.] Force of nomine with gen. [Cf. N.B. to numero, c.6.] Tense of superavit, § 2. [Cf.c.l5. 5i ; c.l6. § 5 ; C.17. § 3.] Uter used as a relative pronoun, § 2. C'u'm = whenever, w. indie. § 3. [Cf. n.b. to c.15.] The form. 2}ate7-fami- Uae, § 3, [instead of the more archaic and common paterfamilias. ' ' ' NOTES ON BOOK VI. 153 For a similar example of a tendency to drop abnormal forms, cf. nullo, C.13. § 1. and N.B.] The perfect tense in subordinate clauses with the present tense in the main clause, §§ 2.3. [See n.b. to c.l5.] The force of in-o, § 4. Predicative use of vivis, § 4. [Cf. denm, c.l7. § 1, and patre, c.l8. § 1.] The phrase cordi esse. [An example of the dat. of purpose.] Ac intensive, § 4. Hie of what is present in point of time, § 4. CAP. XX. ' 1. Quae civitates,— App. ll.div. the states which. ' coin- inodius,— i.e. than the others; trans, freely by the superla- tive, habeut sanctum,— 'have it enacted,' almost equal to ' have enacted. quis quid,—both indefinite ; so quo below. — 2. utij—trans, before si (2 « is. nevCj ' and not. 3. quae visa sunt,— 'what it seems best to conceal'; lit.? jurtieaverunt,—trans, freely by pres. tense. per,— 'during.' couceditur,—App.24 ; freely, 'they are ' not allowed, ' or no one is allowed. X.B.—Inclusion of antecedent in the relative clause, § 1. The differ- ence between hahent sanctum and sanxerunt. [Cf. n.b. to C.IH.J Mood and tense of acceperit ; [the perf. subj. representing the fut. perf. indie, of the direct form.] The ditference lietween rumor and/'f?«a. [The former represents rather what is unwarranted or has little foundation.] 21. lieligion and morals among the Germans. CAP. XXI. 1. qui. .praesiiit,— 'to attend to.' (RC.99.a. HF.lSi.l.) 2. niimero,—asinc.6. §3. quorum,—App.ll.a. Caesar's statement is at variance with other authorities. His know- ledge of the Germans, except as he saw them in the border tyibes, and in war, must have been entirely second-hand. 154 DE BELLO GALI.ICO. 4. Qui,—App.ll.ti.i. lioo,— abl. 5. in habcilt,— 'count it among.' rlienoiiiim,— rhcno, spcUcd also reno^ was a garment made of reindeei'-skin. parte,—App.S.a. N. N.B.—The compressed expression in Germani...(lifferiint,^\. Emphatic position oi aperte, § 2. Tlic phrarc ab parvulis, § 3. [So a 2>iieris, Bk.IV.l.'J.] Intra of time, § 5. [Elsewhere in Caesar always of place ; intc?' also is used once thus, Bk.I.3(;.7.] The middle or reflexive use of i^erluor, § 5. The genitive rhenonum, § 5. 22. Agriculture and the holdiitg of land. CAP. XXII. 2. in aiiiios singulos,— -for each j^ear.' gentibus,— ' — families, ' not 'tribes.' quiiiituin agri, 'as much land as.' et quo loco,—trans, by a separate clause. ailllO,— (EC.SS.^/. HF.8-2.3.) alio,—adverb. 3. agrioiiltura,-trans, abl. bj^ 'for.' (EC.So.i.ii. HF. 150.1.) vitaiidos,—referring to frigora as well as to ae« X.B.—Difference between quisquam, § 2, and qiiis {nequa, §3). Tense of coierunt and visum est, § 2. [See N.n. to c.l.i.] The mood of visum est. [Notice the difference in force between this clause which is relative and the dependent interrogative clause with visum sit. Cf.c.20. § 3.] The ablative of measure of difference, [aiinoimst, § 2. RC.So.jr. HF.82.3. BA.279. H.423; 430. AG.250.] Explanatory clause of purpose, §§ 3.4. [RC.II.i'OS.l.c] The abl. of price w. commute. [Studio agriculturam would have been equally correct. RC.85.iii. HF.1.50.1. BA.280. H.422.N.2. AG.252.R.] The mcod of uascuntur, § 3, as contrasted with rideat, § 4. [The latter i.s a part of the thought represented as being in the mind of the Ger- mans.] The phrase suus quisque, § 4. [This is the regular order; cf. sibiquemqiie, c.31. §2.] The brachylogy cum potentissimis= cum opibus potentissimorum, [cf.c.21. §1.] NOTES ON BOOK VI. 155 23. Customs in u'ar, and manner of government. CAP. XXIII. 1. vastatis fluibns,—trans, by infin., as in App..5.a.iii., or 'by lajing -waste.' 2. fiiiitimos,—subj. ot cedere ; App.35. a; similarly Qwewi- qnam audere. neqUC (ilieilUlliaill,— 'and no one.' prope,— "vv. consistere. 4. liellum,—object of both the verbs following. qui... praesint,—App.29.i. (EC.99.a. HF.1841.) 5. commanis,— i.e. ruling over the whole people; though many of the German tribes are known to have had kings. 6. liabeut,— 'involve, bring.' quae, .fluiit,—explanatory otlatrorinia. eflj— i.e. latrocinia. 7. ul)i quis,— 'whenever any.' ducein,— i.e. in one of these — raids, qui . . .profiteautur, ' (and) that those who. . .should declare themselves,' depending on dixit. 8. qui ex Ills,— 'those of these who.' secuti sunt,— ^.e. who have promised their aid but have not gone on the expedi- tion, in. . .uuuiero,—trans, by 'as.' his,—trans, dat. by ' from. ' (EC. 82 .b. i ) reruui ,—App.2. c. 9. qui,—App. ll.J.i. quaque,— lit. 'each,' meaning that ' this is done in each case that arises ; freely, any.' Iiabeut, — 'regard.' liis,— trans, in a different way with patent and communicant. N.B.—Qwam with the superlative. Hoc referring to a preceding idea, and explained more fully hy a clause following ; S§2..3. [Cf.c. 14. 5, .').] rroprhim w. gen. Relative clause of purpose w. deligo, % 4. Unusual position of the relative clause quae. . .Jittnt, § 4. Abrupt change from infin. to subj. in indii'cct narration, § 7. [Cf. N.ii. to cs.J Asyndeton l)ofore qui, § 8; [connnon in the adversative relation] Tense of venerunt, § 9. [Cf. N.ii. to c.l3.] Diffyrence between sanctos hahent, § 9, and habent sanctum, c.af). § 1. [For still an(jther use o{ habno, .see § C] Qui for ii qui or eos qui, jS 7.S.9. [In S 7 also we have ii qui for greater clearness where there is a change of subject.] — ' ; 156 DE BELLO GALLICO. 24. The relative poicer of the Ganh and the Germans. CAP. XXIV. 1. fuit tempiis, App. 1. n.ij. ultro,—as opposed to mere\y resisting invasions, trans Kliciiuin,—with mitterent. 2. qnilMisdnm,— 'certain (other).' yldeo,—implying that he had read tliis. 8. hoc,— 'this i^resent.' justitiao,—trans, gen. by 'for.' App.2.c. 4. eadeiii,— i.e. as in former days, victu, etc. , — 'manner of living and dressing. 5. (jallis auteiii,— 'while in the case of the G.'; indirect obj. of largitur. provinciaruili,—the two i^rovinces of Cisal- Gaul, reruiii,— 'products.' copiain pine and Transalpine— atqiie usiis, ' possession and use,' lit. 'uses or needs.' 6. assuefacti,—the subject of the clause is Galli, the same — as in the former part of the chapter. ipsi, ' even they themselves,' emphasizing the subject, illis,—the Germans. N.B.—The subjunctive with ftiit tempiis cum. [This is akin to the rela- tive clause of characteristic] Asj^ndeton in § 1. Absence of connective between the two relative (qiiam) clauses, §2. [Cf.c.ll. 3. N.B.] video, § 2 [vidi would have been used of § and Tense of ; actual experience ; cf. audio, not audivi, of what has been learned by oral transmission.] The last two only, of a series of three mem- bers, connected by que. [Cf. n.b. to c.3.] Singular verb largitur after compound subject, § .5. Plural of «.sms, § 5 ; [because of the variety possible.] Irregular position of ne..quidem, § 6. [We should have expected ne ipsi quidem or ne se ipsi quidem ; but some- times with words closely connected (as se ipsi always are) ne quidem enclose another than the word which really bears the chief emphasis cf.Bk.III.6.2. ne in locis quidem supei-ioribus.] ) NOTES ON BOOK VI. 157 25—28. The Hercynian forest and the animals ixculiar to it. CAP. XXV. 1. supra, — C.24. § 2. dierum, — (EC.Sl.e. HF.130.7. iter,—(EC.83.C. HF.69.9. ) expedite,— dat. and used as a substantive. aliter,— i.e. than by day's journej-s. men- suras,— i.e. any regular standards of measurement such as the Greek stade or the Roman viile. 2. recta. . .regioiie,— 'parallel -with the D.'; lit. 'in a straight direction as regards,' etc. B. siiiistrorsus,— i.e. northwards. In point of fact it is the Danube which turns southward, diversis,— 'remote.' 4. liujns, — i.e. where Caesar was; trans, freely 'western.' dicat, aceeperit,—(RC.99.C. HF.188..5.rt.) So diffe.rant and videantur, §5. ini'.iuill,—the eastern border ; we should say — 'end.' cum, ' althfAigh.' processerit,— i^erf. subj. 5. iiasci constat,— 'are known to be found,' lit.? visa sint,— 'are not seen ' ; for subj. (required by constat) see E,C. 99. e. HF.20G.4. prodeiida,— 'worthy of handing down.' haec,—App.13. N.B.—Dat. of reference, exjKdito, % 1. [RC.82./. BA.257. H.3&4.4.N..3. AG.235. The adj. is licre used substantively also.] Sulij. in relative clauses of characteristic, 5§ 4. .5. Position of .9e, § 4. [It is wrong-ly placed before atit as if it were intended to apply also to the second a j(< clause.] CAP. XXVI. 1. bos,—App. l.N. B. The reindeer is generally supposed to be meant. The word bos would here suggest to a Roman an animal resembling the ox in so far that it was horned, chjven- hoofed, and graminivorous. lluura,—trans, abl. by 'of.' (EC.85.C. HF.131.9.) his coruibus,—trans, abl. by 'than.' (EC. 85./. HF.55.5.) ' 158 DE 15ELLO OAI.LICO. 2. ejus,—referring to cornn, § 1. suiiiiiio,— 'end. tip'; used substantively, sicut,— 'as it were.' V.B.—The al)l. of characteristic witli pen. for its modifier. [Tlie modi- fier necessary for such an abl. is Kcerally a word in ag-rcement.] Use and translation of mediiis. Different metliods of comparison oi cxcelsns and dirertug. Force of /(is, § 1 ; [mr.de dearer by tlie relative clause, and not with the same meaning that eis would liave had.] Abl. of comparison, cornibus, S 1. CAP. XXVII. 1. quae appellaiitur,—freely 'so-called.' oapris,— 'that of goats, ' lit.? varietas,— 'different colors'; the body is brown and white. mutilae Stmt cornibus,— 'liave broken (or blunted) horns ' ; lit. ? for abl. see IIC.8.5. d. Many of these details are of course entirely fabulous. 2. quo,—indefin. pron., w. casii. 3. Hissunt,— 'they have'; lit? for dat. see EC.82.«7. HF. 120. o ; or trans, giint j^ro by 'serve as.' 4. est aniinadversum,— trans, by active, oonsuorint,— see on c. 11. §1. Oiniies,—with arbores. accidunt,— with i long. suiniiia species, etc., — 'the outward appearance ot ' standing trees may be left, " or perhaps tlie appearance ot having their tops standing. 5. Hue,— 'against these.' una,—as inc. 19. §4. 'S.^.—Sunt quae followed by the indicative, § 1. [The subj. of charac- teristic would be quite impossible here; cf.Bk.IV.10.5.] Con- densed expression in coneiviilis capris Jif/ura. [Cf.e.34. § 8.] The abl. of specification, S 1. Perfect indie, in subord. clauses combined with pres. in principal clause, 5 2. 1..5. [In two cases with CM»i = whenever. Cf. N.ii. to c.l.5.] Abl. of manner, coiisuetudine, § 5, without a modifier or the prep. ex. CAP. XXVIII. 1. est eorum,— 'is made ujd of those,' 'comprises those.' specie,—supply .»«//< and trans, 'and have the api^earance.' (RC.85.C. HF.131.9.) — NOTES OJi BOOK VI. 159 2. eoriim est,— 'they have,' lit.? iieqiie,—'and neither.' 3. captos,—App.37. x.b. se,— to be taken also w. exercent. ill publicum, — 'publich'.' quae siiit testimonio, — 'as proof,'lit.? (EC.99.a.ir82.c. HF.184.1; 134.1.) 5. bourn,—from bos. (EC.9. HF.45.) 6. conqnisita,—App.37. n.b. ab,— trans, by ' at.' pro,— 'as.' X.B.—Abl. of specification w. fjen. as modifier, specie, etc., § 1. [Cf. n.b. to c.2(>.] Subj. anddat. of purpose combined, § 3. Condensed expression, a cornibus, § 5. [Cf. N.B. to c.34. § S.] Force of ab in ab labris, § C. [Cf. ab radicibiis, c.27. §4.] -4-»»—»- Chap. 29-44.—The war of vengeance on Ambiorix and the Eburones. 29-31. Caesar returning to Gaul invades the land of the Eburones ; Ambiorix escapes but Catuvolcus is slain. CAP. XXIX. 1. Vluos,—adj. here; 'of the Ubii.' The narrative is resumed from c.lO. supra, c.22. § 1. 2. barbaris,— trans, dat, by 'from.' (EC.82.i.i.) auxilia, — i.e. sent to aid the Gauls. 3. in extremo ponte,— 'at the end of.' etc. turrim,— accus. (EC.49.C. HF.40.) cohortium,—these must have been auxiliaries from the province, for in c.33. § 1 Caesar has all his troops with him. tuendi,—App.40. 4. maturescere,— i.e. early in August. Ambiorigis,— trans, b^^ 'against.' per silvam,— with praemittit, not pro- copyists the fectus. quiugentis,—an error, probably of the ; forest had about one-third of this extent. si.. posset,— 'to see whether he could,' or 'in the hope that he could.' (E,C. II.21G.) 5. fieri,—' from being made (or built).' sul>sequi,—notice the tense. ' ' — 160 DE BELLO GALLICO. N.B.—Dat. of interest w. verbs of taking away, § 2. [RC.82.b.i. BA.243. H.385.2. AG. 229.] The phraac extremo ]yonte, % X [tRCHKc. BA. GO.) Contract 2>'ti'tem idtimam 2)ontis, § 2.J Si ]>n.< after we have jirohibeut andjiat.] The tense of snhHcqni, § .1. [We should expect tlie fut. ; but the prcs. may be justified by the statement above, profectus . .praeviittit. ] CAP. XXX. 1. contra,— 'contrary to.' quo in loco,— 'to the place where'; ior ad euvi locum in quo. (licebatur,—used person- ally. 2. Multuni potest,— 'has great power.' cum. .tuni,—see — ' Vocabulary-, niai^no casu, ' bj^ pure chance,' by gi'eat good luck.' ipsuni, i.e. Ambiorix. etiani,— 'yet,' vith incau- tum. yiderotur,—co-ordinate with incideret. mag'uae fuit fortunae,— 'it was a great piece of luck.' The subject is the infin. clause, ipsum effur/ere mortem, 'that he himself should, etc' erepto, compreaeiisis,— trans, by ' although. 3. hoc quoque,— theabl.; 'for this reason also,' explained by quod, .snstinuerunt. propinquitatcs,— trans, by the sing. 4. png:nantil)us,— App. 5.«. n. fu^ienteni,— 'as he was fleeing,' or freely, 'in his flight.' subeundum,— 'falling into. Bf.B.—Personal construction of dicor, § 1. [I3A.43.] The predicative genitive, [fortunae, § 2. (RC.Sl.a.l. H.401. AG.214.rf.)] Abl. absol.= concessive clause, § 2; = causal clause, §3. Relative ut clause, § 3. The plural of an abstract noun, l2)ropinqiiitates, § 3. Here, as often iu Latin, the plural of an abstract noun is used refer- ring to the various instances or cases where the quality is mani- fested.] The present participle, § 4. The use of different expressions for similar ideas, for mere variety's sake. [This is rarely noticeable in Caesar. In this chapter however, cf. piotest, § 2, and valuit, § 4 ; magna accidit casu, and magnaejtnt fortunae, § 2.] ' ' NOTES ON BOOK VI. 161 CAP. XXXI. 1. -lie.. an,— 'whether.. or.' (EC.II.44. HF.177.5.) exis- timarit,— =existimaverit. (RC.66. ) The subj. is due to the dependence on dubium est. tempore,—freely, ' by the want — of time. ' exelusus, ' because prevented. — ' 2. certe, ' at any rate. ' sibi,—trans, dat. by for. ' (EC. II. .59. ) (Quorum,—referring to plural idea implied in quenique. 3. qui.. hi,— 'those who.' iiisiilis,— i.e. districts near the sea cut off from the mainland at high tide. — 4. alienissimis, ' their bitterest enemies. — — 5. omnibus, ' all manner of. ' qui. .fuisset, 'as having been.' (EC.99.^.iii. Hr.198.4.) N.B.— Alternative que.stion, § 1. [These ai'e rare in Caesar. He uses ne . . .an three times ; the more formal utricm. . .an twice ; and once an without any pai'ticle in the first clause ; in three fases also the first part is omitted, and the an clause alone given. (RC.II. 42.44. HF. 177. .5. BA.laS.sqq.lOS.)] Difference in tense of existimarit (repre- senting^ existima vit of direct) and cvederet, § 1. [The former refers to a decision come to. See App.iG.a.l.] The dat. with consido. The dat. w. proximus, § 3. [This is the usual construction with the adj. Caesar has also the accus.] Mood oi fuh^set, § 5. [An example of the causal relative clause. (RC.99.,(/.iii. HF.198.4. BA. .509. H..017. AG.320.e.)J The last section furni.shes an e.xceliant e-xample of a Latin period. 32-34. After receiving the sHhmission of the Segni and Con- druii, Caesar leaves the baggage at Adaatuca under Cicero.^ and, sets out with his army in three divisions in pursuit of the Ehurones. CAP. XXXII. 1. ex ^ente, etc., — 'who are sprung from the G. and reck- oned a part of them. ' qui,—referring to Segni Condrusique. — ' ) —; 1G2 t)E llELLO GALLICO oratliin,—the supine ; trans, by Eiig. infin. (RC. lOo.a. IIF. 174.3.) lie... neve,— 'not to. . .nor.' uiiani,— 'the same or ulentical.' cog:ita.SSe,— =cogitavisse. (RC. 6,0. 2. quacstionc,—abl. of means w. explorata re. qui, indef. adjective, w. Eburones. 3. Aduatucam,—trans, ace. by 'to.' (RC.83.^. HF.85.1.) 4. Titurius, etc., i.e. the winter-camp of the legion and a half slain under Sabinus and Cotta ; see BkV. 24-37. 5. cum...luin,—as in c.30. §2. rebus,— abl. of cause. (RC.85. m. HF.71.3.) \)ro}nirat^— = probaveraL (EC. 66.) nianebaul,—notice tense ; trans, 'still remained. ' ut suble- varet,— 'so as to lighten. proxime conscriptas,—see c. 1. §4. Trans, as in App.37. a. N. B. X.B.—Use of supine in -urn, § 1. Xeve as a connective of negative Ihial clauses, § 1. [In c.l'O. § 2. it is used to add a neirative to an affirmative clause of purpose.] Abi'ui)t change from suhj. to infin. in indirect narration, § 1. [Cf. n.b. to c.8.] Change offense in putting clauses in the indirect form, §§ \.'2. Accus. of limit of motion, Aduatucam, § 3. [RCDS.;/. HF.8.'..l. BA.Sl.J. H.380.II. AG. 258.] Gender of id, % 4. [This refers to Aduatuca (fem.), but follows the regular usage in agreeing with its neuter predicate. Hoc immediately after refers to castelli, whose gender it retains as there is no predicate nominative ; hie est locus however would have been required.] The use of cum.. turn— et..et, §,5. [Cf.c.30§2; Bk.V. 4.3 ; 54.5.] Syncopated forms of the verb, §§1.5. [Cf.c.31. S§ 1.3.5. RG.66. H.235. AG.128.a.] Dat. of purpose and of interest, §§1.5. (!. [Notice the dative with viitto, § 1, and the double dat. in § 5.] CAP. XXXIII. 1. Partito,— as in c.6. §1. ad. . .versus,— 'towards' either word would be sufficient, 8. ScaUlem,—an obvious error; possibly 4. Diseedens,— 'on setting out' ; notice tense, post diem septimnm,—as c.35. §1. shows, this means 'on the seventh ' day, ' not as our reckoning would make it, on the eighth.' ? — NOTES ON BOOK VI. 163 qnam ad diciii,— 'by which time.' reliuquebatur, A]3p.2B ; notice the tense. 5. reipwblicae cominodo,— 'consistently with the general ' welfare, ' lit. in accordance with the advantage of public busi- ness. ' revertantur,—App.29.6. (EC.99.a.2.1.) ad,— 'by , — or on. ' aliiid initium, etc. ' begin the war afresh ; lit.? ' \.B.—The preiwsition versus, § 1. [Caesar uses it alone, or preceded l)y ad or l)y in. Tiiis paculiar usage is due to the derivation of tlie prep, from the participle. J The imperfect tense in §53.4. [Relinque- batur becauses it refers to tlie moment of his departure.] The phrase jmst diem septiimcm, § 4 ; [due probably to tlie Roman habit of counting inclusively. \Vith2>ost and ante, either the a1)l. is used, a7ite cmdjiost being adverbs, or the accus. governed by the words as prepositions. RC..S.').(/. BA.322.] Shifting of the gender of fKes, §§4.5. [Here, as in Bk. 1.0.4. where there is an exactly similar change, dies is fem. when the notion of a limit or I'eriod is upper- most; dies in the ordinary sense of a natural day is masc] Hortatiir followed by subj. without id, §.5. [Here a true purpose clause follows, ut..i)ossint. See n.b. to c.l.] CAP. XXXIV. -.supra, — c. 31. §§1.2. defenderet, — 'could defend.' (RC.99.C. HF.1S8 4.) 2. Ubi cuiqiie. . .consoderat,— freel}-, 'each established himself where. . to him ' ; lit. 3. vicinitatibus,— 'the neighbors'; impl^-ing that they were thus easily learned by the Komans also by enquiries. Slimiiia,—noun. Ulliversis,—dat. , referring to the Romans. ox parte,— 'in part,' 'in some measure.' Caesar means that the iirecautions necessary for the safety of individuL-ls helped to ensui'e the safety of the whole ami}-. 4. Nam,—explaining the clause niarjiiam. .conservarnVts, not — the rel. clause just preceding, long'ius, ' too far. ' silvac . itiiieribus,— 'the woods with theii', ' etc.; itineribim is al)l. absol. coiifertos, — obj. of prohibebanf and referring to the Romans {niililibun, § 3). ' — 164 DE BELLO GALLICO. 5. si. . vellet, dimiltendae eraiit,— ' if he had wished. . .he would have had tf), ' etc. Trans, all passives in this section by the active, sccleratoruin,—marking the deep hatred which Caesar felt towards those who had destroyed the legion and a half the year before, Bk.V. 24-37. 6. iiistituta ratio,— 'established practice.' praesidio, App.3.c. (EC.82.C. HF. 134.1 ) iiisidiaiidi,— trans, gen. by ' iiL ' App. 2. c. deerat,—from des u m. 7. Ut. .difticultatibus,— -consiilering that there were diffi- culties of such a kind.' diligeiitia,— abl. providebatur,— supply tantum referring to quantum; freely, 'Caesar exer- cised foresight, as far as provision could be made by careful — attention.' 'so that ; of ut, ' purpose, not result, etsi... ardebant,— trans, before j^otius . . praetermitteretur. uk'is- . cendlim,— 'revenge,' i.e. for the loss of the legion and a half under Sabinus and Cotta. qiiaui, —referring to jjotius. noceretur,— -harm should be done,' i.e. to the enemy. (EC. 96.6. HF. 164.1.) — 8. magna multitudine circumfiisa, ' by a large number rushing upon them from all sides' ; lit.? pro,— 'for. Bf.B.— L7 = as, SSl.6.7. [In § 7 the verb is omitted, as is not infrequent in Latin with relative ut clauses thrown in parenthetically; cf.Bk. V.31.6. This restrictive use of ut clauses is frequent in Latin, g-en- erally modifying an adj. or an adv.; cf.Bk. IV. 3.3.] Tense of offerebat, § 2. [The reasons which call for the pluperf. in dependent frequentative clauses do not hold here.] Force and position of aliquis, M 2.7. [In § 2 and the second case of § 7, the word is empha- tic, 'some, even if but little.' The position in § 2 adds emphasis to the word ; in § 7 it is in the natural position.] Abstract noun for concrete, [vicinitatibus, § 3. This rarely occurs in Caesar's straight- forward prose.] Conditional clause si vellet, combined with indie, of principal clause, S§ .i.G. [This is in both cases but a seeming irregularity. (RC. 11.85. x.b. HF 193.2. BA.4G1. H..511. AG.30.S.C.) For the asyndeton in § 6, cf. x.b. to c.23. ] The condensed expres- sion quam miles for quain militis vita, § 8. [For similar examples see c.21. § 1 ; C.22. § 4 ; c.27. § 1 ; c.28. § .5. On the Other hand, cf.Bk. JII.13.1. carinae planiores quam nostrarum naviuvu] ' ' ' ' ; NOTES ON BOOK VI. 165 35-42. Cicero's camp at Aduatuca is surprised by the Sugamhri and only by a hard struggle saved. On Caesar's return the Sugamhri retire. CAP. XXXV. 1. quern ad diem,—as in c.33. § i. 2. Hie,—adv. quantum i).issit,—cf.c. 30. §2. 3. par vain modo,— 'even a slight.' afferret,— 'could afford.' (EC.99.C.— HF. 188.4.) 4. ult r , ' furth er. 5. Cosrant,—trans, by passive in order to keep the antece- dent Sugamhri close to the relative clauses, a quil)US,etc., — 'and who, as.., received,' etc. lit.? supra,—in Bk.iy.c.l6. see Introd. §III.p.xiii. 6. millibns,—(EC.85./7. HF.58.6.) primes,- 'nearest'; i.e. the border districts, numero,— abl. w. jiofiuntur. (KG. 11.65. HF.116. ) CUJUS,—the antecedent is yve'orjjf. 7. lou^ius,— with reference to j^rimos, § 0. uon..non,— etc. 'neither. . .nor. ' natos, — 'bred as they are amid,' ' (^iiibus ill locis,—' where. 8. <^uid,—adverbial, quibus, etc., — 'when you might be, lit. 'to whom it is permitted to be.' horis,—time within which. (EC. 8.5. 6. HF.82.2.) — ' 9. Taiitum, ' only so much, ' hence freely so small. 10. quam. . . praedam,—App.ll.d.iv. eodem duce,—the ' latter in apposition ; the same man as guide. N.B.—Sequence of tenses in § 2. [The present is justifiable as expressiuj? a universal truth, but even in such cases Latin R'enerally follows the the usual sequence, as e.f/. Bk.I.40.ii.] The relative clause of difference, characteristic, § 3. [Cf.c.34. § : .J Al)l. of measure of § (i. [Here infra implies comparison ; cf jxiiilo infra, c.28. S 1. (RC. S.'j.f/.i. B.\.279. H.423. AG.2.'>(i.)] Asyndeton and anaphora with non..non, § 7. [So c.34. §1.] Atqiie, introducing a new and important statement, § 8. Attraction of predicate with licet esse, § 8. [This is the usual construction, though the ai-cus. also is found cf.Bk.V.41.C. (RC.II.163.a. HF.Ha.G. BA.201. H.536.2.3. AG.272.a.)] — — 166 DE IJPiLLO GALLICO. Al)l. of time within wliidi, horis, § 8. Hue in indirect nar- ration, g 8. \Eo would have been more reg-ular but less lively.] Tantum = ''only so much,' § 9. Ahl. predicate w. utor, S 10. [Cf. on the other hand j>»'o jjocitlis ntiintiir, c.ifS. s; <;.] Asyndeton, historical present and short sentences throughout the chapter. [This indication of rapidity is found iu Bk.V.c.31.10.18. and in Bk. VI.c.;!7.:{8.:i<,).] CAP. XXXVI. 1. qui,— 'although he.' (RC.99.t.iv. HF.96.8.) praecop- tis,— 'according to,' etc. quem(|Uani,— 'anj^,' w. calonem. de llUlliero,— w. Jidem servaturum. progrCSSUlU,—supply eum esse, iieque ulla,— 'and no.' — 2. illius, i.e. Cicero's, lieeret, ' they were allowed,' lit.? quo,— 'whereby or by which'; trans, offendi jjosstt imme- diately after quo. noveiii,—see c.33. §§ 1-3. oppositis, ' lay in front ; w. equitatu also. ofTenili,—impersonal, App. ' 24 frumentatum,—supine ; see on c.32. § 1. 3. legiouibus, — the nine legions who had gone aAvay. qui,—App.ll.cZ.i. hoc spatio,— i.e. during Caesar's absence. trecenti,—freely, 'to the number of 300.' sub vexillo, instead of with the cohorts, who had their signa. This would indicate that this body was a special detachment, subsede- raut,— i.e. had not been taken by the nine legions. facta ' potestate,— "on getting the opportunit3' ; lit.? N.B.—The period in Latin. [§§ 1.2. furnish a very good example, on an . extended scale, of the Latin period. Contrast the preceding and the three succeeding chapters.] Concessive relative clause, § 1. [RC.9n.i.iv. HF.19G.8. BA.509. H.,515.III. AG.320.e.], and consecutive relative clause, quo... posset, § 2. [RC. 11.34. HF.188.4. BA.,503. H. 500.1. AG..S19. [praeceptis, J Abl. of manner, § 1, diligentia ; note the dilference in the nature of the modifier and cf.c.27. § .5.] The phrase in castris coniineve, s 1. [Usually Me find the simple ahl. with contineo and teneo in such phi-ases. In is found also in Bk.IV.34.4, and //(//vi in Bk.V..i8.i.] 9'"*5"«"* n^^ed ad.jectively, S 1. [In- stead of uUus and nidliis, quLsiquam and nemo are more common with substantives indicating persons.] Subj. of virtual indirect ' — NOTES ON BOOK VI. 167 narration, [liceret, § 2, depending on idea implied in appellabant. (RC.II.2ir). BA.448. H.5i'8.1. AG.341.C.] /?!=\vitlun a space of, 5 2. [Caesar elsewhere expresses this idea by using spatio, Bk.III. 17.5. and (of time as in § 3.) 12.1.] Position of prep, inter, § 2. [RC.llO./. H.569.II.1. AG.263.N.] CAP. XXXVII. ' 1. casu,—to be taken also with hoc ipso ; ^.nd under these circumstances,' referring to the state of affairs described in C.36. quo,— 'as.' lit. 'with which.' al),— 'on the side of.' decuuiaiia porta,—see Intrcd. %\.d. — 2. objectis. . .silvis,— trans, b^^ 'as,' etc. ab ea parte, ' — side.' ' so much so. ' qui . . mercatores, on that u-^que oo, — —App.ll.cZ.iv. recipieiitli SUi, ' of recovering themselves.' App. 39. 3. re nova,— 'by the novelty of the situation'; lit.? in statioiie,— with cohors. 4. si. .possent,—trans, as in c.29. §4. (EC. 11.216.) 5. aditus,— ace. ; not regular entrances to the camp, but places where the walls might be approached, ipse per se, ' by itself. 6. trepid.itlir.— 24; ' there is confusion.' castris,— App. — trans, by 'throughout.' (RC.85.fc.ii. ) quo. . .provident, ' they arrange in what direction thej- are to advance or in what part each is to muster.' (E,C.98./.> ; 99. r?.) 7. deleto,—App. S.a.iii. imperatore,— i.e. Caesar: notice atque. 8. loco,—as the place so fatal to the Romans the j'ear before: Bk.V. 21-37. qui. .castello,— not exactly true: Bk. V.37. occiderint,—for subj. see EC. II.2L6. (part of the soldiers' thoughts). 9. barbaris,— trans, dat. by 'of.' (EC.82./.) ut,— 'as,' referring to indium. . jiraesidlum. — — 10 se ipsij 'one another. ' ne, 'not to, 'etc. App. 29.6. ) 168 DE BELLO GALLICO. S.K,—Germa7ins as adj. [This word, not Germanicus, Is the form used with nouns relerrinj? to persons ; so Gallus, not Galliciis.] Ttie urates of a Roman c.imp. [Introd.p.xix.] ^6 = in tlie direc- tion of, §itl.2. Tlie sul)j. with irriusquum, §2. [As usual, tlie end in view is expressed, viz. to approaeli unobserved.] Tlie subj. by attraction, tenderent, § 2. [RC.99.fc. BA..i47.01)S. H. 529.11. AG.342.] Tlie phrase recipiendi std, § 2. [See n.b. to c.9. 5 '">.] A preposi- ti(jnal phrase joined directly to a noun, § 3. [This is very rare in Latin, and where found is usually with verbal nouns. Contrast c.38. §3.] The su))j. of virtual indirect narration, §S 1.8. [For si j)ossent see n.b. to c.29. §4. Notice too the sequence of tenses in possent.] The use ot'ipse to strengthen the reflexive se, §§ 5.10. [As is the rule in such cases, the nom. is used rather than the case of the reflexive. (RC.9i./.i. BA.35i;.ii. H.l.'J2.i. AG.19r).i.)] Abl. of place, § 6. [The prep, is usually omitted when totits is used. (RC.«.'). 7c.ii. H.425.II.2. AG. 258../'.)] The uses of alms repeated, §§6.7. [More frequent than the usage of § 7 is that of c.40. § 2.] The deliberative subj. § G. [Here it is dependent upon lyrovident, and the realnatureof the subj. is disguised. (RC.98.6. BA.i:.0. II. 1H4.V. AG. 208.)] Force of conienio, % U. [This use, in reference to a single person coming to a gathering, is rai'e ; cf.Bk.V..'>G,2.] Nitor w. inf. § 10. [The rule that vei'bs of striving should be followed by %it and su))j., not by the infin., is of doubtful value.] CAP. XXXVIII. 1. primum piliini dnxerat,— i.e. had been chief centurion. ad,— 'with.' diem quill liiin,— ' for five days '; lit.? cibo,— for the abl. w. careo, see EC. 85. ^. HF.158.2.N. 2. suae saluti,—fordat. seeKC.II.55. HF.105.9. diflisus, —semi-deponent verb. (EC. 68. b. 4. Reliiiquit. .Sextium,— 'S. faints' ; lit? per luaiius,— ' from hand to hand. ' taiituill ut,— 'so far as to,' etc. N.B.—Asyndeton between relative clauses, § 1. [See n.b. to c.ll.] Semi-deponent verbs. CAP. xxxrx. 2. Hie,— i.e. in tlie place where the militeis of § 1 were now. quae recipiat,— 'to receive.' (KC.99.C. HF.188.4.) — ' ) NOTES ON BOOK YI. 169 — ' modo conscripti, ' being but ne\vl\- enrolled ; cf.c. 32. § 5. usus,—trans, gen. as in App.2.c. ora,— fi'om as. quid... — praecipiatur, ' their instructions' ; lit.? 3. estj—historical ])res. , not stating a general truth. quill,—' as not to be, ' e'^c. (RC. II. 3(j. HF. 188. G. 4. redisse,— = redivisse. (RC.66.) X.B.—In this and the two precedini? chapters the rapid narrative is marked hy tlie sliort sentences, and the frequency of asyndeton and of the hist. pres. Cf.c.35. Relative clause of characteristic, >§ 2.3. [In § 3 quin=qui non. RC.II.30. HF.188.G. BA.134. H.504.1. AG.3iy.rf.] CAP. XL. 1. eo iuagi.s,— 'all the more,' w. perterrent. tiiuidos,— i.e. who were already frightened. 2. cuiieo facto,—trans, by infin. clause co-ordina*e w. id perrunipant; App. o.a.iii. ceuseut,— 'vote or advise'; as a verb of advising followed by ut jjerrumjxint, and ut consisfant, § 3. sint,— for subj. see UC.dd.g.i. HF.206.4. circiiiii- ' veiita, —Ap2).37. a. n. b. at,— 'j'et, ' at least. 3. alii, —supply censerii. jugo,—the co^Ais of c.3G. §2. 4. Hoc,—the plan of § 3. qiios. .docuimus,— 'who, as we stated, had,' etc. duce, etc., — 'under the leadership of T.' lit ? App.o.a.N. 5. eodeni impetu, — w. subsecuti. luilituni,— i.e. the infantry. 6. etiam nunc,— 'even now,' when they saw how the others ' ' had succeeded, ut,— 'namely to,' etc. loco,— 'by, ' not in. vim celeritatpiuque,—App. U.tZ.iv; trans, as if it were earn vim c. qitain. se,—serves as the object of both recipere and deinisemnt.— 7. causa, 'on account of.' ante, adv. ue. . .amitte- reut,— w. pugnanten 8. horuni,—the centariones of § 7, not w. militum. pars . .pci'iit,— c. 44. § 1. shows that these amounted to two oohorts.- ' 170 DE BELLO GALLICO. N.B.~Enii)hatic position of cutien facto, § 2. Force of at following? ni, S 2. Tlie reciprocal iis(^ of infer se. § 1. Xunc for turn in indirect discourse, § «. [Cf. line, c.3."i. $ 8. and N.n.] Omission of se w. demiseriint, § (!. [The repetition of *e is a\oided in sudi cases ; notice tliat tlie position of ge facilitates its double reference liere.] Position of the clause of purpose, § 7. CAP. XLI. 1. desperata expilgnatioiie,— 'despairing of being able to take,' etc.; lit.? 2. hostilllll,—w. diiscesisum. missus, — 'who had been sent. ' fidem non faceret,— ' he could not convince them, ' lit.? '^'6. omiiiiio,— 'entirely, completely-.' alienata,— trans, by clause co-ordinate w. dicerent ; so deletin w. rerepinise. Aiip.S. a. iii. iiicoluilli exercitu,—abl. abs. ; trans, by 'if clause. oppug-naturos fuisse,— 'would have attacked. \,K.—I)espero used as a transitive verb, § 1. [So by Caesar in tlie fibl. absol. only.] Emphatic arrangement of incolumi and C'aenarem. § 2. Rendering of abl. absol. phrases bj- co-ordinate clauses, § 3. Conditional use of abl. absol., [hicoliimi exercitu, S I!.] Oppugnaturos fuisse, the regular representative in indirect naiTa- tion of oppugnavissent as used in the apodosis. [RC,II.87. HF.210. N.3. BA.4G9.1. .H.527.iii. AG..S37.] CAP. XLII. 1. eveiltllS,— ace. w. ignorans. niium,— 'only,' w. ques- tus • lit. 'one thing.' ess^iit emissae,— for subj. see RC. 99.^.1. HF. 198. 2; so avertisset. §2. casu,—dat. for casui. (RC. 50.C.) locum,— 'room.' debuisse,—depending on idea of saying implied in quest as, but trans, freely ' for ... should have been,' etc. (EC.II.lGO.i. N.B. HF.163.5.N.) multum potuisse,— as in C.30. § '2. 2. multo otiam amplius,— 'all the more'; lit.? avertis- set,—as subject supply y'c 3. maxime adiiiiranduiu,— 'the most surprising thing.' qnod,— 'that,' or ' the fact that.' eo consilio lit,— 'with the intention of,' etc. delati,— App.37. a. n.b. Jf.B.— Subj. of •v'irtiial indirect narration, §§ 1.2. The infin. in a parenthetic clause, § 1. The phrase relinqui debiiisse, § 1. [RC. II.160.6. x.B. HF.163..5.N. BA.19.5. X.B. H.5.37.1. AG.288.a.R.] The dat. of Decl. IV. in u, % 1. [RC.50.C. H.p.49.fn.l. AG.68.X.] The perf. tense of a verb of tiiinking. jiidicavit, 1 1. [App.2f>.a.l.] The difference in f^ender of quarum rerum maxime admirandum, not admirandam, supplying rem, % 3. [Cf.Bk.V.1.7; tiihil earitm rerum,. It is probably due to the habitual use in Latin of the neuter = >•«« (especially in nom. and ace.) Quarum omnium rerum is the gen. oi quae omnia.] 43, 44. Caesar again sets out in pursuit of Amhiorix. hut without success. Returning he settles affairs in Gaul, and sets out for. Italy for the icinter. CAP. XLIII. 2. couspexerat,— 'saw'; lit.? 3. aiiiii tempore,—it was now autumn, ut,— 'so that.' occultasseut,—E,C.66. his pereundum videretur,— 'these, it seemed, would have to (or must) j^erish': A is is dat. (B,C. S2.d. HF.173.4.) dedncto,—trans, by -even if,' or 'even when,' etc. 4. ill eum locum ventum est,— 'they reached such a point,' i.e. ' they came so near to him,' (App.24.) ut modo, etc., — 'that prisoners looked round for A. whom they had just seen,' i.e. expected to see him also taken prisoner, iiec plane etiaiii,— 'not yet entirely.' 5. ut,—as in § 3. spe lllata,— 'inspired with hope'; lit.? — qui. . .putarent, • as they thought,' etc., or ' in the expecta- tion that.' (;RC.99.^.iii. HF. 198.4.) naturam,— j.f. their natural abilities and strength, paulum,— 'little,' as subj. of — — 172 DE BELLO GALLICO. viileretitr. felicitaitem,— that viz. of capturing Ambiorix and tlms winning liigh favor with Caesar. 6. ntquc,— 'while.' latebris,— ahl. of means, iioctii,— w. peteret. praesidio,—trans, by 'with 'or 'having.' N.B.—Omi.ssioii of obj. oi dimittit, SI. [It would liave to be suppUcd from the iil)l. absol., and if expressed would eoiiie under the e;i.«c described in n.h. to e.4. § 3.] Af,'reement of rel. with anteeedt iits of ditTercnt f?enders, [quae, § 2. (RC.lKJ.i. BA.O;.)] Phipcrf. indie, in frequentative relative clause, § 2. Impers. pass, const r. §§3.4. Concessive ahl. ahsol. § 3. Causal relative clause, [qui. .putarent, § 5.] Relation of vt clauses in §S 4.5. [The second is not co-ordinate with the first ; i.e. nt cotdd not have Ijeen rcpl.nccd hy et. Each introduces a consequence of what has just preceded.] CAP. XLIV. ' 1. daillUO,—trans, bj' with ' : abl. of manner. For tlie ' fact see C.40. §8. Diirocortoruin, — trans, ace. by to. ' (EC. 83. ST. HF.85.1. ) Galliae,— w. concilio. coiijuratioiio,—c.3. and 4. — 2. de, 'on,' with sumpsit. Accoue,—see c.4. §1. gra- viore,— 'unusually heavy'; Caesar's treatment of 'rebels' became still harsher as the subjugation of Gaul advanced. iiiajoruiii, i.e. of the Romans this scourging more ; was by to death, after wliicli the body was beheaded. 3. Quibiis cum, etc., — 'having forbidden these fire and water'; this w-as the form in which sentence of banisliment was pronounced by the Romans. Quibus is dat. (E,C.82.i.) ; aqua, abl. (E,C.85./t. HF.158.2.) ad,— 'near.' Ag:ediuci, trans, by 'at'; the locativa (EC.86. HF.85.3.) ut insti- tuerat,—trans, as in c.3. §4. It refers to what follows, not to what jn-ecedes ; cf.Bk.V. 1.1. conventuSj—the governor' of a province was also its supreme judge. X.IS.—Place to which and in which, §§1.3. [RC.II.93; 125.a. HF.S.").!. .ind 3. BA.311-313. H.3S0; 42.5. AG. 2.58.] Dat. and abl. w. i7iter- dico, § 3. [Both are found, but in separate clauses, in c.l3. §§ 6.7.] Abl. of manner, §§ 1.2. VOCABULARY TO CAESAR, DE BELLO GALLICO, BOOKS I.-VII. MARKS AND ABBREVIATIONS. The quantity of all vowels lonL,' ))y nature has been marked. Vowels not marked are to be considered short by nature. abl ablative. n. or neut neuter. accusative. ace , l)art participle. adj adjective. perf perfect. adv adverb. plur jilural. conj conjunction. pi-cp jyreposition. dat dative. pres preseiit. f. or fern feminine. pi-on pronoun. g-en genitive. sing singular. indcc'l indeclinable. subst substantive. m. or masc masculine. w with. YOCABULAET. A. absum, abesse, aful, be absent, be icanfiny ; be.far, be distant; take A. an abbrtviation for Aulus. no part in, keep aloof; lack, be a, ab, (abs), prep, with al>l., (a, lacking. before consonants ; ab before abundo, are, avi, atuiii, abound, vowels and consonants ; abs once be strong in. nun, before te), away f from, at a ac (shorter form for atqiie, used dhtance of ; by ; on the side of, at, only before vowels), and, and on, in. further ; in comparisons, than, as. ab-do, ere, -dldi, -rtitiini, hide, ae-eedo, ere, -cessi, -ces.sum, conceal part, abrtitus, a, uiii, ; approach, draio near, come up ; be as atij., hidden, secluded. added. ab-duc6, ere, -duxl, -ductiiin, aocelero, are, avi, atuiii, hasten. lead away, curry ojt'. acceptvis, a, mii, from accipio. ab-eo, ire, -il (-ivi), -itum, yo ac-cido, ere, -eidi, .fall ; befall, away, depart. happen, occur ; turn out. abi-es, -etis, i.,flr. ae-eido, ere, -cidl, -clsuni, cid ab-jioio, ere, -jeci, -jeetum, into, cut. throw. throw uicay ; ac-cipio, ere, -cepi, -ceptiiiii, ab-junf?6, ere, -jiinxi. -jiinc- receive, take; suffer, meet with ; .iepurotii,'iiitrt. tuiii, detach, accept ; Jind ; hear ; part, aeeep- ab-ripio. ere, -rii)ui, -reptuiii, tus, a, uiii, as adj., acceptable, 2)opular. carry :>ff, snatch. accllvis, rising, sloping. abs, see a. e, abs-eido, ere, -eidi, -eisuiii, cut aeclivltas, -tatis, f., ascent, slope, steepness. oj)', cut, cut away ; cut down. Acco, -onis, m., a chief of the absens, -entis, ahsen* Senones. absiinilis, e, unlike. accoiniiiodo, are, Avi, atuni. ab-sisto, ere, -stiti, withdraw, Jit, adjust ; adapt, suit. keep away from. accurate, adv., carej'ully, elabor- abs-tineo, ere, -tinui, -tentuin, ately. re.t'rain, abstain, xpare. accurro, ere, -currior -ciicurri, abs-traho, ere, traxi, tractiini, -eursuiii, run up, rush up, drag away, carry off. hasten. ; ; UE hkiaa) gallico. accuso, arc, avi, atiiin, urnixr, adbfie, adv., till now, up to the Jind fault, cevKure. present, as yet. accr, criSf ere, sharp, keen, violent, Adiatunnus, I, m., a cliicf of tlic severe. SoKtiates. jioerbe, nrtv., bitterly, keenly; ad-i^6. ere, -effl, -actum, drit:e acerbo ferre, he dintressetl by. nil ; dririi in; liurl, cunt; move tip force, bind. Jicerbitas, -tfitis, f., bitterness; ; Kufferiny, di^t ress. ad-iino, ere, -emi, -einptuiii, take away, destroy ; cut off. aeerbus, a, iim, bitter, painful. jid-ipiscor, -eptu8_8uiii, ob- acervus, i, m., heap, pile. 1, tain, nin. ju'ies, ei, f., keenness, fierce glance ; adituK, us, m., approach, access. line of battle ; battle. means of approach ; riglit of ac-qiiiro, ere, -quislvl, -qulsl- approaching, admittance; inter- tuiii, gain, gain ailvantage. course. acriter, arlv., (aerius. aceiTiiiie). atljaeeo, ere, ui, be adjacent, fiercely, liotiy, desperately. border upon. actiiarius, a, xini, light, sirijt. ad-.jicio, ere, -jeci, -jectuni, actus, a, mil, from a^o. cast ; add ; throu; up. acutiis, a, uiii, sharp, pointed. adjudieu, are, avi, atuiii, ad- judge. atl, prep, with ace, to, towards; with a view to, for ; according to ; ad-junjyo, ere, -junxi, -junc- near, by, in, among; (with mi- tuiii,./o/«, unite, ally ; annex. murals), ubuiit. adjutor, oris, m., assistant, ally. adactus, a, iini, from atlis'o. ad-juv6, are, -juvi, -jutuni, are, avi, atuiii, equal adaeqiio, assist, help ; aid; he of assistance, inalce equal. farther. atuiii, love atlaino, are, avi, Admaffetobriffa, ae, f.. a town in greatly, become enamored of, take Gaul, of uncertain position. a fancy to. adiiiaturo, are, avi, atuni, ad-do, ere, -didi, -dituiii, add, mature ; hasten. join ; make an ud VOCABULARY. s just acl-olesco, ere, -olevi, -ultuin, aequus, a, um, level ; fair, contented, grow up. even, cqiuil ; favorable ; calm, resigned. ad-orior, Irl, -ortus sum, attack, cop- asf-ault. aerarius, a, xim, 0/ copper, per. ad-seiseo. eve. -scivi, -scltuni, acris. n., bronze; copper; join, iinite, take. aes, money aes alienum, debt. adsisto, sec assisto. ; aestas, -tatis, f., summer. ad-sum. esse, -fui, he present, be aestimatio, -onis, f., valuation, at'hand, be near ; aid, assist. estimate. Aduatuca. ae, i., a stronghold in aestimo, are, avi, atum, esti- the uiji-tli-ea.st ot Gaul. mate, value, regard. Adiiatiiei, orum. m., tlie Adiia- aestivvis, a, uui, of summer. tuci, a tribe iu the north-east of Gaul. aestuarium, I, n., estuary, inlet. adiilescens, -entis, m., young aestus, VIS, m., heat ; tide. 1IIUII ; the i/ounger. aetas, -tatis, f., age,i/ears. adiilescentia, ae, t., youth. aeternus, a, um, perpetual, uti- adulescentnliis, i, m., a mere ending. youth. affero, afferre. attulT, allatum, adventiis, us. m., arrival, ap- tiring ; bring forward, announce ; jtroKcli, (•(iiiiiiig. cause, bring about, produce. advcrsarius, I, m., opponent, af-flcio, ere, -feel, -fectum, enemy. affect, visit, treat; translate freely iii act. by cause, produce, inflict versus, a. um. opposite, facing, ad in pass, by suffer, experience. in front; adverse, unsuccessful. enjoy, be afflicted with, be subjected adversus, prep, with aec, against. tii, be in. ad-verto, ere, -verti, -versuin, af-fij?6, ere, -fixi, -fixum, fas- turn towards; w. animum, 06- ten, attach. servc, notice. af-flnffo, ere, -flnxl, -Hctani, advooo, are, avt, atum, cctU, invent further, or in addition. summon, aifinitas, -tatis, t., relationship, atlvolo, are, avi, atain, fly to, marriage. rush iipon or to. aftirmatio, -onis, t., assurance, aedlflcium, 1, n., building. assertion. aedifico, are, avI, atum, build. afllxus, a, um, from affi^o. Aeduus, 1. m., an Aeduan; in plur., afflicto, are, avI, atum, buffet, the Aedui, a tribe in the centre of toss about ; damage, wreck. Gaul. afflictus, a, um, from affliso. grum, sick. aeger, ffra, af-fliso, ei-e, -flixi, -flietum. aeffre, adv., (ae.syriu.s, aefferrf shatter, damage, wreck; throw rime), scarcely, with difficulty. down, hear down. Aemilius, 1, ni., Lucius Aemilius, aflfore, from adsum. a cavalry olfiecr with Caesar. Africus, 1, m., south-west wind. Jicqualiter, adv., nniformCy. Apredinoum, I, n., a town m the aequlnoctium, I, n., equtnox. north central part of Gaul. aequitas. -tatis, f., fairness, jus- affer, asfvl, m., field, land, country, tice ; w. iiuimi, contentment. territory. aequo, are, iivi, atum, make aS'Srer, eris, m., mound; heap ot equal, a DK UKIJ.O OAr.MCO. asr-ffredlor, i, -{fressus sum, alliitus, a. um, from affero. attack. al-lieio, ere, -li'.xi, -leetum, a,^Kve.sb, are, iivl, atuiii, attach, entice, allure, attract. join. Allobroffes, um, m., the Allo- ajsrito, are, avi, atuin, discuss. brogits, a trilM' in the northern agnicn, -minis, ii., army on the Ijart of the rrovincc. miirrli., iiin: march, of column; alo, ere, alui, altuin, nourish, w. ])riinum, the van ; w. uovis- support, fmd ; maintain, keep siiiium, the rear. strengthen, increase, foster. afjo, ere, e;?!, actum, drive, carry Alpes, ium, f. ])hir., the Alps. otf ; brill!) up, advancn ; take; alter, era, the other drive doivn ; run ; do, carry on, erum, ; the second anotlu-r . . work, act ; treat, plead, discuss, ; ; alter. .alter, the one.. . .the other. confer ; hold ; express. agrrieultura, ae, f., agriculture, alternus, a, um, alternate. tilling the land, farming. altitud-6, -inis, f , height; dejHh; alacer, cris, ere, eager. thickness. alacritas, -tatis, f., eagerness, altus, a, nm, high, lofty: deep; ardor. neat, as subst, altum, i, n., tlie deep, deep water, the sea. alarii, orum, in. pUii'., auxiliaries (usually plafed on tlie \viiif,''s). aluta, ae, f., leather. albus, a, um, white. ambaetus, I, m., vassal, retainer. alces, is, f., eJk. Ambarri, orum, ni , the Amharri, a tril)e north of the Alesia, ae, f., a town in the central Pro\ince, on part of Gaul. the Rhone. Ambiani, orum, m., the Ambiani, alias, »f{v., at another time; alias alias, at one time at an- a ti'ilio in the north of Gaul, on other, now now. tlie Channel. alieno, are, avl, atuin, alienate, Ambibaril, orum, m., the Ambi- bnrii, a tribe In the extreme north- estrangii ; deprive of reason, frenzy, distract. west of Gaul. alienus, a, um, of another, ot AmbiliatI, orum, in., the Am- b/lhtti, a trilie in tlie others, another's ; unfavorable; extreme north-west of Gaiil. strange, foreign ; oxd, ofplace. alio, adv., elsewhere. Ambioi'ix, igis, in., a chief of the Eliui'Oiies. aliquauidiu, adv., for some time. Ambivaretl, orum, m., the Am- aliqviando, adv., at some time ; at birareti, a tribe in the centre of last, at length. Gaul. aliquanto, adv., someivhat. Ambivariti, oruiu, m., the Am- aliquantus, a, um, some ; nent. bioariti, a tribe in the north-east as sulist., some portion, a consider- of Gaul. ablepart. ambo, ae, 6, in plur. only, both. allqui, qua, quod, some, any. amentia, ae, f., madness, folly. aliquis, quid, someone, something. amentum, 1, n., thong (for throw- indeclinable, several, some. aliquot, iiifj a javelinj. aliter, adv., otherwise, in a dif- amfraetus, see smfractus. ferent manner, else. amicitia, ae, f., friendship), allu alitis, a, ud, other, another; dif- a nee. ferent ; alius alius, one.... another; alii alii, some amicus, a, um, friendly, devoted, Others. I amicus, I, m., friend ; ally. ; ; VOCABULARY. a-mitto, ere, -inisl, -inissum, ante, prep. w. ace., before; adv., formerly, previously lose ; let slij). before, aba re. amor, oris, m , lorn, affection. antea. adv., before, formerly, pre- ample, adv.. I'lri/dy, generously viously ; hitherto. coini)rtr. aiiiplius. more, further., besides. ante-c?d6, ere. -cessi, -cessum, go before, go in advance, precede ; amplifico. are. avi, atum, in- 'oHt.iirip, anticipate; sur^mss, crease, heighten. excel. amplitu-flo. -dinis, f., size, ex- antecursor, oris, m., scout, van- greatness. tent ; guard, advance guard. large, great; ampins, a, um. ante-fero, -ferre. -tuli, -latum, magnijicent, noble, high. prefer, consider superior. an, conj., or. antenna, ae, f., sail-yard. the Anartes, a Anartes. ium. m., ante-pono, ere. -posul, -posi- tribe in Dacia, north of the jihii-i'liefore, regard of more Danube. tum, imjwrfance than. Auealites, nin, m., the Ancalites, antever-to, ere, -ti, -sum, a tribe in Britain. 2) refer. an-ceps, -oipitis, double, ticofold. antlquitus, adv., from early times, ancora, ae, f., anchor. in olden times, of old, long ago. Antlecumborius, 1, m., one of tlie antiquus, a, um, ancient, old, Remi. remote. Andes, a tribe Andes, Ium, m., the Anti.stius, 1, m.. Cuius Antistius near the nioutli of the Loire. Reginus, one of Caesar's lieu- anfractus, us, ni., bend, circuit, tenants. winding. Antonlus, 1, m., Marcus Antonius, angulus, 1, m., corner, angle. one of Caesar's lieutenants. angruste, adv., closely ; sparingly. Ap., a contraction for Appius. an^ustiae, arum, f. plur., nar- aper-io, ire, ul, -tuni, open dejile ; strait, trouble, row pass, perf. part. pass, apertus as a l,e/ore. Appius, I, m , a Roman pr.acno- nicn. annus, I, ni.. yea r. annuus, a, uni, yearly, /or a applit'o, are. a\I, atum, apply; Willi rctlc\i\(', lean (I gainst. yea r. ansur, eris, n^., goose. apporto, are, avi, atum, bring. DE BELLO GALLICO. api>vol)rt. fwe, fivi, fitiim, ap- arffentuiii, i, n...' ore. ram ; bnlfrrsx. Aprilis. e, iwlj., of April. A>*iovistiis, i, ni., a t-lilef of the ai>tus. a. Will, suited, suitable, apt. Gernir.ns. Ai-istiiis, i. m., Marcus Arintius, a apnd. i)i-ep. w. ace., at, with, amonf/, niilii.iry trilmne wiih Oaes.ir. iii-((r. in the presence of; in one's iijihi/iDi. arina, oruin, n. \\\\w.. arms : taclc- . ling. a Lucius Au- a.ssidnns, a, am, constant, con- Anruneuleius. I, m., of Caesar's tinued, incessant. runculeius C'otta, one lieutenants. assi.^to, ere, astiti, stand near, m. pUir.. the Ausci, ujipea r. Ausci. orum. Pyrenees. -factum. a trilje near the assne-fa auxiliaris. e. auxiliary; plur, as tiilie in tlie n irthern part of Gaul, saljst., the au.viliaries. near the straits of Dover. au.xilior. arl, atus sum, give aid, Atrius, an Atrins, I, m . Qnintus help, assist. officer of Caesar "s. auxiliuni, l, n., aid, help, as-nst- -texui, -textum. ^.at-texo, ere, ance; resource, support : in plur., ?te'( ve on, icea ve. au.ciliaries, reinjo rcements. at-tingo, ere, -tisi. -tactnin, AvavicZ^nsis, e, of Avaricum. touch, border on ; reach. Avarieum. I. n., a town in central as- attrib-uo, ere, -ui, -utum. Gaul, near the Loire. si'.i't. (/ice. avaritia, ae, f., greed, covetnus- affero. attuli, from ni'ss. auotor. oris. n\..adci-^er, approver, a-veho, ere, -vexi, -veetuin, itdriicate, instigator. carry off. auctori-tas, -tatis. f., influence, aver-to, ere. -ti, -sum, turn u:i:iijht, prestige ;. power. uwai/. turn or put aside; alienate. auctus, a, uni, part, of angeo, avi.s, is, f.. bird. incrni.^ed, advanced, strengthened. avus, i, m., grandfather. audacia, ae, f., boldness. Axona. ae, f, a river iu the north audticter, adv., boldly, confidently, of Gaul, joining the Seine. fearlessly. audco, ere, ausas sum, dare, venture, attempt. audio, ire, Ivi, Itum. hear, listen Bacenis, is, f , a forest in Germany. to. hear uuriija. ae. m., charioteer. Basilns. i. m.. Lucius Minucius uuris, is, f., ear. Basil us, au officer with Caesar. 10 L>E 15KM,0 C.WAACO. Butjivl, ormn, iii. i)liir., flu' Ihita- boiitas, -t'«tls, f., goodness, excel- vidiis. ;i trUiii at tlie mouth of llic l>ncc./',u-tilitg. Rliiiic. bonus, a, um iiielior, optiiiiuf*), BelffHts arum, m. plur., the Ihl- r/n(i(l ; n. :i-i siilist.. boiiiim, I, ad- (jhinx. a pi'ople oci-upyiujr tin; vantage in \Aur. goods, j/roperty ; , north cast of (iaul, and lai-fi-oly of 1)68, bovis, m., o.r. Gfnnaii origin. braeeliium, 1, n., arm. Belfjiuin, 1, n., Belgium, the Hraiiiioi lees, um, m. plur., the coin 1 try of the Belgae. lira iiimrices, a branch of the bellioosus, u, iiin, warlike. Aalerci, in tlie n >rtli-wcst of Gaul. bellifiis, ji, mil, of war. in war. Brannovii, orum, ni. i)lur., the bello. are, avi, atuiii, make war. liranntirii, a tribe in Gaul. Jight. Bratuspantinm. 1, n., a town of Bellovaol. oruiii, m. jjUir., tlifi tile Hellovaci, in the north of Bflhicaci.-A trihc, in tlic northern Gnul. part of (iaul. brevis, e, short ; a.s adv., l)revl, belluin, 1, n., war. in a short time. bene, adv., (melius, optime), brevitas, -tatis, f., shortness: well, successfuUg. short, stature. benefit'iuin, 1, n., kindness, ser- l)reviter, adv., briefly. vice,, fa mr. Britanni, orum, m. plur., the benevolentia, ae, t, good will; Britons. kindness. Britannia, ae, f., Britain. Bibracte, is, n., the chief town of Britannieus, a, um, o/ Britain. the Aedui, in the central part of of or ivith the Britons. Gaul. briima, ae, f., the winter solstice. Bibrax, -actis, f., a town of the Brutus, i, m.. Dec.imns Brutus, Remi, in the northern part of a lieutenant Caesar. Gaul. with Bibrocl, orum, m. plur., the Bi- broci, a tribe of Britain. n., two days, space of biduum. 1, C, an abbre\iation of Oaius (or two dags. Caius). bienuiuin, i, n., ttvo years. Cabillonum, 1, n., a town of the Bifferriones, um, m. plur., the Aedui, in the central part of Gaul. Bigerriiines, a tribe near the m., Caius Valerius Pyrenees. Caburus, 1, C'aburus, a Romanized Gaul. binl, ae, a, two each, ttvo hg two, caeumen, -minis, n., top, point. two. cadaver, -eris, n., dead body, blpai'tlto, adv., in two divisions. corpse. two (thick ). bipeclalis, e, feet cado, ere, cecidi, casuni, fall, bipertito, see bipartite, be slain. bis, adv., twice. Cadurcus, 1, m., 07ie of the Ca- Bituriges, um, m. plur., the Bi- durci; in plur., the Cadurci, a turiges, a tribe in the centre of tribe in Aquitania. Gaul, on the Loire. caedes. is, m., slaughter, mas.sacre, II rder. Boduo{?natus, l, m., a leader of m the Nervii. caedo, ere, ceeidl, eaesum, cut down, fell, Boil, orum, m. plur., the Boii. the Boians, a nation oricrinally livini,' caclestis, e, heavenly : ni. i)lui. ;w ill Germany on the Danube. subst., the gods. VOCABULARY. 11 eaerinionia, ae, f., ceremnny, Carnutes, um, m. plur.. the Car- sacred rite. nutes, a tribe in centr.il Gaul on Loire. Caeroesl, oruiii, m. plur., the the C'aeroesi, a tribe in the north-east caro, caruis, ,.,, flesh, meat. of Gaul. caf-po, ere, -psl, -ptuiii, criti- oaeruleiis, a. iiiii, Itlue, dark blue. cise, blame. Caesar, aris, m., Cains Julius carrus, 1, m., cart, wagon C'aii.iar, a Roman f?eneral ; also cams, a, um, dear, valuable. Lucius Caesar, a lieutenant with Caesar. Carvilius, I, m., a king ruling i:i Kent. Caius, i, m., see Gaiu.s. casa, ae, f., hut. calamitas, -tatis, f., disaster, de- cheese. feat, loss. caseus, I, m., Ca.ssi, dram, m. plur., the Casji, a, Calendae, arum, f. plur., the in Britain. Calends, the first day of each tribe month. Cassianus, a, um, of or with Caletes, um, and Caletl, orum, Cassius. m. i)lui-., the Caletes or Caleti, a eas.sis, -iflis, m., helmet. tribe at the mouth of the Seine. Cas.sius, 1, m., Lucius Cassius, a callidus, a, inii, shrewd, cunning. Rjni.in general, consul in B.C. 107. calo. dnis, m., soldier's servant, Cassivellaunus, i, m., a British camp-follower. chief. canipester, tris, tre, qf or on the castellum, i, n., fort, stronghold. jflain ; level. Casticus, 1, m.. a chief of the Se- campus, 1, m., field, plain. quani. n. plur., Caiiiulojfenus, i. ni., a eliief of the castrsi, orum, camp, en- Auli-rt-i. campment. us, m., happening, occur- Caiilnius, 1, m , Cains Caninius casus, Jiebilus, a lieutenant of ('acsar. rence; accident, chance; fate, disaster; emergency. cano, ere, cecinl, f:iiituiii, sing, sound. Catamantaloecles, Is, m., a chief of the Sequani. Cantabi'i, orum, m. i)Iur., the Can- tahrians, a trilie in the north of catena, ae, f., chain. Spain. Caturig'es, um, m. plur.. the Cantium. i, n., Kent, in the south- Caturiyes, a tribe in the Province, east of England. near the Alps. caper, pri, m., goat. Catnvolcus, I, m., a chief of ttie Eburoni'S. capillus, I, m., hair. causa, ae. f., (•""•'•'. n-nsan; case; capio. ere, eept, eaptum, take, •prele.rt. rtcus, . ciiinlilinn ; in ahl. catch, seize get, occupg, reach ; ; sin^., .for the .v"/.v nr\fiir the pur- caiMvate, overcome; take up, choose, adopt. 2)0se of. eaute, adv., cautiously, with capra, ae, f., she-goat. caution. captlvus, 1, m., captive, prisoner. eautes, is, m., sharp rock, reef. eaptus, us, m., capacity, va.tv.re. Cuvarillus, i, m., a chief of the cap-ut, -itis, n., head; person; Aedui. li.l'e month 'of river). ; a Cavurlnus, I, m., king of the careo, ere, ui, be without, go ictth- Senones. out. cai'eo, ere, ciivl, cautum, be on carina, ae, f., keel. one J guard ; yive security. 12 DE BELLO GAI.LICO. cedo, or,', ojshI, c ^shiiui, retrenf, Cevenna, a<', f., the C'erennes, a t/ivit Willi, ri'lirf ; i/ield ; icitli- ni'iiiiilaiii r.iiitre in ih(' south-east draw. of (iaul, west cf the lilione. celep, eris, ore, nwi/t, si>cedy, Clienivei, 6rum, m. plur., Vie sudden. C'lii-rii.sri, a (iernian tribe. celeritas, -tatis, f., stoiftnesH, cibarius, a, um, of food ; n. plur. gjx'i^il, rtijiiditi/. as siibsl., food, provisions. ceU'rlttT, -.uW.. (ceU'rius. celer- cibns, i, m. food. rlniC'!, xici /III/, ijiiicklij. rnjiiill;/. Cicero, unis, m., Quintiis Tullius ct»l6, arc, avi, atuiii, conceal, Cicero, one (if Caesar's lieutenants, hide. and a brother of the orator. Celtae, arum, ni. jiliir., the C'dtf, Cimberius, 1, m., a chief of the or (i.uils, (iiic ijf the tlirce K''t';it Suelii. iiatidiis iiilialiitiii;.' (iaul. Cimliri, uruin, m. plur.. the Celtilliis, 1, 111., a cliicf of t!ic Ciiiiliri. a German tribe tlint iu- ArxtTiii. vadeil Gaul about Uo H.(". Cenabensis, is, m., n iimii ni' Ciiijfetorix, -ijfis, in.. 1. a chief of Ceimbiim ; in plur., tlm peiipLe n/ the Tre\eri; 2. a kintr of Kent. C'anabum. cin-ffo, ere, -xl, -ctum, sur- Ceiial)iiin. 1, n.. n tiiwii (if central riiunil, encircle ; man. (i ail, oil tlic Li)ii-c. finpus, 1, m.. 2io.' VOCABULARY. 13 circunimunio, ire, ivi, ituin, Gliiudius, 1, m.. Appius Claudius, fortify all round, itrotect. consul in .'it B.C. cireuni-plector, i, -plexiissnni, claurlo, ere, claiisl, elaiisuiii, close; w. ii^meii, briny up the surround ; embrace, include. rear. circuni-sisto, ere, -stetl, s iir- ciavus, I, m., nail. '^oi(ii(Tr~frfmT /«,' "croivU around ; rally around. cleiiientia, ae, f , mercifulness, circiini-spicio, ere, -spexl, mode i-ii I /nil., forbearance. look about for, look -speetuin, cliens, -eiitis, dependant, re- examine m., carefnlly at; consider, tainer, vassal. carefully. clientela, ae, f., dependency, ra.t- circuiii-sto, -stare, -stetl, sur- salaye; protection ; in plur., de- round. pendants. cireuiiivaUo, are, avi, atiiiii, ellvus, i, m., slope, ascent. surround n.;itli. ivalls, invest, block- ade. Cloiliiis, I, in., Publius Clodius, a cireuin-velio, ere, -vexl, -vee- bitter partisan ofCatisar. tuiii, carry arainid ; in pass., Cn., an abl>revation for Gnaeus. /•('/(; . round. n coaeervo, are, avi, atutii, heaj) cirouiii-venio, ire, -veiii, -ven- up, crowd toi/ether. tiiiii, surround, yet round, oiit- coactus, a, iiiii, from cogo. Jlank ; outwit, betray, deceive, de- fraud. coictvis, us, m., compulsion. cis, on this side piTp. w. ace, of. eoaJTineiito, are, iivi, atuiii, Cisjilpiuus, a, lUii, Cisalpine, on fasten toyether. this (i.e. the Italian) side t.'ie of Coco.sates, iiiii, m. plnr., the Co- Alj>s. cosates, a tribe of Aquitania. Oisrlienanus, a, iiin, on this ('n:. coegi, from cogro. the ivestern) .side of the Rhine. co-eiiio, ere, -emi, -emptuiii, CIta, ae, m., C'aius Fuflus C'ita, a buy tq). Roman kiii,irht. -Ire, -il (-Ivi), -itiim, citerior, ius, (comparative) hither, co-eo, unite, nearer. join. isse, beyan, cito, adv., (citiiis, citissiiiie), coepi, eoeptus sum, beyun. quickly. hare coerceo, ere, ui, ituin, restrain, cito, are, avi, atiiiii, hasten : cheek. pcrf. part., citatus, as atlj., swift. cosJto, are, avi. atuui, consider, citra, prep. w. ace, 07i this side of. think, reflect, have thouylits ; take citro, adv., hither. thouyht, plan. civis, is, m., citizen. cosniitio, -onis, f., kinship ; kins- civitas, -tatis, i'., state ; citizen- men, clan, family connections. ship. c6-s:n68c6, ere, -snovl, -sni- clani, adv., secretly. tuut, perceive, learn, find out, a.«- elfnnito, are, avi, atniii, crji out. eertain, become acipKiinted tvith id re ki'i'ii sliDutiny. i mi into ; in pert", tenses, know, be (urare. clamor, -oris, in., shout, shoutiny, cry. cojjo, ore, coef?!' coactum, 14 DE liELLO (JALLICO. coliortfitlo, -onis, i'.,e7ic(ittrai/ii>i/, C'ouuiiius, I, 111., a king of the address. Atrebatcs. cohortor, ari, a,tu8 snin, oi- coininode, ailv., easily, to ad- couraf/i;, address, urge. vantage, effectively, conveniently. coire, from coco, coiiiiiiotlus, a, lim, fitting, suit- collatus, a, xiin, from confero. able, advantageous, favorable iieut. as .sul)st.. coMiiiioduiii, I, collaiiclo, are. avi. a.tiim, j) raise, advantage, intercut, convenience, extol, highltj commend. blessing. collijsro, are, avI, atuin, fasten. coiMinone-faeio, ere, -feci, jtiit logetlier. -faetiim, remind. col-lifyo, ere, -lejEfl, -leetuiii, coiiiinoror. ari, atus sum, stay, yather, collect ; acquire ; with se, delay, linger. collect one^s self, recover, rally. com-inoveo, ere, -iiiovi, -mo- coUIb, is, m., hill. tuiii, move; alarm, disturb; in- col loco, are, avI, ataiii, place, flucnce, impiress. station; arrange, stow; settle; comniunico, are, avI, atnm, give in marriage. communicate, share, consult, im- colloqninui, I, n., conversation, pa rt ; join, add. interview, conference. communio. Ire. Ivl, itnni, col-loquor, I, -loeutus siiin, strongly Jurtify, secure ; build. converse, confer, have inter vien-. an communis, e. common, general, colo. ere. colnT. ciiltuiii, till, joint, concerted. cultivate ; wor.'Kltij). coiiimutatio, -onis, f., change; colonia, ae, f., colony, settlement. turn. color, oris, m., color. comniuto, are, iivl, atnm, coin-buro, ere, -bussl, -bus- change, e.vchange. tiiiii, barn i(j>. comparo, are, avl, atam, com- piirc; jirepare, ]>rovide, eoni-es, -itis, m., comjxution, at- procure, tendant. raise, yet. coni-pello. ere. -pull, -pnlsnm, oomitia. -oruiii, ii. plur., comitia, drive, gatiicr. election. drire in. eoiiiitor, ari, atus sum, accom- compendium, i, n., gain, profit. pany. com-perir>. ire. -perl, -pertum." coininefitiis, us, m., sapiilies, jiro- learn, find out. ilisfovi-r; jiiTl'. part, as' adj., certain. visions ; passage, trip. coiiiinenioro, are, avI, atuiii, com-piector, I, -plexus sum, mention, speak of, relate. embrace; include, enclose. coninieiulo, are, avI, atuiii, compl-eo, ere, -evl, -etuni, fill, commend. Jill up ; man. cosnnieo, are. avI. atuni, visit, complures, a, several, humy, a resort, go to and fro. great many. compbrto, are, avl. atum. bring coniininns. adv., hand to hand, iti close coinbtd. in, collect. coiiiiiiissura. ae, f., juncture, comiire-hendo. ere, -bendi, .joining. -Iiensum. seize, group, catch, capture ; take. eoin-uiitto. ere. -misl, -iiiissani, comprobo. are, avl, atum, aj)- join ; Av. proeliuui, begin ; en- prore, justify, confirm. trust, put trust in ; allow, com- mit, do ; leave it possible, alloiv to com pulsus, a, uui, from coni- come about. pello. ; VOCABULARY. 15 e6n\tam, I. n., (iff^nijif. nmJf.r- eon-fercio. ire, -fersi, -ferttiiii, t'tkhuj. pack closely ; pert", part, confer- tus, a, uiii, crowded, in close cojiiitus, us, in., alfemjit. array, in close order. con-eecl6. ere, -cessl, -cessuiii, confero, conferre, contuli, col- yield, give {I rant, allow, permit ; latuin, gather, collect, bring in, in. convey ; with se, betake one's self concerto, are, avi, atum, con- compare; put off, l^o-itpone ; lay teiiil.pijht. theblame on, ascribe. coucessus, us, m., itermission. eonfertns, a, uiii, from con- fercio. eon-cido, ere, -eitll, fall, fall (hi/rn. coiifestiin, adv., immediately, at once. eou-eido. ere, -eidi, -clsuni, cut doicn, sl'iji: perf. part, as adj., eon-ficio, ere, -feci, -feetnui, cut up, broken. finish, carry out. complete, ac- 'couiplish ; make out, work up ; ex- concilio, are. avI, atani, win haust, icear out. ovur gain, obtain. ; c6n-fido, ere, -fisus sum, tr^tst, conoiliuni. 1. n., meeting, assetnbli/, rely on, have confidence. cmnicil. c6n-fis6, ere, -fi.xi, -fixuiii, coiicisus, a, uiii, from concldo. fa.iten. concito, are, avl, jitum, arouse, confinis, e, adjacent, neighboring. litir up, call out. conflniniii, l, n., neighborhood, conelaiiio, are, avi, atuiii, erg borders. Did. call out, shout. c6n-fl6, -fieri, irro^'ular pass, of coii-eludo, ere, -elusi, -elusimi, confleio. .^ht(t up, enclose. coiiflrinatio, -onis, f., assurance, assertion. Conconnetoduiiinns, I, in., a fl r 111 , avl, atniii, li-aik-r ofthe Carnutes. c d II 6 are, .v strengthen ; establish , fi ; declare, eonerep-6, are, -ni, -ituiu, clash, give pledge; encourage, reassure, make a clashing noise. confirm, rouse. con-curro, ere, -eurri i-cucur- confisus, a, iiin, from confldo. rl), -eursilin, run together, rally, eon-flteor. eri. -fessus suiu, upi, hasten, Jtock, rush confess, acknowledge. conciirso, are, avl, atuni, run confixns, a, iiiii, from config'o. to and fro. conflagro, are, avi, atum, eoncursus, us, m., running to- be on fire, be inflames. gether, rally, croivd rush, onset, ; conflicto, are, avi, iltuiii, harass. charge ; collision. confli^o, ere, -flixi, -flictuin, condeindo. are, iivl. atuiii, de- contend, engage, fight. clare guiitg. conflnens, eutis, m., confluence, condicio. -fmis, f., terms, agree- juncture. ment, condition state. ; eon-fluo, ere, -fluxi, gather, condono, iire, avi, atuiii, give flock. uji, the sake forgive for of. con-fugio, ere, -fu)?!, flee for Condri'isi, oruiii. m. plur., the refuge, flee. t'ondriixi. a tribe in tlie north- con- fundo, ere, -fudi. -fit sum, east of Gaul. mi.r, gather together. eon-dueo. ere. -dnxi, -ductuni, eon-ffredior, I, -srressu.s suiUt gather, assemble ; hire. meet ; engage, contend, flght. ;; 16 DE IJELl.O OALIJCO. conjfressus, us, m., enf/fif/i'mnnt. con-seqnor, 1, -secutns sum, coujli'-t. follow, overtake ; attain, obtain, conjoctui'ii, JVC, f., cotijecUire, secure; succeed. gttens. eonservo, are, avI, atiini, pre- con-jicio. ere. -jecl, -jectum, serve, save, sjmre, jirotect ; ob- hiiii,, c'lut. throw; drive; init, serve, maintain. place; w. se, riiish. Cunsidiiis, 1, m., Publius Con- conjiinctiiii, adv., jointly, to- sidius, one of Oaes.ir's soldiors. !l'-th,;r. coii-sido, ere. -s'".Ii. -s:>ssnni, con-junjjo, ere. -jiinxl, -junc- encamp, take up a position ; settle tuiii, J"//(, coiuii'ct, unite. hold a session. consilium, 1, n., con-.junx. -jagis, m. and f., Iihh- deliberation, con- sultation; plan, baiul ; wile. design, resolve, purjM.ie; prudence, discretion; conj firatio, -onis, f., conspiracy., counsel, advice; council. combination, league. consimilis, e, very similar, like. conj iiro. Are, avi, atuin, take a (joint) oath, con-s2)ire, combine. con-sisto, ere, -stiti, take up jiosition, stand, get a footing; Conor, arl, atus sum. try, at- halt, stop, make a stand groutid; tempt, ; undertake, make an at- settle ; con-fist of, dej>end on. tempt. consobrlnus, l, m., cousin. conqul-esco, ere, -evi. -etuin. rest. consolor, arl, atus sunt, console. con-quiro. ere. -quisivl, -qiii- conspectus, us, m., sight, view, sltuni, search for, hunt np>, col- presence. lect. eon-spicio, ere, -spexi, spec- consanguinciis, I, m., kinsman. tuni, catch sight of, observe, see. eon-scendo, ere, -seendl, -scen- eonspieor, arl, atus sum, catch Hixui, a.icnd, mount; embark on, sight of, observe, see. go on board. consplro, are, avi, atuni, com- conscieutia, ue, f., cotisciousness. bii.e, con.spire. con-scisco, ere, -scivl, -scltuin, constanter, adv., uniformly . resolve on ; w. sibi iiiorteni, Jirndy, steadily. commit suicide. constantia. ae. f..firmness, stead- conscius, a, uni, conscious. fastness, constancy. consterno, are, c6n-sci*lb6, ere, -scripsi, -serlp- avi, atum, dis- may. impress. tuiii, v:rite; enlitst, enroll, levy. con-sterno, ere, -stravl, -stra- eonsecro, are, avI, atuni, conse- tum, cover, floor. crate. constlpo, are, avi, atum, crowd, conseetor, arl, atus snni, folloto press. np, pursue. constitl, from consisto. consecutiis, a, uin. from conse- quor. c6nstit-u6, ere, -ul. -utuni, es- tablish, arrange, appoint, fix consedi, from cousido. decids, resolve, determine ; place, station, draio up. consensio, -onis, f., unanimity. con-sto, are, -stiti, -statum, cdnsensus, us, m., agreement, con- cost ; depend on : remain, be un- sent. changed ; impersonal use, it is c6n-senti6. Ire, -sensi, -sen- certain, agreed, established, evi- sum, agree, combine, conspire. \ dent. ; VOCABULARY. 17 eon-siiesco, ere, -suevi, -siie- contiuenter, adv., continually, tuiii, became accustomed ; in port', uninterruptedly, without .iiopping. tenses, be dcciistomeil. continentia, ae, f., sel.f-control, c6nsuetu-d6, -dinis, f., custom, self-restraint. habit. con-tineo, ere, -tinul, -tentum, con-sul, -sulis, m., consul, the h(dd together ; contain, hem in, re- chief niiffistrate of Rome, of whom strain, keep, hold; bound, sur- there were two, elected for a year. round, occupy ; pres. part, as adj., cousulfittis, us, m., consulship. eontinens, -entis, continual, in- cessant, nninterrujited, unbroken, eoiisul-o, ere, -ul, -turn, cnn- continuous. sult, discuss, deliberate ; provide for, take thought for, have regard con-tinffo, ere, -tiSTl, -taetnm, for. touch, reac'i, e.rtend to; hajqten, fall to the lot of. consulto, are, avi, atuni, de- liberate, take counsel. continuatio, -ouis, f., continu- ance, succession. eoiisulto, adv., designedly, on pnr- pns.'. continuo, adv , at once, imme- diately. eoiisultuiu, 1, n., decree. continuus, a, iim, successive, un- ere, con -sum 6, -sumpsl, broken, continuous. -sumptuin, spend; consume, ei:- hnttst. coutio, -onis, f., assembly, meet- eon-surjfo, ere, -surre.vi, -sur- ing. rectuiii, rise up. contionor, iirl, atus sum, ad- dress. coiitabulo, are, avI, atiiiii, build 1. m\\'., against ; othenvise; up /)// stiirii's I. contra, I contra atque, cunt rary to what contiisrioi -ouis, f., contact, con- 2. prep. w. ace, opposite, over tagiiin. against ; against. confiiiiino, are, avi, atuiii, con- eon-traho, ere, -traxi, -trac- taminate, stain. tum, make smaller, reduce; col- con-tej?6, ere, -texl, -tectum, lect, gather together. cover up. contrarius. a, um, opposite; e.v coii-tenmo, ere, -t^mpsi, teinp- contrjirio. on 1h,; contrary. I tuni, despise. controversia, ae, f., quarrel, dis- contemptio, -fmis, f., contempt. 2)ute,.feud. cont.Miiptus, us, ni., scorn ; object contauielia, ae, f.. disgrace, in- of contempt. sult, affront ; btff'etting, violence. conteii-do, ere, -dl, -tvim, has- ten, one's ivnt/, push conval-esco, ere, -ul, recover, make on ; strive, e.rert om-'s .self: struggle, regain health. Jight, contend ; inaintiiin, i/isi.' 18 UK BKLF-O ClATJJOO. Coiiviotolltiivis. is. Ill .:iii Acdiiiin cre-do, ere, -didi. -dituni, l>e- ol'liis'h rank. liere ; trust. con-viiico, er«', -vlci, -viotuiii, cremo, are, avl, iitum, burn. 2)rore, brinij hiinie. ereo, are, avi, atum, apjtoint, convooo, are, avl. :~itiiiii, call elect. UKjitliur, cull, siiiiii/iiin. Cres, Cretis, m., a Cretan. iri, -ortiis arise, eo-orior, sum, cresoo, ere, crevl, cretum, grotv, out. spritiy up, break become xwwerful, rise. sujrply, abundance, copisi, ae, f., Critosnatus, I, m., a chief of the (/uautifi/ ; resources, wealth; in Arverni. \>\m:, forces, troops. cruciatns, us, m., torture, cruelty. oopiosns, a, uin, toell-snjrpUed, rich. crudelitiis, -tatis, f. , cruelty. orudeliter, ad\'.. cruelly. copula, ae, f., grappling hook. criis, cruris, n., leg. cor, cordis, u., heart ; cordi esse, /)(' dear, be cherished. cubile. is, n.. beil. resting ])l ace coram, adv., in i>er80n, face to culmen, -minis, ii... height, sum- face. mit. coriuin, I, n., .''kin, hide. culpa, ae, f., blame, fault. cornu. us, ii., horn: iving {of :in cultus, us, m., reflnement. ciriliza- annyi. tion, .style of life ; care, habit. corona, ae, f., garlayul; circle; cum, prep. w. abl., with, together sub corona, a.t auction. -with. conj., lohile; corp-iis, -oris, n., body, person cum, when, whenever, as, since ; although ; cum pri- dead bodi/, corpse ; syste)n. inuni, as soon as ; cum turn, cor-runipo, ere, -rfipi, -rup- hiitli . . . .and, not only . . . .but also. tuni, lU'Mroy. cunctatio, -onis, f., he.ntation, de- eort-ex, -icis, m., bark. lay. Corus, 1, m., the north-u-est wind. cunctor, ari, atus sum, hesitate, delay. cotldiiinus, a, uin, daily; regu- lar, usual. cunctus, a, um, all, all together. eotidie, adv., daily, every day. euneatiiii. adv., in the form of a u-eilge. in a comjHict mass. Cotta, ae, m., Lucius Auruncnleius cuneus, l, m., wedge. Cuttu, one of Caesar's lieutenants. cunieulus, 1, va.,burroiv ; mine. Cotus, 1, m., an Aeduan of high rank. cupide, adv., eagerly. cupiditas, -tatis, f., eagernesii, erassitu-do, -dinis, f., thickness. eager desire. Crassus, i, m., 1. Marcus Licinius cupldns, a, um, eager, desirous, Vrassus, a Roman general, consul fond, ambitious. 55 B.C.; 2. his son, Marcus Cras- be sus, quaestor in Caesar's army cup-io, ere, -Ivi, -Ituiii, eager ; ; be well disjtosed. 3. a younger son, Pubiius Crassus, cue of Caesar's lieutenants. cur, adv., uhy. crates, is, f., hurdle, wickerwork. cura, ae, f., care ; curae esse, be one's care, be carefully attended creber, bra, brum, frequent, to. numerous, crotvded. Curiosolites, um, m., the Curio- crebro, adv., frequently, at short solites, a tribe in the extreme intervals. uorth-west of GauL ; VOCABULARY. 19 euro, are, avi, atuin, attend to, de-eipio, ere, -eepi, -ceptuin, take care; with g-erundive, cause deceive. to be (done J, have (done J. det'laro, are, avi, atuiii, declare, eurro, ere, cucurri, cursniii, p)roclaim. run. declivis, e, sloping ; neut. as eurrus, us, m., chariot. .sub.st., slope. cursus, iis, m., rnnning, fjieed, decllvdtas, -tatis, f., downward pace; course; voijaije, iMn&age. $lo2)e. custodia, ae, f., guard, garrison. decretuiu. i, n., decree, deci.non. eustodio, ire, ivi, Ituiii, guard. decretus, a, iiiii, fr;)m decerno. eus-tos, -toclis, in., guard; wafcJi, decrevl, from docerno. spy. decumanii.s, a, uiii, w. 'porta, tlie rear gate. D. deonrio, -onis, m., decurion, a eavalry officer. D., an abbreviation for Deciinus. de-ciirro. ere, -eurri (-oueiirri), Daol, oriini, m. plur., the Daria ni<. -cursuiii, run down. a tribe of central Europe, livini;- dedeo-us, -oris, n., disgrace. north of tlie Danube. dfdi, from do. condemn, diiinno, are, avi. atiiiu, dedidi. from dedo. ji/id guilt;/ ; pt'rf. i)art. as snbst., (iaiuuatas, I. m. , crintinal, out- deditieius, a, iiiii, surrendered laa: ni. as siilist., one who has surren- dered, pri.-ioner, subject. dauinuui, 1, n., los. 20 DE BELLO r.ALIJCO. de-flj2r6, ere. -fixi. -flxuin, .//;•, d-3m6, ere, dJ'iiij)si, deinde, adv., then, thereupon, next. denique, adv., at length, finally ; at least. dojoctns, us, m., slope, abrupt aide. densus, a, uiii, dense, close, thick. de-.jicio, ere, -jeei, -jectum, deniintio, are. avi, atum, an- throw doicn, ca»t down; carry iiiiume, give notice, warn, threaten. doii-n, ovi'rfhroic ; drive off, dis- de-|>ell6, ere, -pull, -pulsuiii, lodije ; disappoint. drive off', or away, dislodge. delatiis, a, uiii, from defero. deper-do, ere, -didi, -ditum, delect o, are, aA-i, atani, deliyhf lo! VOCABULARY. 21 deser-6, ere, -ni, -turn, dsserf, detrliuentosus, a, urn, detrimen- ahd 11(1(1)1, forsake; perf. part. >is tal, disadvantageous , hurtful. a<^lj., HOlitary, lonely. detrinientuni, i, n., loss, injury, desertor, -toi'is, m., deserter. damage; dej'eat. desidero, are, avl, atuni, desin;. de-trudo, ere, -trusi, -trusuni, wish for ; lose, miss. strip off, remove. desidia, ae, f., idleness, indolence. detuli, from defero. desljyno, are, avi, atuni, indi deturbo, are, avi, atuni, drive cate, point at, aim at. otf, dislodge. de-silio. Ire, -silal, -sultuiii, de-uro, ere, -ussi, -ustuin, burn leap down. down. de-sisto, ere. -stiti, -stitniii, deus, i, m., god. stop, cease ; abandon, give up, de- de-veli6, ere, -vexi, -vc»c':;iin, sist from. bring, convey. despeetus, a, iiiii, from despicio. de-venio. Ire, -venl, -ventuui, despeetns, us, m., view doivn, come (down). prospect (from a height) ; height. devexus, a, uni, sloping, descend- desperatio. -oais, f., despair. ing ; neiit. as subst , descent, in- despero, are, avl, atani, give up cline. hope, dfspair ; jierf. part, as adj., de-vineo, ere, -vici, -vietuni, desx>erate. subdue, conquer fcomjiletelyj. de-spicio, ere, -spex', -spec- devocd, are, avi, atuni, call turn, look down ; look doim upon, bring. despise. de-voveo, ere, -vovi, -votuni, despolio, are, avl, atuni, strip, vouj, consecrate, devote ; p'rf. deprive. part, as subst, devoted follower destino, are, avl, atuiii, fasten, dexter, tra, truni, right, on the make fast ; aputoint, set. right ; feni. dextra, as subst., (sc. destit-u6, ere, -ui, -utnin, mauus), the right hand. abandon, desert. di, or dil, from dens. de-.strinsro, ere, -strinxi,-strlc- Diablintes, uin, m., the Dinblin- tuiii, draw. tes, a trilie in the ii .r;h-\vest of desuni, deesse.defnlj be lacking, Gaul. ^'tfirWitSStiiTf^e ivaiiting, Jail ; neg- dioio, -oais, f., sicay, rule, power. lect. dii'o, are, avi, atuni, consecrate, desuper, adv., /row above. adjudge; give over. deterior, lus, (comparative), in- dloo, ere, dixi, dictum, .««//, ferior, less valuable. state, mention; aimoinC, name: plead : adjitdge, administer. deterreo. ere. ul, ituin, deter, discourage, prevent. dictio, -onis, f., pleading. detestor, arl, atus sum, curse, dictum, I, n., word, order, com- denounce. mand. de-tineo. ere, -tinul, -tentuni, dl-duco, ere, -duxi, -ductuin, detain, liinder , delay. divide, separate. detraoto, are, avi, atuni, avoid. dies, el, m. (r.\rely f), day ; time; esidjie. in dies, daily. de-trali6. ere, -traxl, -traetuin, differo, (liffi>rre, distuli, dlla- take friiiii, icilhdraw, remove; tuin, dill'rr, be different; .spread, SiuUch.,t rum. scatter ; put off', jio.stpone. detrecto, are, sec dotracto. difficilis, o, difficult. 22 1)K ItlOM.O CiALMCO. diilioiiItaH, -tiitis, f., ili_{ticiiU i/. disoiplina, ae, f., trnining, in- struction, learning, system. dif-rido. ere, -flsus smn. tlis- truiil, lack conjidtiiice, ilisjuiir. diN-cliido, ere, -elusi, -elCisum, dif-fundo. ere. -fiidi, -fusiiin, keep apart, sejiarate.^ out : e.iti'ud. tipn'iul disoo, ere, didioi, learn, he in- di&ritus, 1, u\.,jin(/i'): st ructed. dlgriitas, -tatis. f., icoftli, esteem ; diserliiien, -minis, n.. crisis, repntitlion, rank, standinij : diij- danger, critical condition. nity, honor. dis-oiitio, ere, -enssl, -cus.suiu, n-orftui. worth. disrims. a. iiiii, di.' 1 1/. jitdiciiKill !/. .Hcriqjidoti.sli/. ferior. dllisrentia, at', f.. carcfulncs.'t. disparo, are, iivl, atuni, s,j,ar- cure. pahts. -t'ltl. attention. ate, di-li^6, ere, -lexi, -leetuin, love. di-sperg'o, ere, -sper.si, -s|wr- di-iiietior, Iri, -mensus sum, siiin, scatter. dis2>erse. ineu.^ii re out. j/roj)orf/iiii. dis-];6n6, ere, -posul, -j-osi- diinicatio, -oiiis, f., stritgi/le. con- tum, place at intervals, dixjjose, tei diu, the dag. give ; j)resent. dlutinus, a, uin, loitg, long-con- donuui, 1, 11., gift, present. tinued. dorsum, 1, n. or dorsus, 1, m., diuturuitas. -tatis, f., length, I ridge.^ long duration. dos. dotis, f., doivrg. dluturuus, a, uiii, long, pro- druides, m., the druids, the longed. I nm. priests of the Gauls. dlver-to, ere, -tl, -sniii, ^ep- I aratf : pert', pirt. as adj.. «l [ver- Ddbis, 1.S, m., a river of eastern sus, it, um, di.'itant.af a distnncn, Gaul, flowing into the Arar. remote ; .facing in a different direc- dubitatio, -onis, f., doubt, hesita- tion ; different ; separate, apart. titin. div-es, -Itis, rich. dubito, are, avi, atnm, hesitate; m., a leader of the I Divioo, -onis, doubt , have doubts. Helvetii. dubius, a, um, doubtjtd, uncer- -vi-sT, dJ-vido, ere. -visum, 1 tain. divide, separate, distribute. ' ducentl, ae, a, two hundred. divinus, a, um, divine, sacred. dueo, ere, ddxi, ductum, lead, Divitiaeus, i, m.. 1. a leader of draw, bring ; make, construct, the Aedui; -'. a kiiijj of the Sues- run; marry; put off. prolong; sioiies. reckon, regard, consider. do, dare, dedi, datum, give, I ductus, lis, m., leadership. grant .alloiv.afforil : cause : inter se i\i\rc-,e.rch'ange : w. in fusram, i dum, coiij., ivhile ; until. 2nit : operam dare, take pains, see to it. I DniiiiiKrix, Igis, m., a leader of t!;c A.-ilui. doe-e«"), ere, -ul, -turn, teach, I iiifnrm, slioir, state. ' duo, ae, o, two. doeuinentum, 1, n.. evidence, les- duodeeiiu, twelve. son, examjde, teaming. duodecimus, a, um, twelfth. doled, ere, ui, grieve, be pained, duodeni, ae, ;i, twelveeach, suffer. twelve. dolor, -oris, m., grief, j>ain, dis- duodevisinti, iiidecl., eighteen. tress ; annoyance, vexation, cha- dupl-ex, -ieis. twofold, double. grin, resentment. duplico, are, avi, iituni, double. dolus, 1, m., deceit, guile, artifice. duritia, Jie, f.. hardship; hardi- doiiiestieus, a, um, at home ; w. Ix-lluni, inte.ftine, civil. ness, endurance. doiiiiciliuin, 1, n., home, hotise, duro, are, avi, iitum. harden. iliit;lt/iig-place. Duroeortorum, 1. n., a town of dominor, arl, atus sum, rulr. be tile Reini, in iiortliern Gaul. ,iia„t,r. durus, a, nm, hard, difficult, Doinitiiis, I, m., Lucius Domitius DurHS, I, ill.. Quint us Laberius Ali'iiobarhus, coil.'sul .5-1 B.C. Durus, a military trihune with Caesar. <]omus, us, f., home, house; doiiil, lucaiive, at liome. dux, ducis, in., leader, guide ; 24 VIC J5ELLO GALLICO. e-jlclo, ere, -jeci, -Jeotam, fiing out, drive out, cast %ip ; w. e, see ex. se, rush. Eburoiifs, uiii. III. phir., flie ejusmotli, such, of such a nature, Ehiiriiui's, ;i triln' ill tlic extreme of that sort. iiortli-i'ast of Gaul. e-liibor, I, -lapsus sum, 8lii) Eburoviccs, uiii, in. plur., the aicn/, escape. Eburovices, a tribe in the north- west of Gaul. elatus, a, uin, from effero. -eris, n., the Elaver, o-rtisco, ere, -didicl, leant hi/ Eljiver, a h.art. river of Central Gaul, a tributary of the Loire. I'ditus, a, uiii, from edo. eleotus, a, uin, from eligo. c'-do, ere, -didl, -ditiiiii, juit elcphantus, i, in., rh'phant. t'lirth, e.jliibit, exeixhe ; perf. inirt. as adj., editus, a, uiii, elevaUil, Eleutt'ti. oruiii, in. |)liir., the raised, rining, high. EleulM, a trUm of .soiitlierii Gaul. edoc-eo, ere, -ui, -tnni, e.rjilaiii e-licio, ere, -licul, entice, draw. (fully), inform, shoic. e - 1 i g 6, ere, -legi, -lectuin, e-dneo, ere, -duxl, -ductuiii, choose, })ick. draic. lead out, lead forth ; Elnsfites, uiii, m. pliir., the Elusa- ef-fareio, ire, -farsi, -fertuin. tes, a tribe of Aquitania. /ill up, stop tip. eiuigro. are, avI, atuin, remove, eff emino, ai'e, avi, atuiii. soften, emigrate. icealcen, enervate, make effeminate. eniineo, ere, ui, project, stand eflfero, efferre, extuli, elatiim, out. take aivay, take ; disclose, divulj/e, eininus, adv., from or at a dis- publish ; lift up ; elate. tance. ef-fleio, ere, -feel, -fectuin, e-niitto, ere, -nilsl, -iiiissuin, make, render, cause, produce send out ; liurl, cast ; throw aside, bring about, accomplish, bring to drop. jjass complete, jinish, cover; get ; enio, ei*e, eiiii, eniptum, b-uy. together, furnish. e-iiascor, i, -natiis sum, grow ere, -fodl, -fossuni, ef-fodio, out. dig out, tetfr out. enim, conj., for, now. ef-fitgid, ere, -fdj^i, -fugituin, esca2)e. enuiitio, are, avi, atuui, dis- close, divulge, tell, reveal. egeo, ere, ul, be in need, lack ii (Ivi), pres. part. a.s a(]j., egens, -cutis, eo, ire, itum, go, march, needy. pass, proceed. thither, there, to that egestas, -tatis, f., 7ieed, poverty, eo, adv., place, destitution. to them (it, etc.) ; tliereon, on or in them ; \y. comparatives, tlie, all iiiei, /. ego, the. i, -jrressus sum, go e-srredior, eodem, adv., to the same place, in out. leave, quit ; sally out depart, the same direction. land, disembark. epliippiatus, a, nni, equipped well, ad- egregie, atlv., exxellently, with saddle-cloths, using saddle- mirably. cloths. egrreg'iiis, a, nm, eminent, marked, ephippium, I, n., saddle-cloth. admirable, remarkable. epistola, ae, f., letter. egressus, a, uin, from egredior. Eporedorix, -igis, m , the name egressus, us, m., landing. of two chiefs of the Aedui, : VOCABULARY. 25 epnluni, i. n., in pliu\, ejinlae evolo, are, avl, atum, rush out, arum, f., banquet. burst out. equ-es, -itis, m., konteman, horse- ex, (sometimes e before consonants), soldier ; in plur., cavdlri/; knif/lif. \ prep. w. abl., from, out of; of; a Roman of rank next to a seiiati ir. after, upon ; in accordance icith ; in consequence of direction, eqiiestev, tris, trc, oj cavalri/, of; oti ; above. car/il ri/. exactus, a, um, from exigo. equitfvtus, us, m , cavalri/. harass. equus, i, m., horse. exagito, are, avl, atum, Erjitosthenes, is, m., a Greek examiu5, are, avi, atum, weigh, writiT and scholar of Alexandria, test. wlio lived from 27ii to 1!>" B.C. exanimo, are, avl. atuiii, Av7/ .• erectus, a, uui, from erijjo. iceaken, e.rhaust : ]> rW ])irt. as adj., aut o.t ereptus, a, uni, from cripio. exauimatvts, a, um, breath, breathless. ersra, i)re]). w. aee., toivanJs. ex-ardesc6, ere, -arsi, -arsum, erjfo, adv., then, therefore. blaze farth ; become enraged, be- e-rif?6, ere, -rexi, -rectum, come incensed. raise ; perf. part, as adj., erectus, exaudio. Ire, Ivl, ituni, hear a, uni, upright, high. clearlg, hear. e-ripio, ere, -ripui, -reptuin, ex-cMo, ere, -cessi, -c^ssuiii, takeaway, destrng ; save, rescue. go out, withdraiv, leave, quit. erro, a,re, avl,atuiii, he mistaken. ex-celI6, ere, -cellul, -cbIsuiu, excel, be eminent; )K'rf. jiirt. e-rump6, ere, -rupi, -rujitum, a.s adj.. excelsus, a, um. lafti/, salt ij out. high. eruptio, -ouis, f., salli/. exeepto. are, avl, atum, catch essi'darius, I, m., charioteer, up, take hold of. chii riot-Jighter. ex-cido, ere, -cldl, -eisuin, cut esseiluni, i, n., chariot, war- down. ciiariot. ex-cipio, ere, -cepi, -ceptum. Esubil, oruni, ni. ])lur., th^i Esubii, receive, meet ; catch, come upon : a tribe in tlie nortli-\\ est of Gaul. take up, catch up, follow, succeed. et, eonj., and; et....et, both.... excito, are, avl, atum, rouse, and. incite, stimulate ; raise ; kin/He. ctiam, conj., also, further ; even, ex-cludo, ere, -clnsi, -clusniii, still. cut oft, shut out, prevent. etsi, although. eonj., evenif, excogito, are, avl, atum, think e-vado, ere, -vasl, -vasuin, es- of. caiie. e.xerucio, are, avl, atum, tor- e-veI16, ere, -velli, -vulsum, ture, torment. pull out. excubitor, -toris, m., picket, .sen- e-venio, ire. -veni, -veutum, tinel. tuDi out, result. excub-6, are, -ui, -itum, watch eventus, us, m., outcome, result; bi/ night, keep watch, !> n.i the cha nee ; expierience. watcli. Cvoo«\, are, AvI, atum, call ant. exculco, jire, avl, atum, tread siiiiiinon: challenge ; call, inrid' or trample dou-n. pei-f. part, as sul)st., evoe^tl, excursir>, -unis, f., sally. oriim. 111., veterans [who had re- entered service). e.vcHsfitio, -oiiis, f., apology. ;; . 26 DK liKlAA) (iALLICO. excnso, are, avi, atuin, excuse cxplord, are, avi, atnm, ex- w. so, apologize. amine, inquire, investigate, reron- 7U>itre, trg to Ji ml ant : \)vyL jiart. cxoiiipliiiii, 1, 11., example, pre- as a extra, prep. w. ace, outside of, fas, n. indeel., right (by divine law). beyond. fastlgate, a<;lv., obliquely, sloping. ex-trali6, ere, -traxi, tvjie- fastisrliim, I, u., slope, elevation, tuiii, drod out, waste by delay, inclination. fritter uicuy. fastlgo, are, avi, atuni. bring to extremus, supei-1. of exter. a pjoint ; i)erf. part as adj., slop- extriiclo, ere, -trust, -trnsiim, ing, inclined. thrust out, force back, shut out. fatuin, 1, i\.,fate, lot. ex-no, ere, -ul, -utuiii, deprive, strip, de-yxitl. faveo, ere, favi, fautum,. fiu-or, be favorable to. ex-iiro, ere, -ussi, -ustiim, burn up, burn. fax, faeis, f., torch,brand. fellcitas, -tatis, f., good fortune, success. F. felieiter, adv., happily, 2^1'os- Xierotisly, successfully. faber, bri, in., workman, engineer. feniina, ae, f., icoman ; female. Fabius, l, in., 1. Quintus Fubius Maximus, ,-\ Roman general, B.C. fem-ur, -inis, n., thigh. li'l ; 2. Cuius Fabius, one of fera, ae, f. , wild beast. Caesar's lieutenants ; 3. Lucius Fabius, a centurion in Caesar's feriix, iicis, fertile, fruitful. army. fere, adv., almost : about ; gener- facile, easily, readily. adv., ally, usually, for the most piart ; fjifilis, e, easy. \y. negatives, scarcely. t;ioinu.s, -oris, n., deed, crime. fero, ferre, tuli, latum, bear, faoio, ere, feci, faetuiii, pa.ss., bring, carry ; endure, take, stand ; fi«'», fieri, fjietus.siini. make ; do, experience, suffer, feel ; receive, win; run. go; regard : call: in art ; form, build, construct ; ren- pass., rush ; si_S'iia ferre, ail- der ; briny about ; in passive, take place, come to pass, happen, re- vance; ^^. jiuxilimii, lend: w. sult. conclieionein, offer ; w. in- jurias, caiumit. faetij), -onis, {., party, faction. ferranientuiii, 1. n., {iron tool. fjietiiiu, 1, n., deed, act, action. J faeultas, -tati.s. f., opportunity, ferraria, ae, f., iron mine. cliiince, power ; supply; in plur., ferreus, a, iiin, of iron, iron. resources, means. ferruiii, I, n., iron, iron paint, beech. fajjus, 1, m., swarii. fallo, ere. fefelti, falsuiii. de- fertilis, e, fertile, fruitful, rich. ceit; ; diNiijipoint. fertilitas, -tatis, {., fertility, rich- falsus, a. mil, fal.' fides, el, f., pledge, xonrd ; truft- foedns, -eris, ii., treatg. icfirtlihiesn, lionor trust, j'nttli. ; fore, flit, inlin.ufsum. ciiiijiih'iicc : (li'Viilitin. hii/nlti/. li- foris, adv., outdoor; tvithout, oul- ili'.lil ji : j/iU)tcrt/()ii. tJfpetiilt'iirr, III ."ide. li'ijiii iici'. iiltiiim't' ; fl (jin; a pleiUje, yaiit belie/. forniii, ae, f., shape, form ; sfruc- line. flducia, ac, f., reliance, covjiili'vci'. toys, fiSi'ira, jie, f., shape. forte, f., (other ca.scs want- \\\fi\ chance; in nb\., 2'erchutice, filia, jio, 1"., (laughter. jierhaps. I'll ins, soil. i. III., fortis, e, brave, cozirageous fiasco, ere, flnxl, fictuni, mahe fortiter, adv., bravely, gallantly, iij), invent. stoutly. finio, ire, ivl, itum, limit, hotaul ; fortitu-do, -dinis, f., bravery, iletermine, measure, describe. courage. finis, is. 111., eiul, limit; in pliir., fortnito, adv., bu chance, acciden- bnrders, territory, land, dixt rirt. Uillg. finitinius, si, iiiii, neighboring, fortiina, ae, f., fortune, chance, adjareiif, bordering miisi-. ; \>\\\y. lot, .< Flaecus, l, m., Caius Valerius fraus, fraiulis, f. , deception, Flaccus, governor, of Gaul in «3 treachery. B.C. fremitus, us, m., din, wdse. flaffito, are. avi, atuni, demand. freijuens. entis, numerous, in flaninia, :ie, {..flame, fire. large numbers. fleeto, ere, flexl, flexiini, bend, fretus, a, uin, relying on, w. alil. turn. frigldus, a, um, cold. fleo, ere, flevi, fletxiui, u-cep. be ill tears. friff-us. -oris, ii., cold, frost, cold iveatlier. fletus, us, m., weeping. frons. frontis, f., forehead front. flo, are, avi, atuiii, hloiv. ; fruetuosus. a, um, fruitful, fer- floreo, ere, ul, bloom pres. p.irt. ; tile. ns adj.. flourishing, pro.yii'rous, influential. fructus, us, m., /V;;/^, crops; frumsntatio. -r>nis, f., ffffing Galba, ae, m., 1. Servius Galha, grain, /oraj/iiH/. one of Caesar's lieutenants ; 2. a the Suessiones. fruinentor. ari, atus sum, get liing of (I rain, forage. ^alea, ae, f., helmet. 1. n., grain, corn, fruinentuin, Gallia, ae, f. , Gatd. 1. The Roman craps, provisions. priATuees of Gaul, Gallia C'isal- friior, 1, fructiis sum, enjog, sv. jnna or C'iterior, the northern abl. part of Italy ; and Gallia Trans- alpina or ulterior, the south- frustra, adv., in vain, witliout ef- eastern part of France. 2. The fect. country west of the Rhine and the friix, frugis, (sing, very rare in Alps and north of the Pyrenees, Latin), cropjs. thus including France, .Switzer- Fuflus. 1, m., C'aiics Fi(fhi.^ Cita, a land. Belgium and part of Holland Roman knight. and Germany. 3. The central and largest of the three parts into fiig'a, ae, f., flight, rout : iu fu- which Gaul in the previous sense $raiu convcrtere. coiijicere or is divided, the Belgae and the dare, to 2>nt tojiiglif. Aquitani liolding the other two. fuffio, ere, fugi, fu^ituiii. flee, escape; avoid, shun. Gallicus, a, iini, of Gaul, of the Gauls, Gallic. fujjitlvns, i, m., rtmau-ay .slave. ^alllna, ae, f., hen. fueo, are, avi, atuiii, 2'^i i" flight, rout. Gjillus. I, m., 1. a Gaxd ; 2. 3Iar- fumo, are, avi, atiiiii, smoke. CKS Trebius (?aiii Gains, 1, or Caius, I, m., a Roman Germania, ae, f.. Germany, tlie praenoiueii. region east of the Rhine. ; 30 I)R HKf.LO OALI.ICO. Geriiianieus, ji, um, C/erman, n/l gravor. An, atus sum, he reluc- or tcith the Germans. tant, object. Geriiianus, I, m., a German. Grudii, -oruni, m. ])lur., the Grndii, a tribe in tlie e.xtrenie gero, ere, gfessl, ^estuiii, jumi- north-ca.st of Gaul. at/e ; vnrry on, wa{/e ; luiUI ; VOCABULARY. 31 blCf adv., here, herein. idoirco, adv., on that account, for liienio, are, avi, :'.tuiu, winter, this reason. pass the winter. Idem, eadem. idem, the .9ame also. hieiiis, hieniis, f., winter, .stormy weather. identidem, adv., again and again. liinc, adv., from this point, hence. idoneus, a, um, suitable, fit. Hispania, ae, f. , Spain. Idus, unm, f. plur., the Ides (the Hispanu.s, a, um, SjMinish. l.Sth of each month, but In March, May, July and October the 1.5th). lioin-o, -inis. in. and t'., man, per- i^nis, is, m.,Jire ; camp son : in plur., man, mankind, fire. people. Ignobilis, e, unknoicn, obscure. lionestns, a, iiiii, honorable, of Ig'nominia, ae, f., disgrace. rank, distini/nislied. igrnoro, are, avl, atum, 7iot Iionor, -oris, m., honor, dij/nifi/. kttoic, be unacquainted icith. distinction ; respiect ; iiir/li position. ignosco, ere, ignovi, l^uotnm, honoriflens, a, uni, honorable, forgive, pardon, w. dat. complimentar;/. isrnotus, a, um, unknoim. hora, ae, f., hour, (one-twelfth of illfjtus, a, um. from iufero. the daylitrht). ille, ilia, illud, that, he. liorreo, ere, ui, shudder at, dread. illle, adv., there, in that place. liorribilis, e, dreadful, formid- illijSfo, are, avl, atuni, bind, at- able. tach, fasten. horrldas, a, uni, horrible, fright- 1116, adv., to that point, thither, ful. there. '- - hortor, arl, atns sum, urge, en- lllustris, e. distinguished, remark- coxtrage, exhort, cheer on. able. liosp-es, -itis, m., guest, friend. Illyricum, i, n., a district alonjr hospitiuin, 1, n., friendship, hos- the eastern coast of the Adriatic. jiitnlit g. imbecillitas, -tatis, f., iceakness, hostis, is, m., enemy. feebleness. lino, ad\'., to this, to this p/oint, to iin-ber, -bris, m., rain, rainstorm. this place, hither, here. imitor, arl, atus sum, imitate. huj usinodi, of this sort, to this immauis, e, hugr. enormous. effect. immineo, ere, ui, be near at hand; liunianitas, -tatis, f., refinement, tlireaten. accomjilishments. iin-initto, ere, -inlsl, -niissnni, huiuaniis, a, mil, civilized, re- send against, hurl ; let doivn, sink, p,i,d. let in. liuiiiilis, e, /"", inferior, humble, imiiiolo, are, avl, atum, saci'i- (i/'h'/'li- iiitportihnce, obscure. fice. huiiiklitas, -tatis, f., lowness immortalis, e, immortal. weakness, insignijicance. inuiiiinis, e, .free from taxation or tribute. inimdnitas, -tatis, f., freedom, I. exemption from public service. ibi, adv., there. iinparatus, n, um, unprepared. iiiipedlmeutum, I, n., loci us, 1, m., a leader of the Remi. hindrance; in |)lur., baggage, baggage-train, i«tus, us, m., blow, stroke. baggage-horses. . : ;: 32 DE BELLO GAT.LICO. Inipctlio, Irc. ivi, Itnni, hinder. inipub-es, -eris, chaste, unmar- ob.ll nut. ciiftitii/le, emban-fiys rhd. perl'. i)art. as adj., liiipeclltus, u. iuipii!?uo. arc, iivl, atuni, at- lliu, iKiiii/n'ri'il, ocriiiiicd, intii- tuck.fiyht. iiiqHinxdhle. cate, diffiiidt. in)]>ulsu8, a, uni, from iin|>eIIo. iiii-])eli6. ere. -puli, -pulsuin, iinpiilsus, us. 111., instiyal/iin. Knjfu iiiKliijntt'., incite. inipiine, adv., tcilh impunity. inipeiidoo, ere, ocerhany. inipiiuitas, -tatis, f., impunity, iiiiljensus, a, uiii, exiiennive, hi(/h. e.ri'iiijition from punishment. iiiiperator, -toris, m., commander Iiiius. a, uui, .siiperlativu of iu- {in chief I. ferus. at, iniperatuiii, i, ii., order, com- In. prt'p. (1) w. abl., in, within. ; the countri/ oj' III II ml. on amony. in over ; considcriny, in vieu- of; in iiiil>erfectus. a, iiiii, unfinished, the case in reya rd to : (2) w. unaccomplialitd of, ace, into, to; toicards, ayainst, iniperitiis, a. iiiii, inexperienced, upon, on ; until ; for, tvith a view unacquaitited, \v. j?en. to, accordiny to ; in. iniperiuiii, I, ii., command, order ; iuauis, e, empty, idle, mere. jioirer, .supreme potcer, control, ineaute, adv., carelessly, incau- rule, supremacy. tiously. levy iiiipcro, are, avi. atnin, Ineautus, a, iiiu, careless, tiff one's iijion. deiiiand. rei/iiire, order to yuard. furnish ; order, command, ride. iuceudiuiii, i, n.,fire, burniny. inipetro, are, aA'i, atniii, obtain. in-ceudo, ere, -eeudi, -cen- iihtaiii one's request, accomplii^h, suin, set on fire, burn; arouse, pre coil on. inflame. impetus, us, m., attack, charye ; ineertus. a, uni, unrertuin, un- .fury, rush, violence. t rust u:ii rill y, con/usnl. inipins, a, vtin, wicked, unholy. in-eido, ere, -eidi, -easnui, fall hajipen. iinj)lie-o, are, avl, atuiii, or in with, come upon ; occur. -ui, -it Hill, interweave, interlace. in-eido, ere, -cidi, -elsnui, cut iniploro, are. avi, atuui, bey, into. entreat, beseech. in-eipio, ere, -eepi, -eeptuni, iiu-pono, ere, -posul, -posituiii, beyin. place on, jjut on, mount ; levy, im- inelsns, a, uni. fnun iiieldo. pose. ineito, are, avl, atiiiii, urye on. iiiiporto, are. avl. atuiii, briny impel, set in miitinn: amuse, e.r- in, introduce, import. cite ; Vi'. se. rush on. rush in perf. part. w. equus, at full iinpriniis, or in priiiils, es- sjieed. l>eciiilly. particularly. a, uiii, unknown. iniprobus, a, uiii, wicked, un- incos'uitus, princi^iled. ineol-6, ere, -ul, inhabit, dwell, Iiuprovisus, a, iiui, unforeseen; live. alil., iiiiproviso, as adv., .so de ineoluniis, e, safe, unharmed, in iniprovlso, nne.rj)ectedly, U7i- safety, without loss. aivares. ineouiiiiode, adv., disastrously, ijuprudens, -cutis, unsuspcctiny, unfortunately, badly. off one's yuard. incoiuuioduni, 1, i\.,disadvantaye, In>»>rudentia, ae, 1'., thouyhtless- misfortune, disaster, loss, re- neK", indiscretion. verses. , VOCABULARY. 33 ae, f., dishonor, disgrace, incretlibilis, e, iiirredMe, e.rtrn- infamia, disrepute. ortUnarij. infant, child. increpito, are, fvvi, atiim, re- infans, -antis, m., proach, upbraid, taunt. infectus, a, um, tindoiie, unac- in-ouinbo. ere, -enl)«i, -cubi- complished. tiiin, apply or devote one's set./. infero, inferre, intuli, illatum in. put in or upon ; intro- Incursio, -onis, f., raid, inroad. brine/ duce, import; cause, inflict, in- incursion. incursus, tis, m., attack, spire; w. bellum, make, wage advance; incuso, are, avi, atnni, blame, (oilViisivf) ; w. signa, attack, censure. w. causam, advance, allege. thence inde, M\y..Jroin that place, ; Inferns, a, um, loic ; compar. siiperl. tlh'u, nc.rt. inferior, loiver ; inferior ; infimu.s, lowest, at the foot or iiidiciuiii, i, ii., iufnrmation. iieut. as subst, the bottom, ap- ba.' mate ; begin ; tcin. tile ; lua.sc. as siihst., enemy. inermis, e, or inerinus, a, um, inlquita.s, -tatis. f.. injustice, nn- una rmed. J'airin'y.'< ; disadvantage, un^facor- in-ers, -ertis, lazy, unmanly. ublc nature or position. ; 34 DE BELLO GALLICO. inlqiiufl, a, uni, uneven ; unfavor- Insinno, are, Avl, atum, insinu- ahle ; unfair, unjunt. ate ; \v. so, work (inn's wag in. initiniii, I, n., ber/mninf/, first ; in-sisto, ere, -stiti, stand, keep edi/e, frontier, borders ; elements. one's footing ; enter niion, pursue, adopt, devote one's initus, a, uin, from ineo. self. Insol enter, adv., insolentlg, iii-.ji<-io, oi'c, -jeol, - jectniii,7>;/A iiaiigli/ilg, immoderately. vn, lull VII ; iiix^iire, iiij'u.sc, cause. insi)eet6, are, avl, atum, look on. in-junffo. ere, -junxi, -Juno- tuiii. impose. lustabilis, e, unsieadg. changeable. injuria, sie, f, loroiif/, injustice, instar, acciis. as adv., like, }v. fjeii. imnuj-doing, injur}/, riolence, out- instijjo, are, avl, atum, urge on, r(i(je.' incite. LiijuHSvi, ;i(i\-., abl. used as u-ithout In.stit-no, ere, -ul, -iitum, mi- one's orders. ili'rtake, begin, set to ; adnpl . I'sla- in-nascor, l, -natus .sum, s/irinf/ blisli, settle ; ei/uip, get ready up in; in pert'., be inharn, be in- train, teach ; draw up. nate. institiitum, 1, ii., custom, pi actice. in-nitor. i, -nisus or -nixus in-sto, are, -stitI, -statnm, /iress sum, I I'll II on. fiirirard, -press on; be at hand ; iniioceus, cutis, innocent, (juilt- threaten, impend. less. instrumentum, I, n., equipment, innooentia, ae, f., innocence, in- furniture. tef/riti/. in-stru6, ere, -struxl, -struc- inopia, ae, 1'., ivant, scarcifi/, lack, tum, draiv up, arrange; build. privation. .set up, equip. inoplnans, -antis, not expectinfi, insue-facio, ere, -feci, -fuctuui. unawares, unprepared, o^ff' one's train. guard. insuetus, a, um, unaccustomed. tnquani, iiiquit, defective verb, sutj. Insula, ae, f., island. insciens, entis, not knoiving, being insuper, adv., above, on to}). unaware. integer, gra. grum, unimpaired, fresh, untouched, complete. inseientia, ae, f., ignorance, lack of acquainta nee with. In-tego, ere, -text, -tectum, cover over, cover. inscins, a, uni, ignorant, unaware. intel-lego, ere, -lexi, -lectum, In-sequor, i, -secutns snui, fol- understand, be aware, perceive, low u}), pursue. see, know, learn. m-sero, ere, -serui, -sertiini, inten-do, ere, -di, -turn, stretch, insert. strain ; pert", partie., intent, occu- insirtiae, arum, f. plur., ambush, pied, engrossed, eager. st ni tagetii , t readierg. inter, j)r('p. w. ace., betn-eeu. among. liisiilior, ari, atus sum, lie in during ; inter se. one another, to ica it. or with one another. lusijsrnis, e, marked, notable, sig- inter-cedo, ere, -cessi, -cessuin, ital' ; 11. as suhst., inslgrne, is, en- come between, be between, intervene, sign, badge, token, decoration. elapse, e.vist between. In-silio, Ire. -silul, ^sultuiii, inter-cipio, ere, -cepi, -cep- lea2) at or on. tum, intercept, cut off'. lusiiunlo, are, avi, atiini, charge, inter-cludo, ere, -clusi, -clCi- accuse. suiii, cut off. VOCABULARY. 35 inter-clieo, ere. -tlixi, -tlictniii, intervalluni, i, n., interval, dis- j'liihid, warn : proliihit, exclude. tance. intertllu, adv., by day, in the day- inter-venio, Ire, -veni, -ven- titne. tuiii, come up. appear. us, m., intervention, iiiteriluin, adv., sometimes. interventus, coming on. meanwhile, in the iiitoroa. adv., iiitex-6, ere. -ul, -turn, weave iih-aiitime. together, plait. intiT-eo, -Ire, -II (-Ivil, -Itniii, intoleranter, adv., eagerly, reck- j>,-n,h. lessly. interest, from intersuni. intra, prep. w. aec, within. Inter-fl<'i6, ere. -fJei, -feetuiii, intrltus, a, uin, une.vhausted, kluy, pid to death, kill. fresh , not fa tigued. Interim, adv., meanivhile. Intro, are, avi, atnm, enter. interior, comparative acij., inner, intro-cluco, ere, -duxl, -cluc- inti'rior- ; plur., those living in the tuni, lead in, bring in. interior. intro-eo, -Ire, -ii (-ivi), -itum, interitus, lis, m., death, destruc- come in, enter. tion. introitus, us, m., entrance, ap- inter-jieio. ere, -Jeel, -jectuni, proach. place between, interpose ; pas.s., in iatro-mitto, ere, -mlsl, -mis- be between, intervene, come at in- sum, send in, let in, admit. tervals. introrsus. adv., within, into the in- inter-niitto, ere, -misi. -inis- terior, inside. sani, leave off, interrnj/t, t-tnp, break off', discontinue ; ceate, nry- intro-rumpo. ere, -rupl, -rup- lect ; let pass, in pass., yo by, tuiii, break in, burst in. intervene, elapse; separate; leave intueor, eri, itus sum, gaze on, free, leave oj)en. look at. internecio, -onis, f., destruction, intull, from infero. a nnihilation, extermination. intus, adv., ivithin. inside. interpello, are, h\\, atiiiii, in- inu.sitatus, a. uiii. unicsiial, terriijit, disturb, interfere icirh. strange, novel, unfamiliar. inter-jjono, ere, -posui, -••osi- iniitilis, e, useless, unserviceable, tiiiii, hiterp().''e; alleyc : /d'l'di/e : unsuitable. in pas.s., intertcne. put J'onvard ; Iniveniojrfit -I'eni. -ventuau, inter-pres, -pretis, m., inter- come iipjon,pnd ; ham. preter. inventor, -toris, ni., inventor, dix- interpretor, ari, atus sum, in- coverer. lerpnt, explain. inveter-a.sco, ere, -avi, -atum, interrog'o, sire, aA'i, atnm, ques- become established, settle. tion. invieem, adv., in turn. inter-rumpo. ere, -riipi, -rup- invietus, a, uni, unconquered, in- tuiii, break ilowii, de- 36 1)K liKIJ.O (iAl.MCO. invltas, a, uiii, iiii>riUhi!/,af/ainst judieinin, I, n., trial ; judgment, 07te's will. decision, ojnnion ; aid. Judicio, by ipse, a, uiii, himifdl', he tiimftelf, design, X)urpo.' itself, etc. ; verij. jiidlco, are, avi, atum, judge, decide, consider, think, pronounce. irax'iindia, ue, f., ivratli, anger, pussimi. jujsruiii, 1, n., yoke ; ridge, summit, ii'iu-uiuliis, u, Mxw, i^asisionate. crest. ir-ri(l«'<>. ere, -risl, -risuiii, ridi- jumentuni, I, ii., })€a.it of burden, cli.jrrrat. horse. i' .joining. iiTidioule, adv., icithortt humor. junetnra, sie, ir-i-iiiii]>6, ere. -rupi, -ruptniii, juiiso, ere, junxl. Junetuiii, join, unite. hiir.sf hi, break iti, rush, dd-sh. irruptio, -6i»is, {.,nttaclc,(i! iter, Itineris, n., route, march, jussu, ahl. used a.s adv., by order. road, journey; inaK'nniii iter, jiistitia, ae, t'., justice, fairness. a forced march; iter facere, to Ilia rch. Justus, a, uni. just, rightfid. law- fair proj/er, regular, due. iteriiiii, adv., again, a second time. ful, ; juveuis. e feoiiii)arativc junior), Itius, adj. witli ])ortiis, a harbor i/aiii/i/ : III. ;\s sulist.." yiitiiig man. on the north-ea.st coast of Gaul. ju\en-tus, -tutis, f., youth; as c:>lk'ctive, youth, young men. juvo, are, juvl, jutum, aid, help, assist. j vixta, adv., near, close by. jaceo, ere, ni, ituiii, lie, he fallen, be dead. jaeio, ere, j eel, Jactum, throw, K. cast, Imrl ; throtv up. f. the jaeto, are, avi, atiiiii, shake, toss, Kalendae, arum, plur., Calends, tlic tirst da v of the month. fling ; disctiss. jactura, ae, f., loss, sacrijice; offer. jacnluin, l, n., javelin. L., an aljltreviation for Liieius. jam, adv., noio, at length, already ; Laberixis, I, m.. Qiiintus Laberius w. negatives, any more, longer. Burns, a military tribune with jiil>a, ae, f., mane. Caesar. jiil>e6, ere, jnssl, jussum, order, LiJibienus, 1, m., Titus Labienus, bid, cam maud. one of Caesar's lieiite;i.iij,.5. VOCABULARY. 37 labor, -oris, m., toil, hardghip. lat-ns, -eris, n., side, flank. labor, exertion ; endurance, hardi- latus, a, uui. andlatLirus,a,nni, ness. from fero. labor, 1, lapsus sum. slip : err, lattis, a, uni, broad, icide, exten- '>e dis- do ivronf/, fall awaij ; /nil, sive. appointed. laiido, are, avT, atnni, praise, laboro, are, avi, atuiii, toil, cn)iimend. str/re. be anximts ; be in diyictdtji, laiis, laiidis, f., praise, merit, be hard pressed. glory, fame. labruiii, 1, n., Up ; edye, rim. lavo, are, avi, atnin, or lavl, hic, lactis, n., milk. lautum OX' lotum, wash ; in laooss-f). ere, -IvI, -Ituiii, pro- pas.s., bathe. r Latoviei, ornni, in. ])!nr., the levo, are, avi, atuui, free, relieve. Lalnrici, iifiirldKirs of tlic Il.d- lex. It'sis, f., lav. vclii. Lexovii, oruni. m. |)bir., //// latro, -on is, m., rabber. Li'.i-io-ii, a triln' in l • ih.rt:i wcsi XatruC'iiiiuiii, i, ii., robbery, raid. of Gaul. ; 38 DE liFAAA) OALLICO. llbenter, adv., toillingly, ghtdly, ItX'us, I, m. ; in plur., loesi. oruiii, with jileasu re. n. ; jdace, spot, point, jiositiim. grotmd, situation, cottnt r ; rank liber, era, ernin. free, independ- y light, character ; ii/t/xirt unity, ent ; nnrext ricted, undisturbed, nntrdmmeUeit, unincumbered. chance; in jilur., sj/tni', grmnul, district, region, coui.t ry, jilace. libera litiis, -tiitis, f., generosity, locutus, a, uiii, from loquor. Uh,;r Liiscus, 1, m., a leading man of the majSris. comparative adv., (see Aedui. maiSfnopere), more, rather. Litavieeus, i, m., a leading man of mas^istratus, us, m., magistrate; the Aedui. ({ffice, magistracy. littera, ae, f., letter, rlia racier ; in iiiaj?nificus, a, um, sjdendid, plur., letter, despatch ; documents, grand. records. magnitu-do, -dinis, f., greatness, llt-us, -oris, n., shore. vastness, great size; size, extent. VOCABULARY. 39 magnopere. adv. (iiiagri^^t uiax- mare, uiaris, n., sea. liiie). greatly, very, strongly, maritimus, a, um, on or of the earnestly. sea, on the coast, maritime, naval. mag'iius, a, uin (major, iiiAxi- Marius, 1, m.. Cuius Marius. a niixsi, great, large; loud ; ser/mis, fanmus Roman general and ijnpii- extensive ; iiiag'iii, as adv., highlg, greatly. lar leader, \\\\o lived from B.C. I.j7 to 8:3. majestas, -tatis, f., dignity, ma- jesty. Mars. Martis, m., Mars, tlie g-od of war. major, comparative of magnus ; in m. phiv. as subst., elders, ances- mas, maris, m., male. tors, Jathers. matara, ae, f., ( Celtic ) javelin, malacia, aa, f., calm, lull. pike. male, adv. (jjejus, pessiine), mater, -tris, f., mother; mater bailly, ill, unsuccessfully. filiullijie. matron. maU'floinni, I, ii., mischie.f, out- materia, ae, f., timber, wood, ma- Tuge, III! nil. terial. Mcilliiis, 1, m., Lncins Mallius, a materies, el, f., timber, wood, ma- Kiiiiiaii iJi-dcoiisid defeated by the terial. Aqiiitaiii, B.C. lH. materior, ari, atns sum, get malo, iiialle, iiialiil, ^jre/er. timber, collect wood. mains, i, m., mast, (upright ) beam. Matisco, -onls, f., a town of the mandatum, 1, n., order, commis- Aediii. sion, instruction, message. matrimouium, i, n., marriage. mando, are, avl, atum, order, 3Iatrona, !ie, f., tlie river Marne, instruct : entrust, give uj), com- in nortliern Gaul. mit, betake. mature, oAv. (maturius, iiiatur- Miindnbii, orum, m. pliir., the rime), early, soon. ilandiiliii, a trilK' in ciMitral Gaul. matiir-esco, ere, -ill, ripen. M;iiidubrafius, i, ni., a Briton of iiigli rank among- tlieTrinobautes. matnro, are, avl, atum, hasten, make liaste. mane, adv., in the morning. maneo, ere, mfinsi, iiiansiiiii, maturus, a, um, early ; ripe. stay, remain ; abide by, stand by. maxiiiie, superlative adv. (see manipiilHris, is, ni., cue beUmgiug maffnopere), rt'ry greatly, very to a ciimj>a/iy uv maniple, comrade. much, chiejty, most, especially. muni]>ulus, I, m., maniple, com- inaximus, a, um, superlative ot pany (one-tliird of a coliort). mag'uus. maiisne-facio, ere, -feci, -fac- 3Iaximus, I, m., Quintus Fabius tum, tame. Maximus, a Roman general, B.C. mansiieflo, i)assive of inansne- 121. facio. medeor, eri, remedy, relieve. maiisiietu-do, -dinis, f., gentle- mediooris, e, moderate, ordinary, ness, clemency. cnmmtm. maims, us, f., hand ; band, force ; mediocriter, adv., in a slight or maiiii, by art, by force; maniis smitll degree. llare, yield, giri- in. Mediomatrici, drum, m. plnr., Miirc-oniaiii, orum, m. i)lnr., the the Mrdiomatrici. a tribe in the Marciimani, a Gcrnian Irihi'. north .astof Gaul. Mai'eus, 1, ni., Marcus, a ivoiiian tiled iterranens, a, uni, inland, praciionicn. central, interior. ; ;; 40 DI3 HEF.LO oallico. inediuK, :i. iini, midillf. cinl rul : iiieuN, a, imi, my, mine. hili'riiifilid/i' ; jri'iuMiilly icikIitciI niil-es, -itis, m., soUlirr, mun : i\n l)y iiiiildle itr li(U/'-ic((!/. I'olU-etivc, the soldiers, soldiery. Meldl, oruin, ni. pliir.. the Mibli, inilitaris, e, military, of'war. A tiilio ill iioitlici'ii G;ail. inolior, couipanitive of boniis. militia, ae, f., (military ) sercice. indcclinahle adj. Melodruinni, i, ii.. a town of tlic mille. ; in plur., ScuoiiL'S ill uortlioni Gaul. millia, iuiii, n. ; thousand. nieiiibrnin, I, n., limb. >I iiierva, ae, f., Minerva, a Roman ^ndih'SS. iiieiiiini, Isse, in perf. tenses only, remember, recollect. miiiime, adv., superlative of pa- runi, bij no means, very little, iiieiiioi'iti. f., memory, recollec- ae, le Menapil, orniii, in. jjliir.. the ininur, comjjarative of parvus. Jlfi')iiij>ii, a tribr in the fxtrt'iiic ]>Iiiiii<-iiis. 1, in.. Lucius Minucius north-cast of G.uil. li'isilus, one of Caesar'.s oflieers. iiienclaoiiiiii, I, n., lie, /dlaeliooil, niiii-uu, ere, -ul, -iitniii, {e«8e», false stutetnent. diminish, decrease; settle; ebb. mens, iiienti.s, f., mind, intellect. minus, adv., cvjmparative of pa- is, in., month. ineusis, rum, less ; not ; not very, not so iiiensura, Jie, f., measure. well. meiitio, -6n!s, f., mention. miror, ari, atus sum, wonder at, wonder. inereator, -tori.s, ni., trader, mer- chant. mirus, a, niii, wonderful, strange, surprising. iiiereatfira, ae, f., t radini/, t rajfic, commerce. miser, era, erum, wretclied, poor, miserable. iiier-ees, -ceilis, f., i>rtj/, hire. misericovdia, ae, f., 2^^tyi mercy, Mereiirius, i, m., Mercttrij, one of clemency. the Konian liods. misi'ror, ari, iitus sum, bewail, iiiereo, ere, ni, ituin, aiul dipliire, lament. iiiereor, ei'l, itus sniii, (leserce, win, earn; serve. missus, us, m., sending, desjyatch. nieridianns, a, uiii, of midday, mitis. e, gentle ; supci-l. adv., ml- of noon. tissime, gently, mildly. nieridies, ei, m., midday, noon mittd, ere, misl, mis.sum, setul, the south. despatch; hurl, throu-. merituin, I, n., service, merit, de- mubilis, e,Jiclcle, ch(n;geable. sert ; fault. m61)ilitas, -tqtis, f., ficlcleness Messala, ae, m., Marcus Valerius quickness, acticity. Messala, consul B.C. 61. iiiobiliter, r.dv., easily. nietior, iri, sniii, meas- inensus iiioderor. ari. atus sum, maiuige, ure, out, dist rihute. measure check, control, restrain. Metiosedniii, l, n., a town in modestia, ae, f., self-control, iiortheni Gaul. moderation. Metins, I, m., an envoy of Csesar's. iiiodo, adv., only, but, merely : Just, ineto, ere. niessnl, inessnni, but now, but recently. reap, cut grain. modus, I, ni., measure, amount luetus, us, m., /'ear. fashion, style, manner, kind, sort. VOCABUIjARY. 41 , mide- Ujoenia. iuni, n. plur., wallfi, furti- mulio, -onis, m. muleteer, fications. driver. multitii-do, -diiiis, f.. large num- moles. Is, f., mass ; flyl'e, dam. ber, great number, large hodg, adv., (/riecoiisli/ ; iiio- moleste, multitude; nu)nber, atnount ; the he leste fei'i'e, to be atuioi/ed, common jieojde. vexed. miilto. are. avl, atum. pne ; de- inoliiiieiitum, I, n., trouble, ditfi- prive. cidtij. multum. adv. (plus, plurimum . iiiolo. inolitus, a, uiu, from much, often, verij. iiiollio. Ire, Ivl, Ituiii, soften, multus, ji. uiii (i>lus. plurimus), lessen; make east/. much; in plur., mang ; w. dies mollis, e, toeak. yieldinfi, change- or nox. .far advanced ; multo as adv., much, far. able, not firm ; smooth, level. 1, m., mule. nioUitiu, ae, f., weakness, feeble- mulus. ness. Munatius, I. ni.. Lucius Munatius riancus, OIK- of Cao.sar's lieuten- mollities, el, f. , weakness, lack of end It ranee. ants. iiiol-o, ere, -lii, -itiim, tfrind. mundus, I, ni., u-orld. unirerse. i. \\...hirtiiieafinn, muiiientiim, 1, ii., wehjlit, injtu- munimeiitum. encc, importance. defence. ivi. fortii'g, Moiia. ae, f., an island in tlu' Irish miinio. ire. Itum, I'lliUUlL'l. protect, defend, secure: w. iter, build, midi'e. moiieo, ere, til. \t\\n\, warn, ad- Jic/ition, vise, remind, iiri/e. munitio, -onis. i'.. forti works, moaidain construction : J'oelijied de- moiis, montis, ni., ; fences. mouid.ain raiij/e ; Iiitl. miin-us. -eris, n., dutg, task, ser- mora. ae. f., delai/. vice; gift, present. morbus, i, m., disease, sickness. miiralis. e. of a wall, n.sed /or or from icalls, mural. Slorini, oruin, m. jilur., fheMorini, a tribe in the imrtli iif(iaul. miirus. 1. m., wall. morlor, mori, iiiortuiis sum, museulus, I, ni., ,ihed, pienthouse, die. covered, hut. maimed, broken. Moritassus, I, ni., a oliict' of the mutilus, a, um, Senones. muto, are, iivl, atum, change. moror, arl, iitus sum. delai/, wait, stall, li/ij/er ; hinder, retard. mors, mortis. I'., death. N. Iroin morior. mortnus. a. »im. naotus. a. iiiii. from iiaueiscor. mos, moris, in., manner, custom, niim, fiiiij. ,./'//•, now. wail ; in i)lur., habits, cliaruefer. Nanimeius. i. ni., a leading' man Mosa, ;ie, m., the Mouse, a river in of the Ilclvctii. n >rili-eastern Gaul. Naiiiuetes. um. ni. |ilur.. the Xam- mutus, us, m., inoreineid. umt/dii. neley, a triliL- at the mouth of the chaiif/e ; iiprisiuij, ilisturba nee, Loire. revolt. naiiKjue. i'on.).,./Vw. motiini. moveo, ere, movi, iiaiK-iseor. I. iiju'tus or iiiinctus mure.; iujtuenee. switi, Ji nd, get, come ujion, obtain, muli-er, -eris, f., woman. secure. ;; 42 1)K HKI.LO CAM. ICO. Nantnatt's, mn, in. pliir.. the necesse, inded. adj., necessary, Aant.uates, :i tribe in tlic Aijis, lie- inevitable ; necesse est, often to tiveen tlie i)roviiife iiiul Italy. be rendered hy must, can but. Narbo, onis. f., a town in the necessltas, -tatis, f.. necessity, southern ])art ot'tlie province. need ; urgency, e.rigency ; interest. I, he born, be nAseor, natus sum, neeessitii-do, -dinis, f., intimacy, Kpntiig frnni, uri.w, be bred; of close friendship. metals, be found. necne, conj., or not. Nasna, ae, m., a leader of the Suel)i. net'6. are, avl, iitum, kill, jnit to death. natalis, e, o/"6/r . . not ; refuse. iiauta, ae, m., .sailor. nes:6tior, ari, atus sum, do busi- nauticns, a, uiii, naval, nautical. ness, carry on business. naviiJis, e, naval, oj shifts. ne^otium, i, n., business, enter- prise ; taA, troidde, difficulty; navieula, ae, f., small boat, skiff. dare negotiuiii, tn.'ttruct. navig'atio, -onis, f., sailing, navi- Neiiietes. uiii, m. plur., the Neme- j/atiiin, voi/ui/e. tes, a German tribe on the Rhine. navig'iuni, 1, n., ship, vessel. nemo (neiiiinis), m., gen. and abl. naviso, are, avl, atuui, sail. not in use, no one, nobody. niivis, is, f., ship, boat, vessel nequaquani, afl\'., ');/ no means. navis lon^a, ivarship ; navis oneraria, t ransport. neque, or soniotinies nee ))efore consonants, adv. navo, are, avl, atuin, do energeti- and conj., and not, nor ; wlien repeated, JieeWter cally ; operaiu navare, do one's . .nor, best or utmost. neqniquam or neqaidqnani, ne, conj., that not, lest ; w. verbs of adv., in vain, to no purpose. m-ging-, asking, etc., not to ; w. verbs of hindering, from ; \\. Nervleus, a, uni, of or %vith the verbs of fearing, that, lest ; w. Nervii. snbj. standing for imperative, 7iot. Nervius, a, um, Nervian, of the ne, adv., not; ne..quicleni, not Nervii. even. NerA 11, oruiii, m. plur., the Nervii, -ne, enclitic interrogative particle, a trilie in the north-east of Gaul. in direct questions untranslated ; nervus, i. m., sinew; strength. in indirect questions, whether vigor, poiver. neeue, or not. neu, see neve. nee, see neque. neeessarius, a, uni, necessary, neuter, tra, trum, neither'; in l)lur., neither side. urgent, j^ressing critical m. as ; ; or subst., coniicrtiiin. intiimite friend, neve neu, or not, and that not, and not to. nor. relative ; iieeessario. alil. as adv., of necessity, unaroidahly. nex, necis, f., death. ; ; VOCABULARY. 43 learn, nihil, n. iiirlecl. niithin;/ ; ace. as nosoo, ere, iiovl. notiim, adv., 9tot at all. become acquainted with : in perf., kmnr ; ])art. notus, a, uni, nlliilmii, 1, 11., nofhhin : iiiliilo, knon-n, well-known, familiar. v abl. as adv., none, no, w. coiiipara- tives. ncster, tra, truin, onr ; m. plur. as subst., o;n' men. froopsor forces. uiiiiis, adv., too. notitia, ae, f., knowledge, ac- niiiiius, a, uiii, excessive, too great. quaintance with. nisi, coiij., if not, miless, except. novem, nine. Nitiobroges, uni, m. ])lur., the Xovioflunum, 1, n., '1) a town of Nitiobroyes, a tribe on the Ga- the Siiessiones ; '2) a town of tlie ronne. Aedui ; (3; a town of the Bituriges. nltor, 1, nlsu.s and nixus sum. no vitas, -tatls, f., novelty, rely w. abl. ; strive, endeavor. on, strangeness. nix, nivls, f., snow. novus, a, um, neic, .fresh ; in nobilis, e, noble, of hiyh birth superlative, latest, last, rear well-known ; m. as sub.st., a noble. no\'{ie res, political change, change government, revolution. nobilitas, -tatis, f., high birth of the nobility, the nobles. nox, noctis, f., night. noceo, ere, ill, ituni, harm, in- noxa, ae, f., crime, offense. jure, do harm to. molest, w. dat. ; uubo, ere, nuiisl, nuptum, part, nocens, -entis, guilty. marry. noctii, abl. a.s adv., by night. nudo, are, aA'l, atum, bare, ex- nooturnus, a, uni, by night, in the pose ; strip, clear. night, nightly. nudus, a, um, uncovered, naked, unprotected, bare. nodiis, 1, m., joint. uullus, a, no, none; in gen. nolo, nolle, uolui, be unwilling, um, dat. and alil. suitplies cases of not wish in iniiterative, do not. ; nemo, no one. nonien, -minis, n., name ; reputa- nnm, interrogative particle expect- tion, pre.stige ; in alil., iinder the ing negative answer, not trans- name or pretence of, as, on account. lated. uoniinatini, adv., by name. numen, -minis, n., divinity, divine noniino, are, avi, atuni, name, poiiyr. rail, mention. numerus, i, m., number ; amount ; account ; in the light, non, ad\'., not, no. in numero, as. nonaginta, ninety. Xumida, ae, in., Xumidian, from noudum, adv., 7iot yet. the north coast of Africa. nonnihil, adv., somewhat. nummus, I, ni., coin, money. nonniilliis, a, um, some. numquam, adv., never. nunc, adv., note. nunniiixiiiain, adv., sometimes. nnnquam, adv., never. nonus, a, um, ninth. niintio. Are. avl, atum, a?j- Noreia, ae, f., cliicf town of the nuunce, report, bring icord, tell. Noriei. nuntius, i, m., messenger news, Norieus, Norican, the ; a, um, of report, message, tidings. Noriri, a tri)ie living' inland nortli ot'the Adriatie. niipor, adv., lately, recently. oos, plur. of ego. nus(iuani, adv., nowliere, . 44 DE I3EIJ.O C.AIAACO. tiutns, us, in., nod, heck ; ijcvtums, ob-tineo, ere, -tinul, -tentlini, signs. hold, possess, occujiy. maintain. obtuli, from offero. O. ob-venio, ire, -venl, -ventuiii, fall to, be assigned to ; encounter. ob, iircp. w. afc, on account o/', he- caiisii o/\ /or; quani ob rem, obviaiii, adv., in the wai/, to meet, "'. «(/(//. dat. ooeasio, f., obju'ratus, ji, uiii, indebted; in. -onis, ojtjiorlunity, a.s siiljst., debtor. time ; surjirise. ob-eo, -ire, -il, -itiiiii, attend to. oc-oido, ere, -eidi, -casum, set; fall, be slain. obitiLs, lis, in., destruction. oc-eido, ere, -cldi, -cisum, slav," ob-jicio. ere, -jeei, -jeetum. kill: ]dace in the icat/, throw np, set, oceultiitio, -ouis, f., concealment. oppose ; expose ; pa.ss. , lie opjwsite. be in the ?(«//. oceiilte, adv., secretly. oblatns, a, uni, from offero. occulto, are, avl, atum, hide, coficeal. oblique, ach'., oblique} ij. obllquus, a, \iiit,.slonfinf/, oblique. •K'cultus, a, wlTi, concealed, hid- den, secret ; in or ex occulto, »i ob-llviseor, i, -lltus s\\n\, forget. secret. w. f>L'n. oecupatio, -onis, f., engagement, obsecro, are, a,vl, atuui, entreat, occupmtion. beseech. ocoupo, are, avl, atum, seize, get obsequentia, Jie, f., compliance, rega rd ^iii.'i.fession of; occupy, engage; cocer. observo, are, iivl, atuui, keep, oc-eurr«>, ere, -eurrl (-cucurri), ob.'ierve, regard, folloiv ; watch, -cursuni../''(// in with, note. meet, come upon, Jind ; resist; provide .for ; ob-ses, -sidis, m., hostage. occur. obsessio, -oiiis, 1'., siege, blockade. occurso, are, avl, atnm, >-H.s7t ob-sideo, ere, -sedl, -sessuiii, upon, charge. besiege, blockade, beset. Oceanus, i, m., 'pftcn with mare), obsidio, -ouis, f., siege, blockade; the Ocean. pressitre. Ocelnm, i, n., a town on the easf^ obslgno, are, avi, atnni, seal. erii side of the Alp.?. ob-sisto, ere, -stiti, resist, with- ocins, adv., quickly, swiftly. stand, -w. dat. octavus, a, um, eighth. obstinate, adv., steadily, firmly, oetingenti, ae, a, eight hundred. 2jersistently. ob-strlnjyo, ere, -strinxi, octo, eight. -strietum, bind, put under obli- octodeeini, eighteen. gation. Octodurus, I, 111., a town of the ob-stru6, ere, -struxl, -strCic- Verag-ri, in the Alp.«. tuui, barricade, close. obtempero, are, avl, atuni, octoginta, eighty. submit to, obey, w. dat. oetoni, ae, a, eight at a time, eight obtestor. arl, atus sum, implore, each, eight. call upon. oculus, i, m., eye. ; VOCABULARY. 45 ere, -pressl. -pres- isse, perf. w. pres. raeaniiiff, op-prinio, odi. overwhelm, crush, surprise; hate. suin, burden, weigh down. odium, 1, n., hatred. oppiisnatio. -onis, f., assault, of-fendo, ere, -fendl, -fensnni, attack; mode of attack. hurt, wound; cause hann ov viis- oppugno, are, avl, atum, at- hap. tack, assault, storm. woumlintj, hurt- oifensio, -onis, f., (ops), opis, f., help, aid; in plur., ing. resources, power, strength. ol)Iatuiii. ofFero, offirre, ol)tull, optinie, adv., superlative of bene, p,;sriit.i'ir>:r.linl 46 DE BELI.O CALIilCO. 6r6, are, avi, atani, irray, hcij. par, parls, e ortus, SI, uiii, from orior. parce, adv., sparingly. ortus, I'ls, 111., risinf/. j)arer>, ere, pepercl, parsiim i,y ])arcituiii, spare, \v. «lat. 68, oris, \\.,face, mouth. ; be economical. OsiKiiii, oruin, iii. plur., the O.iisiiii, a trilii; in tlie extreme iiortli-vvest parens, -entis, m. and f., parent. of Gaul. psirento, are, avi, sttum, ncent/i'. osteii-<16, ere, - P., an abbreviation for Piiblius. party ; uxty, point, respect. pabiilatio, -onis, i., foraging. I>artim, adv., partly: when re- pabulator, -toris, m.., forager. peated, often rendered by some... others. pabnlor, ari, atus sum, forage. partior, li*l, itus sum, divide. pabulum, I, ii., fodder, .forage. paed, are. avi. atum, subdue, re- liartus, a, um, from pario. duce; part, pacatus, a, um, a.s psirum, idv., (minus, miuiue), adj.,peace/»f, quiet. lifth' t( little, not much. icaij pactum. I, n., manner, ; quo parvulus. si. um, very small, how. pacto, slight, trifling, insignificant ; ab /';«)/( Partus. 1, m., the Po, a river in psirvulis, curly childhood. Cisalpine G.\ul (northern Italy;. parvus, a, um, (minor, miui- Paemaul, orum, m. plnr., the inusj, small, trijiing. Paemani, a tribe in nortn-eastern passim, adv., in all directions. . Gaul. passus, a, um, from jiando or puene, adv., almost. from patior. paenit-et, ere, -uit, impersonal. passus, us, m., ])ace (five feet) ; one \v. aee. of pt>rson and gen. of thousand paces make one mile. thing, render by be sorry, regret. pate-facio, ere, -feci, -fjictum, pagrus, 1, m., district, canton. open, throw open. palam, adv., ojyenl y, jJttblicly. psite-fio, -fieri, -fsictus sum, palma, ae, f.,palm, hand. pass, of patefsicio. pal-US, -utlis, f., marsh, swam}), pateo, ere, ui, extend, spread out .fen. be open, stand open ; part, psiteus, -eutis, as adj., 02>en, exposed. paluster, tris, tre, marshy. pando, ere, pancli, passuiii, pater, -tris, m., father; in plur., J'oreJ'athers, ancestors. spread out, outstretch ; in pass. w. capillus, be dishevelled. patieuter, adv., patiently. VOCABULARY. 47 patientia, ae, f., endurance^ jia- per, prep. w. ace, through; by tience, forbeai'ance. means of, by ; by loay of, over, along ; by reason o.t ; per se, by patior, 1, passus sum, siitfer. or in one's self, so far as {he was alloiv, permit ; bear, endure, with- J stand. concerned. patrins, a, uiii, of one's fathers, per-ajEfo, ere, -egl, -actnnt, fin- ancestral. ish, bring to an end. perangustus, uni, very nar- patronus, 1, m., patron, lord. a, row. patruus, I, m., imcle (on father's per-cipio, ere, -cepi. side I. -ceptnm, get. acquire ; hear, near of, learn ; pauci, ae, a (sing, not in Caesar), gain, reap. ,few, but few. pereontatlo, -onis, f., inquiry. pctucitas, -tatis, f., small number. per-curro, ere, -ourri f-cueur- paulatiin, adv., gradually, by de- ri), -enrsuni, run along. grees ; gently. per-cntio, ere, -eussl, paulisper, adv.,. /"or a short time. -cnssnm, hit, strike down. paulo, adv., a little, slightly, some- per-diseo, ere, -didici, learti icliat. thoroughly, master. paiiluluni, adv., very slightly, a per-do, ere, -didl. -ditum, ruin very little. ; Ijart. perdJtus, a, uni, as adj., pauluiii, adv., a little. aband07ied, de.^perate. pax, pacis, i., peace. per-duc6, ere, -dCixi, -ductuni, d Pedius, I, m., Quintus Pedius, one per-fleio, ere, -feci, -fectuni, of Caesar's lieiiteiuiuts. carry out. finish, accomplish, bring about ; build, make. pejor, pejus, (eomparative of mains), worse. perfldia, ae, f.. faithlessness, treachery. pellis, is. f., skin, hide; snb pel- liiius, in tents. per-frinffo, ere, -freffl, -frae- pello, ere, pepuli, pnlsum, tiim, break through. drive, dislodge, repulse, ilefeat, perfus'Ji. ae, m., deserter. roiit. per-fujjio, ere, -fiigl, llee, ' pendo, ere, pependi, pensuin, esraj..' ; desert. in>ii/h j/ay. ; ]H'rfn^iuin, I, n., refuge, place of penes, prep. w. aee., in the power refuge. or hands of. per-go, ere, -re.xl, -rectum, penitus, adv., completely, utterly. proceed, advance. ; 48 DE BELLO GALLICO. periolitor. ari, Atiis sum, rim per-«olvu, ere, -solvi, -solu- risic, he ('..rjxiged to davi/er ; try, tnm, jmy. make a test. per-splelo, ere, -spexl, -spec- perieulosus, a, uiii, dangerous. see, tiini, see thi-ough ; perceive, understand ; observe, examine, in- p<>riouliiin, I, 11., danger, risk; spect, survey ; learn, ascertain, tcsl. I rial, atti'inpt. find Old, become acquainted with. peritiiM. SI, mil, skilled, experi- enced, fatiiiliar, w. gen. per-sto, are, -stitl, -statuiii, per.iist, abide, be firm. perlatus, a, uni, from perfero. I)er-suacle6, ere, -siiasi. -sua- per-lefjo, ere, -lei?!, -lectniii, sum, j>ersuade, induce, irrevail on, read fli rougli, convince. \v. dat. per-ltio, ere, -Ini, -lutuiii, perterreo, ere, ui, itiiin, terrify, irtisli ; In ])ass., biitln: frighten, alarm : in pas.i., be periiia^uus, a, iini, lerg large. panic-stricken ; dismay, demora- li::e. per-inaneo, ere, -niansl, -man- per-timesco, ere, -tiiuui, suiii, continne, remain, persist, fea' greatly, be much afraid. abide. per-misceo, ere, -niisciil, -inix- pertinaeia, ae, f., obstinacy. tuni (-iiiistuui), mix, mingle. per-tineo, ere, -tinul, -tentuiii, extend, per-niitto, ere, -niisl, -iiiissixin, reach, stretch ; lead, tend, give up, yield, entrust, leave; al- have a tendency ; concern, relate, low, grant permi^non, permit. belong to. pertiili. per-moveo, ere, -iiidvl. -nio- from perfero. tuiii, move, influence, induce IJerti'irbatio. -onis, f., alarm, arouse, alarm, excite. cont'iisioii, jKUiic. per-niiilceo, ere, -iiiulsi, -iniil- pertiirbo, are, a.A'i, atiiiii, throw suni, soothe, culm, quiet. into confusion, disconcert , disturb, alarm ; in pass., be at a loss. pernieies, el, f., destiuction. pervagor, arl, atns sum, roam perpauci, ae, a, very few. about. perpendiciiliim, i, ii., plumhdine. per-venio, ire, -veni, -ventiim, come, reach, arrive. per-petior, i, -pessus siiiii, en- /'<»,? dure, suffer. pes, pedis, m., ; pedibus, on foot, by land perpetuus, a, uiii, continuous, : pedem referre, to unbroken, solid; 2»irpetual, lust- full back, retire, retreat. ing ; whole, entire; incessant; In pet-6, ere, -ivl, -Ituiii, ask, re- perpetmiiii, fitr ever; abl. as quest; seek, ask for. beg, site for ; adv., perpetiio, for ever, con- make for, aim at, attack. stardlg, uninterruptedly. Petroeoril, orum, m. pliir., the per-qniro, ere. -qui.sivi. -quisi- I'efrocorii. a trilie in south-west- tuiii, inquire into or about. ern Gaul on the ftaronne. per-rninpo, ere, -rvipl. -rup- Petroniiis, i, m.. Marcus Petro- tniii, break through, br('((k, force nius, a centurion in Caesar's army. a )cay or jxissage or entrance. Petrosidius, I, m.. Lucius Petrn- per-serlbo, ere, -scrips!, -scrip- sidius, the sland.ird-l)earer of one tnin, ivrite out, rejtort, describe of Caesar's leirions. fidly. pbal-anx, -aiifjis, f, ]dialanx, per-sequor. I, -secutxis siiin, cohunn, compmct body. pursue, follow up ; avenge ; attack. Pietones, iiiii, m. plur., the Pic- persevere, are, avl, atuiii, per- toiie-'), a Gallic tribe at the mouth sist. of the Loire. ; VOCABULARY. 49 pietas, -tatls, f. , duty or devofimi pliis, i>luris, comparative of mul- (to countrt/ J, ixitriotism. tus, more ; in plur., several, many. plluiu, 1, n., javelin, spear. l>luteus, 1, m., screen, moveable brea.it ivoric, defence. pllus, i, ni., a maniple or dii:iKi(i)i poculuni, I, n., drinking-cup. of a Roman Ifiiiou ; tlie sciiidr \\'as feiituriDu of the tirst maniple poena, ae, i., penalty, punishment ; chic/ centurion of the leg^ion. .iittisfaction. piiiiia, ae, f., parapet, battlement. poeuitet, see paenitet. Pirustae, arum, m. plur., the l>oll-ex, -icis, m., thumb. Piritstae, a tribe in Illyrieuni. pollieeor, eri, itus siim, jrromise, piscis, is, m.,Jish. make a jiromise. Piso, -onis, m., 1. Lucius Calptir- pollicitatio, -onis, f., piromise, nius I'i.-in, a Roman Ict/atus, slain offer. the Tiijurini, 107 ; i'. by B.C. Pompeius, l, m., Pomjjey, 1. C'neiiis ijuciiis Calpurnius Pisn, grandson Pompeius, consul B.C. .^.i, procon- above, consul B.C. .'is, and of the sul of Spain B.C. .'>4-.W. i. C'neins 2farcus Caesar's father-in-law ; 3. Pompeius. an Interpreter with the Piso, 61 4. an .\qui- consul B.C. ; Ixonian army. tanian of rank. pond-US, -eris, n., iceight. pix, picis, f., pitch. pono, ere, posui, posituni, plaoeo, ere, ui, itnin, pdease, w. place, set, station : w. castra, d;it.: pljioet, inipcrsonal, it is de pitch ; re-it, base, make depeiulent cided. line resolves. I J lay down ; in pass., be situated, be placide, adv., calmlr/, quietly. dejieiulent. plac6,'are, avl, atuni, appeasl. pons, pontis, m., bridge. Plancus, 1, m., Lucius Munatius pojiosci, from posoo. Plancus, one of Caesar's lieuten- populatio, -onis, f., ravaqing, ants. raid. plane, adv., clearly; quite, altn- poi>ulor, ari, atus sum, ravage, getlier. lay icaste, devastate. round. planioie.s, ei, {.,p>lain, level y populus, 1, \n., people, nation. planus, a, uni, level, flat. Ijor-rigo, ere, -rexl, -rectum, plebes, or plebs, plebis, f., the stretch for n-ard : \rAvt. porrec- common jjeojde. tus, a, um, as adj., e.rtended. plene, adv., entirely, completely. porro, adv. further, moreover. f., gate. plenus, SI, u in,, /(*?/, complete. porta, ae, carry, pleri PI 50 DE BELLO GALLICO. I)0!«suin, posse, ])<>tul, '"; able, prae-cipio, ere. -eepi, -cep- can, he ptisnihlf. ; ha j/inref/'iil or tuiii, order, instruct, gin; in.it ruc- stroiiff, have iceii/lit or itijlueiicc. tions ; anficijiate. post, ]. adv., a//.erwar<1s^ after; prsieeipito, are, avi, atuiii, •i. prep. w. ace, after, behind. fling, hurl. postea, adv., afterwards ; here- praecipue, adv., esj/eciatly. (i^'ter. praoeipuus, a, uni, S2>ecial, jiar- posteaqujiiii, cuiij., after, luhen. tiruhir. posterns, ji, lim. next, follmcing ; prae-cliulo. ere, -elusl, -clu- 111. pliir. as .siilist., deiiceiidiiiiln, sum, close, barricade. jtoaterit!/. praeeo, -onis, m., herald. post-pono, ere. -posui. -posi- Prjieooiilnus, i, in., Lucius i'a- tuiii, 2'0St2wne, set aside, disre- lerius P raeconinus, one of Caesar's ga rd. lieutenants. po.stqiiain, coiij., after, when. prae-eurro, ere, -eurri (-eu- postremo, adv., Jiually, lastly, at furrlj, -oursuiii, hasten on be- last. fore; untici2>a/e. po.stridie, adv., the next day, on praeda, ae, t'., jdunder, booty. the morrow. prat'dieo, are, avi, iitiiiii, «w- bna.'.t. postulatuiii. 1, n., demand. lujunce, declare, (Liscrf, postiilo, are, avi, atuiii, ask, ask praedor, ari, atus smiu, jdunder, get pdtinder, 2>illage. for, demand, require. ere, -duxi. potens, entis, partic. of possum, prae-dueo, -dno- tuin, construct in front, carry 2)0 werfu , infl uential. I out. potentiitiis, us, m., sujrremacy, prjiofectus, {I. um, from jirae- chief jjiiwer, leading 2)osition. fleio. poteutia, ae, {.,2}ower. praefeotus, 1, m., officer, rom- potestas, -tatis, f., pmver, control maniter (especially of cavalry), o2>portunity, chaiice, 2fermission. jtrefect. potior, iri, itus sum, get control prae-fero, -ferre, -tuli, -la- or jxixsession oj, gain, obtain, w. tum, 2>i(iee bejore. jirel'er, exteem al)l. or gL'ii. more highly ; se praeferre, to potius, comparative adv., rather, siirx>ass, outdo. sooner, more. prae-flcio, ere, -feel, -feotum, potui, from iJossiiin. 2tut or set over, 2)lace in cotnmaiul oJ, give charge of, w. ace. and dat. l)rae, prep. w. ahl., in compariso7i prae-fiffo, ere. -fixi, -fixuiii, with ; on account of, for. flx before, 2>lace at the edge. praeaoutus, a, um, shar2)ened at the end, pointed. praemet-u6, ere, -ui. be anxious, fea r. praebeo, ere, ul, xtxtm, fi(rni.sh, afford, give, cau.se. prae-niitto, ere, -mlsi, -mis- sum, send in advance, send on be- prae-caveo, ere, -cavl, -eau- fore, send forward. tum, take precautions, be on one's guard. praeinium, i, n., reivard, prize. prae-cedo, ere, -ces.si, -eessuin, praoooeupo. are, ivxl, iitum, excel, sur2)ass. seize bejorehand, seize, take jiosses- sion of. prae-oeps, -cipitis, headlong ; abrupt, stee2}. praeopto, are. avi, htum, prefer. praeceptum, 1, n., order, instruc- praepar6,.are. avi, iitum. /o-e- tions, vi\junction. 2jare or get '•eady beforehand. ; ; VOCABULARY. 51 prae-pono, ere, -posui, -posi- praetorlus, a, nni, of a com- tuiii, place or set vrer, put in com- mander or praetor; praetoria rd. mand of, w. ucc. and dat. coliors, body-gua prae-riiinpo, ere, -rupi, -riip- >prae-ur6, ere, -iissi, -ustuin, at the end or point. tuin, liri'dL' (iff', snap ; p.irt. prae- burn rui)tus, a, mil, as adj., abrupt, prae-verto, ei'e, -verti, -ver- precipitous. suni, anticiiMte, prevent, w. dat. -saepsi,-saep- prae-saepio, ire, pravns, a, iiiii, poor, wretched tuiii, block up, barricade. iviclced, vicious, j>er verse. ere, -scripsi, prae-scribo, preces, mil, f. (.sinpr. defective and -scriptuiii, pjrescribe, direct, not found in Caesar), prayers, en- dictate. treaties. praescriptuni, I, n., hiddiiii/, dic- preino, ere, pressi, pressmii, tation. press, press hard ; crowd ; liarass, praesens, -entis, partic. of prae- op)pre.'is. suiii, jjresewi, instant, in person. prendo, ere, iirendi, prensuiii, praesentia, ae, f., tlie present:- seize, grasp. presence; in pr;iesentia, ./'o/- tlie prctimn, 1, n., xirice. moment, at the time. (prex), precis, f., see preces. prae-sentio. Ire, -sensi, -seii- the on tlie suiii, learn of ov pnd out before- pridie, adv., day before, hand, ha rej'oresij/ht. previous day. centurion praesertiiii, adv., especially, 2)ar- priniiplUis, 1, m., chief '^ ticularlij. si'c piliis. praesidiiiin, i, n., guard, garri- priiiio, :ul\., atjirst. son, iirofecting force; jj/-o -itiiiii, pass over, pass by ; ])art. prills, conii)arative adv., earlier, MS .idj., j)raeteritiis, a, iiiii, sooner; ]>rius. . .quaiii, before, 2Jast ; n. plitr. a.s .suhst., tlie jiast. \v. nc^ati\t'S until. praeter-iiiltto, ere, -iiilsi, -iiiis- priiis praetor, -t«>ris, in., commander ; ual, jiersonal ; ni. as snl>st., a pri- praetor, a Koiiiau luayislrate. vatejterson, individual. : 52 DK HELLO GALLICO. pro, prep. w. ahl., before, injront pro-flcio, ere, -feci, -feetuni, of ; on oehalf of, for ; instead of, gain advantage, gain, e(fect; ad- hi place of, ux ; in return for ; in vance. accordance iritli, according to ; in pro-fieiseor, i, -fectus sniii, set proportion to. in comjui ri.iirn tcith ; out, depart, .start. go,-2>rocecd. COnKideriny, in vietv of ; as far as concerned. pro-flteor, eri, -fessas sum, de- clare, state openlg, ojfer, profess, probd, are, avi, atuin, prove; avow. test, put to the tent ; approve of, profligo, are, avi, rout, favor, reco(/nize, think liiijIUy of. atuin, put to /tight. pro-oedo, ere, -eessi, -cessuni, jjo /(irivard, advance. pro-fluo, ere, -ttuxl, floiv forth, rise. Procillus, I, m., Cains Valerimt rrocilfus, a Komanized Gaul of pro-fnsio, ere, -fugi, -fugi- rank. tuntfjlee, escape. proclino, are, avl, atiini, bend projjnatus, a, um, sprung, des- fortoard; res procliuata, a fal- cended ; m. .IS .suhst., descendant. ling cause. pro-gredior, i, -g^ressus sum, pr6c6n-sul, -sulis, m., proconsul, go forward, come forth, advance. an ex-consul in charge of a pro- Jjroceed, go. vince. proliilHJo, ere, ui, itnm, restrain, procul, adv., at a disfan;'. ki'i'p. prevent, hold, hinder, cut off; protect. pr6-eiiiiil>6, eve, -ciiluii, I tend or sloije forward, incline; lie doicn, proinde, adv., therefore. fall, sink, lodge. pro-jieio, ere, -jeei, -Jeotuni, proeuro, are, avi, atuni, attend throw down or away, hurl, fling ; to, have charge of. abandon, renounce. pro-curro, ere, -ciieurri (-ciir- prolatus, a, um, from profero. ri), -onrsuiii, run or rush for- ward, rasli Old, charge. promiiieo, ere, \\l, lean forward. prod-eo. -ire, -ii (-Ivii. -ituiii, promiseue, adv., piromiscHously, go forth, come out, adcuntt. indiscriminatel g. prodesse, from prosuiii. pro-mltto, ere, -iiiisi. -iiiissuiii, proditio, -ouis, f., treacheri/, let groir ; p.irt. promi.ssus, a, treason. um, as adj., long, flowing. proditor, -toris, m., traitor. promoutoriuiu, I, n., headland, promontory. pro-do, ere, -did!, -ditnm, give forth, publish, ri'jmrt : l/o iid doirn, l>r6-move6, ere, -movl, -mo- beqneatli, transmit ; bet rag. tum, move forward, advance. pro-dneo, ere, -diixi, -ductiiiii, promptns, a, um, ready, alert. lead .forth or out, bring out jiro- ; prone, adv., bending long. protract. fonvard proelior. iiri, atus sum, fight. pronuntio, are, avi, atum, state jjublicly, declare, tell, announce proelium. i. n., battle, engagement, girc notice, give orders, makex>ro- pghting.flglit. clamation. profeetlo, -onis, f., departure. prope, adv. (propius, proxime), profectiis, a, um, from profi- near ; nearly, almost ; also as ciscor. prep. w. ace, near. Ijrofeetus, a, uni, from proficio. pro-pell6, ere, -pull, -pulsuiii, drive rejiel, dislodge, de.feat. pro-fero, -ferre, -tiili, -latiiin, off, bring forth, bring out. I proiJero, are, avi, atum, hasten. VOCABULARY. 53 propinqnitiis, -tjitis, f.. neighbor- pro-veho, ere, -vexIjj^y.ectuinL. hood, vicinity, nearness, prox- carry .forv:ard ; in pass., lie car- iriiiti/ ; relationship, kinship. ried, be driven, sail. I)ropinquus, a, iiiii. near, close; pro-venio. Ire, -A'enl, -ventum, ri-l'it>;(l : m. as subst., relative, grow up, come itp, yield. ki/isiiiun. proventus, us, m., outcome, issue, propior, ins, comparative, «fia re?-; result. see proxiiiius. pro-video, ere, -vidi, -visum, propius, adv., see prope. .foresee, have .foresight ; jirovide for, secure, procure, mal^e provi- pr6-p6n6, ere, -posul, -posl- sion ; take care, see, arrange. tuiii, placeor set he/ore ; display ; set, forth, explain, state, disclose; provincia, ae, f., province ; espe- offer, present promise, propose. cially "the province' of Gallia ; Transalpina. proprius, a. uni, one's men, x>ri- the cafe, particular ; beloiif/inff to, provlnciiilis, e, o.f province. 2>eculiar to ; ii. as subst., a mark, provolo, are, avi, atum, rush a sign. forth, rush out. propter, prep. w. ace, on account proxime. adv., superlative of of, because of. prope, last, most recently, very propterea, adv., oti this account, lately. for this reason ; propterea proximus, a, uni, nearest, next; quotl, because. last, recent ; see propior. -toris, de- propugnator, m., prudentia, ae, i., foresight, pru- fender. dence, discretion. propiigno, are. Avi. atnni, de- Ptianil, orum, m. plur., the fend, rush out to Jiijht. Ptianii, a tribe of Aquitania. propxilso. are, avi, atnni, drive pub-es. -eris, adult, fidl-grown ; off', rejiet. ni. assul)St., adult, full-grown man. prora, ae, L.proir. bow. piiblice, adv., publicly, officially, pr6-ru6, ere. -rul, -rutani, pull in the name of the state, as a stati doirn, de)nolish. publico, are, avi, atuni, cow- pro-sequor, 1, -secntus sum, Jiyrate. jiursue, .folloic : accompany, es- Ijriblieus, a, uni, j)ublic. official, cort dismiss, address. ; of I lie state or jieople ; in publi- prospectus, us, m., view, outlook, cum or in publico, in jiublic ; sight. res publica, see respublica. pro-spioio. ere. -spexi, -spec- Piiblius, 1, ni., Publitts, a Roman tuiii, provide .for, take precau- praenoinen. tions, take care. pudet, ere, puduit. it shames. %v. pro-sterno, ere, -stravl, -stra- ace. of iier-iiin ; render freely, tum, cast down, destroy. (one] is ashamed. prosnm, prodesse, 'profui,prove pudor, -oris, m., shame, sense of an advantage, be of service. . Jiiie. however great, 710 matter ' how great. I'lilio, -oiiis, in., Titus Pulio. u vciitiirii)n ill Caesar's army. quare, a Spain. tfliicli, uliot. tliiif : lie who ; as co- ordinatiiifi- relative, this, he ; after idem, as. Q- (jut, (juae. • irhiit- quatlraginta, fort if. luoileuiiique, u-hoercr, quartringeiiti, ao, u, four hun- rrri\ irh irii, n- r. dred. quKhiiii, quaedam, quiddaui or quoddain, a certain one, a cer- qiiaevo, ei'e, quacsivi, quaes- tain, one, a sort of. Itiiui, ask. enquire, makeemiuiry ; seek, look for. quidem, adv., certainly, at least; ue. . . VOCABULARY. 55 qiiintiis, a, nin, fifth. ({uum, conj., see cun'. Quintus, I, m., Qiiintuf, a Roman praeiiomeii. B. (luis, quae, quid, intcvros'. pnm., irliii, irhat ; 11. quid as adv., irhy. rad-ix, -icis, m. , root (of tree) base, (of mountain). ciiiis, (lua, qiiitl, iiidftiiiite proii., S2)ur, foot <(iiti (INI', aiij/tliiii!/ ; 11. quid as ra-do, ere, -si, -sum, shave. adv., ill unij rrsprct , at nil. ramus, I, in., branch, hoiiyh. ({uispiaui, qHaei)iain, quod- rapiditas, -tatis, f., swiftness. piaiu or quidi)iaiii, any one, any. I'aplna, ae, i.,pUmderiny. qui.squaiii, quidquaiii or quie- rarus, a, um, scattered, .few, in groups, in small bodies. qiiuiii, any one, anything, any. detached quisque, quaeque, quidque or rasus, a, um, from rado. quod 56 DE BELLO GALLICO. reftus, ji. Hill, sli I' ! I ill, recover. rego, ere. rexi, reetuiii, rule ro<-iiso, are, sivl, atuiii, refuse, direct, control, inai.iige. oljict to, decline, .sjiiirii, rej)ti(liiite. re-gredior, 1, -greKsuH hiiiii, re- treat. retla, ae, f., tcaijon. re-jicio, ere, -jecl, -Jeetuiii, redaotiis, it, niii, rnmi rertiffo. throw or hurl back, drive back, - Redones, iiiii, ni. plur., the Red- re-iiianeo, ere, -iiiansi, -man- ones, a tribe iu the north-west of suiii, remain, remain br/iind, iniir ; refresh, recruit. send back, hurl back, give back ; relax, weaken, give up, loye ])art. re-friugo, ere, -fresi. -frae- ; reniissus, a, uui, as adj., mild, twiw, break in, break open, break. not severe. re-fiisio, ere, -fuS'i. -fugituin, reiiiolleseo, ere, become tceak or retreat, flee back, escape. enervated. Antistius Reglnus, i, m., Cuius re-nioveo, ere, -niovi, -iiiotuni, Reginus, one of Caesar's lieuten- remove, send away ; irilhd raw, ants. draiv aicay ; part, as adj., remo- regio, -onis, f., region, district, tiis, a. uiii, distant, remote. direction, line. part, country ; reiiiuneror, ari, atus sum, re- regius, a, tiiii, royal. iva rd. regno, are, avI, jituiii, rule, Remus, 1, m., a Reman, one of the reign. Remi, ; VOCABULARY. 57 reiims, i, m., oar. re-sido, ere, -sedi, settle down, become calm. renovo, are, avi, atuiii, retiew. re-sisto, ere, -stit!, resist, ivith- reniintio, are. a vl, atuiii, report, stand, hold one's ground, make bring back irord ; declare elected. resistance, w. dat. ; part, resis- re-pell6, ere. reppvill (or re- tens, -entis, as adj.,^rw, stead- piili), -pulsiim, drire back, de- fast. repelli, ^' be dis- feat ; ab spe re-spieio, ere, -spex!, -spee- appointed in a Imjie. tum, look back or behind ; con- rcpente, adv., suddinlij. sider, have regard to. repentJnu.fi, a, nm, sudden, haul !/ ; re-spondeo, ere, -spondl, abl. repentino as adv., suddenU/. -spuiisum, ansicer, make answer, re-perio, ere, repperi, -per- reply. tiiiii, find, Jind out, discover ; respoiisum, 5, n., ansiver, reply. originate. respubliea, reipiiblicae, f., re-peto, ere, -petivi. -petltiim, state, public affairs or interests ; demand, deinaml Imrk. often written as two words. ere, -evi, -etujii, aofj*?// repl-eo, re-spu6, ere, -spu!, reject, spurn. siipptu. -stinxi, -stinc- reporto, are, avl, atum, carry re-stinsuo, ere, ' crtinguish. back. tum, -utiim, re- reposco, ere, demand, require. restit-u6, ere, -u!, store, replace, rebuild, re-establish, 1 epraesento, are, avl, ataiii, do reneic. at once. re-tineo. ere, -tinu!, -teiitum, -hendi, I'epre-liendo, ere, detain, hold, restrain ; keep, main- censure, -liensuiii, blame, Jind tain, preserve ; keep back. fault ivith. re-trali6, ere, -traxi, -trac- re-priiii6, -ere, -press!, -pres- tuiii, bring back (by force). sum, check, stop. ra-vello, ere, -velli, -vulsuni, repiiclio, are, avl, atum, reject. tear or tvrest away, jndl ujj. repiisno, are, avl, atnin. resist, re\-er-t6, erei_.Ttlj_rSUiil (chiefly defend one's self ; be an obstacle. ""^^i pirf. tcusos), return, come back repulsns, a, uin, from repello. turn liark. re-fiuiro, ere, -qnisivl, -qulsl- reyvi'-tor, 1, -sussiuhl (chiefly in \,v< return, comeback. tiiiii, require, demand ; miss. res, rel, f., thing, matter, all'mr, re-vineio, ire, -vinxi, -vinc- circuutstance, fact, nhject. inlercst. tuiii, bind fast, fasten, make fast, situation ; the context will freiicr- brace. ally suggest a more exact render- rcvoco, are, avl, atum, recall, ing-. call back ; call away, entice. resar-cio, ire, -turn, repair, rex, I'egis, m., king. make good. rheno, -oiiis, m., reindeer. re-seindo, ere, -scidi, -scissuni, break down, tear doicn, destroy. RheiiHs, 1, m., the Rhine. Rhone. re-scisco, ere, -sclvl, -scltuiii, llliudanus, 1, m., the learn, find out. ripa, ae, f., bank. re-scribo, ere, -scrips!, -scr!p- rivus, !, m., brook, stream. tiiiii, trans t'er, promote, enroll. rob-ur, -oris, n., oak. veservo, iire, av!, atum, keep rojjo, are, av!, atum, ask, ask ba-tk, rcserre, keex). for, request ; \v. sacruiiiuuto, re-sid«6, ere, -sedi, reviain. enlist. 58 dp: niilAAt CALLICO. RuiiiH, iie, f., Rome. HanSTU-is, -inis, in., blond. Koiiiaiiiis, :i, iiiii, Roman; in. :is saiiitas, -tatis, f., sound ynind, II Kiilirr mind gund .^myi'. Stllisl., Umiiiin. , llosciiis, I, III., Lmiiin Rosriiis, one saiio, are, avl, atiiiii, remedy, (irc.icsMi's liuutcnaiits. wiikegood. ruKtriiiii. 1, II., beak. Saiitones, tun, or Saiitonf, oriiiii. 111. ))lur., the Snnlones, a rotii, :u', f., Klieel. liil II tlie west coast of (iaul. iibiis, 1, 111., bramhlc. Kaiiiis, a, uiii, sound, sane; pro I'lihtiu.i Siiljiiriiitt Itiifiis, i, m., saiio. ///>•« a discreet man, sensudy, Uii/iis, one of Caesar's lieutenants. jiriideiitly. I'uinor, -oris, n., rumor, report. siip-i6, ero, -Ivl, be wise. is, rock, rupos, f., cliff. siirciiiii, ae, f., in Caesar always rursiis, ;ulv., again, back ai/aiv, in ill jdur., 2>ack, ( jiersonal ) baggage. turn. sjir-eio, ire, -si, -tuiii, repair, Ruteni, oriiin, m. iilnr., the llu- miiUe guild. teni, trilie in .soutlieni Gaul. a sariiieutnin, 1, n., fagot. Rutilus, 1, m., Marc-UK Semjironius .siitis, adv., enough, .iii(firii'ntly ; Rutilus, one of Caesar's officers. tiilerably, ijuite, riin-sidrriihly ; often as subsl., enough, .lujjirii'nl. satls-facio, ere, -feci, -faetuiii, do enough, one's S. do duty ; make amends, satisfy, apologize. Sabinns, I, m., Quinttis Tituriug satisfaetio, -oiiis, f., apology, Sabinus, one of Caesar's lieuten- excuse. ants. saiicins, a, uiii, icounded. Sabis, is, m., tlie Sahis, now Siim- sax mil, 1, n., stone, rock. bre, a river in north-eastern Gaul. seala, ae, f., ladder. sacer-dos, -dotis, m.,2>riest. Sesildis, is, m., the Sculdis, now saeraiiieiituiii,!, n. , military oath. .Srheldt, a river in north-eastern sacrifleiuni, 1, ii., sacripce. Gaul. saepe, adv. (saepius, sae])is- scaplia, ae, f., skiff, small boat. siiiie), often. sceleratiis, n, uiii, wicked, vil- saepeniimei'6, adv., often, fre- lainous. quently. -:cel-us, -eris, n., crime. saepes, is, f., hedge. scienter, adv. < ei mipar. scientius), rage, be saevio. Ire, ivl, ituni, skilfull y, cle vert y. violent. scicntia, ae, f., knowledge, ac- sa§;itta, ae, 1., arrow. quaintance. Sagittarius, l, m., archer. .seindo, ere, seidi, scissuni, tear sagiiluiii, 1, n., (military) cloak. down, break down, saltus, VIS, m., defile, glen,x>ass. scio. Ire, ivl, Ituin, know. sal-us, -utis, f., safety, welfare, Scorpio, -onis, ni., srorjdon, n protection. niaeliine for hurlini;- missiles. Sainarobriva, ae, f., a town of the scribo, ere, scrlpsi, scriptuiii, Anibirtiii, in northern Gaul. icriti', state. sanciu, ire, saiixi, sanctuin. scrobis, is, m., ditch, trench. 7nake solemn ugrenai nt, ratify. a scut mil, I, n., shield. Ji. uiii, as enact ; part, sanotus, a4j., sacred, holy, Inciulable. secius, see secus. VOCAJiULARV. 59 seo-6, are, -ul, -tiiiii, cut, reap. senator, -toris, ni., senator. secreto, adv ,2} >'ivately. senatiis, us, m., senate. sectio, -onis, f., booty. sen-ex, -is, m., old man. sector, ari, atus sum, x>ursue, seni, ae, a, six each, six. follow after. Senones, uni, m.plur.. the Senones, sectura, ae, f., viitie. a trilje in central Gaul on the Seine. secandnni, prep. w. aec, along, f., opinion, vieio. according to ; besides ; next to. sententia, ae, idea ; scheme, purpose ; sentence, seonnclus, a, uiii, second favor- ; judgment. able, aticcessful, prosperous ; secundo'ttuiiilne, down stream. sentio. Ire, sensi, sensiini, feel, be aware, know, perceive, learn ; securis, is, f., axe, borne by lictors think, have an idea, hold an opin- as a symljol of authority. ion. secus, adv. fcompar. seeius), other- sentis, is, m., thorn, briar. ivise ; ulbilo seeiu.s, none the less. separatlin, adv., separately, by tlieinsidces, privately. seeutns, a, iiiii, from sequor. .sed, conj., but. separo, are, avi, atnni. sepa rate; part, as adj., .separatus, a, unj, sedeeliii, sixteen. sepa rate. sedes, is, f., seat, abode, .settlement. septeni, seven. seditio, -onis, f., itisurrection, sei>teiJtri6, -onis, m. (chiefly in rising, revolt. lilur. . the seven stars of the con- seditiosus, a, uiii, seditioKS. .^ti'Uation of the Great Bear; lieiice the north. Seduliiis, I, m., a leader of the LeiiKiviee.*. Septimus, a, uiii, seventh. Sedniii. oruiii, ni. \Aa\-.,the Seditni, sei)tingentl, ae, a, seven hundred. a tribe in the Aljjs, between the province and Italy. septuaginta, .seventy. Sednsil, oruni, ni. plur., the Sedii- sepultura, ae, f., burial, sii, a German tril)e. Sequana, ae, f., the Sequana, now se{?-e8, -eti.s, f., crop; field of ^Ane, a river in northern Gaul. grain, cornjield. Sequanus, a, nni, Sequanian, of Sej?ni, ornin, m. plur., the Segni, a the Sequavi ; ni. as subst., a &- German tribe m north-eastern quanian, in plur.. the Sequani, a Gaul. tribe in Gaul north of the province. Sej?ontiaci, ormn, m. plur., the sequor, I, secutus sum, follow, Segontiaci, a trihe in Britain. jiursue ; accompany, attend, at- tach one's self to ; residt, ensue. Se^ov-ax, -actis, m., a king rul- ing in Kent. serino, -onis. m., conversation, intercourse, disci(ssion. Sejfnsiavl, oruin, m. i)lur., the Segusiavi, a tribe in central Gaul. sero, ere, sevi, satnm, .sow. seinel, adv., once; seiiiel atque sero, adv., too late. iteruiii, more than once. Sertorius, i, m., Quintns Sertorius, seiucutis, is, f., solving of grain. a Itoman general, who in a time of seinita, ae, i.,path, by-path. civil war, held Spain from 80 to 72 seiiij>er, adv., always. B.C. .servllis, e, slaves, .slavi.sh. Seiiipronius, I, m., Marcus Sem- of priiniuK liutiliis, one of Caesar'.s servio, ire, ivi, itiiiu, be a slave, otticers. follow blindly, devote one's self to. 60 DE UEhLC GAMJCO. servltfis. -tiitls, f., .iluveri/, hond- SiliuH, I, rn., Titun Silius, one of ili/i', Sllhjecfinii. Caesar '.1 offcens. forest. Ser vins, i. in., ii liomaii piaciiomoii. silva, ae, f., wood, servo. ar«', avi. atuin. k-i'i-/!. huld. sil vestris, e, wooded. ; viitch prei-ei-fi'. iiuiiidiiht , gave, Kiiiiills, e, like, similar, \v dat. or servus, 1, m., ulave. jreii. scscenti. ae, a, »i> hundred. siiiiilitu-cl6, -dinis, f., resemb- lance, similarity. sesis Inr St', from sni. siniiil, adv , at the same time; re- SL'stjtiipetliilis, e, a foot and a peated, both, .and ; siiiiul atqiic liai). or sometimes siiiiul alone, as sou, see sive. soon as. f., strict iienn, severitas, -tatis, siiMulaernin, I, r\., image, pgnre. seoeritii, ri;/or. siiiiiilatio, -oiiis, f., j)retence, vl, atuiii, call unide. sevoco, are. a sIkiu:, dectit, insincerit y. lallov:. seviiiii, 1, II., siiiiulo, are, iivl, atuiii, pretend, sex, six. /I'ign. sexasinta, xixty. siinultiis, -tatis. f., rivalry, feud. sexcenti, ae, a, see sescenti. sin, ciiiij., but if. Sextiiis, 1, 111.. 1. Titus Sextiii.v.tnw sineiTi", adv., honestly, truthfully (jrcacsiir's lii-utenants ; ;;. I'ldiliiin sine, ])rei). vc. abl., without. Si'.rtiiifi Ihuidus. a ceiitwridii in Cat-sar'.s army. sinsillatiiii. adv., singly, iiulividu- ally, one by one. si. coiij., if, even if ; whether, to ser one, ivhetlier. siiisfiilaris, e, single, oneby by line's .^elj' ; cvtraordina ry, uujiar- uin, m. pliir., flie Sibuzates, ((/li'led, admirable, distinguished. Sihuzat.es, a tribe in Aqiiitaiii;i. sin;?nli, sie, a, one each, one at a thii.'<, this icai/ : so. in sic, adv., in time, one by one, singly, .several, suvh a wall ; as follows. one. siceitas, -tatis, f., dryin;/ nji. dry- sini.ster, tra, train, left; iem. droui/lit. ness, sinistra as siibst., left hand (se. sieubi, coiij., if anyivhere. manusj. sieut, coii,).,ji(.s< as, just lilce. sinistrorsns, adv., to the left. sieiiti, couy.Just as, just as if. siuo. ere, sivi, situin, allow, po'- -sid-iis. -evis, n., star, constella- mit. tion, he ireuly body. slquidein, coiij., since. signifer, eri, m., standard-bearer. situs, us, m., position, situation. sijynifleatio, -onis, f., signal, an- sIve or sen, conj., or if ; repeated, nouncement, intimation. whether. . .or, either. . .or. avi, atiiiii, indi- sisrnifleo, are, socer, eri, m., father-in-laic. cate, announce, make knoivn, inti- mate, show. sooietas, -tatis, f., alliance. slisrniiin, I. 11., siynal : stamlurd: socius, I, m., ally. siffiia convertere. to vlieel sol, solis, m., sun ; oriens sol, the about ; si^iia ferre or inferre, east ; ocoideiis sol, the west. to advance. solaciiim, 1, n., consolation. Silanus, l, in., Marcus Silanus, m\c of Caesar's lieutenants. soldurius, I, m., an Af|uitanian sileiitiuiii, 1. 11., silence; alil. »i- \v(ird for a retainer sworn tu die leutlo as adv., in silence, silently. with his leader. ;; ; VOCABULARY. 61 soleo, ere, solitiis siitu, l>e vont. statini, adv., at once. ttsuulti/. often best rendered by static, -onis, f., guard, sentry, solicito, are, see sollicito. outpjost, 2)icket. s61itu-tl6, -dinis, f., solitude, icil- stat-u6, ere, -ui, -utuin, set up, derness, desert. Ji.v : decide, determine, resolve ; take measures, punish. sollertia, ae, f., skill, slireivdness, ability. statura, ae, f., stature, site. sollieito, are, avl, atniii, .^tir up. status, us, m., position, condition, instigate, ui'f/e, tempt, try tu bribe, state. try to icin'over. stiinnlas, i, m., goad, spur, prick. sollieitu-do, -dinis. f., anxiety. stipendiarius, a, uiii, 1 ributary solum, i, 11., soil, y round; bottom. m. as siibst., a tributary, vassal. suluiii, adv., oidy, (done. stipendinm, I, n., tribute. sulus, a, uiii, alone, only, stlp-es, -itis, m., stake, post. solvo, ere, solvl. solutuin, loose : stlrps, stirpis, f., stock, race. with or witlidui iijivcs, icp/gli unclioi; set sail. sto, are. stetl, statum, staiul ; abide by. sonitus, us, m., sound, noise. stranientum, i, n., strauj, thatch; Sontiates, uni, m. plur., the Sonti- covering, saddle. afes, a tribe of Aquitania. strepitvis, us, ra., Jioise, din, clat- soiius, 1, m., sotind. ter, confusion. soror, -oris, f., sister. striietura, ae, f., gallery, mine. sors, sortis, f., lot. stndeo, ere, ul, strive, be eager s]>atin]n, 1, n., space, extent ; dis- for, be bent upon ; be devoted to, tance, interval ; jjause, time. pay attention to. species, el, f., appearance, form : studiose, adv., eagerly, zealously. shoiu, semblance. studinin, I, n., eagerness, zeal, de- specto, are. avl, atnin, look, V(dion, energy, enthusiasm ; pur- .face, slop,', lie; look at, consider, suit. reyu rd. stuititia, ae, f., folly. speculator, -toris, m., .^py. sub, prep. (1) w. al)l. , under, beneath ; specuiatorius. a. uiii, of a spy, at the foot of, close by, near to for spyiny, reronnoit riny. ; {•>\ w. ace, under, close to ; of time, speculor, jiri, atus sum, spy, toica rds. just before. act as spy. subjictus, a, um, from subig^o. hope spero, are, avl, atnm, subdolus. a. um, crafty, cunning, hope for, expect. deceitful. spes, ei, i.,hope ; in spem venire, sub-duc6, ere, -duxl, -duetum, beyin to hacehope, entertain a hope. d raiv (\lf\ lead off; itraic >ip, haul spiritus, us, \n., pride, airs. up, beach. s|>oli6, are, Jivl, fituin, strip, de- subductid, -onis, f., hauling on prive, despoil. shore, beaching. spontis fgen.), sponte (abl.), defee- 8ub-e6, -Ire, -il (-IvI), -ituin, tiv(\ noun f. ; in al)l., of one's oivn come up, approach ; enter ; under- accord, by one's self. go, sub /nit to. stabilio. Ire, Ivi, Itnin, make sub-fodid, ere, -fodi, -fossum, steady nvjirm. stab from beneath or in the belly. stabiiitas, -tatis, f., steadiness, snb-iffo, ere, -egl, -actum, firmness. force, compel, constrain. ; 62 I>K IJKI.I.O «AI-LICO. subtto, adv., suddenly. .siio-onnibo, ere, -oubui, -eubl. subitus, a, uiii, sudden, hasty. tiiiii, give way, succumb, give tip under. 9ub-.jlci6, ere, -jeoi, -jectuni, suc-curro, ere, -eurri, -eur- throw from beneath ; place heloiv ; bring under, subject, expose, force suiii, run to aid, run up. to submit ; in pass., lie near, be fiudis, is, f., stake. subject. sudor, -oris, in., sioeat ; toil, exer- snblatus, a, um, from tollo. tion. sublevo. :ire, iivi, atiiiii, sup- Suebi, orniii, in. plur., the Suebi, port, rniKc up ; assist, relieve, lielj). A German tribe on tlie liliine. Riiblioa, jie, f., pile, stake. Suessioncs, uin, m. jiinr., the Sues- sub-luu, ere, -lutniii, wash. siones, a tribe in iKirtlifrii (i.iul. subiiiiiiistro, are. avi, atuin, suf-fioio. ere, -feci, -feetuiii, be supply, /'ur/tish. sufficient, liold out. siib-mitto. ere, -niisi, -inissiiiii, snffrajl^iuni, 1, n., vote. send ( to aid J, send to one's aid. SiiS'aiiibri, orum, m. pliir., the sub-iiioveo, ere, -iiiovi, -iiio- Stii/tunbri, a (ierinan tribe on the tuiii, ri'inove, drive ojf, dislodyc. Khiiie. sul)-rn6, ere, -ml, -ratuni, dig suersestus, us, M\., platform, tri- under, dig out, underntitie. bune. reflex, sub-seqiior, i, -seeutns sum, sui, sibi, se or sese, pron., Hsi-tf, theuiyelvis ; hint, follow (closely), follow it}), suc- himself, it, ceed. them; inter se (to, with, from, etc.) one another per se, o.f or snbsicHuni, i, n., aid, assistance ; /)// one's as as one is con- suj>port; reserves, reinforcement. self, far cerned. snb-sTdo, ere, -sedi, -scssnin, remain. Sullii, ae, m., a great Roman gen- eral and political leader, living snb-8isto, ere, -.stiti, halt, make from i;!Kto78B.C. a stand ; hold. Sulpicius. I, m., Publius Sulpicius sub-sum, -esse, -fui, be near, be Rufus, one of Caesar's lieutenants. close at hand. sum, esse, fui, be. exist ; w. pen., sub-traho, ere, -traxl, -trac- belong to, be a jmrt or mark of. tuiii, remove, take away, u-ith- f., total, stim draio. summa, sie, ; chief part, main body ; chief control, subveetio, -onis, f., trayisporta- command, management, control. tion, conveyance. suininns, a, nm, superlative of sub-veho, ere, -vexi, -vectum, superus, highest, greatest, chief, bring up. suj>reiiie, very great, very high, sub-venio, ire, -veni, -ventuiii, extreme, most imjjortant, perject, come tn the support of, come to entire. help, aid. sumo, ere, stinipsi, sOmptnm, suc-certo, ere, -cessl, -cessuni, take, asstime; inflict; spend. succeed, take the place relieve, of, sumptnosus, a, nm, costly. w. (Lit. ; come close to ; come up, advance ; be successftd. sumptus, us, m., expense. suc-cenclo, ere, -cendi, -een- superbe, adv., haughtily, arro- suiii, set on fire. gantly, arbitrarily. suecessus, us, m., approach, ad- superior, ius, comparative of su- vance. perus, higher, upper ; former, suc-cldo, ere, -eidi, -elsuiii. cut previous ; superior, more success- doivn. fid. ) VOCABULARY. 63 snpei'o, are, avl, atuiii, conquer, taceo, ere, uT, itniii, be silent, he defeat, overcome, be rictorioittt, silent about ; part, as adj., taci- prevail ; he superior, surpass, tus, a, uiii, silent. overtop ; survive. tiilea, ae, f., bar, rod. -sedl, -ses- super-secleo, ere, talis, e, such, of such a sort. suiii, abstain, refrain. taiii, adv., so. super-sum, -esse, -ful, remain, survive. tainen, adv., still, however, yet; at least. suppet-6, ere, -ivi, -ituiii, 6ert' hand, be at one's service; hold out. Tainesis, is, m., the Hiames. although. suppleiiientum, I, n., reinforce- taiiietsl, coiij., ments. tandem, adv., at least : in qiie.s- suppl-ex, -icis, suppliaiit. tions, pray. own, vtc. ; 111. plur. as .subst., sui, taurus, 1, in., bull. oruiii, his (their) friends, com- Taximagulus, 1, m., a kiiifr ruling rades, men, countrymen ; u. plur. in Kent. as subst., sua, ornin, his f their possessions, projierty. taxus, I, m., yew. Tectosages, um, m. plur., the Tectosages,n branch of the Volcae, T. a Gallic trilie in the province, which had penetrated luto Ger- T., an alibrcviation for Titus, many. tectum, 1, n., roof, house. tabernaeuluiu. 1, ii., tent. tabula, ;ie, t'., list, document. tectus, a, um, from tegro. tabiilatuui, i, a., story. teja^iineutum, i, n., covering. ; 64 DE BELLO CiALLlCO. tefjo, ere, texi, tectum, a>a;i\ terrenus, a, uni, of earth. hide, protect. terreo, ere. ui, ituiii, Jrighten, teluiii, I, 11., u-eapon, missile, dart. alarm, terrify. tenierarius, u, uin, reckless, rush. territo, i\r\i, frighten, terrify. teinere. ;i(lv., rashly, hastiii/ terror, oris, in., alarm, jianic, vsitlioiit cause, without t/ood reason. terror. tomeritAs, -tiitis, f., recklessness, tertius, a, iini, third. rash iiess, thoiii/hllesstiess. te.stainentuin, 1, n.. iritl. teiiio, -oiiis. 111., pole (of chariot). testinioniiiiii, I, n., jiroof, evi- teiiiperaiitiji, ae, f., inoderation. dence, testimony. tenipcro, are, avi, atnin, con- testi.s, is, m., ivitness. trol, restrain, re I' rain; part, as testfi-do, -dinis, f., iestndn, shel- adj., teiiiperatus, a, uin, tem- ter ol' orcrla jipii g shields ; shelter, 2yerate, mild. Cori:r(-d gollrry. tenipestas, -tatis, f., tveather Teutoiiiatus, j, in., kiiiir of tlie storm. Xitiolirii^'cs. teiiipto or tento, are, avI, atuiii, Teutoiii, orum, or TeiitoiU's, tri/ to make an attempt ; try force, uin, the Teutones, n (htiiimii Irilic on ; tempt. that invaded Gaul about llo M.C. temp-iis, -oris, n., time, season; tlsnuni, 1, 11., beam. occasion, crisis, emeri/ency ; rell- quuin teiiipiis, tha future. Tiffurluus, a, uin, Tigii vine : ni. pTur. as subst., Tisiirliil. oriini, Tenoteri, omiii, m. plur., the the Tiguriiii. mic of Ilic fuur dui- 'J'encteri, a Guriiian tribe near the sioiis or cantons of tlir Ilchctii. uioutli of the Rhine. tiinco, ere, ul, fear, feel or have teiulo, ere, tetendi, tensum or anxious, be afr/iid. tentviin, stretch, stretch out; fear, be pitch a tent, encamp. tiinide, adv. timidly: noil tini ide, feurli'ssly. teuebrae, aruui, f. phir. , da rkness. tiniidus, a, uni, full if .tear, hcdd, teneo, ere, ui, tentuiii, frightened, cotvardly. have, keep, maintain ; occupy, com- prise; restrain, bind, detain. tiinor, -oris, m., .fear, alarm, dread, jjanic, cowardice. teller, era, ei'uni, tender, yonny. Titurius, I, m., Quintus Titurius tento, see teiiipto. Sabinus, one of Caesar's lieuten- tenuis, e, slight, trifling, insigniji- ants. cant ; feeble, delicate. Titus, 1, m., Titus, a Konian pr.>e- tenuitas, -tatis, f., feebleness, noinen. poverty. tolero, are, avl, atuin, bear, en- teiuiiter, adv., thinly, thin. dure, hold out, sustain. tollo, ere, snstnll, sublatiiin, ter, adv., three times. raise ; take away, remove, ilist my. ter-es, -etis, round, roundied,. do atvay with, pxit an end to ; in pass., beelated. tevffuin, 1, n., back, rear ; terguiii vertere, to flee, take to flight. Tolosa, ae, f., Toulouse, a city in southern part of the province. terni, ae, a, three at a time, three the each, three. Tolosates, uni, m. plur., the pco- p)le of Toulouse. terra, ae, f., earth, land ; ground ; country; in terris, in the icorld. tornientum, I, n., torture; engine for throwing mis.^iles). Terrasidius. l, m.. Titus Terra- I sidiiis, an i fflcer with Caesar. torreo, ere, ul, tostuni, scorch. ; VOCABULAUY. 65 tot, indeclinable, so matiij. transuiissiis, us, m., passage across. totidein, indeclinable, as many, the name number. trans-niitto, ere, -niisi, -niis- stini, transp>7)rt, take across. totus, SI, mil, u-hnle, entire, all ; often rendered freely hy 'entirely, transporto, are, avl, atuni, altogether. carry, lead, bring or take over. living trjibs, tr;il)i.s, f., beam. Transrlienanus, a, uni, across the Rhine (from Gaul) ; ni. -tlidl, hand tra-(l6, cri'. -(Utiim, plnr. as subst., those across the .'//'''' up, surrender : on (irer. pass ; tthine. hand itinrn ; entrust, recommend l, n., cross-beam, teach, impart. transtruni, thwart. tra-diico, ere, -duxi, -(luctuin, cross, trans- lead across, brin;/ orer, lead; u-in tranversus, a, uni, verse, oblique. over ; trans,/'er, proiiiute. Trebius, i, m., Mircns Trebius trajjula, Jie, X. ..javelin, lance. Gallus, one of Caesar's officers. tralio. ere. traxi, tractiiiii, drag Trebonius. 1, m., Caius Trebonius, atoni/, triquetrus, :i, uiii, triangular. traiisjicio, see travfielo. tristis, e, ' truncus, I, m., trxnk. uleiscor, i, uKus sum, p7(nish, til, till, tliiiii. i/iiii. avetiye. ullus, ji, a.« tiibii, ai', f., I riiiii}ii'l. um, "').(// .siiitst., '««// (inc. tiu'or, i-ri, tutus (ill- tuitusjNuiii, protect, yitai'd, keep sii/'e, main- ulterior, ius, coiiiiiaratixe, tain. further, more remote. TnllnSTl. orniii, iii. |)liir., the Tn- nltiuius, {I. um, siiiieriativc. li/ii//. :i (iciiiiaii trilic iiL'ar tlie Jarthest, most remote, last. Ili'lv(li;uis. ultra, prep. w. aee , beyond. Tiilliiis, i. 111.. Quiiifi'S TitlliiiK ultro, adv., beyond bei-ides, (Vrc/i/. one ot'Cacsar'.'? lieutfiiaiils. ; eren ; o.f one's own accord, voluntarily, Tullus, I, m., C'ai'iK Valcutius Tul- without jrrovocation ; ultro ci- liis, one ol'Caesai'.s officer.^. tro(|ue, to and fro, hither and tuiii, adv., then, at that time: cum thither. ...tuui, both... ami, not only... ultus. a. un», from hut also. uleiscor. ululatus, tninultuor, ari. atus sum, maku us, m., hoj^ljiiy, yell. an uproar or noife. umerus, i, m., shoulder. tumiiltuose, adv., noisilij, icith nmquam, adv., ever. much disorder. una. adv.. at the same time, us. together, tumnltuR, m.. noise, vproar. along, jointly. commotion, disorder; uprisinrj, rebellion. unde. adv., whence, from which or whom. tumulus, i. 111., mound, risinr/ {/round. undceim, eleven. adv., at that. tunc, then, juncture. undccimus, a, um, eleventh. tui'ina, ae, f., squadron. iindi(|ue, adv., from all sides, on Turones, um. or Turonl. uruiii. all .sides. 111. i)lur., the Turones, a tribe in universus, a. um, all, the whole, north-western Gaul. entire, in a body ; as subst.. all to- turpis, e, disf/raceful, base. gether, the whole body. turpitor. ad\'.. disgracefully, base- uuquam, adv., ever. ly, sha iiii'/'ril y. unus, a, um, one, a single ; alone. turpitCi-clo, -dints, f., disgrace. only: one and the same; ad to turris, is, f., tower. uuuiii, a man. urbanus. a. tutus, a, um, safe, sec^ire; abl. a.s um, of or in the city {i.e. at a(l\-., tiito (c'ompar. tutius), safe- Kome). ly, in or with safety. urbs, urbis. f., city. tuus, a, thy, your. um, urgeo, ere, ursi, j^ress hard. ^rus, 1, m., bison, tcild ox. TJsipetes, um, m. phir., the I'.ii- petes, a German tribe near the of the Rhine. ubi. adv., where ; tchen ; ubi mouth primum, us .soon as. usitatns. a, um, customary, com- ubieuiiique, adv., wherever. mon, familiar. Ubii, drum, m. plur., the ITbii, a usque, adv., auite iq) to, until, even, tritje in Germany on the Rhine. to suc?^ a degree. ubique, adv., anywhere. usus, a, um, from utor. VOCABULARY. 67 usns, us, m., experience, ttse, em- Valetiacus, i, m., an Aeduan of ploiiment, practice, management, rank. service enjoyment ; advantaf/e, ; valetu-clo, -dinis, f., health. need, necessity ; ex tisti, nf ad- vallesor vallis, is, f., vdley. vantage, advantageous : usu ve- nire, to happen, turn out. vallum, 1, 11., rampart, icall. ut, or utl, that, in order that, gen- vallus, 1, m., stake. erally best rendered by intin. w. Vang'iones, um, m. plur., the Van- to ; w. verbs of feariiifr, that not : giones, a German tribe on the even if; as; when; seeing that, Rhine. since ; hoic. varietas, -tatis, f., variety, diver- titer, utra, utrtun, which [of sity. two K varius, a, um, various, diverse, utriiiiiqne, uterque. ntraqne. different. each I of tico), both ; ni. pliu\, both lay waste, sides. vasto, are, avl, atnm, ravage. uti, see ut. vastus, a, um, vast, boundless, utilis, e, iisefid, of use, serviceable. im mense. utilitas, -tatis, f., advantage. vaticlnatio, -ouis, f., divination, utor, I, usus sum, use, emplny. pirophecy. make useof,ado])t, shoir, display, vectlg:-al, -alls, ii., tax, tribute; practise, exercise, maintain, avail revenue. o/)*?'s ^df of, enjoy, have. \v. abl. vectlgalis, e, frihutary. ntrliiiqiie, adv., on both sides. vectorius, a, um. for carrying; utruiu, conj., whether. veetorium uavi^ium, a trans- uxor, -oris, f., wife. port-ship. veliementer, adv., severely, V. strongly, vigorously, desperately, exceedingly. Vacalus, i, m., a branch of the velio, ere, vexi, veetum, carry, Kliine near its inouth. bring. vacatio, -onis, i., freedom, exemp- vel, 1. conj., or ; vel...vel, either tion. ...or ; 2. adv., even. vaco, are, avl, atani, be unoccu- Velanius, 1, m., Quintus Velanius, pied, lie waste. one of Caesar's olHcers. vacuus, a, uin, empty. Veliocasses, um, or Veliocassi, ]'eliiir veiiiltlo, -OJils, f., hiiiithi;/. Iiiiiil, ver-ti"). ore, -tl. -hiiiii, turn ; lilt; iIkiki: terjfjt verte«'e, t" live, take to venfitor, -toriH, m., huntir, hnnl »- Jlighl. tIKttl. Veriioloetlus, I, in., an Helvetian (if rank. ven-<16, ore, -«li vei'Kobretus. i, m., the title of the victiiiia, ae, f., victim. chief magistrate among the Aedui. victor, -toris, m., victor; as a veritus, a, uiii, from vereor. A ietoria, ae, f., victory, success. vero, indeed, in fact ; but ; often victus, a, uiu, from vinco. untranslated. victus, us, m., living, mode of liv- tarn abotif, verso, are, avl, atuiii. ing, life ; food. change ; in pass, asdep., engage in, vieus, i, m., village. be occupied or busied, remain, be. video, ere. vldi, visum, see ; in verse. versus, us, m., line, pass., he seen, seem, appear, seem versus, adv., and prep. w. ace. pre- good or best. toirards. eedina:, Vienna, ae, f., a town of the Allo- Vertico, ouis, m., a Nervian. hruges, on the Khone. ; ; VOCABULARY. 69 vi^ilfa. a.e, f., ivatch, watching (a vivo, ere, tixi, victuiii, live; watfh was one-fourth of the night w. ahl., live on. timci. vivus, a, uni, alive, living. viginti, twenty. vix, adv., scarcely, hardly, with vliiieii, -minis, n., twig, icillotc, dttiiculty. (isinr, wicker ICO rk. Vocates, iiiii, m. plur., the Vocates, viuc'io, ire, viiixi, vinctimi, bi7id. a tribe in Aquitania. vinclum, 1, a shortened form of Voceio, -onis, ni., a king of the vino 111 II 111. Xoriei. viuco, ere, vlci, victuiii, con- voco, are, avl, atuin, call, su7n- quer, defeat; overcome, exceed; mon, invite. f/'iin a victory, prevail, carry one's Vocontii, oriini, m. plur., the point. Vocontii, a tribe in the province, vinouliini, 1, n., chain; often in near the Alps. \>\nv., prison. Volcae, aruiii,m. plur., the Volcae, vindico, are, avl, atuiii, claim, a tribe in the .soutliern part of the nxmrt, defend; in libertutcin ])rovinee, with two braiiehe.s, the \ iiidioare, assert the liberty oj' K. Tectosages and the V. Areco- A iiiilicure in w. aw., piuiish. mici ; a branch of the former of these .settled in central Germany. vliiea, Jic, i'., vine-arbor ; covered shed, movable shed, vinea. Voleatius, l, m., Caius Volcatius Tullus, one of Caesar's officers. vinuin, I, n., loine. volo, velle, volui, wish, be toilling, violo, are, avl, atuni, do violence desire, sibi velle, to want, to, harm, injure. want; to mean. vir, virl, ni., man ; husband. voluntariiis, a, nm, voluntary vires, iuni, from vis. m. as subst., volunteer. vir-fjo, f., -siiiis, maiden. voluntas, -tatis, f., wish, icill, de- virfi^-nltuni, i, n. (only in plur.), sire, inclination ; iviUingiiess, con- bru-li icood, hushes. sent, axrproval, good will. Viridonuirus, 1, ni., a leading' man voluptas, -tatis, i., pleasure. of tlie Aedui. Volusenus, 1, m., Caius Volusenus, Virirtovix, -icis, m., a leader of a military trilnine with Caesar. ili(? Venelli. Vorenus, i, m., Lucius Vorenus, a \ iritiin, adv., man by man, to each. centurion vrith Caesar. Vlroinaudui, oruiii, m. plur., the vos, plur. of tu. Viriiiiiniiilui, a tribe in north- Vosegiis, i, m., the Vosges Moun- ca.stern (iaul. tains, in eastern Gaul. vir-tiis, -tiitis, f, manliness, voveo, ere, vovi, votuiii, vow. raliir bravery, courage; vigor, vox, vocis, f., voice, utterance, liucrgy : lucrit, excellence, good quality. statement, cry, shout, ivord. Vulcaims, i, m., Vulcan, the Ro- vis, vim. \ 1, |ilni. vires, ium, f.. man god of tire and metallurgy. ftirci', slrriKjIli, jiiiuxr ; fury, vio- leiirc, I'u riims attack; vigor, en- vulgo, adv., commonly, generally, ergy, iiciice infl ; number, quantity ; everywhere. si niigtii, plur., jioivers. vuljyus, I, n., the common people, vlsus, a, um, from video. the jiublic, general body. vita, ae, f., life, coxrse of lire. vuliier*'), are, iivi, Atuin,wound. vito, are, avl, atiim, aniid, <;,v- vulii-iis, -eris, m., wound. coj„: v u 1 1 lis. u s, ni. , countenance, exjires- vitrum, I, n., ivoad. sion, look. ' ' ; APPENDIX I. HINTS AND SUGGESTIONS FOR THE TRANSLATION OF CESAR'S LATIN. THE CASES. the 1. Nominative ; always the subject (or in agreement with subject) of an indicative or subjunctive, [rarely of historical infinitive, 36.] N.B. —Occasionally the subject may be placed ' ' after the verb in Eng., and there prefixed to the verb ; e.g. erat difficultas, ' there was difficulty.' Genitive ( (b) Often by the Eng. possessive forms ; {(•) Where these do not yield satisfactory sense, translate by as refjardH, for which some preposition, in, for, from, etc., may generally be substituted; e.g. opinio virtutis, 'reputation as regards {i.e. for) valor'; usiis belli, 'experience as regards (i.e. in) war.' {(l) With a few words, chiefly neuters used substantively, such as (juid, nihil, tantum, quantum., satis, aliquid, viillia, translate without of as though the words were in agreement e.g. aliqrdd consilii, 'some prudence,' lit. 'something of prudence. 3. Dative ; («) translated generally by to, sometimes hy for. (b) Sometimes the verb with which tlie dative is connected is translated freely, not literally, into Eng., and the Eng. verb requires tlie omission of to or for ; e.g. provinriae imperat, ' lie orders the province,' lit. 'he gives orders to the province'; nocet navibtis, 'it harms the ships,' lit. 'it is harmful to the ships. I'J DE BELLO OALLICO. (c) In a few cases, especially with the words nsiis, niiri/hirn and praemdium, the dative (wliich tells tlie purpose something serves) is to l)e translated by the Eng. predicate nominative (i.e. without a preposition), or by as, (or sometimes by infin. with to.) (d) With the gerundive [41] by hi/. 4. Accusative ; («) the object of transitive verbs, translate witiiout any preposition. (/)) The subject of an infin. [31], translate as if it were the nominative. (c) With words or phrases referring to time, transhite with or without./b?" (telling how long some action has taken). ((/) With words or phrases referring to distance or measure- ment, translate with or without for, (telling how far some one has gone, is distant, or something extends). 5. Ablative ; ('() If connected with a perfect participle also in the ablative ami of the same gender and number, these words are without close grammatical connection witli the rest of the sentence, and this 'ablative alisolute construction' may be translated in a variety of ways ; e.g. m« ' been slain, they returned home '), having slain, (or) after slaying, (or) on slaying, (or) when they had slain, (or) after they had slain, etc.'; i7iagnis copiia coactis, castra op]>u large force having been collected, they attack the camp '), 'collecting a lai'ge force, they attack, etc., (or) they collect a large force and attack, etc' A literal translation (into the rare Eng. nomin. absolute) is scarcely ever a good rendering. Translate generally by one of the three following ways : i. By the Eng. active participle in ing, or the Eng. gerund (verbal noun) in ing with a preposition, after, on, sometimes hy. ii. By a conjunction, generally when, ax, after, sometimes if, altJiough, since ; the verb which follows may often be well turned from Lat. passive to Eng. active voice [23]. iii. By a clause (in the indicative or infinitive as the case may be) of the same grammatical value as the clause with which the ablative absolute phrase is connected ; to couple these similar or coordinate clauses, insert and, sometimes but ; here also a change to the active voice is often advisable [23]. ) APPENDIX I. 73 NoTK. —This ablative absolute construction occurs less fre- quently with the present participle, or with an adjective or iKJun in place of a participle. With the present participle, trans, generally by a clause beginning with wliile, sometimes although, as, if, and containing a verb in the progressive form. Where there is no participle, supply being between the two ablatives, and tiiis will give the meaning of the phrase and suggest a suitable translation. If a negative occurs in the abla- tive absolute phrase, translate by icithout. (h) In most other cases translate by a preposition, by or with, less frequently in or from. The sense of the context will gener- ally indicate which to choose. (r) W^itii words or phrases relating to time, translate by in, on, (it (telling eitlier the time when, or the period witliin which some- thing has happened) ; sometimes the Eng. preposition may be omitted altogether. Witli the adverbs post or ante, the ablative tells how long before or after. ((/) W^ith words denoting a quality, or in some way describing a person or thing just mentioned, translate by of. This ablative is connected witii a noun not with a verb, and does not occur without some modifier in the ablative. 6. THE PREPO.SITION.S. (The order of frequency in Ctesar is ad, in with abl., in with ace, ex, ab, cum, de, per, inter, pro, propter, aptid, sine, post, trans, ante.) A, ab : (a) by (so only with passive verbs, to express the personal doer of the act. {b) from. (c) at, on, in, (with pars, latus, agmen, cornu, frons, denoting direction). Ad : (a) to, towards, or of movement with hostile intent, sometimes against. (b) icith a view to, for which for or to may generally be substi- tuted (especially with gerund or gerundive [39, -10]). (c) near, by. Ante : before, (generally of time not place). Apud : among, with. Contra: (a) against. (/>) over against, opposite. "74 DE BELLO (lALLICO. Cum : with [see note to 31]. De : (rt) about, concerniiHj. (h) from ; especially with cmisa, where it is better to substi- tute for. Ex, (rarely e) : (a) from. {h) of (in speaking of part of a larger number, or of a material) (c) in, on, at, (with pars denoting direction). In, with the Accus. : (a) into, to. (b) a(/ainst, at, on, (of a hostile act or movement). (c) into the country of, (with names of native tribes). In, with the Abl. : («) in, sometimes on. {b) among, in the country of. Inter: (a) among. Inter . (6) between. Per : through, by means of, by. ^ Post : after, behind. Pro : (a) before, (of place). {b) in jjlace of, as, in return for, in accordance with. Propter : on account of, because of. Sine : without. Trans : across, beyond. ADJECTIVES. '7. As the adjective (while agreeing in case, gender and number with the word to which in sense it belongs), is often separated from that word (either for emphasis or euphony), it is necessary to be watchful of the indications of agreement afforded by the ending. 8. Sometimes the adjective does not agree with any word, but is used substantively, in the masculine referring to persons, in the neuter to things ; e.g. omnes, all ; reHqui, the rest ; alii, others ; omnia, all things, everything ; multa, many things, much. — — APPENDIX I. 75 9. In many cases what seems to be an adjective is really an adverb, (the ace. and abl. cases being often used adverbially) ; e.g. multuni, miilto, piurimum, facile, facilius, fnibito, certo, jiecessufio, jirimum, una. 10. The comparative and superlative forms are often used when no comparison is being made. The superlative is often to be translated by very (exceedingly, fuUy ) with the positive form, and often the positive alone is a sufficient renderint;. The com- l)arative is sometimes to be translated by too, rrither, vuusua/ly, or consklerah/y, with the positive form. This applies to abverbs also, as well as adjectives. THE PRONOUNS. (These are arranged in the order of frequency of occurrence.) 11. Qui, quae, quod ; the relative pronoun ; regularly the first word in the clause, often preceding conjunctions or prepo- sitions, though coming after them in the Eng. translation. (a) ivho, vhhh, v)liom, zvhose, limiting or defining a noun or pronoun (especially is and hie), which is called tlie antecedent. (b) After a pause (even after a period, and at the beginning of a new chaptei'), used to carry on the narration ; tianslate by t/iis, he, if singular, by these, they, if plural. [Cujus — his, = their. Sometimes conjunction, hut, (luorum '\ a and, Jor, may be used to introduce tlie sentence. In a few cases, when the? pause is a comma, it will be good Eng. to translate by v^hich. (c) With niitto, jjraemitto, and occasionally other verbs, fol- lowed by a subjunctive expressing purpose. Translate liy infinitive with to [29]. {d) Difficulty is sometimes caused by certain peculiarities of the antecedent. i. The antecedent is often not expressed ; qui (plur.) those ivJto, (jiiod or (juae (neuter) tvhat, or sometimes as. ii. The antecedent is often repeated with the I'elative (especially j/ars, res, locus, dies). Omit in translating. iii. The antecedent (generally hie, sometimes is) comes after the whole relative clausi'. In the Eng. it should precede, some- times being rcpt.'ated after tliC relative clause. iv. The antecedent is often transferred to the relative clause and takes its case from tlie relative. (This is generally when the relative clause precedes the words it depends on, or wliea — 76 I>E BELLO GALLICO. the relative refers to words in apposition). Translate hy putting tlie antecedent Ijefore tiie relative clause ; e.g. rnuirn narti erant prtitdinii, re/i/Kjiiunf, (lit. ' what plunder they had got, they ')— leave ' they leave the plunder which they had got.' Where, iiowever, the relative refers to words in apposition, a literal translation is often good Eng. (a) 12. Is, ea, id ; in agreement with a noun, (hat, (hose. Wliere a relati\e clause follows, the is often a good rendering. Sometimes where Latin uses the word for tha(, Eng. would prefer to use (his. (h) When not in agreement with a noun ; in sing, he, Mm, if niasc., (hilt, it, if nout. ; in plur. they, them, or if the antecedent of a relative, iho! (neut. plur. ) = i«,7/a/, id quod— what or as. 13. Hie, haec, hoc ; thin, these. N.B. —//«cc (neut. plur), or hie iu agreement with res, rerum, rebus— this (lit. ' these thiniis '). Often hie is ^^•ell rendered by the foUoicimj. Occasionally hie in sing, without a uoun = Ae, him. Sometimes where Latin uses the word for this, Eng. would prefer to use that. (u) 14. Se, sese, sui, sibi ; referring to the subject of the verb with which it is connected : translate by himself, itself, if that subject is sing. ; by themselves, if plural. (h) But when the verb it is connected with depends closely on a verb or plirase meaning ' to say, order, tiiink, ask, wish, point out, etc.', it will refer to tlie subject of this latter verb ; trans- late by him, it, if that subject is sing.; by them, if plural. (c) When .se, sese, is the subj. of an infin. [34], trans, by he or they, referring to the subj. of the verb c.n whi-ch the infin. depends. (d) In long passages of reported speech, the translation of se must be settled by the sense required, though as a rule se refers to tiie speaker. Exceptions to the above rules are chiefly of two classes : i. in common reflexive expressions such as se coHigere, se recipere, to be translated as in («), or iu the phrase inter se — one another ; and ii. where the verb with which se is connected only indirectly depends on one of the verbs mentioned in (h). In all such cases the translation may easily be decided by the context. 15. Suus, a, um ; («) his, his omi, or their, their own, according as the word it refers to (not the word it agrees with) is sing, or — ) ; APPENDIX I. 77 pltir. The word suns refers to is determined in the same way as with se [14, a, b, d.]. {h) Where not needed for clearness' sake, situs is used for emphasis, especially in contrast ; trans, by his, their, emphasized, or by his otvn, their own. (f) In the plural without agreeing with any noun ; sui (masc.) = his or their troops, friends, comrades, 2}eople, family; sua [neiit ) = his or their liossessions, j^rojierty. 16. Noster, -tra, -trum ; our, in C8esar = 'of the Romans.' The plural nostri without any noun in agreement = OMr troojis, forces, inen. 17. Ipse, a, um ; (a) if not in agreement with any noun 5 translate by he himself tliey themselves, or sometimes he, they, emphasized. {h) If agreeing with a noun or pronoun ; translate by himself themselves. jusi; 18. lUe, a, ud ; {«) contrasted with other persons, men- tioned ; translate by he, they, emphasized. {h) Referring to persons just mentioned, who are not the sub- ject of the last sentence ; he, they, often well rendered by the others, the enemy, the latter. (Generally in the plural and at the beginning of a new sentence, to mark a change of subject. (c) In agreement with a noun, that. 19. Idem, eadem, idem ; the same. 20. Quis, quid (substantival) ; qui, quae, quod (adjectival) the interrogative pronoun : wuzf, what. 21. Quis, quid (substantival) ; qui, qua, quod (adjectival) indetinite pronoun : (a) in agreement witli a noun, any. (b) Not in agreement with any noun, anyone, anything. N.B. Quis, the indefinite, occurs only after si and ae in Ctesar. 22. Quisque ; ench (of several). Uterque ; each (of two), both, either. Aliquis, or aliqui ; >inine one, some, something. Quisquam ; anyone, anything. Ullus ; any. Quidam ; a certain one, one, certain. Quicumque ; whoever, whatever. 78 I)E BELLO GALLICO. THE VOICES. 23. While the Active and tlie Passive forms of the verb are to be carefully distinguislieil, it should be noticed that the two voices are merely two ways of viewing the same action, and therefore what Latin expresses in one voice may often be well rendered into Eng. by the other voice. This change is especially frequent in the abl. absol. [o. a.], the impersonal passive con- struction [24] and tlie geruntlive [40. 41.] Often the subject of the Eug. active must be gathered from the context. 24. With a transitive verb, an act may be expressed by either the active or the passive voice ; e.g. 'they sent amliassa- dors ' or ' ambassadors were sent by them.' But with an intran- sitive verb only the active voice may be used in Eng. ; e.g. ' they hesitate.' But in Latin even with intransitive verbs (i.e. such as do not govern an accus. ) the passive voice also may be used, expressing e.g. the idea of hesitating, coming, fighting, without mentioning necessarily who hesitated, etc.; e.g. jm is expressed often by a dative [.3. d]) ; e.g. 'they fought,' 'he must not hesitate.' THE MOOD.S AXD TEXSES. The IxDicATm:. 25. Present : translate by the Eng. present tense. Often the present is used for the past, to represent an act more vividly, and as this is commoner in Latin than in Eng. the Latin present may often be translated by the Eng. past. 26. Imperfect : («) translate in most cases by Eng. past tense, or with negatives by did. This will be a correct rendering where our past tense expresses i. thoughts or feelings (the habitual way of thinking, or the thoughts which influence one in thinking over plans, or considering a situation, but not a thought expressing the decision one has come to) ; ii. a situation, or condition of affairs ; iii. an action in progress (going on) ; iv. an habitual action, a usual state of things, an act often repeated or persisted in. (h) To express more clearly an action in progress [a. iii], trans late by was, tcere, with the verbal form in -itnj, (Eng. past px'O gressive). ; '-' APPENDIX i. (c) To express more clearly an habitual or repeated action [a. iv.], translate by used to, ivould, or kept. (d) Occasionally, to express an attempted action, translate by tried to or began, to. 27. Perfect : (a) translate generally by Eng. past tense ; (h) Occasionally by Eng. perfect with have, (generally where Oaisar is referring to something he has already mentioned). 28. Pluperfect : translate by Eng. past perfect, with had. (But witii ci The Subjunctive. 29. A clause introduced by ?<< [uti], ne, quo, or the relative pronoun [11. c.], and expressing purpose or the end in view : (») translate by that, in order that, followed by may or mirjht. (h) More frequently, and especially after verbs meaning ' to urge, ask, command, advise, persuade,' translate by Eng. infin. with to. 30. A clause introduced by id (idi), and expressing result (ft) translate by that, sometimes so that, followed by the Eng. rendering of the indicative of the same tense [25-28]. This includes id and subj. after verbs of 'happening.' (b) By so as to, with the Eng. infin. 31. A clause introduced by cum*, quod, the relative pronoun (except as in [29]), a relative adverb, or by any interrogative word : translate by the Eng. rendering of the indicative of the same tense [25-28], with the following variations : Often in quoting the words or thoughts of another, the present is best rendered by the Eng. past, and the perfect, by the Eng. past perfect, with hud. The imperfect subj. is more frequently to be translated by the Eng. past progressive (was or were with the verbal form in -inq), tlian the imperfect indie, is. The pluperfect, especially with cnm, is often best rendered by the Eng. past tense. Tlie pluperfect with cum may generally * Cum the con}imct\on = when, since, ana cnm the preposition = ?f77/( are to he carefully distinguished. The latter will be followed always liy an ablative. Hehce whei'C an abl. does not follow with which cum "coulil fjo, it will he tlu' eoiij.; if an abl. does follow, it will probably be the prep., but may be the conj. — RO DE BELLO OALLICO, also be rendered by the same translations as are given for tlie perfect participle [37. «] ; e.g. cum vidinsel, = \\a.\ing seen, seeing, on seeing,' as well as ' when he saw.' 32. A clause introduced by .si, nisi : translate as though the subj. were an indicative [25-28], but the present is sometimes, and the pluperfect generally, best rendered by Eng. past tense ; tlie imperfect translate by Eng. past tense, or sometimes by irere to, should. The Infinitive. 33. (a) The present inf., active or passive, completing tiie meaning of a verb ; translate by Eng. infin. with to, except after 2^osstim (can, could), where to is omitted. The verbs after which this use of the inf. is most often found are : possum, juheo and coepi ; consuesco, volo, conor, audeo and cotjo also are frequent. {h) After the passive of dico, existimo and video, translate a present infin. by Eng. infin. with to, a perfect infin. by to have. 34. {«) Often the present infin., and regularly the perfect infin., the future infin. and the gerundive with esse, are to be translated by a clause introduced by that with its verb in the indicative. In such a case the subject of the infin. will be in the accus. case and is to be translated as if it were the nomin. (b) This ' accus. and infin. construction ' is found after verbs or phrases meaning 'to state, think, learn, know, perceive, etc.,' of which those most commonly occurring are dico, video, existimo, arhitror, intdligo, coguosco, ctrtiorem facio and demonstro. (r) Repeatedly with the future infin. act., the gerundive with esse, and sometimes with the perfect infin. pass., esse is omitted and the infin. appears to be a participle. A future participle in -rus in the accus., or a gerundive in the accus. without a preposition, is in Cfesar to be regarded regularly as an infin. (d) Translate the various tenses as follows : the present by was, were, with the verbal form in -ing (Eng. past progressive) ; the perfect by hml (Eng. past perfect) or by Eng. past tense ; the future by ivould ; the gerundive by should, ought, must [41]. [But if the verb of stating, etc. be in the present tense, teas or were should be changed to is, are ; had to have and ivould to ivill.^ N.B. posse = coidd, esse=was, were. 35. («) Sometimes the infin. (generally the present) is used as a substantive serving as the subject of some verb. This verb is APPENDIX L 81 generally to be translated with the subject it, and the infin. by the Eng. infin. with to. If a subject of the infin. is given it should be placed before the Eng. infin. and be preceded hy for. [h) This same use of the infic. is with licet and oportet better translated more freely; e.g. licet eis i'enire=' they may come'; oportet COS venire— ' they ought to (or should) come.' 3Q. The present infin. sometimes in spirited narrative does not depend on any verb, and is to be translated by tlie Eng. present or past indicative ; or if it indicates repeated (incessant) action it may be well rendered by kept followed by the verbal form in -inrj. [The subject of this ' historical infin.' is in the nominative.] The Participles. 37. The perfect partic. (a) in the nom. case, or in t\ie accus. referring to the subject of an infin., is to be translated, if in the passive voice, by haviiu/ been, on being, after beimj, or being (e.g. sent) ; if a deponent, by luanng (e.g. set out) or on, ajter, with the verbal form in -ing (e.g. setting out), or sometimes, especially with verbs expressing a thought or feeling, by the Eng. partic. in -ing (e.g. suspecting). N.B. —It will sometimes be advisable to translate the partic. in this case by a clause of the same grammatical value as that with which the partic. is connected, joining the two clauses by and (or but): e.g. repulsi ab equitatti se in silvas abdiderunt, ' they were driven back by the cavalry and concealed themselves irk the woods,' lit. 'having been driven back they con- cealed ' (ft) In the abl. case in agreement with a noun, the perfect partic. will be translated as in [5. a..]. (c) In other cases translate the perfect partic, if in agreement with a noun or pronoun, by the Eng. past partic. passive or by a clause in the indie, (generally the past perfect with had) J)eginning with luho, which ; if not in agreement with a noun or pronoun, by a clause beginning those zvho had. 38. The present partic. may generally be translated, if in agreement with a noun or pronoun, by while, followed either by the Eng. partic. in -ing, or by ivas, luere with the verbal form in -ing (Eng. past progressive) ; if not in agreement with a noun or pronoun, by a clause beginning with those who were followed by the verbal form in -itig. 82 DE BELLO CiALLIf'O. Gerund and Gerundive. 39. The Latin gerund in -yuli, -ndo, -ndum, is to be translated Ijy tlio Kng. gerund or verbal noun in -iiu/. The gen. is the case most frequently occurring, (especially with caiim= 'for the jiur- pose '), and is to be translated according to [2. a. and c] The accusative often occurs with ad—for ('with a view to'). {h\ Causa with the gen., and ad with the accus. of the gerund express purpose and may often be best rendered by the Eng. infin. with to. 40. The gerundive in -ndus, a, nm, in the gen., the accus. with ad, and sometimes the dat. or the abl., is found in agree- ment with nouns (or rarely pronouns). Although really passive and in agreement, it is to be translated by the active gerund or verbal noun in -iiuj, governing the word with which in Latin it really agrees. For the translation of the gen. and of the accus. with ad see [39]. The dat. is to be translated by /o?\ The abl. is either used with a prep., especially in, or expresses 'means,' to be translated by hy. 41. The gerundive in -ndus, a, um in the nom., or in the accus. without a prep, is used with the ve^b stun, though after verbs of thinking and deciding the infin. e.'t.s« is genei'ally omitted. Thus used, the gerundive and funn are to be translated by should, ougld, must, or had to. A literal rendering would be in the passive voice, but it is generally better to use tiie active in Eng. The subject of this active verb will either be found in a dative con- nected with the gerundive [3. d.'\, or will more often be readily supplied from the context. APPENDIX II. TRANSLATION FROM ENGLISH TO LATIN. I. SUGGESTIONS AND GENERAL REMARKS.* 1. Case of Nouns and Pronouns without Prepositions. ('0 subject of a verb : nom. ; but ace. if Latin verb is infin., and dat. witli ouijfit, muxt, expressed by the gerun- dive (as in %B. h ) {h) object of a verb : ace; but abl. after vtor, and dat. after imptro, praesum, persuadeo, resi-ito, etc. ((•) indicating time : abl., time when, or within wliich ; acc, time how long. ((/) indicating distance or extent : acc; Init abl. with idea of surpassing or separation. (e) after verb to be ; nom. ; but acc. if Latin verb is infin. w. subject accus., and dat. of nouns meaning aid, advantage , Idndranre. (/') after verbs to be made, be chosen, become, seem, be thought: nom. ; liut acc. if Latin verb is intin. with subject accus. (;/) words in apposition : in the same case. {h) nom. of address : the voc. (<) phrase used absolutely : abl. absol., or cum clause. * Tliese .sujrprestions denl oiitircly with usages commonly occurring in Caesar's Latin, and arc intended ('ithcr for liclp in the transhition of sentences or ]);issages ))Msed on (';ies:ir, (ir Inr tlie pnri)i>se of rapid review. Being hirgely rules ot' thnnili, tliey will not of course take the place of a systematic or complete statement of the rules of syntax. 84 DE BELLO GALLICO. 2. Case of Nouns and Pronouns with Prepositions. Note. —Latin avoids jdiiiintr two nouns liy a j)fc]Xpsition. In such a case, if as ri'ijnrdH can Ijl' fairly siil)Stitiit tion, use the gen. ; otlierwise a clause (cliieHy relative). about, =concerning, de. against] \v. vcrhs of motion, in w. ace. = in opposition to, contra. at. tc'llinpr time when, abl. expressiuf^' liostile act, in w. ace. = near (of place"), »•'• fdive. by. personal aprent, w. pass., a, ab: but dat. w. gerun- — liy iiic.ins of, abl : but |ier of persons. tillinir time when, abl. for. tcllinfr time how lonfr, ace. telliiii? extent of space, ace. =with a view to, ad ; hut in w. ace. %vltU words of time. ofmotion towards, ad. w. ' reason ' f causa I, de. tellinir purijose to be served or persons concerned, dat. from, a, ab; but ex, if=out of. w. verbs of taking away, dat. in. telling time when, abl. telling place where, in w. abl. telling direction in which, a, ab. telling direction to which, in w. ace. =in regard to, abl. [no motiifier. telling manner, abl.; but cum if noun has into. in w. ace. Of, denoting a part. gen. ; or ex with numerals and iuljectives of num- ber, biit de w. jja"ci. = concernnig, de. giviug qualities, character- istics, abl. or gen. ; (always gen. of number). =belonging to, or w. verbal nouns, gen. on, telling time when, abl. telling place where, in w. abl. telling direction in which, a, ab. throng:h, per. to, w. verbs of motion, ad ; but inw. ace. of motion so as to be in a place, =wi"th reference to, dat. of the person concerned, or the indirect object, dat. with, = together with, cnm. = by means of, abl. telling manner. abl. ; but cum if the noun haa no modifier : APPENDIX II. 85 3. Pronouns. (a) who, what, w^hich, whose, whom i. after verbs = a>:k, learn, Jind out, know, tell, point out, sen deckle, quis, quae, quid, w. subjunctive, [what (substantive) = g'Mirf or quae ; which (of two)— M ii. Referring to an antecedent expressed or necessarily understood, qui, quae, quod, w. indie. ; but w. subj. if expressing another's words or thoughts, [what (substantive) = ea quae or id quod.'\ (6) he, him ; they, them, — i. In a clause depending on a verb = srt?/, order, think, ask, wish, point out, if referring to the same person as the subject of that verb, sui, sibi, se (sese). ii. In other cases, is, or if emphatic contrast ille by ; when there is no contrast and the same persons have been prominently referred to in the pre- ceding.sentence, qui, beginning the clause. (c) his, their, — i. unless emphatic, not expressed if the omission would cause no obscurity, ii. otherwise suus in such cases as h. i. above, and ejus, eorum in other cases. {d) that, — is ; or if emphatic by contrast ille. \e) this, —hie ; or referring to something prominently men- tioned in the preceding sentence, qui. sake ; se, if used reflexively. (;/) his own, their own, — suus, referring to persons already mentioned. (h) any, — i. aitev si, ne, nisi, num ; quis, quid (substanti- val), qui, qua, quod (adjectival). ii. =even one, in ne<,'ative sentences or with ri.r, sine, quisquam, quicquam (substantival), uUus, a, um (adjectival). iii. = every one, quivis. [i] each, quisque, of several — ; uterque, of two. Qc) some, — aliquis = some or other ; = nonnulli a few ; qul- dam — a certain ; alii. . alii = some, .others. — ) B(j DE BELLO GALLICO. 4. Infinitive with To. (a) expressiiic/ purpose, or the end in view ; ut (or ne for negative clauses) w. subj., or qui \v. subj. after verbs of sending, or for sliort phrases ad or causa w. gerund or gerundive. N.B. —After unjc, ask, command (except juhco), adris/-, pertiuade, try (except Conor), use ut (or ne for nega- tive clauses) w. subj. of purpose. {b) completing the meaning of a verb, especially after order (if jubeo) begin, be acctisforned, tcis/i, try (if Conor), venture, compel, resolve, seem ; —pres. infin. (c) after verbs =:7Jro7ntse, hope;—accus. w. fut. infin. (d) after such as or so as ; —ut w. subj. 5. Subordinate Conjunctions. («) that, —indicating purpose, ut, ne, quo, \v. subj. indicating result and w. \erhsr= happen, ut w. subj. after verhs = state, think, learn, know, perceive, accus. w. infin. after verbs =/eor, ne (or ut = that not) w. subj. {b) when, after, as, since, if, although, — i. iu a short clause referring to a time pjrevious to that of the clause on which it depends : (i) if Eng. is act. and Latin verb is transitive,* abl. absol. (in passive voice), (ii) if Eng. is act. and Latin verb is deponent, perf. part, in agreement, (iii) if Eng. is pass, and Latin verb is transitive,* perf. part, in agreement. 'ii. otherwise : ichen, after, cum w. subj. (rarely ubi or postquam vv. ind.) as, since, cum w. subj. ; (sometimes quod w. ind. if, si ; if not, nisi. althowj/i, etsi. (c) because, — quod w. ind.; but w. subj. if expressing another's statement or thought. (d) while, —dum (w. pres. ind. in ordinary narrative). (e) until, —dum w. ind.; but w. subj. if one's purpose or object is involved, (f/) lest, —ne w. subj. (h) whenever, —cum w. ind. (perf. or pluperf. § 6. a.) * A transitive verb in Latin is one whicli in the active voice takes an object iu the accus. case. APPENDIX II. 87 6. Tenses, where the mood has already been decided. [Latin is far more logically correct than English in its tenses, especially in indicating the relation of a prin- cipal and a dependent clause.] ( i. English progressive past tense = Latin imperf. ; (but w. dtim, see 5. (/.) ii. English simple past tense = Latin perfect; but imperfect w. vevhs = think, know, feel, or wlien indicating a condition of things, a situation, or an habitual action ; and pluperf. w. luheii- ei'er nr v-lioerer. iii. English present tense in clauses w. tohenever or lohoeiKf, = Latin perfect. {h) Subjunctive. i. Clauses of purpose, present if depending on verb in jire-s., fid., or/>er/".( = English perf. w. have); imperf. if depemling on verb in imperf, plu- perf, or ;)e?y'.( = Eng. simple past). [Note. —After the historical jirenent either pres. or imperf. may be used.] ii. Clauses of result, the same tense as in English, except tluit Latin imperfect is generally used for Eng. 2>ast tense. iii. In all other cases {e.g. w. cum, si, quod, or pro- nouns), the same tense as in English, except that tlie English siiii/ile pant is the Latin imperfect, unless it refers to a time previous to that of tiie clause on wiiich it ilepends, when the pluperf. is used ; in tiie same case the perf. is used for Eng. simple }ires. (Test by substituting had or have.) ('•) Infinitive (in accus. w. infin. construction). Change the Eng. words so as to get wliat was actually said or tlionght, and take the corresponding tense of the infin.; that is : — If referring to the same time as verb of stating, thiniving, etc., present. If referring to time Ixfore that of verb of stating, thinking, etc., perfect. If refilling to time after that of verb of stating, tiiinking, etc., future. For wotdd have uscftdsse w. partic, iu -urus 88 DE BELLO GALLICO. 7. Participles and Gerund (or Verbal in -ing). (a) The past partic. with fi(ivint/, or tlie present part, if = past part, with havinrj, or a clause with since, after, or as, or the gerund (or verbal in -in;/) preceded by on, after, are to l)e translated as follows : If the Latin verb is iitt ransitice, by cum w. subj. If the Latin verb is transitive, i. Eng. passive voice, by Latin perf. part. pass. in agreement, ii. Eng. active voice in long clauses, by cum w. subj. iii. Eng. active voice in short clauses, by perf. part, pass, in abl. absol., or by perf. part, depo- nent in agreement. (6) The present partie. is almost invariably to be trans- lated as ill a above ; in other cases by pres. part, in agreement, in short phrases^ qui or dum clause, in long phrases. (c) The gerund (or verbal in -in;]), i. after of or other prepositions replaceable by as regards, gen. of gerund or gerundive con- struction, ii. after for ( = v;ith a inew to) by ad w. ace. of gerund or gerundive construction, iii. after on, after, see a above. 8. Miscellaneous. ( (b) Ought, must, and equivalent phrases are generally to be translated by the gerundive with sum, the Latin verb being always passive, and, if intransi- tive, used impersonally. The person who ought to or must do something will be in the dative. [Deheo, oportet and necesse est w. the infin. are much rarer.] (c) Can, could, = possum w. pres. infin. {d) As, w. words = a((/, garrison, guard, etc., implying the purpose served, expressed by the dat. after the same = qui or ac. where as is repeated, by correlatives, e.g. as great as, tantiis quantus, in phrases like 'as great as possible' by quam w. superlative, (e) Treat clauses with where, why, how, etc., as in § 3. a. ) APPENDIX II. 89 {/) It with the verb to he where the real subj. follows, and there as an introductory adverb, are not expressed in Latin. {fj) Where a verb is compounded with a preposition (e.g. ad, uh, ex), this preposition cannot at the same time govern a noun, (h) The adjectives more, any, enough, no, and thousand (except one thousand) agi'eeing with a noun are expressed by the neuters plus, qidajiuini, snfis, nihil and miUia followed by the noun in the genitive. (i) Where English has a number of co-ordinate clauses, translate those wliich lead up to some final result, or which state previous or attendant circumstances, by participles, or if of some length by subordinate clauses. In other words reduce the number of verbs connected by and, but, so, etc. [e.;/. He gives orders to collect a large force and to attack the camp, = imperat ut nuii/nis copiis coartis castra oppugnent. They had sent ambassadors and sued for peace, but yet made war on Caesar = cum missis legatis pacem petissent, helium Caesari intulerunt. II. —LIST OF WORDS MOST COMMONLY OCCURRIXG IN CAESAR. (Arranged in Order of Frequency. qui 90 1>E IJKM.O GALLICO. longiis — APPENDIX III. EXERCISES BASED ON BOOK V Part I. Chapter I. Simplified as a Preliminary Exercise FOR Beginners. 1. — Domitio et Claiidio consulibns/ Caesar ab hibeniis in Italian! discedit. Hoc quotannis facere consueverat." Legates legionibus'^ praefecerat. His legatis^ imperat ut'' hieme naves aedificarent veteresqoe naves retieerent. 2. —Earnm navium nioduni forniamque demonstrat. Ad'^cele- ritatem onerandi,' sub(luctiones(|iie facit naves humiles. Naves facit humiliores qnam eas qiiibns'* in nostro mari utinuir.9 Naves facit humiliores quod'" magnos il)i fluctus non fieri'' cognoverat. Propter crebras commutationes aestuum niinus'^ niagni ibi fluctus fiunt. Ad'"' onera ac multitudinem jumentorum transportan- dam'-^ naves facit latas. Naves pauIo latiores facit (juam eas quibuss in reliquis utimurs niaribus. 3. — Hae omnes naves actuariae'* fiunt, Hanc^" ad rem humi- litas multum adjuvat. 4. — Multa'" sunt nsuii" ad armandas^^ naves. Ea'" ex His pauia apportari jubet. 5. —Ipse conventus Galliae clterioris peragit. Ipse, conventi- bus"' peractis, in lUyricum proficiscitur.'-' A Pirustis finitima pars provinoiae vastabatur. Provinciam incursionibus vastari" au- diebat. ''•• 6.— Cum in lUyricum venissetj^" civitatibus^i milites imperat. Milites certum in locum convenire jubet. 7. —Hae re nuntiata,'^ Pirustae legatos ad Caesarem mittunt. Legati eum dooeiit, eas res publico consilio non factas" esse, Pirustae parati sunt omnibus rationibus de injuriis satisfacere. ' ' ' 92 DE BELLO GALLICO. 8. — Percepta oratioiie'" logatorum Caesar obsides imperat. Caesar olisides ad-^ certain (licni adduci jubet. " Nisi ita feceri- tis,-'' ))ello civitatein peisoquar."--* 9. —Obsides ad diem a(blncti sunt, ut-' imperaverat. Arbitros inter civitates dat. Arbitros dat, f|ui-<' litem aestiment poenam- (jue constitnant. NOTES. 1. 'D. and C. (bcinpr) consuls'; freely, 'in tlie consulship of D. antlC For the construction see Ai)p..').«.N. 2. Pluperf. 'had hecnnie accust(jnicd ' = ' was accustomed.' ' 3. Do not use 'to in tninslatiufr tliis dative ; see llie Vocabulary. 4. Invpcrn takes a dative of the per.son to whom orders are isUrw. App. 3.6. 5. Ut and subjunctive after 2?)?/>e?'o arc to be translated by V.wj:. inlhii- tive witli 'to. ' App.2!).?). = ' 0. Ad ' with a ^•iew to, ' or for. 7. The s'erund = Eno-. verbal noun in -inir: \])\).'A'.)\ tlie frenitixc here tu ' be rendered ])y 'in not ' of ' ; App.2.r. 8. Translate a))l. without any prei)ositioii : idor takes tlie ahl. where we mifjfht expect an olyect in tlie ace. 0. A deponent verb, passive in form, hut with active force. 10. The conjunction, not the neuter relative. 11. Accus. and inlin. construction ; translate hy a clau.se beprinniufr with ' ./??tciMS = ' that' ; is subject of fieri, which here are caused.' AY>\).3i.d.d. 12. Minus magni, 'less large '=' smaller. 13. Ad.. .transpnrtandam,triM\9\».iQ 'fur transijortinj?, etc. ; tlie gerun- ' dive consti-uction, App.lO. So ad anuandus. 14. Predicative adjective -wiihfitmt, which here = 'are made.' = 1.5. Hanc agrees with rem, which here ' purpose.' ir>. Add 'things ' in the Eng. translation, App.8. 17. Translate the dative here liy 'of : App.S.c. ."> 18. The ablative absolute, App..5.«. ; translate clauses in and 8 as in ' App..").rt.i. (using after ') ; the clause in V as in App.:j.«.ii. 19. Translate by Eng. simple past tense ; Ai)p.2G.iv. 20. Translate subjunctive as you would the same tense of the indicati\e. App.31. 21. With i"jnpe?-aJ='he demands,' translate dat. by 'from' or 'of: compare note 4 above. 22. ^ 23. Literally, 'you shall have done ' ; translate hy Eng. simple present. 24. Future indicative ; a deponent verb, compare note 9 above. 2b. Ut here witli indicative = 'as. 2G. Qui and subjunctive of jmriiose, to lie rendered by Eng. infinitive with 'to,' or more literally, ' who are to.' App. 11. c. — APPENDIX III. Part II. Exkrcises ix Translation from Latin at Sight. 1. — 1. Caesar Bintum navibus, quas ex finitimis civitatibus convenii'e jusserat, piaeticit, et in Venetos proficisci jubet. 2. Provinoiae quam maximum potest militum iiumerum (number) impeiat. 3. Eo omiies, qui eo mari uti cousueiuiit, conveniunt. 4. Ipse imperat reliquis civitatibus obsides, diemque huic rei constituit. 5. Omnia deerant {were lacking), quae ad reficieudas naves erant usui. 2. — 1. His rebus cognitis, legiones equitesque revocari (to be recalled) jubet, ipse ad naves revertitur. 2. Labieno iu conti- nenti cum tribiis legionibus et equitum milliljus duobus relicto, Caesar ad portum Itium cum legionibus pervenit (came). 3. Ibi (1.2.)* cognoscit sexaginta naves eodem (to tlie same point), unde (from whicli) profectae erant, revertisse. 4. Reliquas naves para- tas (1.7.) atque omnibus rel)us instructas invenit. 5. His deduc- tis, quae ex Voluseno cognovisset, et quae fieri vellet, ostendit. 3. — 1. Ex omnibus civitatibus, quae defecerant, exercitum magnasque copias coegerat. 2. Fv,epulsi (driven hack) ab equitatu, se in silvas alididerunt. 3. Ab omnibus civitatibus legati veni- unt, qui pacem (peace) et amicitiam petant. 4. Nonnulli .sunt, quorum auctoritas (influence, nom.) apud (vith) plebem plurimum valet. 5. Galliae totius factiones (parties) sunt diiae ; earum alterius principatum tenent (hold) Aedui, alterius Arverni. Hi de potentatu (xupremacy) inter se contendebant. 6. Omnibus rclnis pertcrriti, et celeritate (1.2) adventus nostri et discessu suorum, legatos mittunt. 7. Reini ad euni legates mittunt qui dicerent (dico, ere, to say) se suaque (and their possessions) omnia iu fidem atc^ue in potestatem populi Romani permittere. 4. — 1. Quod Divitiaci summam (rery great) in se voluntatem et egregiam fidem (loycdty) cognoverat (=perspexeraf), verebatur (3.5.) ne animum offenderet (he should hurl). 2. Gravius fero, quod merito populi Romani eae res non acciderunt (have hap- ])ened.) 3. Caesar, principibus civitatis ad se evocatis, magnam partem Galliae in officio tenuit (—coidinuit, 3.6.) 4. Tanta (.'•o great) erat ejus auctoritas in Gallia, ut omnes gratiam atque amicitiam (3.3) peterent (3.5.) 5. Legatos mittit ad Boios qui de suo adventu (3.5.) doceant (1.7.), hortenturque ut in fide (loy(dty) maneant. 5. — 1. Ea re constituta Commiumcum equitatu custodis (guard) loco in Menapiis relinquit ; ipse in Treveros proficisciiur. * The fiofures inrlicate in what chapter and section the word ibi, which is not found in this chapter, lias previously occurred. 94 DE BELI.0 OALLICO. 2. Tanta (.so great) tempestas coorta est (arose), ut naves cursum tenere non possent sed (hut) eodem unde erant profectae rejioe- riiiitur. 3. Oniiies equites, quindecim millia iiumero, convenire jubet. 6. — 1- Nuiitii (me.weii'jejs) quos ad Caesareni miserant in con- spectu niilituni iiecabantur. 2. Interfecto Indiitiomaro, ad ejus [)topiiiqiios imperiuni defertur. 3. CognoveratDuiiuiorigem esse niugiia apiid ( 7. — 1. His rebus constitutis (5. ] ) iiactns idoneam ad navigan- dum (5.2.) tenipestatem, equites in ulteriorctn (farther) portem (5.1.) progicdi, et naves conscendere, ot sc secjui (foltuir) jussit. 2. Hoc proelio (buttle) nuntiato, Suebi, qui a ^ 8. — 1- Ibi ex captivis cognoscit, quae apud (trith) Ciceronem gerantur. 2. Hostes prosequi (follow v]i) non potuerunt, quod equites cursum tenere atque insulam capere non potuerunt. 3. Itaque (7.3.) re frumentaria provisa, niilites noniinatim evocat (4.2.) 4. Ipse idoneam tempestatem nactus (7-4.), paulo (a little) post (after) mediam noctem naves solvit. 5. Ex locis superiori- bus in litus telum (tveapo7i) adigi (be hurled) poterat. 9. — 1. His cognitis rebus (7.1.), rem frumentariam providet (8.1.), castris idoneum locum deligit (diooneti). 2. Ventum et aes- tum (8.2.) uno tempore nactus secundum (favorable), sublatis (from verb — raise) ancoris, circiter millia passuum septem ab eo loco progressus, aperto ac piano (level) litore naves constituit (moored). 3. Ita (thus) uno tempore longas (S.4.) naves aestus complebat (fill), et onerarias (transports) quae ad ancoras erant deligatae, tempestas (sto7-m) afflictabat (wj-eck.) 4. Castiis egre- gie munitis, easdem copias praesidio navibus reliquit ; ipse eodem unde (5.1.) redierat (reJeo = rt'^«rw) proficiscitur. 5. Praesidium cohortium duodecim pontis (pons = bridge) tuendi (8.1.) causa ponit (stations), magnisque eum locum munitionibus firmat (strengthens). Ei loco praesidioque Volcatium praeficit. 10. — 1. Fugientes usque (even) ad flumen (3.4.), ubi (u:here) copiae hostium consederunt (9.1.), persequuntur, multosque interficiunt (7.9.) 2. Multis navibus fractis (frango = ivreck), reliquae, funibus ancoris reliquisque armamentis (tackle) amissis APPENDIX III. 95 (ami«o — /ose), erant ad iiavigandum inutiles {iixelest), 3. Tanto [so great) incommodo accepto, se abdiderat. 11, — 1. Obsidibus acceptis (10.5), exercitum reducit {leads hack) ad mare, naves invenit (r).2. ) refectas. 2. Interea [mean- while) Commius reliquique, qnibus snnima imperii permissa erat, cum omnibus copiis ad Alesiam perveniunt, et non longius (farther t/ian) mille passibus ab nostris munitionibus considunt (9.1.) 3. His quam longissime (l(»);/e=far) possent progredi (10.2.) jussis, pontem {hriJge) reficere coepit. Celeriter [qukhly] etfecto {eJf!cio = fi)mh) opere, legionibusque traductis (6.5.) et loco castris idoneo delecto, reliqnas copias revocavit. 4. Qui cum ad flumen venisset quod Remos a Treveris dividit, castra muniri jussit. 12. — 1. Has regiones Menapii incolebant, et agros, aedificia vicosque (villager) habebant (haheo = hare), 2. Belgae sunt orti a Germanis, Rhenumque traducti (6.5.) propter (3.6.) agri ferti- litatem (richness) ibi consederunt (ronsido = setlIe), Gallosque, qui ea loca inooluerant, expulerunt (9.7.) 3. Neminem (no one) postea(8.6.) belli inferendi causa in Britanniam transiturum con- fidebant (trusted). 13. — 1. Aquitania a Garumna (Garonne) flumine ad Hispaniam pertinet ; spectat inter (1.9.) occasum (noun = setting) solis et septentriones. 2. Arduenna silva (3.4.) est totius Galliae (3.1.) maxima, atque a ripis (hanks) Rheni finibu.sque (3.4. ) Treverorum nd Nervios pertinet, millibusque amplius (more than) quingentis in longitudinem patet (extends), 14. — 1- Germani multum ab hac consuetndine differunt. 2. Major pars victus (food, 4- ded.) in lacte, caseo (cheese) carne coDsistit (co?7.s7'.s/.s). 3. Pellibus utuntur (12.4.), magna corporis parte nuda (hare), 15. — 1. Essedarios ex silvis emittebat (kept sending) et cum nostris equitibus confligebat. 2. Itaque (thns) per medios hostes perrumpuiit, incolumesque omnes in castra perveniunt (12.2.) .3. Cohortes quae in stationibus erant secum proficisci (11.7.) jus- sit. 4. Quibus rebus n-ostri perterriti, atque hujus omnino (a/to- gether) generis pugnac imperiti (inexperienced in, w. gen.), multis amissis, se ad castra receperunt. 5. Postero die hostes in coUi- bus constiteriint ; ipse, triduo (three dajjx) intermisso, cum omnibus copiis eos sequi (foUoiv) coepit. 16. — 1. Genus hoc est ex essedis pugnac. Cum se inter (among) equites insinuaverunt (have worked their laay), ex essedis desiliunt atque pedibus proeliantur. 2. Caesar consulto equites cedere, seque in castra recipere (15.4.) jubet. 3. Legiones se 96 DE BELLO GALLTCO. absente (7.7.) in itincre (l.J.l) proelio diinicatiiras intellegebat. 4. Etjuestribvis proeliis sacpe (7.8.) ex eqiiis {horacs) desiliuiit ac pedibus proeliantur. 5. His omnibus dicbus, in acie (Ihie of battle) dimicare uon ausus, equestti proelio contendit. 17. — 1. Germani, cum suos (15.2.) interfici viderent, se ex cas- tris ejecerunt (.se ejicere = 7'iish). 2. Eodem tenipor?. equitatus ad miinitiones accodere {come vp) et relicjuae copiae pro (16.1.) castris sese ostendere coeperunt. 3. Ita (so) nostri acriter in hostes inipetum fecerunt, itaque hostes npente celeritcrque {quick/y) Y>vocnrrcr\\nt (rush /07-iva7- (8.5.), subito { = re}>fnte) ex omnibus partibus silvae evolaverunt {rvKh out), et in nostros impetum fccerunt. Nostri celeriter (quichly) arma (16.1.) ceperunt [take up), eosque in silvas rep- pulerunt. 18. — 1. Hac re oognita omnem equitatum praemisit; Labiennm cum legionilnis tribus subsequi jussit. 2. Interim (meniiwhilc) nostri milites impetum hostium sustinuerunt, et paucis vulneri- bus acceptis (7.7.) I'eliquos praecipites in flunien egerunt (17.3.) 3. Fhimen Axonam quod est in finibus Remorum exercitum traducit (6.5.), atque ibi (12.5.) castra ponit (pitches). Ita (thus) latus (13.1) unum castrorum ripis fluminis muniebatur (}>rotect). 4. Cum tribus legionibus e castris pi'ofectus ad eam partem Helvetiorum pervenit (ranie vp) quae nondum (iiot yet) flumen transierat ; impetu facto, magnam partem eorum concidit (cut doion); reliqui sese fugae mandarunt atque in proximas (nearest) silvas abdiderunt (9.4.) 19. — 1. Spe praedandi adducti (hd), Germani latins vagaban- tur et in fines Eburouum pervenerant (12.2.) 2. Hac re cognita ( IS. 4.) Caesar mittit equites eodem (5.2.); imperat his ut (1.1.) omnibus locis quam latissime vagentur. 3. Ubi locus silvestris aut (6.2.) palus (inarsli) impedita spem praesidii (protection) offerebat (presented), consederat (9.1.) 4. Magno pecoris atque hominum numero capto (take), vastatisque omnibus eorum agris, se ad Caesarem receperunt (15.4.) 20. — 1. Ab iis nationibus (trihe) quae trans Rhenum incolcbant (14.1.) missi sunt legati ad Caesarem, qui se obsides daturos, imperata facturos pollicerentur. 2. Trinobantibus defensis atque ab omni injuria militum prohibitis (I'tep), reliquae civitates lega- tes missis sese Caesari dedunt. 3. Civitates hortatur (6.4.) ut populi Romani fidem sequantur. 4. Senones, quae est civitas imprimis (especially) firma et magnae inter Gallos auctoritatis APPENDIX III. 97 (6. l.)» Cavarinum, cujus majores {ancestors) regnnm obtinuerant, iuterficere publico consilio (1.7.) conati sunt {attempt ; deponent). 21. — 1. Locum castris deligit (11.3.) paludibus silvisque muni- tuin ah Avarico longe millia passuum seclecim. 2. Castris muni- tis, quae ad oppuguandum usui (1.4.) erant, comparare (4.1.) coepit. 3. Ei, qui lougius aberant, clamoribus [sliout) perterriti (15.4.), cum hostem intra (9.6.) munitioues esse existimarent, sese ex oppido ejecerunt. 4. Ab his castris oppidum Remorum aberat millia passuum octo. Id Belgae oppuguare coeperunt. 22. — 1. Alia ex parte oppidi Adiatiinnus, qui summam imperii (11.8.) tenebat, eruptionem facere couatus [attempt; deponent), niagno cum detrimeiito in oppidum repulsus est (17.3.) 2. Castra munire instituit (3.4.), quo faciiius (3.6.) repeutinos hostium impetus sustineret (18.5.). 3. Bellovaci autem (16.2. ) defectione Aeduorumcognita, manus (8.6.) cogere atque bellum parare(C.4.) coeperunt. 4. Tres uobilissimi Aedui capti ad Caesarem per- ducti sunt {hrhuj), in {amon'j) his, Cavarillus, qui post (17.5.) defectionem Litavicci, pedestribus {mfuntrij) copiis praefuerat. 5. Caesar, quod tanti (so great) motus Galliae exstiterant (ai-ise), cum tribus legionibus in his locis hiemare constituit. 23. — 1. Eodem die legati ab hostibus missi ad Caesarem de pace (peace) venerunt. His Caesar obsides imperavit, eosque in continentem adduci (4.2.) jussit, quod, propinqua [being near) aequinoctii die, hiemi (1.1.) navigationem subjiciendam (expose) non existimabat. Ipse idoneam tempestatem nactus paulo (a lillle) post mediam nuotem naves solvit ; quae omnes incolumes ad continentem pervenerunt, sed ouerariae (transports) duae eos- dem portus capere non potuerunt. Quibus ex navibus cum essent expositi milites, Morini, spe praedae (12.2. ) adducti (3.5.), circumsteterunt (7.9.) 2. His constitutis (5.1.) rebus, tertia fere (8.5.) vigilia naves solvit, et hora (hour) diei circiter quarta cum primis navibus Britanniam attigit. 24.—1. Quod in his locis inopia frumenti erat, latius (19.2.) sibi distribuenduui exercitum putavit (=existimavit). 2. Praesidio (9. 1.) impedimentis [hai/ijai/e ; did.) legionem quartam decimam relicjuit, unam ex his trilju.s quas proxime conscriptas ex Italia traduxerat (6.5.) 3. Dum haec in Venetis geruntur (22.1.), Sabinus cum iis copiis quas a Caesare acceperat (receii'e), in fines Venellorum pcrvenit. 4. His praeerat Viridovix, ac summam imperii (11.8.) tenebat (held) earum omnium civitatum quae defccerant (3.3.), ex quibus exercitum magnasquc copias coegerat (22.1.) 5. Reliquum exercitum Sabino et Cottae legatis in Morinos, ab quibus ad eum legati non vcnerant, ducendum dedit. 98 DE BELLO nAl!l>ICO. 25. — 1. Impulsi (im]i(Uo = instiriale) a priiicipibus (6.4.), ah Aediiis defecerunt et populo Romano belinni intiilerunt (12.2.) 2. Fratres (hrothern) Litavicci, cum comprclieiuli jussisset, repente (17.2. ) ad liostes fugeruiit (10. 1.) 3. Cum his, propinqui (4.2.) Iiidutiomari, qui defectioni.s (22..S. ) auctoies fueraut, ex civitate excesseruut (19.1.) 4. .luhet media nocte (8.2.) legiouem pro- ficis-ci celeriter(jue (20.4.) ad se venire. 5. Oppidani {(oirnn- }>eo/dr) perterriti (S.G.), comprehensos eos, quorum opera plebem (3.(5.) concitatam (sfh- iip) existimabant (24.6.), ad Caesarem per- duxerunt {hriiKj), seseque ei dediderunt (21.1.) 26.—Vcrcingetorix, ubi de Caesaris adventu cognovit, oppugnatione destitit (ceased), atque obviam (to meet, iv. dut.) Cae.sari proficiscitur. Ills oppidum (21.2.) Biturigum ('jen. plvr.) oppugnare instituerat (23.2.). Quo ex oppido cum legati ad euni venissent, arma tradi (trudo, ere, = surrender), et obsides dari jubet. Parte jam obsidum tradita, equitatus hostium procul (17.1.) visus est (8.5.) Quern simul atque (3.3.) oppidani (the towns-people) conspexerunt (8.2. ), arma capere coeperunt. Caesar ex castris ecfuitatum emitti jubet, proelium equestre committit (9.3.) Eorum impetum Galli siistiuere (18.5.) non potuerunt, atque multis amissis (15.2. ) se ad suos receperunt (15.4.). Qui- bus repulsis (17.3.) rursus (8.3.) oppidani perterriti (8.6.) sese si dediderunt (21.1.) 27. —Locutus est pro (for) his Divitiacus : Galliae totius fac- tiones (/Kirties) esse duas : harum alterius priucipatum (3.2.) habere Aeduos, alterius Sequanos. Hi cum inter se multos annos contenderent (3.2.), ab Sequanis Germanos arcessitos esse (13.3.) Horum circiter millia quindecim Rlienum trausisse. Aeduos coactos esse (24.1.) Sequanis obsides dare et jurejurando civita- tem obstringere (hind) sese neque obsiiles repetituros (demand hark) neque auxilium (assistance) populi Eomani imploraturos (7.S.) Sed pejus (a ivorse result) Sequanis quam Aeduis accidisse (23.3.), propterea quod (16.2.) Ariovistus, rex (22.1.) Germano- rum, in eorum liuibus consedisset (settle), tertiamque partem agri occupavisset (seize), et nunc de (from) altera (13.2.) parte tertia Se([uauos decedere (move) juberet. 23.*—^lultis de (4.1.) causis Caesar majorem Galliae motum (5.4.) exspectans (expecting), delectum (levy) habere (hold) insti- tuit(23.2.) Celeriter (26.3.) confecto (2.1.) per legates delectu, tres legiones ante (he/ore) hiemem (1.1.) adductae sunt (4.2.), duplicatusque est (double) earum cohortium numerus, quas cum Titurio amiserat (15.1). * The exercises from ["hap. 28 to 41 are adapted from the early chapter'' of Bk. VI., and give the story of part of Caesar's sixth campaign. APPENDIX III. 99 29. — Interfecto Indutiomaro, ut (19.1.) docuimus (28.4.), ad ejus propinquos (4.2.) imperium defertur (6.2.) lUi finitimos (1.5.) Germanos soUicitare (2.4.) et pecuniain (money) polliceri (27.10.) non desistunt [cease). Quibus rebus cogiiiiis, Caesar cum undique (17.5.) bellum parari (3.4.) videret, Nervios ac Menapios ailjunctis omnibus Germanis esse in armis, a Treveris Germanos crebris (12.,3.) legatioiiibus (21.1.) soUicitari, sibi de bello cogitaudum esse (must think) putavit (12.6.) 30. —Itaque proximis (29.6.) quattuor coactis (22.1.) legioni- bus, de improviso (22.1.) in tines Nerviorum contendit (9.1.), et, magno pecoris (21.2.) atque hominum numero capto, vastatisque agris, eos in deditionem (22.8.) venire atque obsides sibi dare coegit. (24.1.) Postero (17.1.) die cum legionibus in Senones proficiscitur, magnisque (forced) itineribus eo pervenit. 31. —Cognito ejus adventu, Acco jubet in oppida (21.2) multi- tudinem (27-3.) cou venire. Priusquam (27.9.) id etfici (19.3.) pos- set, adesse (29.2.) Romanos nuntiatur. (22.3.) Senones legatos deprecandi (6.2. ) causa ad Caesarem mittunt. Obsidibus impera- tis centum, hos Aeduis custodiendos (to he guarded) tradit (liands over). Eodem (11.7.) Carniites legatos obsidesque mittunt. Peragit (24. 1.) concilium Caesar, equitesque imperat civitatibus. 32. —Erant Menapii propinqui (clo> (5.4.) in Menapiis relinquit ; ipse in Treveros proficiscitur. 34. —Bum liaec a Caesare geruntur (22.1.), Treveri, magnis coactis peilitatus tniuitatusque copiis, Labienum cum una lecione, quae in eorum fiiiiljus iiiemaverat, adoriri (22.1.) parabant (3.4.), jamriue (25.3. ) ab eo non longius (farther than) bidui (27.8. ) via (jonrneg) aberant (27.9.), cum duas venisse legiones missu (27.1.) Caesaris cognoscunt. Positis (pono=pifch) castris, auxilia (17.5.) ( -ermanorum exspectarc constituunt. Labienus, hostium cognito consilio, praesidio (1 1.7.) quinipie cobortium impedimentis relicto, ) ; 100 DE BKI.LO GALLICO. cum vii^inti fiuiruiue cohortibus niagnoque equitatu contra (fiij((mfil) liostcni proHciscitiir et, mille passuum interniisso (15.4.) spatio, castra conumuiit {jor/ijiis. 35. —Labicnus noctu (9.2. ) tribunis (2S.3. ) militum primisque ordiiiibus (30. 1.) coiivocatis (4.3.), niagno stiepitu (din) et tumultu (iiproiir) castra mox'cfi {move) jiibet. His relnis hostibus tiinoris (33. f).) dc'ilit siispicionem (sittipicion). Haec per exploratoros (.s(•o^<^s) ante liicem ad hostes deferuntur (28.1.) Vix (28.1.) aniiien iiDvissinium (32.2.) processerat {isnue forth), cum (jalli iiii(]uo (32.2.) loco proeliuni comniittuiit. 36. —Tum praemissis (18.4.) paiilum (19.1.) impedimentis, " " Haljetis iiiquit (.30. 1), " inilitos, quam petistis (33. G.), facul- tatem (17.4.) : liostem iinpedito (19. 1.) atque ini(jUO (.32.2.) loco tciietis (Aore)." Ccleriter iiostri clamore (33. G.) sublato (roi.se), pila (xpears) in hostes immittunt (/(? ex civitate excesserunt. Cingetorigi, qui in officio (4.2. ) perman- serat (12.2.), principatus (3.2.) ac imperium est traditum (25.5.) 38. —Caesar, postquam {after) ex Menapiis in Treveros venit, duabus de (4.2.) causis Rheuum transire coustituit ; quarum una erat, quod auxilia (17.5.) contra se Treveris miserant, altera ne ad eos Ambioi-ix receptum (retreat) haberet. His constitutis re])us, paulum (16.2.) supra (ahoi'e) eum locum, quo ante exerci- tuin traduxerat, facere pontem (bridge) instituit (23.2.) 39. —Firmo (20.1.) in Treveris ad pontem praesidio (guard) relicto, ne quis ab his subito motus (22.4.) oreretur (26.1.), reli- quas copias equitatumque traducit. Interim fit ab Ubiis certior (37.7.) : Suebos omnes in unum locum copias cogere (22.1.) atque iis nationibus (tribes), quae sub eorum sint iniperio, denuntiare (gim notice), ut auxilia (17.5.) peditatus equitatusque mittant. Ubiis imperat, ut crebros (12.3.) exploratores (scout) in Suebos mittant, quaeque apud eos gerantur (22.1.) cognoscant. 40. —Illi imperata faciunt, et paucis diebus intermissis (15,3.) referunt (report) : Suebos omnes, posteaquam certiores nuntii (7ieivs) de exercitu Romanorum venerint, cum omnibus copiis quas coegissent, ad extremes (remotest) fines se recepisse (37.5.) APPENDIX III. 101 silvam esse ibi infinita (12.3.) magnitudine (3.4.) ; ad ejus initium (e(/7(^)silvae Suebos adventum Romanoium exspectare coiistituisse. 41. —Caesar, postquam {after) per Ubios exploratores {^cout) coniperit ( = ro;//(o(v7), Suebos sese in silvas recepisse (37.5.), in- opiam (24.6.) trumenti veritus {depon. vcrh^fear), constituit nou progredi loiigius. Reducto exercitu, partem pontis {gen., bridge) resciiidit (tear down), atque praesidium cohortium* duodecim pontis tuendi (8.1.) causa ponit {station), magnisque eum looum niunitionibus (11.5.) tirniat (strengthen), Ei loco praesidioque C. Volcatiuni Tullum praefecit (24.3.); ipse, cum maturescere (rijien) frumentum inciperet (39.3.), ad bellum Ambiorigis pro- fectus est per Arduennara silvam. 42.* —Exigua parte aestatis reliqua, Caesar in Britanniam proticisci constituit, quod omnibus fere Gallicis bellis hostibus uostris inde subministrata (furnish) erant auxilia. Si tempus anni ad bellum gerendum {wage, carry on) deticeret (were unsuitable) tamen magno sil)i usui fore (ivou/d be) arbitrabatur, si modo insu- 1am adisset (adeo = visit) et loca portusque cognovisset : quae omnia fere Gallis erant incognita (unknovm.) 43. —Ipse cum omnibus copiis in Morinos proficiscitur, quod inde erat brevi.ssinius in Britanniam trajectus. Hue (to this place) naves undique ex finitimis regioiiibus, et classem, quam superiore aestate ad Veneticum {ivith the Veneti) bellum effecerat (get together), jubet convenire. Navibus circiter octoginta oner- ariis (adj. = transport) coactis, naves longas legatis distribuit (assign). Decern et octo onerarias naves, quae ex eo loco millia passuum octo vento tenebantur (detain), equitibus distribuit. P. Sulpicium T.ufum legatum cum magno praesidio portum tenere (hold) jussit. 44. —His constitutis rebus, nactus idoneam ad navigandum tempestatem, tertia fere vigilia solvit, equitesque in ulteriorem (/arther) portum progredi et naves conscendere et se sequi jussit. Ipse hora diei ciiciter quarta cum primis navibus Britanniam attigit, atque ibi in omnibus coUibus expositas (display) hostium copias con.spexit, Hunc ad egre * The exercises from cliap. 42 to .'iS are ad.ijitcd from Bit. IV., and irive tlic, slory of Caesar's fir.it cxpoditioii to Hritain. All words not trans- lated have occurred previously in the same sense in Bk. V. ; 102 l)K HKLI.O (lALI.ICO. progressus, aperto ac piano (level) litore naves constituit {station trans, abl. by ' off. ') 45. —At barbaii consilio Ilomanoriim cognito, praemisso equi- tatu et essedariis, reliquis copiis subsecuti nostros iiavibus egredi (/ 49.—His rebus pace (pyeace) confirmata (establish), die quarto naves decern et octo, quae equites sustulerant (ta/ce on board), ex superiore portu leni veuto solverunt. Quae cum appropinqnarent (approach) Bi'itanniae, tanta tempestas subito coorta est, ut nulla earum cursum tenere posset, sed aliae eodem unde erant pro- fectae referrentur (carry bacl.), aliae ad inferiorem partem insulae dcjicerentur (drive down) ; quae cum ancoris jactis fluctibus complerentur, necessario in altum (the open sea) profectae couti- nentem petierun (seeJc, make for). APPENDIX III. 103 50. —Eadem nocte accidit ut esset luna plena {full moon), qui dies (tinif) aestus maximos in Oceano {t/ie Ocean) efficere (cause) consuevit ; nostrisque id erat incognitum {unl-nown). Ita uno tempore et longae naves, quibiis Caesar exercitum transportan- dum curaverat, qiiasqne in aridum (beach) subduxerat, aestu complebaiitur, et onerariae (firoh^port) naves, quae ad ancoras erant deligatae, tempestate afflictabantur (toss about). 51. —Compluribns navibus fractis (vjreck), reliquae cum essent ad navigandum inutiles (u.^^eless), magna totius exercitus pertur- batio (alarm) facta est. Neque enim {fo7-) naves erant aliae, quibus reportari posseiit, et omnia deerant, quae ad refioiendas naves erant usui. 52. —Quibus rebus cognitis principes Britanniae, qui post proe- lium ad Caesarem convenerant, inter se collocuti sunt. Equites et naves et frumentum Romanis deesse intellegebant, et paucita- tem militum ex castrorum exiguitate (small size) cognoverant, quae hoc (fo?' this reason) etiam (sfill) erant angnstiora (small), quod sine impedimentis Caesar legiones trnnsportaverat. Nos- tris superatis (trans, by ''if clause) aut reditu (return) interclusis (cut off'), neminem postea l)elli inferendi causa in Britanniam transiturum confidebant. Itaque conjuratione facta, paulatim ex castris discedere et suos clam (secreth/) ex agris deducere (brinfj down) cocperunt. 53. —At Caesar, etsi nondum eorum consilia cognoverat, tamen, quod obsides dare intermiserant (neglected), rebellionem (renewal of vxir) eos facturos suspicabatur (suspect; depon.) Itsque frumentum ex agris cotidie (daily) in castra conferebat (t/afher), et materia atque aere earum navnum, quae gravissime afflictae erant, ad reliquas reficiendas utel)atur, et quae ad eas res erant usui, ex continenti comportari jubebat. Summo studio milites administrabant {ivo7'k), neque uUa ad id tempus belli sus- picio interposita erat (had arisen), cum pars homiiunn (nati};es) in agris remaneret, p?-rs etiam (also) in castra ventitaret. 54. — t)um ea geruntur, legione ex (in accordance with) consue- tadine una frumentandi (get grain) causa missa, ii, qui pro portis castrorum in statione erant, Caesari nuntiaverunt pulverem (cloud of duxt) magnum in ea parte (direction) videri, quam in partem legio iter fecisset. Caesar cohortes quae in statione erant secum in eam partem proficisci, reliquas armari et confestim sese subsecpii jussit. Cum paulo longius (some little distance) a castris processisset, suos ab hostibus premi at(|ue aegre sustinere aiiim- advertit. Nam nostros, dispersos (scatter) et in nietouilo (reap) occupatos, barbari subito adorti erant; paucis interfectis reliquos — ; 104 DE HELLO OALLICO. perturbaverant, sinuil o(jiiitatii alcjue essedis oircuiinlederant (surround). 55.~Qiiibus rebus pertiirbatis nostris, tempore opportniiissinio {oji/'orltiii'') Caesar auxiliuni tulit : nanique (./o?-) ejus adventu liostes constiterunt (xlop), uostri se ex timore recepernnt (recovei-). Quo facto, ad lacessenduin liosteui et ad committcndum proelium alicnum (misuitahle) esse tenipus arbitratus, in castra legioues reduxit. Secutae sunt contiiuios complures dies ternpestates, quae et nostros in castris continereut et iiostem a pugna piohi- berent. 56. —Interim barbari nuntios in omnes pai'tes dimiserunt et quanta praedae facicndae atque in peipctuum sui liberandi facul- tas daretui', denionstraverunt. His rel)us celeriter magna niulti- tudine peditatus equitatusque coaeta, ad castra yenerunt. 57. — Caesar nactus equites circiter triginta quos Coinmius, de quo ante dictum est, secum transportaverat, le<,doncs in acie pro castiis constituit. Coinmisso proelio, nostrorum militum impe- tum hostes ferre non potuerunt. Quos nostri secuti, complures ex iis occiderunt, deinde (then) omnibus aedificiis incensis {buru), se in castra receperunt. 58. —Eodem die legati ab hostibus missi ad Caesarem de pace venerunt. His Caesar numerum obsidum, c[uem ante impera- verat, duplicavit ((hi(ble), eosque in continentem adduci Jussit. Ipse idoneam tempestatem nactus paulo post mediam noctem naves solvit ; quae omnes incolumes ad continentem pervenerunt sed ex iis onerariae (frnnsport) duae eosdem, quos reliquae, portus capere non potuerunt et paulo infra (heloiv) delatae sunt. Part III. Exercises in Re-translation into Latin. 1. — 1. Cresar left Ital}' for his winter C|uarters. 2. He is accustomed to put a lieutenant in charge of the legion. 3. He orders Cajsar to repair the old vessel. 4. They used a lower ship. 5. On account of the tides the waves were large. 6. Hav- ing learned all these things, he held the assizes. 7. He learned that the Pirustae were laying waste the neighboring provinces. 8. The soldiers wliom he had demanded were assembling. 9. When he heard that the hostages had been brought, he set out for hither Gaul. 10. Ambassadors are sent to explain that the state will make amends. — APPENDIX III. 105 2, — 1. When the ships had been launched, he visited all the winter-quarters. 2. He orders those who have charge of the army to return. 3. He pointed out what had been done. 4. "\\lthin twenty days, thirty vessels had been equipped. 5. He leaves six hundred thousand soldiers and ene thousand eight hundred ships. 6. This passage is very convenient. 7. He could not set out for these territories because there was the greatest scarcity of ships. 3. — 1. He points out that this state is strong in infantry. 2. As soon as tliey revolted, he began to collect an army. 3. Learning of CiBsar's approach, they prepared for war. 4. They pointed out what had been done among the Remi. 5. Having collected large forces of infantry and cavalry, they revolted from the Roman people. 6. This forest extends from the centre of Gaul to the River Rhine. 7. They are afraid lest the common people, influenced by some nobles, JaiLij^^ and revolt from Ca.'sar. ^J^'-'^'-'"' 8. We were unwilling to desert Ca-sar, fearing that we could not easily keep the common people true to their allegiance. 9. The state is in your power, an djf Ciesar will grant permission, I will C**'*-^^ come to him, and entrust my fortunes to his protection. %J^-Lp t 4. — 1. They know why he is summoned by the leading men. '..d*!^ 2. He is annoyed at being compelled to bring liostages. 3. They thought that evcrytliing had been made readj\ 4. Indutioni- arus had great influence among the leading men. 5. They urged Cingetorix to spend the summer among us. 6. It is very im- portant that he should remain faithful. 7. Although he has remained faithful, he is unfiiendly to the Treveri. 5. — 1. As all the ships had been driven back, he was unable to set out. 2. He had learned that the rest of the hostages had reached Gaul. 3. Leaving the cavalry, which had assembled from the whole of Gaul, he set out with four legions, 4. The ships having been driven back by storms, and being unable to keep their course, had returned, 6. I. Seeing that all hope was lost, he begged to be put to f deatii. 2. Several report to Ciesar that Dumnorix was indignaiit ^.^^"^ at tliis. 3. Being hindered by religious scruples, he does not venture to remain in Britain. 4. Having conferred the royal power upon l>nninorix he ui'god the Aedui to send ambassadors. 5. Inaccordance-WJlb the oath they sent ambassadors to gain their request. 6. He will take across to the continent all who are 7. — 1. Having sent the cavalry to bring tiiem back, he leturned home. 2. Learning their plans, he takes care that the folly shall go no further. 8. Having followed Duinnorix, they found out all his plans. 4. Without the knowledge of Duinnorix, the Aedui had decided that their departure must be postponed. 5. Having got suitable weather the cavalry had embarked in Ciesar's absence. 6. Thinking that his authority was being (lis- regarded, he restrained Dinnnoiix by wiiatsoever means he could. 7. I am free and belong to a free state. 8.— 1. Leaving two legions on the higher ground, he left the shore. 2. Ha\ ing secured provisions, lie set sail at sunset, o. Large bands of tlie enemy had assembled to defend the shore. 4. He left in Britain tlie Siime number of liginns with which lie had set sail. 5. He will iiud out what is l)eing done in that part of the island. G. Although all tlie cavalry had hidden them- selves, more than two thousand soliiieis were in sight. 7. Hav- ing reached tlie island, they found tiiat the enemy had left the heights the previous night. 8. He left two vessels to find out in what part of the island was the best landnig place. 9. — 1. After the battle had been begun, our forces caught sight of the mound which the enemy had thrown up. 2. Having followed the enemy too far, they received a few wounds. 3. C'Ksar left the third legion to guard the camp. 4. He ordered the soldiers to cut down the trees and throw up a mound. 5. The barbarians began to hinder our men from fortifying the camp. 6. Having encamped in a suitable place, he ordered the cavalry to find out ^vT^ere tlie enemy had hidden themselves. 7. The forces had been repulsed because they had not formed a testiuh. 8. He found out that they had put Atrius in command of tiie cavalry. 10. — ! On the previous day Atrius had been sent to announce that the ships were in sight. 2. Tliey brought word that a grea' i storm had arisen. 3. AiiUmost^U tlie ships have been wrecked, great loss has been received. 4. The ships which had not beet, able to withstand the violence of the storm were cast ashore. 11. — 1. Recalling the cavalry, Csesar orders the legions to return to the sea. 2. He wrote to Labienus to summon work- men and repair the ships. 3. Although the rest of the ships can be repaired, yet about forty have been lost. 4. Leaving the same ganison as before, he returned to the continent. 5. Laliienus, whom he had placed in charge of the legion, had ordered as many workmen as possible to be chosen. 6. It is a matter of great labor, so that the ships cannot even be drawn up APPENDIX III. 107 on shoi'e. 7. After spending ten days on the continent, he set out for the states on the coast. 8. The forces, on assembling, judged it best to hand over the chief command to Cassivellaunus. 12.— 1. Those wlio were born in the ishmd inhabit the inter- ior. 2. Those who inliabit the coast began to make war. 3. The cold is less severe tlian in the interior. 4. They had crossed over from Gaul to till the land. 13. — 1. Some think that the days are very short in these islands. 2. The other island, which we found was called Ireland, lies towards the west. 3. On the other side some smaller islands lie off the coast. 4. Bringing the ship to land, they saw that this side was shorter by half. 14.— 1. Those who dwelt in the coast-districts were more civilized. 2. They all ha\e the head shaved. 3. They stain the skins, in which th^-y are clad, a blue color. 4. They have nothing except milk and flesh. 15.;— 1. Driving the cavalry to the woods, they slay several. 2. They made an attack on tlie two legions so (i>(i) fiercely that our men were driven back. 3. Rushing out of the woods, they made an attack on our men. 4. C;vsar sent two legions to rein- force the cohort which was on guard. 5. Having burst boldly through the midst, they take np their p.)sition between the Ifigions. 6. Two tribunes were slain while off tiieir guard. 16.— 1. Our men perceived that the enemy had leaped down from their cliariots and were fighting on foot. 2. When our men left the standards, the enemy ventured to pursue them. 3. We perceived that they never fought in close order. 4. Having arranged outposts, they ventured to fight on foot. 5. This brings the same danger to those who are fighting and to those who are relieving them. 17.— 1- Sending out the cavalry, they give no opportunity of either gathering together or de[)arting. 2. Wlien they had I'allied from their flight they haped down fro n their chariots. 3. Leaping down from their cliariots, they suddenly made an attack on the cavalry whicli C;iesar had sent to pursue them. 4. When they liad begun to forage, the enemy suddenly showed themselves. 5. Repelling the cavalry, they slew a large number of them. 18.— 1- They observed that the river could be crossed on foot. 2. Having drawn up his forces he orders the cavalry to be sent in advance. 3. He learned tliat the legions had followed witli such speed that the enemy had been unable to cross the river. 4. When he observed this, he ordered the forces to be drawn up. 108 DE IJKI.LO GALLICO. 5. Having come to tliu banks of the other river, which were protected by stakes, he sends forw ard all the cavalry. 19, — 1. Havint;lai(l waste all the fields, he dismissed his forces. 2. lie learned that Ca's:ir was marching with four legions. 3. He did not allow the legions to leave the line of march. 4. He will prevent our cavalry from laying waste tiie fields or doing harm to the people. 5. They learned that he liad laid waste the fields and was going to send away the charioteeis. 6. When he ha 20. — !• He promises to protect them from wrong. 2. They ask (him) to come to that state. 3. Having demanded hostages, he promised to send them an army to ^irotect them. 4. A young man whose father the Trinobantes had slain surrenders to him. ,5. Having pronnsed to send the corn, lie demands hostages of the Trinolnintes. 6. Tiiey sent ambassadors to Caisar iu Gaul to ask him to come quickly. 21. —1. After slaying a lax'ge number of the enemy, he set out for the purpose of attacking the town. 2. He learned from the Britons whom he had seized that the town was protected by a wall. 3. Another town, which is not far distant, is excellently fortified. 4. The Tririobantes, having been protected from all injury, send an embassy to Csesar. 5. The Britons were accus- tomed to avoid an inroad. 6. He learns that many who have rushed out of the town have been seized. 22. — 1. ^^ hile tlie forces were being collected, messengers were sent to the regions wliich are near the sea. 2. He orders the kings to collect all their forces. 3. He ordered Commius the Atrebatian not to winter in Gaul. 4. Having attacked the Tiaval camp, he decided to lead back his forces to the continent. 5. He orders his men to make a sally. 6. He perceived that tlie lands were being laid waste, and many losses received. 7. When they decided what to do, they forbade the soldiers to injure the leader of the Trinobantes. 8. The king who rules over Britain had decided to winter in the naval camp. 9. He understands that they have not paid the tribute to Ctesar. 23. — !• It happened that he had two ships, and that the equi- nox was near at hand. 2. It happened that tlie ships in which he had caused the army to be led back had been lost in a storm. 3. He decided to wait for the vessels which he had caused to be repaired. 4. On leading the army back to the sea, he found that the ships had been driven back. 5. As very few soldiers had been lauded, he waited until (ad) the second watch. 6. He set APPENDIX III. 109 sail with all the ships, lest he should wait in vain for a calm. 7. A great calm followed, so that the ship, which had the sixty captives on board, was brought over in safety. 24- — 1. He ordered the legion, of which Cicero was in com- mand, to fortify tiie winter quaiters. 2. Having easily enrolled live cohorts, he ordered the ships to be drawn up on shore. 3. They had been compelled to lead these legions against the Treveri. 4. Over the chief part of this state he had placed Cicero in com- mand. 5. They think that this state is under Caesar's sway. 6. He ordered the army to be stationed among the Eburones, until he had enrolled more cohorts. 7. The legions which he gave to Cotta to lead into winter quarters had been enrolled in the previous year. 8. After waiting until he thought tlie army iiad been distributed, he decided to send the other lieutenant to Gaul. 25.— 1. Caesar was afraid that the matter might be reported. 2. They informed Ctesar that the state had revolted. 3. He ordered tiie position of his ancestors, who had held the royal power, to be restored to Tasgetius. 4. Setting out with the third legion, he orders the enemies of Tasgetius to be seized. 5. They were informed that Cresar had reached Belgium. 26. — !• They said they wished to meet Ambiorix, 2. We can by this means settle tlie dispute very quickly. 3. The cavalry are coming forth to attack. 4. After bringing in corn they mounted the rampart. 5. Although a sudden revolt had arisen, he wished the corn to be brought in. 6. Taking up arms, they shouted out for our men to come to the camp. 2*7. — !• This tribute from which you have freed us, we were accustomed to pay to Ceesar. 2. They have kept the hostages in slavery, because they cannot resist tiie common people. 3. They are so inexperienced as to promise to attack Ctesar's winter quarters. 4, He advised Csesar to cross the Rhine. 5. They had trusted to be able to recover their liberty. 6. The Rhine can be crossed very easily. 7. He did this that no legions miglit be led out of the state. 8. He promised to come to Cfesar's aid. 9. Having led out a large band, they crossed the Rhine before the Gauls could take tliought for their safety. 10. He will be present within fifty days. 11. Adopting this plan, he sends one legion to Spain, the other to tlie Rhine. 12. His intimate friends were accustomed to speak after this fashion. 13. He confesses tliat he cannot conquer tlie forces of the Roman people. 14. This is the cause ; this is the day. 15. He promises to requite Cicero. 110 DE HELLO GALLICO. 23. — 1. They thought tlio inatti^' sliouldbe reported to Caesar. 2. W'luit can be more shameful than to be alarmed l)y what the enemy have said ? 3. He pointed out that the winter camp must be fortified. 4. War must be made on this luunble state. 5. They tldnk that tlie soldiers will act rashly and leave the state, (i. Although tiiey do not venture to say this, tiiey believe that the Roman pe(jple will make war on the P^liurones. 7. Although they were not hartl pressed, many wounds had been inflicted. 8. He thought the.y ought to assemble. 9. On the advice of several centurions, he pointed out that these plans should be adopted. 29. — !• If larger bands assemble, some disaster will be re- ceived. 2. If you adopt the plan of setting out for tiie winter quarters, you must rest your safety in speed alone. 3. If they were to kill Tasgetius, we should receive a great loss. 4. If larger forces should assemble, (4aul would not be brought under Caesar's sway. 5. If the Rhine were near at hand there would be some opportunity for persuading them. 6. If they had rested their safety in speed, they would have reached Italy without any danger. 7. If Tasgetius was put to death, they were not present. 8. If they have condjined with the Romans, v/e have come too late. 30. — 1. They said that if anything happened, they would perish with hunger. 2. He said tiiat if they were to perish, the rest would demand an account from Sabinus. 3. Each side wishes to prevail. 4. Sabinus is not the man to wish to terrify you. o. " If j'ou will allow it, Romans," said he, "they will perish by the sword." 31. — 1. Cotta was persuaded by Sabinus. 2. They persuaded each tlu' fc matters weve in the greatest danger. 3. He persuaded them not to set out from the winter camp. 4. They could not perceive {'^enfio) what the soldiers were leaving. 5. They beg- ged him not to go. 6. He asked {quaero) why they had remain- ed. 7. They had been compelled to set out at midnight. 8. Whether we go or stay, we shall all agree. 32. — !• The enemy, having suddenly disclosed itself, began battle in a large valley. 2. Perceiving that the battle had begun, they set an ambush. 3. Learning of his approach, he stationed two thousand Romans in ambush. 4. When the battle had begun, our men had been hard pressed by the enemy. 33. — 1- It generally happens that those who show no foi-e- thought are compelled to adopt apian of that sort. 2. Although they could not leave the baggage, he ordered the cohorts to be APPENDIX III. 1 1 1 arranged. 3. This plan should not be adopted, because the soldiers seem to be leaving their standards. 4. After exhorting the soldiers, he ordered our men to form a circle. 5. It happened tluit they were more eager for battle. 6. Those who blame Cotta, think that he showed no foresight in arranging the cohorts, 7. A commander-in-chief is accustomed to arrange what is to be done by each soldier, 8. Everything seemed to be filled with shouting. 34. — !• Whatever is left, will be reserved for us. 2. As often as the Romans attack, the enemy yield. 3. In whatever direc- tion they betook themselves, the Romans would pursue them. 4. He ordered instructions to be given not to injure anyone. 5. He observed in what direction they had betaken themselves. 6. He ordered tlie cohorts to hurl tlieir weapons and not to run forward. 7. He observed that our line was equal in number. 35. — 1. After returning to the place he had left, he received many wounds. 2. Whenever the enemy fled, tliey hurled their weapons. 3. Making an attack they surrounded those who were coming to aid the eighth cohort. 4. While they are returning, they are surrounded and slain. 5. Tiiey fought bravely ; they flee quickly ; this will be carefully observed. 6. Neither Cotta nor his son had been wounded. 7. Both cohorts had begun to leave their post. 8. They wish to surround the cohort which stands nearest. 36. — !• The interpreter asked to be spared. 2. They refused to send an interpreter. 3. He wishes to leave the fight. 4. He hopes to have an interview with Ambiorix. 5. I shall not go to enemies that are in arms. 6. Sending an interpreter, he an- swered that he did not wish to injure Ambiorix. 7. Cotta cannot be injured. 37. — !• Being ordered to do the same, he commands (hnpero) the centurions to throw away their arms. 2. Being informed of this matter, they order the eagle-bearer to be killed. 3. Wliile the enemy were making an attack on the first rank, a large por- tion of the other soldiers slipped away. 4. Having reached the camp, they raised a yell. 5. He was ordered to throw away4iis arms and approach nearer. 38. — 1- Setting out with a large part of the cavalry, he sur- prised the army which was wintering among the Nervii. 2. He urges the Nervii to put the lieutenant to death and to surprise the legion. 3. It is no trouble to punish the Romans for the wrongs which we have received. 4. He urged the Nervii not to let slip the opportunity of surprising the legion. 112 DE BEI-LO GALLICO. 39. — 1- It happened that the soldiers had been cut off by the cavalry. 2. Having collected a large band, thoy sent out mess- engers to all tlieir allies. 3. They are confident that, by cutting off the cavalry, they will gain a victory. 4. Those who are bringing the report to the legion will be cut off by the retainers of the Eburones. 40.— !• For twenty days they had been compelled to blockade all tlie roads. 2. Filling up the trench, they attack the camp. 3. Great rewards have been offered if we raise the towers by night. 4. The next day a letter was sent to Cicero. 5. They bring in the timber which seems to be needed for the fortification. 6. Although they had tilled the trench with incredible speed, no time is left for rest. 41. — 1. The Germans have crossed the Rhine ; Caesar's winter quarters have been attacked. 2. It is not the custom of the Roman people to send ambassadors to the enemy. 3. They hope for no protection from the Roman people. 4. Cicero may hold a conference with the leading men, if he wishes. 5. We shall set out in v/hatever direction we wish. 6. He said that they had obtained whatever they asked for. 7. He answers that he is unwilling to give permission. S. My feelings towards Ciesar are such that I hope he will set out without fear. 42. — 1. They are striving to surround the winter camp with towers. 2. In the previous year they could not find this out. 3. They had built a tower twenty-three feet high. 4. Having cut the sods around, they began to build a tower. 5. After finishing the fortifications they surrounded the wall with a thou- sand towers. 43. — 1. So great a wind arose that the huts quickly caught fire. 2. The enemy did not venture to hurl stones and javelins. 3. After burning the tower, they began to withdraw from that spot. 4. So great was tlie number of towers that the enemy did not venture to enter. 5. He was aware that the soldiers were being hard pressed by the enemy. 6. As the fire was carried about by the wind, all the towers began to burn. 7. Not only did they bring up towers and scale the walls, but they began to burn the huts. 8. They were unwilling even to fight. 9. After putting to death all who harl entered, they withdrew the cohort. 10. On the third day, being hard pressed by the enemy, they with- drew from the ramparts. 44.— 1- He asks {ropo) Vorenus why he hesitates, or what opportunity of lending aid he is waiting for. 2. After slaying both, he returned to the legion. 3. Advancing against the APPENDIX III. 113 enemy, he hurls his dart at Piilio. 4. The enemy, following in a body, slay several, 5. While attempting to speak, he is sur- rounded and slain. 6. He thought that it could not be decided which was to be preferred. 7. As the legion was closely packed, no opportunity was given for hurling weapons. 8. "This day," he says, " will decide which is the braver. " 9. The battle rages fiercely. 10. The enemy, while following too eagerly, are sur- rounded by the first legion. 11. The centurions were the salva- tion of the legion. 12. After attempting to retreat, they drew their swords and advanceil without the rampart. 13. The other seems to be the bravest of all the centurions. 45,46.— 1. He persuaded the rest of the cavalry to set out and to come to him. 2. They were ordered to carry the despatch to the nearest winter quarters. 3. Crassus was sent to collect the cavalry. 4. They promised to march into the country of the Bellovaci. 5. He set out at once with two thousand horse- men in order to reach the camp without danger. 6. He wrote to Cicero to wait for the eleventli legion. 7. We are unable to flee to Gaul. 8. Ctesar is not to be persuaded. 9. He writes to the quaestor that he is to bring the legion the next day. 10. The danger was so great as to make it impossible for us to persuade the other messenger. 4*7, 48. — 1- They fear that Caesar is near at hand with all his forces. 2. They were informed that the enemy had been unable to withstand the attack of our men. 3. As he had left all the corn there, he put (Cicero in charge of the winter camp. 4. When he learned the enemy's plans, he wrote that he would set out with the third legion. 5. It happened that they were not able to come. 6. He led all the cavalry out of the camp, that the enemy might not encamp in the country of the Nervii. 7. Althoiigli they had not been able to withstand our attack, as we have stiown, yet they had not rested all hope of safety in fliglit. 8. When he had exhorted the soldiers not to fear the danger, lie set out with all the legion. 9. When he had advanced a mile he encamped. 10. When the letters were intercepted they were brou^dit to Cffisar. 49,50. — 1. He knew that the forces which the Gauls were awaiting liad not yet assemliled. 2. The cavalry, with whom the enemy liad begun battle, were ordered to retire. 3. They had found out how great was the danger. 4. They tric'l to find out in what direction he had marciied. 5. He informed Ciesar cha.t the camp tlie cavalry had fortified had been contracted Mb much as possible. 6. He advised the scouts, whom he was 114 I>E BELLO GALLICO. sending out, to cross the stream. 7. He advised the Gauls to hasten to the camp with all the forces that had assembled. 8. Tliey jjoiiit out how <;ieat an opportunity isaftbrded. 9. Think- ing tliat the Gaul who was bearing the despatches to Casar had crossed the valley, tiiey began a cavalry battle. 10. They thought that the valleys might be ci'ossed M'ith little danger. 11. He ordered the forces which were hastening towards the enemy, to encamp in as level a spot as possible. 51, 52. — 1. If they order anyone to hurl weapons, we shall lead across the cavalry. 2. Anyone may approach. 3. Having slain a large number, they reach the camp witlio\it any danger. 4. .Some hurl weapons, others block up the gates. ;"). Some of our men were slain. 6. He praises the valor of cacli centurion. 7- We do not wish to cross over to tliem. 8. i'hey think no one can resist them. 9. He ordered the centurion himself to approach. 10. The soldiers console themselves. 11. They learned that he had reached the legion that day. 12. He orders the cavaliy to set out witli him. 13. He points out tliat he fears to make a sally. 53, 54. — 1. At midnight a shout was raised at the camp. 2. He ordered them to come to him at once. 3. He led the legion back to camp. 4. He remained in Gaul for three days. 5. Tliey attempted to hurl their darts at our men. 6. He set out with the thirteenth legion for Gaul in the next winter. 7. He tried to find out in what direction they had been sent out by Sabinus. 8. He was informed of their departure by messengers. 9 He asked for what reason they had come by night. 10. He brought iftro) aid for the legion. 11. The time was suitable (w/o«e('.s) for attacking. 12. They were about three miles from that place. 13, They are strong (?Y(/eo) in cavalry. 14. He had fled from the camp. 15. His brother was (a man) of great valor. 16. He had come Avith incredible speed. 17. Several of the lea 55, 56. — !• Having sent ambassadors and promised money, they persuaded the Germans to prepare for war. 2. They collect their forces for the purpose of crossing the Rhine. 3. Perceiving that forces were wanting, they began to collect an army. 4. After killing all the leading men, they had begun to lay waR'-e, the lands of the enemy. 5. Coming to the camp, he pointed out what he wished done. 6. No opportunity had been given of APPENDIX III. 115 assembling. 7. Promising to send ambassadors to Csesar, he advances across the Rhine. 8. Those promising to follow his allegiance are given the opportunity of departing. 9. Being un- able to cross the Rhine, they began to attack the camp. 10. Advancing from their own territories, they began to lay waste the neighboring states. 11. Summoning cavalry from all the states, he set out for tlie Rhine. 12. On reaching the Rhine, he called a council of tlie leading men. 13. Time is lacking for finishing these matters. 57, 58.— 1- The opportunity ought not to be lost. 2. When- ever they approached the gate our men would hurl their weapons. 3. He could not put the enemy to flight. 4. Labienus should have no fear. 5. Messengers should have been sent and cavalry summoned. 6. He said that all the forces must disband. 7. He answers that the cavalry may return to Gaul. 8. They had to return. 9. He had been informed that they would put to death all the Romans tliey caught. 10. Labienus ouglit to have sent out all the cavalry. 11. He might liave escapeil. 12. This can- not be done. 13. They would not approach. — APPENDIX IV. CONTINUOUS EXERCISES BASED ON BOOKS V. AND VI. Part I. Exercises in Translation from Latin at Skjht. 1. — Posteaquani omnes Bclgaruni copias in muim locum coactas esse et ad se venii'e viilit, neqv.e jam loiij^e abesso ab exploratoii- bus cognovit, fiiimen Axonam, quod est in finibus Remonim, transire maturavit, atque ibi castra posuit. In eo fluniine pons erat. Ibi praesidium poiiit et in altera parte fluminis Q. Tit- urium Sabinum legatum cum sex cohortibus relinquit : castra in altitudinem pedum duodecim vallo fossaque duodeviginti pedum muniri jubet. altitudo heifjht, pars . . . . side. niaturo hasten. pons .... hridije. 2, —Ab his castris oppidum Remorum nomine Bibrax aberat millia passuum octo. Id Belgae oppugnare coepetuut. Aegre eo die sustentatum est. Cum fiiiem oppugnandi iiox fecisset, Iccius, qui turn oppido praefuerat, unus ex iis (jui de pace ad Caesareni venerant, nuntium ad eum niittit : nisi sul)sidium sibi submittatur, sese diutius sustinere non posse. Eo media nocte Caesar duas cohortes subsidio oppidanis mittit ; quorum adveutu hostes discesserunt. din long. nisi unless. finis end. oppidanus townsman. 3. —Eodem die castra promovit et millibus passuum sex a Caesaris castris sub nioute consedit. Postridie ejus diei praeter castra Caesaris suas copias traduxit, et millibus passuum duobns ultra eum castra fecit eo cousilio, uti frumento commeatuque Caesarem intercluderet. Ex eo die dies continuos quiuque Caesar pro castris suas copias produxit et aciem instructam liabuit, ut, si vellet Ariovistus proelio contendere, ei potestas non deesset. Appendix iv. 117 Ariovistus his omnibus diebus exercitum castris continuit, equestri proelio cotidie contendit. commeatus .... supplies. promoveo . . move forward. intercludo cut off. sub at the foot of. mons mountain. ultra beyond. praeter jxist. 4. — Ubi eum castris se tenere Caesar intellexit, ne diutius coinmeatu prohiberetur, ultra eum locum, quo in loco German! coiisederant, circiter passus sescentos ab iis, castris idoneum locum delegit, acieque triplici instructa ad eum locum venit. Primam et secundam aciem in armis esse, tertiam castra munire jussit. Eo circiter hominum sedecim millia cum omni equitatu Ariovistus misit, quae copiae nostros perterrerent et munitione prohiberent. Caesar, munitis castris, duas il)i legiones reliquit et partem auxiliorum, quattuor reliquas in castra majora reduxit. commeatus .... supplies. prohibeo keep. diu long. triplex triple. 5. —Castris ante oppidum positis, diei tempore exclusus, in posterum diem oppugnationem differt, et, quod pons in flumine Ligere erat, veritus ne noctu ex oppido profugerent, duas legiones in armis excubare jubet. Cenabenses paulo ante medi- am noctem silentio ex o})pido egressi flumen transire coeperunt. Qua re per exploratores nuntiata, Caesar legiones portis incensis intromittit atque oppido potitur. Oppidum diripit atque incen- dit, praedam militibus donat, exercitum Ligerim traducit atque in Biturigum fines pervenit. Ceu&henses . the people ofCenabum. excubo keep watch. dift'ero .... jjostpone, intromitto. . .send in. diripio sack. i^ot\ov(vf.a.h\.)fiainpossessionof. excludo prevent. silentio ....silently. 6. — Itaque cohortatus Aeduos de supportando commeatu prae- mittit ad Boios, qui de suo adventu doceant, liortenturque ut in fide nianeant atque hostium impetum magno aninio sustineant. Duabus legionibus at animus spirit. confero . . collect. circumvallo . .invest. fides allegiance. commeatus . . .supplies. supporto .... bring up. 118 DE liKlA.O GAIJ-ICO. 7. — Celeriter coactoexercitu VeiciiiiretoiixLucterium, suinm; i- liomiiiem audaciae, cum parte copiai um in Rutenos mittit ; ip^ in Bitiiriges pioficiscitur. Ejus advcntu Bituriges ad Aeduos, quorum erant in fide, legates mittunt subsidium rogatum, quo faeilius hostium copias sustinerc possint. Aedui do consilio legatorum, quos Caesar ad exercitum reii(|uerat, copias equitatus peditatusque sulisidio BiturigiV)us mittunt. Qui cum ad flumeii Ligerim venissent, quod Hituriges ab Acduis dividit, paucosdies ibi niorati iK;<|ue flumen ti-ansire ausi, domum revertuntur, lega- tisquc nostris renuntiant se Biturigum pcrfidiam veritos rever- tisse. audacia .... holdnefif!. perfidia treachery. de in accordance with, I'enuntio rejiort. 8. —Vercingetorix, ubi de Caesaris adventu cogno%'it, oppug- natione destitit atque obviam Caesari proticiscitui'. Ille oppi- dum Biturigum positum in via Noviodunum oppugnare institu- erat. Quo ex oppido cum legati ad eum venissent oratum, ut sibi ignosceret, arma conferri, equos produci, obsides dari jubet. Parte jam obsidum tradita, cum reliqua administrarentui-, centurionibus et paucis militibus intromissis, qui arma jumen taque conquirerent, equitatus iiostium procul visusest, quiagmen Vercingetorigis antecesserat. Qucui simul atque oppidani con- spexerunt, chimore sublato arma c:iperc, portas claudere, muruni complere coeperunt. antecedo . . . go before. ignosco forgive. claudo . . close. intromitto .... seiid in. compleo . . . .man. obviam (w. dat. ). conquiro . . .collect. positus situated. 9. —Ita proelium restitutum est, atque omnes hostes terga verterunt neque prius fugere destiterunt, quam ad flumen Riic- num millia passuum ex eo loco circiter quinque pervenerunt. Hoc proelio trans Rlienum nuntiato, Suebi, qui ad ripas Rheni venerant, domum reverti coeperunt ; quos Uljii, qui proximi Rhenum incolunt, perterritos insecuti, magnum ex iis numerum occiderunt. Caesar una acstate duobus niaximis bellis confectis, maturius paulo, quam tempus anni postulabat, in biberna in Sequanos exercitum deduxit. Hibernis Labienum praeposuit; ipse in citeriorem Galliam ad conventus agendos profectus est. ago hold. praepono jnit in command. incolo. . . . live. restituo renew. postulo . .require, tergum verto turntfieback,i.e.taketoJlight. APPENDIX IV. 119 10. —Eodera die ab exploratoribus certior factus hostes sub inonte consedisse millia passuuin ab ipsius castris octo, qiialis esset natura inoiitis, qui cognoscerent, inisit. Renuntiatuin est ascensum facilem esse. Tertia vigilia T. Labienum legatuin cum duabus legionibus summuni jugum moutis ascendere jubet. Ipse quarta vigilia eodem itinere, quo hostes ierant, ad eos contendit equitatuuKjno oninem ante se mittit. Prima luce, cum summus mons a Lahieuo teiieretur, ipse ab hostium castris uon longius mille et quiiigeutis passibusabesset, Cousidius, quem cum explor- atoribus praemiserat, ad eum accurrit, dicit montem, quem a Labieno occupari voluerit, ab hostibus teneri. accurro run up. qualis of what sort. jugum suiiimif, i-ixhje. reuuntio . . .report. mons mounlain. sub at the foot of. occupo seize. teueo hold. 11. —Caesar suas copias in proxinuun collem subducit, aciem iustruit. Labienus, ut erat ei praeceptuni aCaesare, ne proelium comniitteret, nisi ipsius copiae prope hostium castra visae essent, ut undique uno tempore in hostes impetus tieret, monte occupato nostros exspectaljat proelioque abstinebat. Multo denique die )ier exploratores Caesar cognovit et monteui a suis teneri et Helvetios castra movisse et Considium timore perterritum, quod non vidisset, pro viso sibi renuntiasse. abstineo refrain. pro viso .... a.s seen. denique at /eiKjfh. prope near. die late . multo .... in the day, subduco. . . lead off, 12. —Ea re constituta, secunda vigilia magno cum strepitu ac tumultu castris egressi, cum quisque domum pervenire pi'operaret, feceruut ut consimilis fugae profectio \ ideretur. Hac re statim Caesar per speculatores cognita insitlias veritu=, quod qua de causa discederent nondum perspexerat, exercitum equitatumque castris continuit. Prima luce coutirinata re ab exploratoribus, omnem etpiitatum qui novissimum agmen moraretur, praemisit. His Q. Pediuni et L. Auiunculeium Cottain legatos praefecit. T. Labienum Icgatum cum legionibus tribus subsequi jussit. Hi novissimos adorti et multa millia passuum prosecuti, maguam multitudinem eorum fugientium conciderunt. concido .sA^ y. 13.—Postridie ejus diei Caesar, priusquam so hostes ex terrore ac fuga reciperent, in fines Suessionum, qui proxin)i llemis erant, exercitum duxit et magno itinere ad oppidum Noviodnmun contendit. Id ex itinere oppugnare couatus, quod vacuum ab 120 I»l') I'.KIAA) (lALLICO. defensorilnis esse aiulitljat, propter latitndiiiein fossae murique altitudiiieiii cxpu^iiare iioii potuit. Castris iiiunitis vineas agere ago hrhxj up. opus siege work. ex itinere. ..on the march, [i.e. offhand), recipio. . . .recover. expugno . . .tahe. vacuus. . . .empty. jacio throiu up, vinea siege-shed. 14. — Postero die castra ex eo loco movent. Idem facit Caesar equitatuiiique oiniietn ad numeruni quattuor milliuin, queiii ex onini pioviiicia et Aeduis atque eorum sociis coacluin habehat, praemittit, qui videant, quas in partes hostes iter faciant. Quo proelio sublati, Helvetii, quod quingentis equitihus tantaui niultitudinem equitum propulerant, audacius proelio iiostros lacessere coeperuut. Caesar suos a proelio continebat ; ita dies circiter quindecim fecerunt, uti inter novissimum hostiuni agmen et nostrum primum non amplius quinis ant senis millibus iuter- esset. alienus vn/avorfdJe. quiui .... five (each). intersuni . . .be bettreen. seni six [each). 15. —Diim haec apud Caesarem geruntur, Labienus eo supple- mento, quo Caesar suos in castra reduxit. Hostes protinus ex eo loco acl fluiiien Axonain couteiiilei'unt. Ibi vailis lepertis partem suariim copiarimi traducere coiiati sunt eo consilio lit, si posseiit, castel- luiii expuguarent ponteniqiie interscinderent ; si minus potuis- seiit, agios Remorum popularentur, commeatuque nostros pro- hiberent. aggredior attack. exspecto \oait to see. castellum fort. interscindo. . . .destroy. commeatus . . . ..supplies. minus not. expugno takeby storm, neutri neither side. l7.^Fugato omni equitatu Vercingetorix copias, quas pro castris collocaverat, reduxit, protiuusque Alesiam, quod est oppidum Maiidubiorum, iter facers coepit, celeriterque impedi- menta ex castris educi et se subsequi juss>it. Caesar impedinientis in proxinium collem deductis, duabuslegionibus praesidio relictis secutus, (juantum diei tenipus estpassum, circiter tribus millibus hnstiuni ex novissimo agmine iuterfectis altero die ad Alesiam castra fecit. Perspecto urbis situ perterritisque hostibus, quod equitatu, qua maxime parte exercitus confidebant, erant pulsi, adhortatus ad laborem niilites, circumvallare instituit. circumvallo .... invest. pello defeat. fugo ])ut to flight. perspioio examine. patior allow. quantum as far as. 18. —Ipsum erat oppidum Alesia in colle summo admodum edito loco, ut nisi obsidione expugnari non posse videretur : cujus collis radices duo duabus ex partibus flumina subluebant. Ante id oppidum planicies circiter niillia passuum tria in longi- tudinem patebat : reliquis ex omnibus partibus coUes mediocri interjecto spatio oppidum cingebant. Sub muro, quae pars collis ad orientem solemspectabat, huncomnem looum copiaeCxallorum compleverant. fossamque et maceriani sex in altitudinem pedum praeduxerant. editus elevated. "prst.eAu.co... construct in front. expugno. . .. take. radix spur. interjicio , . . (in pass.) intervene sub beneath, maceria .... vail. subluo . . . .wash. planicies.. . .plain. 19. —Cum esset Caesar in citeriore Gallia in hibernis, crebri ad eum runiores atferebantur, litterisque item Labieni certior fiebat omnes Belgas contra populuni Romanum conjurare, olisidesque inter se dare ; coiijnrandi lias esse causas : primum quod verer- entiir, ue omni pacata Gallia ad eos exercitus nosterailduceretur; 122 1)10 15E1,L<) GALLICO, deindc, quod ab noinuillis (iallis soUicitareiitiir, qui populi Romaiii exei-cituin hiuiiiiue et inveterascere in (Jallia inoluste ferebant. Jlis iiuiitiiy littcrisijue commotus Caesar (luas lej^ioiies- in citeriore (Jallia novas consciipsit, ct iaitaacstate, in intcrioien Galliani qui deduceiet, Q. Pedium legatum misit. commoveo disturb. item «/.so. con j uro conxpire. nioleste fero. . he deinde . , then. sollicito insthjute. inveterasco become established. 20. — Caesar idoneum locum nactus, quid quaque ex parte geratur, cognoscit ; laborantibus submiltit. Utrisque ad aninuim occurrit, ununi esse illud tcm])UH, (juo maxinie contendi convoniat : Galli, nisi perfregeiint niunitiones, de onini salute desperant ; Rornani, si rem obtinuerint, tiuem laborum omnium exspectant. Maxime ad superiores inunitiones laboratur, quo Vercassivellaunum missum demonstravinius. Alii tela conjiciunt, alii testudine facta subeunt ; defatigatis invicem integri succed- unt. convenit. . . .it isjilliiif/. occurro occur. finis end. perfringo break through. invicem in turn. subeo come u]) to the loall. laboro . ... .be in difficulty, utrique ..... both aides. obtineo maintain. 21. — Gallia est omnis divisa in partes tres, quarum imam incolunt Belgae, aliam Aquitani, tertiam quiipsorum lingua Cel- tae, nostra Galli appellantur. Hi omnes lingua, institutis, legibus inter se differunt. Gallos ab Aquitanis Garumna flunien, a Belgis JMatrona et Sequana dividit. Horiim omnium fortissiiui sunt lielgae, propterea quod a cultu atque liumanitate provinciae longissime absunt, minimeque ad eos mercatores saepe commeant, at(jue ea quae ad effeminandos animos pertinent, important, proximique sunt Germanis, qui trans Rhenum incolunt, quibus- cum continenter bellum gerunt. Qua de causa Helvetii quoque reliquos Gallos virtute praecedunt, quod fere cotidianis proeliis cum Germanis contend uut. commeo visit. lingua language. continenter . . . continually. minime by no means. effemino weaken. pertineo .... tend. humanitas . ..refinement. praecedo, ...si/r^ja.s.s. incolo dwell, inhabit. 22. —Apud Helvetios longe nobilissimus et ditissimus fuit Qrgetorix. Is M. Messala et M. Pisone consulibus, regni . APPENDIX IV. 123 cupiditate inductus conjurationem nobilitatis fecit, et civitati persuasit, ut de finibus suis cum omnibus copiis exirent: perfacile esse, cum virtute omnibus praestarent, totius Galliae imperio potiri. Facilius eis persuasit, quod undique loci natura Helvetii continentur. His rebus fiebat, ut et minus late vagarentur et minus facile finitimis bellum inferre possent. Pro multitudine autem hominum et pro gloria belli, angustos se fines habere arbitrabantur, angustus. . .narrow. perfacilis. .very easy. contineo . . . hevi in. potior ( w. abl. ) r/ain. cupiditas . .eager desire, praesto. . . .be superior. dives rich. pro in proportion to, considering, fio result. vagor roam about. induco lead. 23. —Caesari cum id nuntiatum esset, eos per provinciam nostram iter facere conari, maturat ab urbe proticisci et quam maximis potest itineribus in Galliam ulteriorem contendit. Pro- vinciae toti quam maximum potest militum numerum imperat (erat omnino in Callia ulteriore legio una), pontem, quae erat ad Genavam, jubet rescindi. Ubi de ejus adveutu Helvetii certiores facti sunt, legates ad eum mittunt qui dicerent, sibi esse in animo sine ullo maleficio iter per provinciam facere, propterea quod aliud iter haberent nullum ; rogare ut ejus voluntate id sibi facere liceret. Caesar ut spatium intercedere posset, dum milites, quos imperaverat, convenirent, legatis respondit, diem se ad deliber- andum sumpturimi. animus . . wiair/,- (mihi est in maturo.... hasten. a.n\mo = I intend.) rescindo ...destroy, delibero consider. sumo take. intercede .... intervene. ulterior farther. maleficium. . . wrong-doing. voluntas consent. 24. —Dum paucos dies ad Vesontionem rei frumentariae commeatusque causa moratur, ex percontatione nostrorum voci- busque Galloruin ac mercatorum, qui ingenti magnitudine corporum Germanos, incredibili virtute atque exercitatione in armis esse praedicabant, tantus subito timor omnem exercitum occupavit, ut non mediocriter omnium mentes animosque per- tarl)aret. Hie primum ortus est a tribunis militum reliquisque, qui ex urbe amicitiae causa Caesarem secuti non magnum in re militari tisum habebant. Nonnulli etiam Caesari nuntiaverunt, cum castra moveri ac signa fen i jussisset, non fore dicto audientes milites ne(|ue propter timorem signa laturos. commeatus supji/ies. praedico. . . mediocriter in a slight degree. — 124 DE BELLO GALL ICO. Part II. Exercises in Re-translation into Latin. 1. — Tliey do as they are bid, and suddenly making a .^ally from all the gates, give the enemy no opportunity of citiier learning what was being done or of rallying. The very men who had begun to have hopes of getting possession of the oamp, they surrounded and cut down. (Jut of a number of thirty thousand men they slew more tiian a third, and put the panic-stricken survivors to flight, not suffering them to halt even on the higher ground. Having thus routed all the forces of the enemy, thej return to the camp and their own fortifications. 2,—At the same time Fabius receives the submission of several states, demands hostages, and is informed by letter from Rebilus of what is going on among the Pictones. On the receipt of this news he sets out to bring aid to Duratius. Dumnacus, learning of Fabius' approach, despairs of his safety, if he is compelled at the same time to withstand the Roman army and to be afraid of the people-in-the-town {ojipidniiij, and suddenly withdraws from that place with all his troops, and does not think he will be safe unless he leads his forces across the river Liger, Aviiich on account of its size had to be crossed by means of a bridge. 3.—Csesar observing that the enemy for several days would not stir from their camp, which was protected by a marsh and the nature of the ground, and that the camp could not be assaulted without great loss, and that the place could be invested only by a larger army, sends despatches to Trebonius to summon with all possible speed the thirteenth legion, which was in winter- quarters among the Bituriges under the lieutenant Titus Sextius, and to come to him by forced marches with the three legions. He himself sends the cavalry which he had summoned from the Remi and the other states, to protect the foraging parties and to resist the sudden inroads of the enemy. 4.—Csesar first sends Brutus with two cohorts, thenC. Fabius the lieutenant with additional ; finally as the fight went on desperately, he himself brings fresh troops to their support. Having defeated the enemy, he hastens to the point to which he had despatched Labienus, leading out four cohorts from the nearest fort, and ordering part of the cavalry to follow him, and part to attack the enemy in the rear. When neither ramparts nor trenches could resist the enemy's furious attack, Labienus collected all the cohorts and informed Cresar by messengers what he thought should be done. Perceiving him approaching, and APPENDIX IV. 125 seeing the cavalry ami cohorts which he iuid ordered to follow him, our men began the battle. 5. —This battle over, in order to pursue the rest of the enemy's forces, he has a biidge built over the Arar and thus leads his army across. The Helvetians were dismayed byiiis sudden approach, when they found that what they themselves had with the great- est difficulty accomplished in twenty days, he hud done in a single day, and sent envoys to him. When Cresar demanded hostages from the enemj% Divico, the leader of the embassy, answered, " The Helvetians have been so trained {institno) by their ancestors as to be accustomed to receive, not to give, hostages." Having given this answer he withdrew. 6 —The Gauls did not cease throughout the entire winter to despatch envoys across the Rhine, urge the states to take up arms and declare that a considerable portion of our forces had been destroyed. To induce the Germans to become their allies they promised to give them the best land in all Gaul, and assured them that the Romans would easily be contjuered. Yet no state could be persuaded to cross the Rhine. Notwithstanding this reluctance to tempt fortune further, the Gauls began to get troops together and make preparations for the spring campaign. Hearing of these designs Cwsar proceeds at once from Italy to the seat of war and writes to Labienus to raise three thousand men and send him the two legions which had been in winter- quarters for four months. 7. — Having conquered the most warlike tribes, and perceiving that there was no longer any state to resist him, but that some were abandoning the towns to avoid his rule, he determines to send out his army in several directions. The twelfth legion under Marcus Antonius the quaestor lie joins with himself ; Caius Faliius, his lieutenant, he sends with fifteen cohorts to the most distant part of Gaul, hearing that certain states there were in arms, and not thinking that Rebilus who was in that neighbor- hood had a sufficiently strong force. Labienus is sent word to come to him, but the fifteenth legion which Labienus had been wintering with, is sent to the province to protect the colonies (colonia) of Roman citizens, that no disaster might befall them. He himself sets out to lay waste the country of Ambiorix. 8. —When these troops had mustered, he sets out against the Bellovaci, and establishes liis camp in their country. Squadrons of cavalry are sent out to catch some people from whom he might learn the enemy's designs. These bring back word that a few were found iu the houses, and these not men who had — — — 126 1)E BEM.O GALLICO. stayed behiml to till their land, but men mIio had been sent back as spies (specu/ari = to reconnoitre). C;e.sar (luestions these to find where the main- body of the Dellovaci are posted, and what are their intentions, and learns that all the Bellovaoi capable of bearing arms, had collected in one place, as well as the Aulerci and Atrehates ; that the place they had chosen for their camp was in a wood surrounded by a marsh, and that all their baggage they had placed in the more distant forests. 9. —The attack lasted three hours, when the assailants fell back to their fortified camp, with seventeen warriors wounded. Champlain, although wounded, was urgent however to renew the attack ; while the Hurons, crestfallen and disheartened, refused to move from their camp unless the five hundred allies, for some time expected, should appear. They waite 10. —Three plans were proposed : first, to remain where they were and fortify themselves ; next to push overland for St. Augustine and attack the invaders in their entrenchments ; and, finally, to embark and assail them by sea. The first plan would leave their ships a prey to the Spaniards ; and so, too, in all likelihood, would the second, besides the uncertainties of an overland march through an unknown wilderness. By sea, the distance was short and the route explored. By a sudden blow they could capture or destroy the Spanish ships, and master the troops on shore before reinforcements could arrive, and before they had time to complete their defences. Parkman. 11, —The Spaniards crossed over the Mississippi at a point above the mouth of the Arkansas. They heard of a country towards the north where maize could not grow because the vast herds of wild cattle devoured it. They penetrated so far that tliey entered the range of the roving prairie tribes ; for one day, as they pushed their way with difficulty across great plains, they met a band of savages who dwelt in lodges of skins, subsisting on game alone, and wandering perpetually from place to place. Finding neither gold nor the South Sea, for both of which they had hoped, they returned to the banks of the Mississippi. Parhman. 12. —Tlie English army began to cross the bridge, Cressing- ham leading the van. That took place which Landiu had fore- — — —; APPENDIX IV. 127 seen. Wallace suffered a considerable part of the English army to pass the bridge, without offering any opposition ; but when about one half were over, and the bridge was crowded with those who were following, he charged those who had crossed with his whole strength, slew a very great number, and drove the rest into the River Forth, where the greater number were drowneil. The remainder of the English army wlio were left on the south- ern bank of the river, fled in great confusion, having first set fire to the wooden bridge, that the Scots might not pursue tiiem. Cressingham was killed in the very beginning of the battle. Scott. 13.—On a sudden, while the battle was obstinately maintain- ed on both sides, an event happened which decided the victory. The servants and attendants on the Scottish camp had, as I told you, been sent beliind the army to a place afterwards called tlie (iillies' [.9erra«/.s'] hill. But when they saw that their masters were likely to gain the Any, they rushed from their place of con- cealment with such weapons as they could get, that tliey miglit have their share in the victory and in the spoil. The Englisli, seeing them come suddenly over the hill, mistook this disorderly rabble for anotlier army coming to sustain tiie Scots, and, losing all heart, began to shift every man for himself. Scott. 14. —As before stated, these Borders were inhabited by tribes of men, forming each a different clan, as they were called, and obeying no orders, save those wliich were given by their chiefs. The attachment of the clansmen to the cliief was very great indeed they paid respect to no one else. In this the Borderers agreed with the Highlanders, as also in their love of plunder, and neglect of the general laws of the country. But tiie Border men wore no tartan dress, and served almost always on horse- l)ack, whereas the Highlanders acted always on foot. Scott. 15. —The Gauls had an unusually able leader, whom Latin historians call Brennus. He iiad brouglit a great host of Gauls to attack Clusium, a Tuscan city, and the inliabitants sent to Rome to entreat succour. Three ambassadors, brotliers of tlie noble old family of Fabius, were sent from Rome to intercede for the Clusians. Tliey asked Brennus what harm the men of (Jlusium had done the Gauls, that tliey thus made war on them. Brennus made answer that the injury was tiiat the f/lnsians possessed land that the Gauls wanted, remarking, that it was exactly the way in which the Romans themselves treated their neighbors. — Yomje. 16.—Those adverse winds had done William more favor than — 128 DE BELLO GALLICO. he guessed, for they had delayed him till Harold had been oiiliped to (juit his post of observation in Sussex, and go to oppose tile Northmen at York, .'iiid tliiis there vas no one to interfere with tiie lan 18. —The effect of this victory was to make Germanicus resolve on retreating to the Rhine, He himself, with part of his troops, embarked in some vessels on the Ems, and returned by that river, and then by sea ; but part of his forces were entrusted to a Roman general named Caecina, to lead them back by land to the Rliine. Arminius followed this division on its march, and fought several battles with it, in which he inflicted heavy loss on the Romans, captured the greater part of their baggage, and would have destroyed them completely', had not Inguiomerus, a confederate German chief, insisted on assaulting the Romans in their camp, instead of waiting till they were entangled in the difficulties of the country, and assailing their columns on the maich. —Creasy. 19. —The Armada set sail from the Tagus on the 29th of May, but near Corunna met with a tempest that drove it into port with severe loss. It was the report of the damai;e done to tiie enemy by this storm which had caused the English court to suppose that there would be no invasion that year. But, as already mentioned, the English admiral had sailed to Corunna, and — ; APPENDIX IV. 129 learned the real state of the case, whence he had returned with his ships to Plymouth. The orders of King Philip to the Duke de Medina Sidonia were, that he should, on entering the channel, keep near the French coast, and, if attacked by the English ships, avoid an action and steer on to Calais Roads, where the Prince of Parma's squadron was to join him. —Creasy, 20. —The Britons after an unsuccessful stand at the foot of the river, retired into the woods, where they had made themselves a fortress with felled trees. The weak defence was easily stormed the Britons were flying ; the Romans were preparing to follow ; when messengers came to tell Caesar that a gale had arisen again, and the fleet was lying wrecked upon the shore. The army was halted. He rode back himself to the camp, to find that forty of his vessels only were entirely ruined. The rest were injured, but not irreparably. They were hauled up within the lines of the camp. He took the best mechanics out of the legions ; he sent across to Labienus for more and directed'him to build fresh transports. The men worked night and day, and in little more than a week Ctesar was able to rejoin his troops and renew his march. —Fronde. 21. —The tribes from the eastern counties made their sub- mission, and at Caesar's orders supplied him with corn. Cajsar marched on to St. Alban's itself, then lying in the midst of forests and marshes, where the cattle, the Cassi's only wealth, had been collected for security. St. Albans and the cattle were in, taken ; Cassivelaunus sued for peace ; the days were drawing and C;esar, having no intention of wintering in Britain, consid- ered he had done enough, and need go no further. He returned as he had come. The Kentish men had attacked the camp in his absence, but had been beaten off with heavy loss. The Romans had sallied out upon them, killed as many a'sthey could catch, and taken one of their chiefs. Fvoude, 22.— Sabinus, being the most exposed, had, in addition to his legion, a few cohorts lately raised in Italy. Cffisar, having no particular business to take him over the Alps, remained with Trebonius attending to general business. His disposition of troops had been carefully watclied by the Gauls. Cajsar, they supposed, would go away as usual ; they even believed that he had gone ; and a conspiracy was formed in the north to destroy the legions. The instigator of the revolt was In 130 DE 15ELLO GALLICO. prevailed on their two chiefs, Ambiorix and Catuvolcus, to attack Sabiuus and Cotta. If one Roman camp was taken, Indutiom- ariis calcuhited tliat the c 23.—As soon as it became known that two Pvoman generals had been cut off, the remnants of the Aduatuci and the Nervii M ere in arms for their own revenge. The smaller tribes along the ^Icuse and .Sambre rose with them ; and Cicero, taken by surprise, found himself surrounded before he had a thought of danger. The Gauls, knowing that their chances depended on the capture of the second camp before assistance could arrive, flung themselves so desperately on the entrenchments that tint legionaries were barely able to repel the first assault. The assailants were driven back at last, and Cicero despatched messengers to Ctesar, to give him notice of the rising. Fronde. 24. —He had hoped for Labienus' presence also ; but Labienus sent to say that he was surrounded by the Treveri, and dared not stir. C«?sar approved his hesitation, and with but two legions, amounting in all to only seven thousand men, he hurried forward to the Nervian frontier. Learning that Cicero w^as still holding out, he wrote to him in Greek, that it might be unin- telligible if interrupted, to tell him that help was near. Mean- while the bosiegers learned that Csesar was at hand, that he had but a handful of men with him. By that time their own numbers had risen to sixty thousand, and leaving Cicero, they moved off to envelop and destroy their great enemy. Caesar knew by his spies that Cicero was no longer in immediate danger, and there was thus no occasion for him to risk a battle at a disadvantage to relieve him. Fronde. 25. —Thus reinforced, Csesar, before the grass had begun to grow, took the field against the tribes which were openly dis- affected. The first business was to punish the Belgians, who had attacked Cicero. He fell suddenly on the Nervii with four legions, seized their cattle, wasted their country, and carried off thousands of them to be sold into slavery. Returning to Amiens, he again called the chiefs about him, and, the Seine tribes refusing to put in an appearance, he transferred the council to Paris, and, advancing by rapid marches, he brought theSenones and Carnutes to sue for pardon. He then turned on the Treveri and their allies, who, under Ambiorix, had destroyed Sabiuus. —Froude. 26. — It happened that ;ifter Csesar recrossed the Rhine two thousand German horse had followed, and were then plundering — APPENDIX IV. 131 between Tongres and the river. Hearing that there was a rich booty in the camp, that Csesar was away, and that only a small party had been left to guard it, they decided to try to take the place by a sudden stroke. Cicero, seeing no sign of an enemy, had permitted liis men to disperse in foraging parties. The Germans were on them before they could recover their entrench- ments, and they had to form at a distance and defend themselves as they could. The gates of the camp were open, and the enemy were actually inside before the few maniples who were left there were able to collect and resist them. Froude. 27, —Some of the cohorts who were outside, and had been for a time cut off, made their way into the camp to join the defenders, ;xnd the Germans, who had come without any fixed purpose, fioerely for plunder, gave way and galloped off again. They left the Romans, however, still in the utmost consternation. They 'Jiought that German cavalry could not be so far from the Rhine, unless their countrymen were in force behind them. Caesar, it was supposed, must have been surprised and destroyed, and they and every Roman in Gaul would soon share the same fate. Csesar returned on the day which he had fixed and not unnatur- ally was displeased at the disregard of his orders. —Froude. i X. /4 /tt^^ "Xtxt g^i^^A^ ih^i^ut, i / ' ^' *i.i,A^
Caesar, De Bello Gallico, Book
